diff options
| author | Hans Hagen <pragma@wxs.nl> | 2004-01-02 00:00:00 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Hans Hagen <pragma@wxs.nl> | 2004-01-02 00:00:00 +0100 |
| commit | 722c56251cf3c197a4a8474aa7024265ba284ec0 (patch) | |
| tree | f3d28e979790959bc6f2c8ffaa6f2321fabc8bb8 /tex | |
| parent | 70b6b86404ca9e9de782a577d1dfda3b15f0544d (diff) | |
| download | context-722c56251cf3c197a4a8474aa7024265ba284ec0.tar.gz | |
stable 2004.01.02
Diffstat (limited to 'tex')
139 files changed, 10753 insertions, 6239 deletions
diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex index 9f45f42ec..3dc2bb141 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Color Macros} %D To do: stroke versus fill color -%D 1000 100 10 -> constants +%D 1000 100 10 -> constants \unprotect @@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ %D to group when converting colors. By the way, this is not %D really faster. We can sqeeze half a second runtime for 50K %D switches on a 1G machine, but the macros will become rather -%D ugly then. To mention one such improvement: no colon -%D after the key character (.25 sec). +%D ugly then. To mention one such improvement: no colon +%D after the key character (.25 sec). \newdimen\colordimen \newcount\colorcount @@ -206,21 +206,21 @@ %D %D Gray scales are specified with the \type{s} parameter, %D where the \type {s} is derived from {\em screen}. -%D +%D %D Starting with \PDF\ 1.4 (2001) \CONTEXT\ supports %D transparent colors. The transparency factor is represented %D by a \type {t} and the transparency method by an \type {a} %D (alternative). Later we will implement more control -%D (probably by symbolic methods. So, currently the data is -%D stored as follows: -%D +%D (probably by symbolic methods. So, currently the data is +%D stored as follows: +%D %D \starttypen %D \setvalue{\??cr name}{R:r:g:b:a:t} %D \setvalue{\??cr name}{C:c:m:y:k:a:t} %D \setvalue{\??cr name}{S:s:a:t} %D \stoptypen -% beware: comparisons asked/current on name, not value +% beware: comparisons asked/current on name, not value \newif\iffreezecolors \freezecolorsfalse @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ \let\@@cl@@k\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@o \let\@@cl@@t\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@a\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@n\empty} -\def\@@cl@@A{\@@cl@@a} % a hook for symbolic conversion, see below +\def\@@cl@@A{\@@cl@@a} % a hook for symbolic conversion, see below %D Handling a few nested \type{\cs}'s is no problem (\type %D {\@EA\@EAEAEA\@EA}) but we need a full expansion, so I @@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ %D does not work, but \type {\romannumeral} does. Actually, %D \type{\romannumeral0} returns nothing, so it's a perfect %D candidate for this kind of hackery. This reminds me that I -%D have to look into David Karstrup's (check spelling) -%D Euro\TeX\ 2002 article because he is using \type -%D {\romannumeral} for loops (repetitive \quote {m} stuff). +%D have to look into David Karstrup's (check spelling) +%D Euro\TeX\ 2002 article because he is using \type +%D {\romannumeral} for loops (repetitive \quote {m} stuff). % \def\x{\y}\def\y{\z}\def\z{0:1:1:1} % @@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ \def\colorRpattern{0R:\@@cl@@r:\@@cl@@g:\@@cl@@b:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} \def\colorPpattern{0P:\@@cl@@n:\@@cl@@p:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} -%D The extra 0 catches empty colors specs (needed for the -%D \type {\MPcolor} and \type {\PDFcolor} conversion (\type +%D The extra 0 catches empty colors specs (needed for the +%D \type {\MPcolor} and \type {\PDFcolor} conversion (\type %D {\@@cr} equals \type {\relax}!). -\def\handlecolorwith#1{\@EA#1\romannumeral0} +\def\handlecolorwith#1{\@EA#1\romannumeral0} -%D Next comes the main definition macro. +%D Next comes the main definition macro. \def\definecolor {\dodoubleargument\dodefinecolor} \def\defineglobalcolor{\dodoubleargument\dodefineglobalcolor} @@ -278,9 +278,9 @@ \def\dodefineglobalcolor{\dododefinecolor\doglobal\setgvalue\setxvalue1} \def\dodefinenamedcolor {\dododefinecolor\doglobal\setvalue \setevalue0} -% keep this for readability +% keep this for readability % -% \def\dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% +% \def\dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% % {\addtocommalist{#1}\colorlist % \doifassignmentelse{#2} % {\@@resetcolorparameters @@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ % {\doifdefinedelse{\??cr#2} % {\doifelse{#1}{#2} % {% this way we can freeze \definecolor[somecolor][somecolor] -% % and still prevent cyclic definitions +% % and still prevent cyclic definitions % \iffreezecolors\setevalue{\??cr#1}{\getvalue{\??cr#2}}\fi} % {\iffreezecolors\@EA\setevalue\else\@EA\setvalue\fi % {\??cr#1}{\getvalue{\??cr#2}}}} % {\showmessage\m!colors3{#1}}}% -% \unexpanded\setvalue{#1}{\color[#1]}} % \unexpanded toegevoegd +% \unexpanded\setvalue{#1}{\color[#1]}} % \unexpanded toegevoegd \def\dododefinecolor#1#2#3#4[#5][#6]% #2==set(g)value #3==set[e|x]value {#1\addtocommalist{#5}\colorlist @@ -319,16 +319,16 @@ {\doifdefinedelse{\??cr#6} {\doifelse{#5}{#6} {% this way we can freeze \definecolor[somecolor][somecolor] - % and still prevent cyclic definitions + % and still prevent cyclic definitions \iffreezecolors#3{\??cr#5}{\getvalue{\??cr#6}}\fi} {\iffreezecolors\@EA#3\else\@EA#2\fi {\??cr#5}{\getvalue{\??cr#6}}}} {\showmessage\m!colors3{#5}}}% \ifcase#4\or - \unexpanded#2{#5}{\switchtocolor[#5]}% \unexpanded toegevoegd + \unexpanded#2{#5}{\switchtocolor[#5]}% \unexpanded toegevoegd \fi} -%D New and experimental. +%D New and experimental. \let\allspotcolors\empty @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ \def\registerusedcolorchannels {\bgroup \doifdefinedelse{\??cs c} - {\def\usedcolorchannels{c,m,y,k}}% + {\def\usedcolorchannels{c,m,y,k}}% {\let\usedcolorchannels\empty}% \doifdefined{\??cs r} {\addtocommalist{r,g,b}\usedcolorchannels}% @@ -372,17 +372,17 @@ {\addtocommalist{s}\usedcolorchannels}}% \savecurrentvalue\usedcolorchannels\usedcolorchannels \egroup} - + \prependtoks \registerusedspotcolors \registerusedcolorchannels -\to \everylastshipout +\to \everylastshipout \def\registerusedspotcolor#1% {\global\@EA\chardef\csname\??cs#1\endcsname\zerocount} -%D We now redefine the color definition macro so that you -%D can define both normal and spotcolors. +%D We now redefine the color definition macro so that you +%D can define both normal and spotcolors. \def\definecolor {\dotripleempty\dodefinewhatevercolor} @@ -390,34 +390,34 @@ \def\dodefinewhatevercolor[#1][#2][#3]% {\ifthirdargument \doifassignmentelse{#2} - {\dododefinecolor[#1][#2,#3]}% actually this is an error - {\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]}% + {\dododefinecolor[#1][#2,#3]}% actually this is an error + {\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]}% \else - \dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% + \dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% \fi} %D The names of colors are stored in a comma separated list %D only for the purpose of showing them with \type {\showcolor}. -%D +%D %D \typebuffer %D \haalbuffer %D %D This color shows up as \color [SomeKindOfRed] {some kind %D of red}. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \setupcolors[state=start] -%D +%D %D \definecolor[mygreen][green] %D \definecolor[green][g=.5] -%D +%D %D \startcolor[mygreen]test\stopcolor -%D +%D %D \setupcolors[expansion=no] -%D +%D %D \definecolor[mygreen][green] %D \definecolor[green][g=.5] -%D +%D %D \startcolor[mygreen]test\stopcolor %D \stoptypen @@ -491,15 +491,15 @@ %D The last boolean controls reduction of \kap{CMYK} to %D \kap{CMY} colors. When set to true, the black component %D is added to the other ones. -%D +%D %D Prefering gray is not the same as converting to gray. %D Conversion treats each color components in a different way, %D while prefering is just a reduction and thus a -%D space||saving option. +%D space||saving option. -%D The next (internal) switch suppresses duplicate messages. +%D The next (internal) switch suppresses duplicate messages. -\newif\ifconverttoGRAY +\newif\ifconverttoGRAY %D This module also needs: @@ -518,9 +518,9 @@ %D Since color is used frequently today (at least by the %D author of this module) it makes sense to optimize switching -%D to the max. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D to the max. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\startcolormode#1% %D {\ifincolor\ifpermitcolormode %D \doifcolorelse{#1} @@ -528,14 +528,14 @@ %D \expandafter\dostartcolormode\currentcolorspecs\od} %D {\nostartcolormode}% %D \fi\fi} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D So, the more readable alternatives like the one above are -%D gone now. +%D So, the more readable alternatives like the one above are +%D gone now. \beginETEX \ifcsname -\def\dowithcolor#1#2% #1=\action #2=color +\def\dowithcolor#1#2% #1=\action #2=color {\ifincolor\ifpermitcolormode \ifcsname\??cr\currentpalet#2\endcsname \handlecolorwith#1\csname\??cr\currentpalet#2\endcsname\od @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ \beginTEX -\def\dowithcolor#1#2% #1=\action #2=color +\def\dowithcolor#1#2% #1=\action #2=color {\ifincolor\ifpermitcolormode \@EA\ifx\csname\??cr\currentpalet#2\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname\??cr#2\endcsname\relax \else @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ \dostopcolormode \ifx\maintextcolor\empty \else \startcolormode\maintextcolor - \fi + \fi \fi\fi} %D Color modes are entered using the next set of commands. @@ -602,14 +602,14 @@ {\csname execcolor#1\endcsname} \def\execcolorR - {\iffilterspotcolor + {\iffilterspotcolor \@EA\noexeccolorR \else \@EA\doexeccolorR \fi} \def\execcolorC - {\iffilterspotcolor + {\iffilterspotcolor \@EA\noexeccolorC \else \@EA\doexeccolorC @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ \ifGRAYprefered \registercolorchannel\c!s \let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@r - \normalizeGRAY + \normalizeGRAY \doexeccolorgray \else\ifRGBsupported \registercolorchannel\c!r @@ -668,16 +668,16 @@ \ifGRAYprefered \registercolorchannel\c!s \let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@c - \normalizeGRAY + \normalizeGRAY \doexeccolorgray \else\ifCMYKsupported \registercolorchannel\c!c \ifreduceCMYK \convertCMYKtoCMY\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k -% \else +% \else % \normalizeCMYK % \fi -\fi +\fi \normalizeCMYK \doexeccolorcmyk \else\ifRGBsupported @@ -702,33 +702,33 @@ \def\doexeccolorP#1:#2:% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% - \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% + \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% \registerusedspotcolor\@@cl@@n \ifSPOTsupported \dowithcolor\registerspotcolor\@@cl@@n \dostartspotcolormode\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@p \else - \doingspotcolortrue - \let\spotcolorfactor\@@cl@@p - \factorizecolortrue % using counter and array + \doingspotcolortrue + \let\spotcolorfactor\@@cl@@p + \factorizecolortrue % using counter and array \dowithcolor\execcolorRCSP\@@cl@@n \factorizecolorfalse \let\spotcolorfactor\@@cl@@o \doingspotcolorfalse \fi - \exectransparency} + \exectransparency} % \def\doexeccolorPP#1:#2:% % {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% % \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% % \registerusedspotcolor\@@cl@@n % \ifx\@@cl@@n\currentspotcolor -% \normalizeSPOT +% \normalizeSPOT % \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@p % was spotcolormode % \else % \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@o % \fi -% \exectransparency} +% \exectransparency} \def\doexeccolorPP#1:#2:% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% @@ -745,32 +745,32 @@ \def\doexeccolorrgb {\ifcase\currentcolorchannel \dostartrgbcolormode\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b - \or \or \or \or - \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@r - \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@g - \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@b + \or \or \or \or + \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@r + \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@g + \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@b \fi} \def\doexeccolorcmyk - {\ifcase\currentcolorchannel + {\ifcase\currentcolorchannel \dostartcmykcolormode\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k - \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@c\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@c - \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@m\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@m - \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@y\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@y - \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@k\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@k + \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@c\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@c + \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@m\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@m + \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@y\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@y + \or \negatecolorcomponent\@@cl@@k\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@k \fi} \def\doexeccolorgray - {\ifcase\currentcolorchannel + {\ifcase\currentcolorchannel \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@s - \or \or \or - \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@s - \or \or \or - \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@s + \or \or \or + \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@s + \or \or \or + \or \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@s \fi} -%D When filtering colors, we need to either erase -%D the background, or ignore the foreground. +%D When filtering colors, we need to either erase +%D the background, or ignore the foreground. % \newif\ifhidesplitcolor \hidesplitcolortrue % @@ -813,10 +813,10 @@ \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@o \fi} -% \def\fullytransparentcolor % fails on floats +% \def\fullytransparentcolor % fails on floats % {\dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@o % better than z % %\global\@EA\chardef\csname\@@currenttransparent\endcsname\plusone -% %\global\intransparenttrue +% %\global\intransparenttrue % \dostarttransparency10} \def\noexeccolorR#1:#2:#3:#4\od @@ -835,10 +835,10 @@ {\edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% \dohidecolor\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@z} -%D For the sake of postprocessing (i.e.\ color separation) -%D we can normalize colors, which comes down to giving equal -%D values an equal accuracy and format. This feature is -%D turned off by default due to a speed penalty. This macro +%D For the sake of postprocessing (i.e.\ color separation) +%D we can normalize colors, which comes down to giving equal +%D values an equal accuracy and format. This feature is +%D turned off by default due to a speed penalty. This macro %D also handles spot color percentages. \newif\iffactorizecolor @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ \def\spotcolorfactor{1} \def\normalizecolor#1% - {\colordimen#1\thousandpoint + {\colordimen#1\thousandpoint \colordimen\spotcolorfactor\colordimen \colorcount\colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard @@ -855,8 +855,8 @@ \edef#1{\realcolorvalue\colorcount}} \def\normalizespotcolor#1% - {\colordimen-#1\thousandpoint - \advance\colordimen\thousandpoint + {\colordimen-#1\thousandpoint + \advance\colordimen\thousandpoint \colorcount\colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard \divide\colorcount \maxcard @@ -869,9 +869,9 @@ \def\normalizeRGB {\ifnormalizecolor - \donormalizeRGB + \donormalizeRGB \else\iffactorizecolor - \donormalizeRGB + \donormalizeRGB \fi\fi} \def\donormalizeCMYK @@ -898,15 +898,16 @@ \fi\fi} \def\normalizeSPOT - {\normalizespotcolor\@@cl@@p} + {\normalizespotcolor\@@cl@@p} -%D We need to register spot colors (i.e.\ resources need to +%D We need to register spot colors (i.e.\ resources need to %D be created. \def\registerspotcolor#1:% {\ifundefined{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}% \letgvalue{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}\empty - \@EA\@EA\csname registerspotcolor#1\endcsname + %\@EA\@EA\csname registerspotcolor#1\endcsname + \csname registerspotcolor#1\@EA\endcsname \else \@EA\dontregistersplotcolor \fi} @@ -926,10 +927,10 @@ \def\registerspotcolorP#1:#2:#3\od {\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#2}} -%D Transparency is handled similar for all three color modes. We +%D Transparency is handled similar for all three color modes. We %D can turn transparency off with the following switch: -\newif\iftransparencysupported \transparencysupportedtrue % todo +\newif\iftransparencysupported \transparencysupportedtrue % todo \def\exectransparency {\iftransparencysupported @@ -939,7 +940,7 @@ \fi} %\def\doexectransparency#1:#2\od -% {\global\@EA\chardef\csname\@@currenttransparent\endcsname % nasty +% {\global\@EA\chardef\csname\@@currenttransparent\endcsname % nasty % \ifcase#1\space % \zerocount % \else @@ -960,13 +961,13 @@ \def\noexectransparency#1\od {} -%D Experimental: minimize transparency resets. +%D Experimental: minimize transparency resets. -\newif\ifintransparent -\newif\ifoptimizetransparency \optimizetransparencytrue % under test +\newif\ifintransparent +\newif\ifoptimizetransparency \optimizetransparencytrue % under test -% due to bugs in pdf viewers we used transparancies for -% hiding colors, but now we use none colors +% due to bugs in pdf viewers we used transparancies for +% hiding colors, but now we use none colors % \def\supportedstoptransparency % {\iffilterspotcolor @@ -974,7 +975,7 @@ % \else\iftransparencysupported % \dostoptransparency % \fi\fi} -% +% % \def\conditionalstoptransparency % {\iffilterspotcolor % \dostoptransparency @@ -1011,22 +1012,22 @@ \expandafter\gobbletwoarguments \fi} -%D We now use the \type {\@@cl@@A} hook to implement -%D symbolic names. These are converted into numbers -%D at definition time (which saves runtime). +%D We now use the \type {\@@cl@@A} hook to implement +%D symbolic names. These are converted into numbers +%D at definition time (which saves runtime). \def\definetransparency {\dodoubleargument\dodefinetransparency} %\def\dodefinetransparency[#1][#2]% -% {\@EA\chardef\csname\??cl-#1\endcsname#2\relax -% \ifundefined{\??cl-#2}#2\else\csname\??cl-#2\endcsname\fi} +% {\@EA\chardef\csname\??cl-#1\endcsname#2\relax +% \ifundefined{\??cl-#2}#2\else\csname\??cl-#2\endcsname\fi} \def\dodefinetransparency[#1][#2]% {\@EA\chardef\csname\??cl-#1\endcsname#2\relax} \def\transparencynumber#1% - {\the\executeifdefined{\??cl-#1}\zerocount} + {\the\executeifdefined{\??cl-#1}\zerocount} \definetransparency [none] [0] \definetransparency [0] [0] \definetransparency [normal] [1] \definetransparency [1] [1] @@ -1042,7 +1043,7 @@ \definetransparency [difference] [11] \definetransparency [11] [11] \definetransparency [exclusion] [12] \definetransparency [12] [12] -%D Now we hook 'm into the patterns: +%D Now we hook 'm into the patterns: \def\@@cl@@A{\transparencynumber\@@cl@@a} @@ -1059,37 +1060,37 @@ \def\stopregistercolor {\permitcolormodefalse\stopcolor\permitcolormodetrue} -%D We use these macros for implementing text colors -%D (actually, the first application was in foreground -%D colors). -%D -%D \starttypen +%D We use these macros for implementing text colors +%D (actually, the first application was in foreground +%D colors). +%D +%D \starttypen %D \starttextcolor[red] %D \dorecurse{10}{\input tufte \color[green]{oeps} \par} %D \stoptextcolor -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D This is more efficient than the alternative: +%D This is more efficient than the alternative: %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \setupbackgrounds[text][foregroundcolor=red] %D \startregistercolor[red] %D \dorecurse{10}{\input tufte \color[green]{oeps} \par} %D \stopregistercolor -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \let\maintextcolor\empty \def\defaulttextcolor{black} -% \def\starttextcolor[#1]% +% \def\starttextcolor[#1]% % {\doifsomething{#1} % {\bgroup -% \def\stoptextcolor % also goes ok with \page after -% {\let\maintextcolor\empty % this one because the top of -% \stopregistercolor % page sets the color right (side -% \egroup}% % effect) +% \def\stoptextcolor % also goes ok with \page after +% {\let\maintextcolor\empty % this one because the top of +% \stopregistercolor % page sets the color right (side +% \egroup}% % effect) % \def\starttextcolor[##1]% % {\bgroup -% \let\stoptextcolor\egroup}% +% \let\stoptextcolor\egroup}% % \startregistercolor[#1]% % \edef\maintextcolor{#1}}} @@ -1104,28 +1105,28 @@ \egroup}% % effect) \def\starttextcolor[##1]% {\bgroup - % \@@themaintextcolor==##1 is catched in \definecolor + % \@@themaintextcolor==##1 is catched in \definecolor \definecolor[\@@themaintextcolor][##1]% \let\stoptextcolor\egroup}% \startregistercolor[\@@themaintextcolor]% \definecolor[\@@themaintextcolor][#1]% \let\maintextcolor\@@themaintextcolor}} -\let\stoptextcolor\relax +\let\stoptextcolor\relax -%D The following hook permits proper support at the text -%D level. This definition actually belongs in another -%D module. +%D The following hook permits proper support at the text +%D level. This definition actually belongs in another +%D module. \ifx\initializemaintextcolor\undefined % \def\initializemaintextcolor % {\doifsomething\@@cltekstkleur -% {\appendtoks\starttextcolor[\@@cltekstkleur]\to\everystarttext -% \appendtoks\stoptextcolor \to\everystoptext +% {\appendtoks\starttextcolor[\@@cltekstkleur]\to\everystarttext +% \appendtoks\stoptextcolor \to\everystoptext % \let\initializemaintextcolor\relax}} - % global ? + % global ? \def\initializemaintextcolor {\doifelsenothing\@@cltekstkleur @@ -1133,17 +1134,17 @@ {\let\maintextcolor\@@themaintextcolor \definecolor[\@@themaintextcolor][\@@cltekstkleur]% \doinitializemaintextcolor}} - + \def\doinitializemaintextcolor {\appendtoks\starttextcolor[\@@themaintextcolor]\to\everystarttext \appendtoks\stoptextcolor \to\everystoptext \let\doinitializemaintextcolor\relax} - -\fi + +\fi %D The next macro can be used to return to the (normal) -%D page color. This macro is used in the same way as -%D \type {\color}. +%D page color. This macro is used in the same way as +%D \type {\color}. \def\localstarttextcolor {\ifx\maintextcolor\empty @@ -1159,7 +1160,7 @@ {\ifx\maintextcolor\empty \expandafter\dorestoretextcolor \else - % obey main text color + % obey main text color \fi} \def\dorestoretextcolor @@ -1209,7 +1210,7 @@ %D in three digits precision. \def\realcolorvalue#1% - {\ifnum#1>\zerocount % important, first encountered in --modu supp-mpe + {\ifnum#1>\zerocount % important, first encountered in --modu supp-mpe \ifnum#1<\plusten 0.00\the#1\else \ifnum#1<\plushundred 0.0\the#1\else \ifnum#1<\plusthousand 0.\the#1\else @@ -1217,13 +1218,13 @@ \else 0\fi} \def\doconvertCMYKtoRGB#1\k#2\to#3% - {\ifdim#2\s!pt>#1\s!pt % >= problem, repaired 2/12/2002 + {\ifdim#2\points>#1\points% >= problem, repaired 2/12/2002 \let#3\@@cl@@z % k >= color - \else - \colordimen1\s!pt - \advance\colordimen -#1\s!pt - \advance\colordimen -#2\s!pt - \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand + \else + \colordimen\onepoint + \advance\colordimen -#1\points + \advance\colordimen -#2\points + \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand \colorcount\colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard \divide\colorcount \maxcard @@ -1236,13 +1237,13 @@ \doconvertCMYKtoRGB#3\k#4\to\@@cl@@b} \def\doconvertRGBtoCMYK#1\to#2% - {\colordimen#1\s!pt - \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand + {\colordimen#1\points + \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand \colorcount\colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard \divide\colorcount \maxcard \colorcount-\colorcount - \advance\colorcount \plusthousand + \advance\colorcount \plusthousand \edef#2{\realcolorvalue\colorcount}} \def\convertRGBtoCMYK#1#2#3% @@ -1262,13 +1263,13 @@ \def\bGRAYfactor{\ifweightGRAY110\else\nGRAYfactor\fi} \def\convertRGBtoGRAY#1#2#3% - {\colordimen#1\s!pt + {\colordimen#1\points \colordimen\rGRAYfactor\colordimen \colorcount\colordimen - \colordimen#2\s!pt + \colordimen#2\points \colordimen\gGRAYfactor\colordimen \advance\colorcount \colordimen - \colordimen#3\s!pt + \colordimen#3\points \colordimen\bGRAYfactor\colordimen \advance\colorcount \colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard @@ -1280,14 +1281,14 @@ \convertRGBtoGRAY\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b} \def\doconvertCMYKtoCMY#1\k#2\to#3% - {\colordimen#1\s!pt - \advance\colordimen #2\s!pt\relax - \ifdim\colordimen>1\s!pt - \colordimen1\s!pt + {\colordimen#1\points + \advance\colordimen #2\points\relax + \ifdim\colordimen>\onepoint + \colordimen\onepoint %\else % \colordimen\colordimen \fi - \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand + \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand \colorcount\colordimen \advance\colorcount \medcard \divide\colorcount \maxcard @@ -1321,31 +1322,31 @@ \def\colorsplitsuffix{\ifcase\currentcolorchannel\else-\@@clsplitsen\fi} \def\colorsplitprefix{\ifcase\currentcolorchannel\else\@@clsplitsen-\fi} -\ifx\resetsystemmode\undefined +\ifx\resetsystemmode\undefined \let\setsystemmode \gobbleoneargument \let\resetsystemmode\gobbleoneargument -\fi +\fi \def\setcolorsplitting {\resetsystemmode{\v!kleur\colorsplitsuffix}% \resetcolorsplitting \processaction [\@@clsplitsen] - [ c=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel1,% - m=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel2,% - y=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel3,% - k=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel4,% - r=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel5,% - g=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel6,% - b=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel7,% - s=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel8,% + [ c=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel1,% + m=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel2,% + y=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel3,% + k=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel4,% + r=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel5,% + g=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel6,% + b=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel7,% + s=>\chardef\currentcolorchannel8,% \v!nee=>,% \currentcolorchannel0,% all colors \s!default=>,% \currentcolorchannel0,% all colors - \s!unknown=>\filterspotcolortrue + \s!unknown=>\filterspotcolortrue \edef\currentspotcolor{\commalistelement}]% \setsystemmode{\v!kleur\colorsplitsuffix}% \iffilterspotcolor \let\@@clrgb\v!nee \fi} - + \def\dosetupcolors[#1]% {\getparameters[\??cl][#1]% \doifelse\@@clspot\v!ja @@ -1369,7 +1370,7 @@ \doifelse\@@clcmyk\v!nee {\ifCMYKsupported \showmessage\m!colors {9}\v!cmyk\CMYKsupportedfalse\fi} {\ifCMYKsupported\else\showmessage\m!colors{10}\v!cmyk\CMYKsupportedtrue \fi}% - % todo : mpspot + % todo : mpspot \doifelse\@@clmpcmyk\v!nee {\ifMPcmykcolors \showmessage\m!colors {9}{\v!mp\v!cmyk}\MPcmykcolorsfalse\fi} {\ifMPcmykcolors\else\showmessage\m!colors{10}{\v!mp\v!cmyk}\MPcmykcolorstrue \fi}% @@ -1429,8 +1430,8 @@ \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments \fi} -% no longer needed -% +% no longer needed +% % \def\getcurrentcolorspecs#1% % {\edef\currentcolorspecs% % {\csname\??cr @@ -1448,8 +1449,8 @@ \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \fi} -% no longer needed -% +% no longer needed +% % \def\getcurrentcolorspecs#1% % {\edef\currentcolorspecs% % {\csname\??cr\@EA @@ -1515,8 +1516,8 @@ %D solution, but it suits. The signs are swapped when the %D page ornaments are typeset. -\let\@@colorplus \plusone -\let\@@colorminus\minusone +\let\@@colorplus \plusone +\let\@@colorminus\minusone \def\@@currentcolorname {\??cl\the\colorlevel C} \def\@@currentcolorstop {\??cl\the\colorlevel S} @@ -1569,7 +1570,7 @@ \donoglobalstopcolor \global\@EA\let\@EA\@@previouscolor\csname\@@currentcolorname\endcsname \ifcase\colorlevel\relax - \ifpermitcolormode + \ifpermitcolormode \docolormark\empty \conditionalstoptransparency \dostopcolormode @@ -1584,14 +1585,14 @@ \else \doifcolorelse\@@previouscolor {\ifx\@@currentcolor\@@previouscolor\else - % alternatively we could let \startcolormode handle this - \ifpermitcolormode - \conditionalstoptransparency % really needed + % alternatively we could let \startcolormode handle this + \ifpermitcolormode + \conditionalstoptransparency % really needed % more safe but less efficient: \dostopcolormode \fi \startcolormode\@@previouscolor \fi} - {\ifpermitcolormode + {\ifpermitcolormode \conditionalstoptransparency \dostopcolormode \fi}% @@ -1604,7 +1605,7 @@ \global\@EA\let\@EA\@@currentcolor\csname\@@currentcolorname\endcsname %\debuggerinfo{\m!colors} % {stop \@@currentcolor\normalspace at level \the\colorlevel}% - \global\advance\colorlevel \@@colorminus + \global\advance\colorlevel \@@colorminus \fi} \def\doglobalstopcolor @@ -1724,7 +1725,7 @@ %D to resetting the color to black, while popping restores the %D color state to that of before the break. -\def\topofpagecolor{\rawgetbotmark\colormark} % see postponing +\def\topofpagecolor{\rawgetbotmark\colormark} % see postponing \def\pushcolor {\stopcolormode} @@ -1740,10 +1741,10 @@ {%\debuggerinfo\m!colors{split popping \getsplitbotmark\colormark}% \startcolormode{\rawgetsplitbotmark\colormark}}} -% Private macro: only needed in test cases (like multiple -% seperations in one file); no user command! +% Private macro: only needed in test cases (like multiple +% seperations in one file); no user command! -\def\resynccolor +\def\resynccolor {\ifdim\pagetotal=\zeropoint \popcolor \else\ifx\@@currentcolor\empty @@ -1766,7 +1767,7 @@ \def\startcolorpage {\bgroup - \let\@@colorplus \minusone + \let\@@colorplus \minusone \let\@@colorminus\plusone \let\docolormark\gobbleoneargument \edef\savedcolorlevel{\the\colorlevel}% @@ -1775,7 +1776,7 @@ \localstartcolor[\defaulttextcolor]% \else \localstartcolor[\maintextcolor]% - \fi} + \fi} \def\stopcolorpage {\localstopcolor @@ -1809,7 +1810,7 @@ %D \def\switchtocolor[#1]% %D {\startcolor[#1]\aftergroup\stopcolor} -\def\switchtocolor[#1]% grouping is realy needed, else migration +\def\switchtocolor[#1]% grouping is realy needed, else migration {\bgroup\startcolor[#1]\aftergroup\stopcolor\aftergroup\egroup} \unexpanded\def\color[#1]% @@ -1848,8 +1849,8 @@ %D \haalbuffer %D \stopvoorbeeld %D -%D We can speed the following macros a bit up, but this -%D hardly pays off; they are only used in the manual. +%D We can speed the following macros a bit up, but this +%D hardly pays off; they are only used in the manual. \def\realcolorformat#1% {\ifnum#1<\plusten 0.00\the#1\else @@ -1860,9 +1861,9 @@ \def\colorformatseparator{ } \def\dodoformatcolor#1% - {\colordimen#1\s!pt\relax - \ifdim\colordimen>1\s!pt - \colordimen1\s!pt + {\colordimen#1\points\relax + \ifdim\colordimen>\onepoint + \colordimen\onepoint \fi \multiply\colordimen \plusthousand \colorcount\colordimen @@ -1901,8 +1902,8 @@ \def\doformatgrayS#1:#2:#3\od {\dodoformatcolor{#1}} -\def\doformatgrayP#1:#2:#3:#4\od - {\dowithcolor\doformatcolor{#1}} +\def\doformatgrayP#1:#2:#3:#4\od + {\dowithcolor\doformatcolor{#1}} \def\doformatgray#1:% {\getvalue{doformatgray#1}} @@ -2041,10 +2042,10 @@ \def\dosetuppalet[#1]% {\edef\currentpalet{#1}% - \ifx\currentpalet\empty - % seems to be a reset + \ifx\currentpalet\empty + % seems to be a reset \else - % fast enough for tex and etex + % fast enough for tex and etex \@EA\ifx\csname\??pa\currentpalet\endcsname\relax \showmessage\m!colors7\currentpalet \let\currentpalet\empty @@ -2256,8 +2257,8 @@ %D %D will negate the colors in box zero. -\def\negatecolorcomponent#1% #1 = \macro - {\scratchdimen\!!onepoint\advance\scratchdimen-#1\s!pt +\def\negatecolorcomponent#1% #1 = \macro + {\scratchdimen\onepoint\advance\scratchdimen-#1\onepoint \ifdim\scratchdimen<\zeropoint\scratchdimen\zeropoint\fi \edef#1{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} @@ -2320,9 +2321,9 @@ \def\MPcolor{\scaledMPcolor1} -%D Before we had transparency available, the following -%D conversion macro was available: -%D +%D Before we had transparency available, the following +%D conversion macro was available: +%D %D \starttypen %D \def\doMPcolor#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end %D {\if #1R(#2,#3,#4)% @@ -2331,12 +2332,12 @@ %D \else (0,0,0)% %D \fi\fi\fi} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D In order to be useful, this macro is to be fully -%D expandabele. +%D expandabele. -\def\doMPcolor#1:% #1 can be \relax ! ! ! i.e. an empty color - {\csname +\def\doMPcolor#1:% #1 can be \relax ! ! ! i.e. an empty color + {\csname MPc\@EA\ifx\csname MPc\string#1\endcsname\relax B\else#1\fi \endcsname} @@ -2349,9 +2350,11 @@ \def\transparentMP {transparent} \def\cmykMP {scaledcmyk} \def\cmykASrgbMP {scaledcmykasrgb} % not really needed any more -\def\rgbMP {scaledrgb} -\def\grayMP {scaledgray} -\def\processMP {spotcolor} +\def\rgbMP {scaledrgb} +\def\grayMP {scaledgray} +\def\spotMP {spotcolor} + +\let\processMP\spotMP % for some time, will become obsolete \def\doMPtransparent#1#2:#3:#4\end {\ifcase#2\space(#1)\else\transparentMP(#2,#3,(#1))\fi} @@ -2369,7 +2372,7 @@ {\doMPtransparent{\cmykASrgbMP(#1,#2,#3,#4,#6)}#5\end} \def\doMPspotY#1:#2:#3\end#4\end - {\doMPtransparent{\processMP("#1",#2)}#3\end} + {\doMPtransparent{\spotMP("#1",#2)}#3\end} \def\doMPspotN#1:#2:#3\end#4\end {\scaledMPcolor{#2}{#1}} @@ -2389,7 +2392,7 @@ {\if #1R#2 #3 #4 rg% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5 k% \else\if#1S#2 g% - \else\if#1P#3 g% todo + \else\if#1P#3 g% todo \else 0 g% \fi\fi\fi\fi} @@ -2411,17 +2414,17 @@ {[\if #1R#2 #3 #4% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5% \else\if#1S#2% - \else\if#1P#3% todo + \else\if#1P#3% todo \else 0% \fi\fi\fi\fi]} %D \macros %D {everyshapebox} -%D -%D A terrible hack, needed because we cannot have marks in -%D shape boxes. +%D +%D A terrible hack, needed because we cannot have marks in +%D shape boxes. -\appendtoks \localcolortrue \to \everyshapebox +\appendtoks \localcolortrue \to \everyshapebox %D We default to the colors defined in \module{colo-rgb} and %D support both \kap{RGB} and \kap{CMYK} output. @@ -2443,20 +2446,20 @@ \setupcolor [\v!rgb] -%D For the moment we keep the next downward compatibility +%D For the moment we keep the next downward compatibility %D switch, i.e.\ expanded colors. However, predefined colors %D and palets are no longer expanded (which is what I wanted -%D in the first place). +%D in the first place). %D %D Well, in case we want to do color separation and use CMYK -%D colors only, this is dangerous since unwanted remapping may -%D take place. Especially when we redefine already defined -%D colors in another color space (e.g. darkgreen is -%D predefined in RGB color space, so a redefinition in CMYK -%D coordinates before RGB mode is disabled, would give +%D colors only, this is dangerous since unwanted remapping may +%D take place. Especially when we redefine already defined +%D colors in another color space (e.g. darkgreen is +%D predefined in RGB color space, so a redefinition in CMYK +%D coordinates before RGB mode is disabled, would give %D unexpected results due to the already frozen color spec.) %D -%D So, from now on, colors are not frozen any more! +%D So, from now on, colors are not frozen any more! % \appendtoks\setupcolors[\c!expansie=\v!ja]\to\everyjob @@ -2484,8 +2487,8 @@ {\filterspotcolorfalse \chardef\currentcolorchannel\zerocount} -%D These can be used in selecting specific files (like -%D figuredatabases). +%D These can be used in selecting specific files (like +%D figuredatabases). \def\colorchannelprefix{\doifseparatingcolorselse\@@clsplitsen\empty-} \def\colorchannelsuffix{-\doifseparatingcolorselse\@@clsplitsen\empty} @@ -2493,4 +2496,4 @@ %D As we can see, color support is turned off by default. %D Reduction of gray colors to gray scales is turned on. -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-run.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-run.tex index 9e03627da..8cd9f62dd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/colo-run.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-run.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -\unprotect +\unprotect \gdef\showpalet {\dodoubleargument\doshowpalet} @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ \doifinset\v!nummer{#2} {\def\doshowpalet##1{&\strut##1}% \processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet}\cr - \doifinset\v!naam{#2}{#1\hskip.5em}% + \doifinset\v!naam{#2}{#1\hskip.5em}% \def\doshowpalet##1% - {&\color[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\strutht\!!depth\!!zeropoint}}% + {&\color[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\strutht\!!depth\zeropoint}}% \processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet\crcr \def\doshowpalet##1% - {&\graycolor[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!depth\strutdp}}% + {&\graycolor[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\zeropoint\!!depth\strutdp}}% \processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet\crcr \doifinset\v!waarde{#2} {\def\doshowpalet##1% @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ {\expanded{\globalprocesscommalist[\getvalue{\??pa#1}]}} \gdef\showcolorgroup - {\dodoubleargument\doshowcolorgroup} + {\dodoubleargument\doshowcolorgroup} \gdef\doshowcolorgroup[#1][#2]% {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:1} @@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ {\halign {\hss####\hss\cr \doifinset\v!nummer{#2}{\strut##1}\cr - \color[#1:##1]{\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\strutht\!!depth\!!zeropoint}\cr - \graycolor[#1:##1]{\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!depth\strutdp}\cr + \color[#1:##1]{\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\strutht\!!depth\zeropoint}\cr + \graycolor[#1:##1]{\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\zeropoint\!!depth\strutdp}\cr \doifinset\v!waarde{#2}{\colorvalue{#1:##1}\strut}\crcr}} \def\doshowgroup##1% {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:##1} {\vbox{\dodoshowgroup{##1}}}} - \hbox + \hbox {\doifinset\v!naam{#2} {\strut \doifinsetelse\v!waarde{#2} @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ \doifinset\v!waarde{#2}{\hskip.5em\colorvalue{#1:##1}}\crcr}} \halign {\hss##&\hss##\hss&##\hss\cr - &\doifinset\v!naam{#2}{\strut#1}&\crcr + &\doifinset\v!naam{#2}{\strut#1}&\crcr \doshowgroup1\doshowgroup2\doshowgroup3\doshowgroup4% \doshowgroup5\doshowgroup6\doshowgroup7\doshowgroup8}}} @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ \def\rule {\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\strutht\!!depth\strutdp} \def\docommand##1% - {\hbox + {\hbox {\graycolor[##1]{\rule}\quad \color[##1]{\rule}\quad \grayvalue{##1}\quad @@ -209,4 +209,4 @@ \endgraf} \dorecurse\!!counta{\dododocomparecolorgroup\recurselevel}}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex index 6b78510a6..9cefe1cda 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex @@ -15,11 +15,315 @@ %D excellent place for hacks, patches, extensions and new %D features. +% todo: mp-new \unprotect \writestatus{\m!systems}{beware: some patches loaded from cont-new.tex!} + +% todo : test low level translation (nl->en) and optimize script + +% \readfile{cont-exp}\donothing\donothing % speed up (5-20%) + +\def\doiffontcharelse#1#2% + {\bgroup + \definedfont[#1]% + \iffontchar\font#2\relax + \egroup\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \else + \egroup\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \fi} + +\unexpanded\def\asciistr#1{\convertargument#1\to\ascii{\verbatimfont\ascii}} + +\def\shapedhbox % lines with non strutted dimensions have + {\expanded{\dowithnextbox % interlineskip so if we want the original + {\nextboxht\the\ht\shapebox % spacing, we need to preserve the original + \nextboxdp\the\dp\shapebox % height and depth which is definitely + \noexpand\flushnextbox}} % needed if we apply struts to the 'new' + \normalhbox} % box or do something that changed ist size + +\def\inrightmargin#1% new: hsize correction + {\pushindentation + \rlap + {\hskip\tekstbreedte + %\hskip-\hsize + %\hskip\hsize + \hskip-\rightskip + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \hsize\rechtermargebreedte + #1}% + \popindentation + \ignorespaces} + +\def\rechtermargetekstblok#1% new: hsize correction + {\maakmargetekstblok \rightmargintextwidth \v!rechts \v!links + {\hskip\margetekstafstand\hskip\tekstbreedte\hskip-\hsize }{\rlap{\plaatsmargetekstscheider}} + {#1}} + +\def\douniqueMPpagegraphic#1#2% + {\blabelgroup + \let\overlaystamp\overlaypagestamp + \setupMPvariables[\MPpageprefix#1][#2]% prefix is new here + \getvalue{\@@MPG\MPpageprefix#1}{}% + \elabelgroup} + +\prependtoks \setnormalcatcodes \to \everyTEXinputmode +\appendtoks \processingXMLfalse \to \everyTEXinputmode + +\let\normalenableXML\enableXML % some day we move the normal \enableXML into the toks + +\prependtoks \normalenableXML \to \everyXMLinputmode +\appendtoks \processingXMLtrue \to \everyXMLinputmode + +\def\enableXML {\setinputmode[XML]} +\def\disableXML{\setinputmode[TEX]} + +\def\checkvariables + {\dodoubleargument\docheckvariables} + +\def\docheckvariables + {\dogetparameters\docheckrawvalue} + +\def\docheckrawvalue#1#2#3% + {\doifundefined {\??vars:#1:#2}{\setvalue{\??vars:#1:#2}{#3}} + {\doifvaluenothing{\??vars:#1:#2}{\setvalue{\??vars:#1:#2}{#3}}}} + +\beginTEX + + % else the skip aborts the reshape process + + \def\shapefill{\vskip\onepoint\!!plus\lineheight\!!minus\lineheight\relax} + +\endTEX + +\beginETEX + + \def\shapefill{\vskip\zeropoint\!!plus\lineheight\!!minus\lineheight\relax} + +\endETEX + +\beginETEX \lastnodetype + +\def\dodoreshapebox#1#2#3#4% \shapebox, \shapepenalty, \shapekern, \shapeskip + {\ifnum\lastnodetype=\@@gluenode % \ifcase\lastskip % \ifdim\lastskip=\zeropoint\relax + \shapeskip\lastskip + \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#4\unvbox\tmpshapebox}% + \unskip + \else\ifnum\lastnodetype=\@@kernnode % \ifcase\lastkern % \ifdim\lastkern=\zeropoint\relax + \shapekern\lastkern + \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#3\unvbox\tmpshapebox}% + \unkern + \else\ifnum\lastnodetype=\@@penaltynode % \ifcase\lastpenalty % \ifnum\lastpenalty=\zerocount + \shapepenalty\lastpenalty + \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#2\unvbox\tmpshapebox}% + \unpenalty + \else + \setbox\shapebox\lastbox + \ifvoid\shapebox + \unskip\unpenalty\unkern + \else + \ifdim\wd\shapebox=\shapesignal\relax + \exitloop + \else + \shapecounter\zerocount + \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#1\unvbox\tmpshapebox}% + \fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi + \ifnum\shapecounter>100 % can be less + \message{<<forced exit from shapebox>>}% + \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\copy\oldshapebox + \exitloop + \else + \advance\shapecounter \plusone + \fi} + +\endETEX + +\let\normaltype\type + +\beginTEX + + \unexpanded\def\retype#1{\bgroup\convertargument#1\to\ascii\@EA\normaltype\@EA{\ascii}\egroup} + +\endTEX + +\beginETEX + + \unexpanded\def\retype#1{\scantokens{\normaltype{#1}}} + +\endETEX + +\def\simplifytype{\let\type\retype} + +% \ruledhbox +% {\startignorespaces +% \def\oeps{a} +% \startignorespaces +% \def\oeps{a} +% \stopignorespaces +% \def\oeps{a} +% \stopignorespaces +% \oeps} + +\newsignal\boissignal +\newcount \boislevel + +\long\def\startignorespaces + {\advance\boislevel\plusone + \ifcase\boislevel\or \ifhmode + \hskip\boissignal + \fi \fi + \ignorespaces} + +\long\def\stopignorespaces + {\ifcase\boislevel\or \ifhmode + \doloop + {\ifdim\lastskip=\zeropoint + \exitloop + \else\ifdim\lastskip=\boissignal + \unskip + \exitloop + \else + \unskip + \fi\fi}% + \fi \fi + \advance\boislevel\minusone} + +\defineblankmethod [\v!synchroniseer] {\verticalstrut\vskip-2\lineheight\verticalstrut} + +% \vtop{\blank[synchronize]\blank[line]test} + +\def\minimalhbox#1#% + {\dowithnextbox + {\bgroup + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox#1{\hss}% + \ifdim\nextboxwd<\wd\scratchbox\nextboxwd\wd\scratchbox\fi + \flushnextbox + \egroup} + \hbox} + +% manual +% +% externfiguur -> grid =ja|hoogte|diepte|halveregel|passend -> helemaal in details +% stelplaatsblokin -> zijuitlijnen=hoogte|diepte|regel|halveregel|grid -> halveregel in 'details' + +% TODO: TEST FIRST, NO CORRECTION NEEDED IN GRID MODE, EVT OPTION + +\def\OTRONEsomeherefloat[#1]% spacing between two successive must be better + {\baselinecorrection % not really needed in grid mode: + %\ifgridsnapping \else \baselinecorrection \fi % ! ! ! test test test ! ! ! ! + \doplacefloatbox + \doinsertfloatinfo + \dochecknextindentation\??bk} + +% todo: switch koppelen aan par scheelt pos + +% to be documented: \startspread .. \stopspread + +% to be documented primarydef p crossed d +% to be documented PlainTextArea + +% manual +% +% Sometimes the demands are getting pretty weird: +% +% \startitemize +% \item test +% \item test +% \headsym{xx} test \par test +% \stopitemize + +\beginETEX \lastnodetype + +\def\removeunwantedspaces + {\ifhmode + \doloop{\ifnum\lastnodetype=\@@gluenode\unskip\else\exitloop\fi}% + \fi} + +\endETEX + +% \def\dodimchoice#1#2#3% +% {\ifx#3\relax +% #1\@EA\gobbleuntilrelax +% \else\ifdim#1#2% +% #3\@EAEAEA\gobbleuntilrelax +% \else +% \@EAEAEA\dodimchoice +% \fi\fi{#1}} + +% \def\donumchoice#1#2#3% +% {\ifx#3\relax +% #1\@EA\gobbleuntilrelax +% \else\ifnum#1#2% +% #3\@EAEAEA\gobbleuntilrelax +% \else +% \@EAEAEA\dodimchoice +% \fi\fi{#1}} + +% \def\dimchoice#1#2{\dodimchoice{#1}#2\empty\relax} +% \def\numchoice#1#2{\donumchoice{#1}#2\empty\relax} + +\def\gobbleuntilempty#1\empty{} + +\def\dodimchoice#1#2#3% + {\ifdim#1#2% + #3\@EA\gobbleuntilempty + \else + \@EA\dodimchoice + \fi{#1}} + +\def\donumchoice#1#2#3% + {\ifnum#1#2% + #3\@EA\gobbleuntilempty + \else + \@EA\dodimchoice + \fi{#1}} + +\def\dimchoice#1#2{\dodimchoice{#1}#2{=#1}{#1}\empty} +\def\numchoice#1#2{\donumchoice{#1}#2{=#1}{#1}\empty} + +% \the\dimexpr(\dimchoice {7pt}{{<10pt}{8pt}{<12pt}{9pt}{<15pt}{10pt}{=11pt}{12pt}}) +% \the\dimexpr(\dimchoice{11pt}{{<10pt}{8pt}{<12pt}{9pt}{<15pt}{10pt}{=11pt}{12pt}}) +% \the\dimexpr(\dimchoice{14pt}{{<10pt}{8pt}{<12pt}{9pt}{<15pt}{10pt}{=11pt}{12pt}}) + +\def\showsetupsdefinition[#1]{\showvalue{\??su:#1}} % temp hack for debugging + +% documentation : \setupregister[alternative=a|b|A|B] + +\def\pushXMLmeaning#1% + {\@EA\pushmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname + \@EA\pushmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname + \@EA\pushmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname} + +\def\popXMLmeaning#1% + {\@EA\popmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname + \@EA\popmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname + \@EA\popmacro\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname} + +\def\defineXMLstore {\doquadrupleargument\dodefineXMLstore[\saveXMLasdata]} +\def\defineXMLgstore{\doquadrupleargument\dodefineXMLstore[\gsaveXMLasdata]} + +\def\dodefineXMLstore[#1][#2][#3][#4]% element attribute prefix % will become faster + {\defineXMLargument[#2][#3=\s!dummy]{#1{#4:\XMLop{#3}}}} + +\def\countXMLchildren[#1]#2% + {\startnointerference + \doglobal\newcounter\nofXMLchildren + \defineXMLargument[#1]{\doglobal\increment\nofXMLchildren}% + \startXMLignore + #2% + \stopXMLignore + \stopnointerference} -\def\showsetupsdefinition[#1]{\showvalue{\??su:#1}} +\unprotected \def\traceposstring#1#2#3% + {\iftracepositions + \smashedhbox% + {#1{\infofont#2#3}% + \scratchdimen.5\points + \kern-2\scratchdimen + \vrule\!!width4\scratchdimen\!!height\scratchdimen\!!depth\scratchdimen}% + \fi} % will be a MyWay % @@ -61,7 +365,23 @@ % new, continuous blocks, \som \par \startdoorlopendblok ... -\def\startdoorlopendblok % fo rspecial cases, don't change it too much +% \startitemize +% \item bagger +% \item bagger +% \item \startdoorlopendblok bagger \stopdoorlopendblok +% \item \endgraf \startdoorlopendblok bagger \stopdoorlopendblok +% \item \endgraf \startdoorlopendblok \strut bagger \stopdoorlopendblok +% \item \startdoorlopendblok +% \starttabulate +% \NC test \NC test \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC test \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC test \NC \NR +% \stoptabulate +% \stopdoorlopendblok +% \item test +% \stopitemize + +\def\startdoorlopendblok % for special cases, don't change it too much and don't rely on it {\ifhmode\endgraf\nobreak\fi % don't remove the \nobreak \dowithnextboxcontent {\setlocalhsize \hsize\localhsize \forgetall} @@ -81,28 +401,24 @@ \nobreak \advance\noflines\minusone \dorecurse\noflines{\crlf\nobreak}}% - \verticalstrut - \endgraf - \nobreak - \offinterlineskip - \kern-2\lineheight - \nobreak - \unvbox\nextbox + \verticalstrut + \endgraf + \nobreak + \offinterlineskip + \kern-2\lineheight % 2\lineheight when no vertical struts in main \vbox + \nobreak + \unvbox\nextbox \prevdepth\strutdepth % evt (eerst testen) een signal zodat een direct volgend blok goed gaat) \egroup} \vbox\bgroup + \vskip-\lineheight \verticalstrut\endgraf \insidefloattrue - \inhibitblank} + \doinhibitblank} % beware, no \inhibitblank ! ! ! ! ! ! \def\stopdoorlopendblok - {\egroup} - -\def\defineXMLstore {\doquadrupleargument\dodefineXMLstore[\saveXMLasdata]} -\def\defineXMLgstore{\doquadrupleargument\dodefineXMLstore[\gsaveXMLasdata]} - -\def\dodefineXMLstore[#1][#2][#3][#4]% element attribute prefix % will become faster - {\defineXMLargument[#2][#3=\s!dummy]{#1{#4:\XMLop{#3}}}} + {\endgraf\verticalstrut\endgraf\kern-2\lineheight + \egroup} % Just a simple and fast hanger, for usage in macros. @@ -205,15 +521,6 @@ {\def\@@meta{#1:}% \prepareMPvariables{#2}} -\def\countXMLchildren[#1]#2% - {\startnointerference - \doglobal\newcounter\nofXMLchildren - \defineXMLargument[#1]{\doglobal\increment\nofXMLchildren}% - \startXMLignore - #2% - \stopXMLignore - \stopnointerference} - \def\processlinetableXMLfile#1% {\bgroup \let\startlinetable\donothing @@ -302,45 +609,6 @@ % so far -% test this prikkels/pascal margin text before heads (mode -% 1) as well as uitwerkingen (mode 2) - -%chardef\graphicvadjustmode=0 % fake -%chardef\graphicvadjustmode=1 % normal -\chardef\graphicvadjustmode=2 % normal + compensate (== default) - -\def\placemargintexts % to be documented and translated - {\ifcase\margincontent\else - \bgroup - \chardef\graphicvadjustmode\zerocount - \doflushmargincontents - \egroup - \fi} - -\def\graphicvadjust % bad, those low level color calls here - {\dowithnextboxcontent - {\forgetall} - {\ifcase\graphicvadjustmode \@EA \fakedvadjust \else \@EA\normalvadjust \fi - {\dostartgraphicgroup - \localstarttextcolor - \unvbox\nextbox - \localstoptextcolor - \dostopgraphicgroup - \ifcase\graphicvadjustmode \or \or - % corrects for one line paragraphs - \nointerlineskip - \kern-\struttotal - \nointerlineskip - \verticalstrut - \fi}}% - \vbox} - -\def\removefunnytabulateline - {\ifhmode - \strut\crcr - \TABLEnoalign{\kern-\lineheight}% - \fi} - % between alignment lines certain rules apply, and even a % simple test can mess up a table, which is why we have a % special test facility @@ -797,60 +1065,7 @@ \def\gobbleparameters{\doquadrupleempty\dogobbleparameters} \def\dogobbleparameters[#1][#2][#3][#4]{} -\def\defineTABLEdivisions - {\global\TABLEdivisionfalse % in start - \let\DL\TableDL - \let\DC\TableDC - \let\DV\TableDV - \let\DR\TableDR} - -\def\defineTABLErules - {\let\VL\TableVL - \let\VC\TableVC - \let\HL\TableHL - \let\HC\TableHC - \let\VS\TableVS - \let\VD\TableVD - \let\VT\TableVT} - -\def\TableVS{\gdef\@VLn{1}\VL} -\def\TableVD{\gdef\@VLn{2}\VL} -\def\TableVT{\gdef\@VLn{3}\VL} - -\def\@VLn{1} -\def\@VLd{.125em} - -\def\do!ttInsertVrule % will be merged in 2005 - {\vrule \!thWidth - \ifnum\!tgCode=1 - \ifx\!tgValue\empty - \LineThicknessFactor - \else - \!tgValue - \fi - \LineThicknessUnit - \else - \!tgValue - \fi - \hskip\@VLd} - -\def\!ttInsertVrule% - {\hfil - \TABLEbeforebar % added - \startglobalTABLEcolor % added - % we could do without this speedup, some day merge 'm - \ifcase\@VLn\or - \do!ttInsertVrule - \unskip - \else - \dorecurse\@VLn\do!ttInsertVrule - \gdef\@VLn{1}% - \unskip - \fi - \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added - \TABLEafterbar % added - \hfil - &} +% documentation % \starttable[|||] % \HL diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori index eaab96693..22b8a63f5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori @@ -8,25 +8,26 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. - -%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns -%D they want to load into the format file. Normally, when -%D using the \type {cont-..} files, this file can best be -%D left unchanged. The default language and font settings -%D done in the \type {cont-.} files take precedence! This file +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns +%D they want to load into the format file. Normally, when +%D using the \type {cont-..} files, this file can best be +%D left unchanged. The default language and font settings +%D done in the \type {cont-.} files take precedence! This file %D is subject to changes. \unprotect %D Hyphenation patterns are normally sought in filed named -%D \type {lang-xx.pat}. When present on the system, those -%D patterns take precedence. (The next list is inspired on -%D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be +%D \type {lang-xx.pat}. When present on the system, those +%D patterns take precedence. (The next list is inspired on +%D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be %D adapted to the actual situation. -\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] +%definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] % is bound to latex (tl 8+) +\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyphen.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-da.pat] [dkhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-de.pat] [dehyphn.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-en.pat] [ushyph1.tex] @@ -43,7 +44,8 @@ \definefilesynonym [lang-pt.pat] [pthyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ro.pat] [rohyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ru.pat] [ruenhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] +%definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] % is bound to latex (tl 8+) +\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyphen.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-sv.pat] [sehyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ua.pat] [ukrenhyp.tex] @@ -56,7 +58,7 @@ %D replaced by \type {nehyph96.tex}. Typical something that %D you have to find out by accident. The names of hyphenation %D files as well as their coding is one of the dark areas of -%D \TEX\ distributions. +%D \TEX\ distributions. \doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} @@ -65,54 +67,54 @@ {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} %D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all -%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the -%D moment) we specify encodings here. +%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the +%D moment) we specify encodings here. -\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -%installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] -\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping={pl0,ec},\s!encoding={pl0,ec}] -\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +%installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] +\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping={pl0,ec},\s!encoding={pl0,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -%D Sometimes these are not wanted: +%D Sometimes these are not wanted: %\definefilesynonym [lang-deo.pat] [dehypht.tex] % old patterns -%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns +%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns -%D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of -%D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the -%D \type {cont-en.tex}, \type {cont-nl.tex}, enz.\ files -%D first. Normally you don't have to change a byte. +%D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of +%D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the +%D \type {cont-en.tex}, \type {cont-nl.tex}, enz.\ files +%D first. Normally you don't have to change a byte. -% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans +% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans % \installlanguage [\s!cz] [\c!status=\v!start] % czech -% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish -% \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german -% \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english us -% \installlanguage [\s!es] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish +% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish +% \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german +% \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english us +% \installlanguage [\s!es] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish % \installlanguage [\s!fi] [\c!status=\v!start] % finnish -% \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french +% \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french % \installlanguage [\s!hr] [\c!status=\v!start] % croatian -% \installlanguage [\s!hu] [\c!status=\v!start] % hungarian -% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian -% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin -% \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch -% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian +% \installlanguage [\s!hu] [\c!status=\v!start] % hungarian +% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian +% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin +% \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch +% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian % \installlanguage [\s!pl] [\c!status=\v!start] % polish -% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese -% \installlanguage [\s!ro] [\c!status=\v!start] % romanian -% \installlanguage [\s!ru] [\c!status=\v!start] % russian +% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese +% \installlanguage [\s!ro] [\c!status=\v!start] % romanian +% \installlanguage [\s!ru] [\c!status=\v!start] % russian % \installlanguage [\s!sk] [\c!status=\v!start] % slovak -% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish -% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish +% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish +% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish % \installlanguage [\s!ua] [\c!status=\v!start] % ukrainian -% \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk +% \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk % \installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] % old german -% \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit +% \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit -%D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be -%D used at startup time. +%D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be +%D used at startup time. % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!af] % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!cz] @@ -137,23 +139,23 @@ % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!tr] % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!ua] -%D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable -%D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the -%D Computer Modern Roman typefaces or some derivate. So, the -%D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the -%D format related files first. +%D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable +%D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the +%D Computer Modern Roman typefaces or some derivate. So, the +%D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the +%D format related files first. -% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] % czech & slovak -% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] % polish +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] % czech & slovak +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] % polish -%D In some languages, compound characters, like \type {"e} -%D are used to get accented and non latin characters. +%D In some languages, compound characters, like \type {"e} +%D are used to get accented and non latin characters. - \useencoding[fde] % german -% \useencoding[ffr] % french + \useencoding[fde] % german +% \useencoding[ffr] % french % \useencoding[fro] % romanian -% \useencoding[fpl] % polish +% \useencoding[fpl] % polish -%D Don't remove the next few lines. +%D Don't remove the next few lines. -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.tex b/tex/context/base/context.tex index 9db58bf70..4c64d63ca 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/context.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/context.tex @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 -\def\contextversion{2003.9.26} +\def\contextversion{2004.1.2} %D Welcome to the main module. When this module is ran through %D \type{initex} or \type{tex -i} or \type{whatevertex} using @@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ %D We also use some third party macros. These are loaded by %D saying: -\input thrd-ran.tex +\input thrd-ran.tex % based on: David Carlisle +\input thrd-trg.tex % based on: Donald Arseneau %D Now we're ready for some general support modules. These %D modules implement some basic typesetting functionality. @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ %D just go for the best there is and load \TABLE. Just to be %D sure we do it here, before we redefine \type{|}. -\input thrd-tab.tex +\input thrd-tab.tex % based on: Michael Wichura %D Here comes the last support modules. They take care of %D some language specific things. @@ -214,6 +215,8 @@ \input page-mar.tex \input page-bck.tex \input page-app.tex +\input page-flw.tex % flows - experimental +\input page-spr.tex % spreads - experimental \input core-job.tex @@ -236,6 +239,7 @@ %D On which the next one depends: \input core-pos.tex +\input core-snc.tex %D A few more languages, that have specifics using core %D functionality: @@ -259,6 +263,7 @@ \input font-ini.tex \input font-uni.tex +\input font-bfm.tex \input type-ini.tex @@ -271,6 +276,7 @@ \input core-fnt.tex \input core-not.tex +\input core-lnt.tex \input core-mis.tex @@ -315,6 +321,7 @@ %D Defaults go here (more will be moved to this module %D later): +\input core-ini.tex \input core-def.tex %D At run time, a few more files are loaded, like: @@ -510,4 +517,4 @@ \errorstopmode \dump -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-con.tex b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex index b11800f4a..f5da17cfe 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex @@ -31,9 +31,18 @@ %D non||sence uppercase alternative. %D %D \showsetup{\y!numbers} +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \def\numbers#1{\number#1} +%D \def\Numbers#1{\number#1} +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D Due to read ahead, as in \type{[\pagenumber\space]} the space will +%D disappear, unless we use: + +\def\numbers#1{\purenumber{#1}} +\def\Numbers#1{\purenumber{#1}} -\def\numbers#1{\number#1} -\def\Numbers#1{\number#1} %D \macros %D {romannumerals,Romannumerals} @@ -54,16 +63,16 @@ %D For some years we had \unknown %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\Romannumerals#1% %D {\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral#1}} -%D \stoptypen -%D +%D \stoptypen +%D %D \unknown but we need to be fully expandable in order to get %D the utility output file right, so now we have the following %D solution. It was Patrick Gundlach who first noticed this -%D ommision. - +%D ommision. + \def\Romannumerals#1% {\expandafter\doRomannumerals\number#1\relax} @@ -71,14 +80,14 @@ {\ifnum#1#2<10 \ifcase0#1#2 \or I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\or VI\or VII\or VIII\or IX\fi \else\ifnum#1#2<100 - \ifcase0#1 \or X\or XX\or XXX\or XL\or L\or LX\or LXX\or LXXX\or XC\fi - \doRomannumerals#2\relax + \ifcase0#1 \or X\or XX\or XXX\or XL\or L\or LX\or LXX\or LXXX\or XC\fi + \doRomannumerals#2\relax \else\ifnum#1#2<1000 - \ifcase0#1 \or C\or CC\or CCC\or CD\or D\or DC\or DCC\or DCCC\or CM\fi - \doRomannumerals#2\relax + \ifcase0#1 \or C\or CC\or CCC\or CD\or D\or DC\or DCC\or DCCC\or CM\fi + \doRomannumerals#2\relax \else\ifnum#1#2<4000 \ifcase0#1 \or M\or MM\or MMM\fi - \doRomannumerals#2\relax + \doRomannumerals#2\relax \else \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral#1#2}% \fi\fi\fi\fi} @@ -179,7 +188,7 @@ %D \macros %D {oldstylenumerals,oldstyleromannumerals} %D -%D These conversions are dedicated to Frans Goddijn. +%D These conversions are dedicated to Frans Goddijn. \unexpanded\def\oldstylenumerals#1% {{\os\number#1}} @@ -207,10 +216,10 @@ %D possible, and because \TEX\ already uses up some of those, %D we save the original meanings. -\savenormalmeaning\time -\savenormalmeaning\year -\savenormalmeaning\month -\savenormalmeaning\day +\savenormalmeaning\time +\savenormalmeaning\year +\savenormalmeaning\month +\savenormalmeaning\day %D \macros %D {month,MONTH} @@ -280,9 +289,9 @@ \def\getdayoftheweek#1#2#3% {\bgroup - \!!counta#3\relax + \!!counta#3\relax \advance\!!counta \minusone - \!!countb\!!counta + \!!countb\!!counta \multiply\!!countb 365 \advance\!!countb \ifcase#2\relax 0 \or 0 \or 31 \or 59 \or 90 \or120 \or151 \or @@ -291,21 +300,21 @@ \ifnum#2>2 \doifleapyearelse{#3}{\advance\!!countb 1}{}\relax \fi - \!!countc\!!counta + \!!countc\!!counta % \DoDiv\!!countc by4to\!!countc \dosetdivision\!!countc4\!!countc \advance\!!countb \!!countc - \!!countc\!!counta + \!!countc\!!counta % \DoDiv\!!countc by100to\!!countc \dosetdivision\!!countc{100}\!!countc \advance\!!countb -\!!countc - \!!countc\!!counta + \!!countc\!!counta % \DoDiv\!!countc by400to\!!countc \dosetdivision\!!countc{400}\!!countc \advance\!!countb \!!countc % \DoMod\!!countb by7to\!!countb \dosetmodulo\!!countb7\!!countb - \advance\!!countb \plusone + \advance\!!countb \plusone \@EA\egroup\@EA\normalweekday\the\!!countb\relax} \def\dayoftheweek#1#2#3% @@ -469,7 +478,7 @@ %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregels -\def\kenmerkdatumpatroon{j,mm,dd} % jj,mm,dd changed at januari 1-1-2000 +\def\kenmerkdatumpatroon{j,mm,dd} % jj,mm,dd changed at januari 1-1-2000 \newsignal\datesignal @@ -483,14 +492,14 @@ % {\bgroup % \let\labellanguage\currentlanguage % \def\betweendates{\let\betweendates\dobetweendates}% -% \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap +% \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap % \@EA\processallactionsinset\@EA % [\!!stringa] % [ \v!dag=>\betweendates\the\normalday, % \v!maand=>\betweendates\month\normalmonth, % \v!jaar=>\betweendates\the\normalyear, -% \space=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) -% \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) +% \space=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) +% \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) % d=>\the\normalday, % m=>\the\normalmonth, % j=>\the\normalyear, @@ -515,15 +524,15 @@ % {\bgroup % \let\labellanguage\currentlanguage % \def\betweendates{\let\betweendates\dobetweendates}% -% \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap +% \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap % \@EA\processallactionsinset\@EA % [\!!stringa] % [ \v!dag=>\betweendates\the\normalday, % \v!dag+=>\betweendates\ordinaldaynumber\normalday, % \v!maand=>\betweendates\month\normalmonth, % \v!jaar=>\betweendates\the\normalyear, -% \v!spatie=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) -% \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) +% \v!spatie=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) +% \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) % d=>\the\normalday, % d+=>\ordinaldaynumber\normalday, % m=>\the\normalmonth, @@ -550,7 +559,7 @@ {\bgroup \let\labellanguage\currentlanguage \def\betweendates{\let\betweendates\dobetweendates}% - \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap + \lowercase{\edef\!!stringa{#1}}% permits usage in \kap \@EA\processallactionsinset\@EA [\!!stringa] [ \v!dag=>\betweendates\the\normalday, @@ -558,8 +567,8 @@ \v!dag+=>\betweendates\convertnumber{\v!dag+}\normalday, \v!maand=>\betweendates\month\normalmonth, \v!jaar=>\betweendates\the\normalyear, - \v!spatie=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) - \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) + \v!spatie=>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) + \ =>\unskip\ \hskip\datesignal,% optimization -) d=>\convertnumber\v!dag\normalday, %d+=>\ordinaldaynumber\normalday, d+=>\convertnumber{\v!dag+}\normalday, @@ -612,9 +621,9 @@ %D \macros %D {currenttime} %D -%D The currenttime is actually the jobtime. You can specify -%D a pattern similar to the previous date macro using the -%D keys \type {h}, \type {m} and a separator. +%D The currenttime is actually the jobtime. You can specify +%D a pattern similar to the previous date macro using the +%D keys \type {h}, \type {m} and a separator. \def\calculatecurrenttime % {\DoDiv\time by60to\scratchcounter\edef\currenthour {\the\scratchcounter}% @@ -637,7 +646,7 @@ {\expanded{\complexcurrenttime[\currenttimespecification]}} \definecomplexorsimple\currenttime - + %D Because we're dealing with dates, we also introduce a few %D day loops: %D @@ -687,7 +696,7 @@ %D \defineconversion [set 1] [$\star$,$\bullet$,$\ast$] %D \stoptypen %D -%D You can define a language dependent conversion with: +%D You can define a language dependent conversion with: %D %D \starttypen %D \defineconversion [en] [whatever] [\something] @@ -702,7 +711,7 @@ % \processcommalist[#2]\docommando % \setvalue{\??cv#1}##1{\csname\??cv#1##1\endcsname}} % {\setvalue{\??cv#1}{#2}}} -% +% % \def\defineconversion% % {\dodoubleargument\dodefineconversion} @@ -747,7 +756,7 @@ % \else % \@EA\firstoftwoarguments % \fi} - + \beginETEX \ifcsname \def\convertnumber#1% @@ -769,7 +778,7 @@ \else \@EAEAEA\secondoftwoarguments \fi\fi} - + \endETEX \beginTEX @@ -853,24 +862,24 @@ \defineconversion [set 0] - [{\symbol[bullet]}, + [{\symbol[bullet]}, {\symbol[dash]}, - {\symbol[star]}, + {\symbol[star]}, {\symbol[triangle]}, - {\symbol[circle]}, + {\symbol[circle]}, {\symbol[medcircle]}, - {\symbol[bigcircle]}, + {\symbol[bigcircle]}, {\symbol[square]}] \defineconversion [set 1] - [\mathematics{\star}, + [\mathematics{\star}, \mathematics{\star\star}, - \mathematics{\star\star\star}, - \mathematics{\ddagger}, - \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\star\star\star}, + \mathematics{\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger}, \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger\ddagger}, - \mathematics{\ast}, + \mathematics{\ast}, \mathematics{\ast\ast}, \mathematics{\ast\ast\ast}] @@ -900,11 +909,11 @@ \mathematics{\P}, \mathematics{\P\P}, \mathematics{\P\P\P}, - \mathematics{\S}, + \mathematics{\S}, \mathematics{\S\S}, \mathematics{\S\S\S}, \mathematics{\ast}, \mathematics{\ast\ast}, \mathematics{\ast\ast\ast}] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-des.tex b/tex/context/base/core-des.tex index 95a8bdf8f..9a6c8dd3a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-des.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-des.tex @@ -541,35 +541,35 @@ \def\@@ddsetsubsubsubnummer#1% {\edef\doornummer{\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}}% - \setnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + \setnumber[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddsetsubsubnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer{#1}% - \setnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + \setnumber[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddsetsubnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubsubnummer{#1}% - \setnummer[\v!sub\doornummer]} + \setnumber[\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddsetnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubnummer{#1}% - \setnummer[\doornummer]} + \setnumber[\doornummer]} \def\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer#1% {\edef\doornummer{\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}}% - \resetnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + \resetnumber[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddresetsubsubnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer{#1}% - \resetnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + \resetnumber[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddresetsubnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubsubnummer{#1}% - \resetnummer[\v!sub\doornummer]} + \resetnumber[\v!sub\doornummer]} \def\@@ddresetnummer#1% {\@@ddresetsubnummer{#1}% - \resetnummer[\doornummer]} + \resetnumber[\doornummer]} \def\@@ddvolgendesubsubsubnummer#1[#2]% {\edef\doornummer{\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}}% @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ % {\definieernummer % [#1][\c!voor=,\c!na=,\c!kopletter=,\c!wijze=\@@nrwijze,#2]% % \setvalue {#1}{\dodoubleempty\dodoorlabel[#1]}% -% \setvalue{\s!reset #1}{\resetnummer[#1]}% +% \setvalue{\s!reset #1}{\resetnumber[#1]}% % \setvalue{\e!verhoog #1}{\verhoognummer[#1]}% % \setvalue{\e!volgende#1}{\dodoubleempty\dovolgendedoorlabel[#1]}% % \setvalue{\c!huidige #1}{\huidigenummer[#1]}} @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ [\c!wijze=\getvalue{\??lb#1\c!wijze}]% % generated commands \setvalue {#1}{\dodoubleempty\dodoorlabel[#1]}% - \setvalue{\s!reset #1}{\resetnummer[#1]}% + \setvalue{\s!reset #1}{\resetnumber[#1]}% \setvalue{\e!verhoog #1}{\verhoognummer[#1]}% \setvalue{\e!volgende#1}{\dodoubleempty\dovolgendedoorlabel[#1]}% \setvalue{\c!huidige #1}{\huidigenummer[#1]}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex index b4182de1a..8930d1f52 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex @@ -657,16 +657,7 @@ \doifsomething\@@efmaxbreedte {\ifdim\figwid>\@@efmaxbreedte\global\figwid\@@efmaxbreedte#2\relax\fi}% \doifsomething\@@efmaxhoogte - {\ifdim\fighei>\@@efmaxhoogte \global\fighei\@@efmaxhoogte #3\relax\fi}% - \processaction - [\@@efgrid] - [ \v!ja=>\getnoflines\fighei - \global\fighei\noflines\lineheight, - \v!hoogte=>\getrawnoflines\fighei - \global\fighei\noflines\lineheight - \global\advance\fighei\strutdepth, - \v!passend=>\getrawnoflines\fighei - \global\fighei\noflines\lineheight]} + {\ifdim\fighei>\@@efmaxhoogte \global\fighei\@@efmaxhoogte #3\relax\fi}} \def\setdimensionfiguresize {\ifdim\figwid>\zeropoint\relax @@ -755,11 +746,12 @@ %D tremendously faster (but uglier) implementation is: \def\resetexternalfigures - {\let\@@efoptie \empty - \let\@@efmaxbreedte \empty - \let\@@efmaxhoogte \empty - \let\@@efkader \v!uit - \let\@@efachtergrond\empty} + {\let\@@efoptie \empty + \let\@@efmaxbreedte \empty + \let\@@efmaxhoogte \empty + \let\@@efkader \v!uit + \let\@@efvoorgrondkleur\empty + \let\@@efachtergrond \empty} % The following code will move: @@ -853,7 +845,7 @@ % \fi % \scratchdimen-\scratchdimen % beter hier - dan in driver % \edef#2{\the\scratchdimen}% oeps, \the vergeten -% \scratchdimen#3\s!pt +% \scratchdimen#3\points % \divide\scratchdimen \!!ten % \edef#4{\@EA\withoutpt\@EA{\the\scratchdimen}}} % @@ -873,9 +865,9 @@ \scratchcounter#3\relax \ifnum\scratchcounter>\plustenthousand \divide\scratchcounter \!!ten - \scratchdimen\the\scratchcounter\s!pt + \scratchdimen\the\scratchcounter\points \else - \scratchdimen\the\scratchcounter\s!pt + \scratchdimen\the\scratchcounter\points \divide\scratchdimen \!!ten \fi \edef#4{\@EA\withoutpt\@EA{\the\scratchdimen}}} @@ -927,6 +919,585 @@ \chardef\splitexternalfigure=0 % 0 nosplit 1 split/yes 2 split/no +% \def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% +% {\mindermeldingen +% \setupexternalfigures +% \the\externalfigureresets % hook, see resource libraries +% \global\figwid\zeropoint \figxsca\plusone % see note * +% \global\fighei\zeropoint \figysca\plusone % see note * +% \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\box\voidb@x +% % get rid of active / and : as well as expand for [\get...] cases +% \sanitizefilename#3\to\expandedfigurename +% % nil path search in case of path spec +% \expanded{\checkfilename{\expandedfigurename}}% +% \ifcase\kindoffile\else \let\figurepathlist\empty \fi +% \expandafter\beforesplitstring\expandedfigurename\at.\to\@@effilename +% \expandafter\aftersplitstring \expandedfigurename\at.\to\@@efextension +% \doifelse\@@effilename{mprun} +% {\edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}} +% {\let \@@effilepref\empty}% +% \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}% +% \restorecatcodes % recently added; we presume local use +% \def\@@eflabel{#2}% +% \global\let\externalfigurelog\empty +% \getparameters +% [\??ep] +% [\c!e=\s!unknown, +% %\c!w=15\korpsgrootte,\c!h=10\korpsgrootte, +% \c!w=8\lineheight,\c!h=6\lineheight, +% \c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, +% \c!t=,\c!s=,\c!a=,\c!f=\@@effilename]% +% \getparameters +% [\??ef] +% [\c!type=\s!unknown,\c!methode=\@@eftype,\c!symbool=\v!nee, +% \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja, +% \c!pagina=0,\c!sturing=\v!nee,\c!preview=\v!nee,\c!herhaal=\v!nee, +% \c!maxbreedte=\@@exmaxbreedte,\c!maxhoogte=\@@exmaxhoogte, +% \c!schaal=,\c!breedte=,\c!hoogte=,\c!scherm=,\c!regels=,\c!grid=, +% %\c!voorgrondkleur=, +% \c!splitsen=, +% \c!factor=,\c!hfactor=,\c!bfactor=]% +% \doif\@@efextension\c!mov\presetfiguremov +% \doif\@@efextension\c!avi\presetfigureavi +% #1[#4][#5][#6]% +% % lines -> height +% \checkfiguresettings +% % new, color separation +% \doifseparatingcolorselse +% {\let\@@efvoorgrondkleur\empty +% \doifelsenothing\@@efsplitsen +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure0} +% {\doifcolorchannelelse\@@efsplitsen +% {\let\@@efobject\v!nee % ? +% \chardef\splitexternalfigure1} +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure2}}} +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure0}% +% \relax % ends \chardef +% % new, fake color in gray bitmaps +% \doifsomething\@@efvoorgrondkleur +% {\getparameters[\??ef] +% [\c!achtergrond={\v!voorgrond,\v!kleur}, +% \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@efvoorgrondkleur]}% +% % +% \doif\@@efreset\v!ja \resetexternalfigures +% \doif\@@eftype \c!mov\presetfiguremov +% \doif\@@eftype \c!avi\presetfigureavi +% % hack +% \doif\@@efmethode\c!mov +% {\doifsomething\@@efextension{\presetundefinedfigure\@@efextension}}% +% % +% \doif\@@eftype\v!buffer +% {\ifx\@@efextension\empty +% \let\@@efextension\c!tmp +% \fi +% \let\@@eftype\c!tex}% +% \@EA\doifnumberelse\@EA{\@@efextension} % new, test first +% {\def\@@eftype{\c!mps}} +% {% +% \processaction +% [\@@efextension] +% [ \c!tex=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, +% \c!tmp=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex +% \edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}% +% \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}, +% \c!avi=>\presetfigureavi, +% \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]% +% }% +% \edef\figuretypes{\figuretypes,\c!tex}% +% \ifx\@@eftype\c!tex +% % Since tex code can have positional stuff and worse, +% % we want to avoid interference with how objects end +% % up in files, therefore: +% \let\@@efobject\v!nee +% \fi +% \edef\@@efobjectname{\@@effilename-\@@eftype-\@@efextension-\@@efpagina}% +% \doifelse\@@efobject\v!nee +% \donefalse +% {\doifspecialavailableelse\dostartscaling +% {\doifobjectssupportedelse +% {\doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}\@@efobjectname\donetrue\donefalse} +% \donefalse} +% \donefalse}% +% % redo message, only filename +% \doifparentfileelse\@@effilename +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\jobsuffix}\figuretypes +% \let\@@efextension\empty +% \showmessage\m!figures9\@@effilename +% \donefalse} +% \donothing +% \ifdone +% \getobjectdimensions{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}% +% \geteparameters % e ! +% [\??ep] +% [\c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, +% \c!w=\objectwidth,\c!h=\objectheight]% +% \chardef\figurestatus=5 +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref\expandedfigurename}% +% \else +% \doifelse{#2}\s!figurepreset +% {\def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref\expandedfigurename}}% +% {\ifx\@@efextension\empty +% \dogetcommacommandelement1\from\@@eftype\to\commalistelement +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\commalistelement}% +% \def\figureextension##1{##1}% +% \else +% \@EA\doifnumberelse\@EA{\@@efextension} +% {\let\@@eftype\c!mps}\donothing +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\@@efextension}% +% \def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% +% \fi}% +% \doifelse\@@efpreset\v!nee +% {\doifelse\@@eftype\s!unknown +% {\chardef\figurestatus0 +% \let\@@eftype\figuretypes +% \locatepresetfigurefiles} +% {\chardef\figurestatus1 }} +% {\doifelse\@@eftype\s!unknown +% {\let\@@eftype\figuretypes} +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\@@eftype}\figuretypes +% \edef\@@eftype{\ifx\@@eftype\empty\else\@@eftype,\fi\figuretypes}}% +% \ifx\@@efextension\empty\else +% \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\@@efextension\@@eftype +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\@@efextension}\@@eftype +% \edef\@@eftype{\@@efextension,\@@eftype}}% +% \donothing +% \fi +% \doifelse{#2}\s!figurepreset +% {\chardef\figurestatus4 +% %\def\@@efloadname{\f!currentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% +% \assignfullfilename\f!currentpath\@@exfile\to\@@efloadname +% \let\@@eftype\@@epe} +% {\chardef\figurestatus\zerocount +% \analyzefigurefiles}}% +% \let\@@epe\@@eftype +% \edef\@@efextension{\figureextension{\@@eftype}}% dirty trick +% \global\figwid\zeropoint \figxsca\plusone +% \global\fighei\zeropoint \figysca\plusone +% \doif\v!kader\@@exoptie +% {\let\@@efkader\v!aan}% +% \fi +% \ifcase\figurestatus +% \let\@@efkader\v!aan +% \let\@@efobject\v!nee +% \showmessage\m!figures1{\@@effilename}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures2{\@@effullname}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures3{\@@effullname,\@@eflenttype}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures4{\@@effullname}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures5{\@@effullname,\@@efloadname}% +% \or % no message +% \doifnot\@@efsymbool\v!ja +% {\showmessage\m!figures8{\@@effullname}}% +% \fi +% \ifdim\@@epw=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi +% \ifdim\@@eph=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi +% \ifnum\figurestatus=1 % unknown dimensions, take width or height or scale +% \setnaturalfiguresize +% \xdef\naturalfigurewidth{\the\figwid}% +% \xdef\naturalfigureheight{\the\fighei}% +% \let\@@efkader\v!uit +% \else +% \global\let\naturalfigurewidth\@@epw +% \global\let\naturalfigureheight\@@eph +% \setfactorfiguresize +% \setscalefiguresize +% \setdimensionfiguresize +% \fi +% \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax +% \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay +% \iftraceexternalfigures +% \message +% {\externalfigurelog +% [\@@effullname: +% t={\@@eftype}\space m={\@@efmethode}\space l=\@@eflabel\space +% w=\number\figwid\space h=\number\fighei\space +% \c!sx=\scax\space\c!sy=\scay\space +% ox=\figx\space oy=\figy]}% +% \fi +% \doif\v!leeg\@@exoptie +% {\skipexternalfigurestrue +% \let\@@efkader\v!uit}% ? ? +% \doifelsenothing\@@efpagina % NIEUW ?? +% {\let\@@efoptions\empty} +% {\let\@@efoptions\@@efpagina}% +% \doif\@@efpreview\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!preview\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@efsturing\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!sturing\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@efherhaal\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!herhaal\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@eftype\c!mps +% {\ifcase\EPSspecial\else\ifinobject\else +% \@@eftrace{special mps, object forced}% +% \doglobal\increment\forcedMPSobject +% \edef\@@efobjectname{\c!mps::\forcedMPSobject}% +% \let\@@efobject\v!ja +% \fi\fi}% +% \global\let\lastfigureobjectname\@@efobjectname +% \doifelse\@@efobject\v!nee +% \donefalse +% {\doifobjectssupportedelse\donetrue\donefalse}% +% \ifdone +% \doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}\@@efobjectname +% \donothing +% {\bgroup % to be cleaned up +% \figwid\@@epw % local ? +% \fighei\@@eph % local ? +% \scratchdimen\@@epx\scratchdimen-\scratchdimen +% \edef\@@epx{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\@@epy\scratchdimen-\scratchdimen +% \edef\@@epy{\the\scratchdimen}% +% %\scratchdimen\@@epw\edef\@@epw{\the\scratchdimen}% +% %\scratchdimen\@@eph\edef\@@eph{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \setbox0\vbox to \fighei +% {\vfill +% \ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\zeropoint +% \doinsertfile +% {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} +% {100}{100}\@@epx\@@epy\@@epw\@@eph\@@efoptions +% \else\ifskipexternalfigures +% \ruledhbox +% {\backgroundline +% [\@@efsplitskleur]{\fakebox\foundexternalfigure}}% +% \else +% \box\foundexternalfigure +% \fi\fi}% +% \wd0=\figwid +% \setobject{FIG}\@@efobjectname\vbox{\box0}% +% \setxvalue{\@@efobjectname\c!n}{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \egroup}% +% \fi +% \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% +% \xdef\figureheight{\the\fighei}% +% \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\vbox to \fighei +% {\vfill +% \hsize\figwid +% \ifdone +% \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\getvalue{\@@efobjectname\c!n}}% +% \else\ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\zeropoint +% \dowithfigure +% {\doinsertfile +% {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} +% \scax\scay\figx\figy\figwid\fighei\@@efoptions}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \else +% \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \fi\fi +% \global\let\appliedfigurexscale\scax +% \global\let\appliedfigureyscale\scay}% +% \global\wd\foundexternalfigure\figwid +% \finalizeexternalfigure{#2}{\expandedfigurename}} + +\newif\ifgridfigure + +% \def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% +% {\mindermeldingen +% \setupexternalfigures +% \the\externalfigureresets % hook, see resource libraries +% \global\figwid\zeropoint \figxsca\plusone % see note * +% \global\fighei\zeropoint \figysca\plusone % see note * +% \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\box\voidb@x +% % get rid of active / and : as well as expand for [\get...] cases +% \sanitizefilename#3\to\expandedfigurename +% % nil path search in case of path spec +% \expanded{\checkfilename{\expandedfigurename}}% +% \ifcase\kindoffile\else \let\figurepathlist\empty \fi +% \expandafter\beforesplitstring\expandedfigurename\at.\to\@@effilename +% \expandafter\aftersplitstring \expandedfigurename\at.\to\@@efextension +% \doifelse\@@effilename{mprun} +% {\edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}} +% {\let \@@effilepref\empty}% +% \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}% +% \restorecatcodes % recently added; we presume local use +% \def\@@eflabel{#2}% +% \global\let\externalfigurelog\empty +% \getparameters +% [\??ep] +% [\c!e=\s!unknown, +% %\c!w=15\korpsgrootte,\c!h=10\korpsgrootte, +% \c!w=8\lineheight,\c!h=6\lineheight, +% \c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, +% \c!t=,\c!s=,\c!a=,\c!f=\@@effilename]% +% \getparameters +% [\??ef] +% [\c!type=\s!unknown,\c!methode=\@@eftype,\c!symbool=\v!nee, +% \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja, +% \c!pagina=0,\c!sturing=\v!nee,\c!preview=\v!nee,\c!herhaal=\v!nee, +% \c!maxbreedte=\@@exmaxbreedte,\c!maxhoogte=\@@exmaxhoogte, +% \c!schaal=,\c!breedte=,\c!hoogte=,\c!scherm=,\c!regels=,\c!grid=, +% %\c!voorgrondkleur=, +% \c!splitsen=, +% \c!factor=,\c!hfactor=,\c!bfactor=]% +% \doif\@@efextension\c!mov\presetfiguremov +% \doif\@@efextension\c!avi\presetfigureavi +% #1[#4][#5][#6]% +% % lines -> height +% \checkfiguresettings +% % new, color separation +% \doifseparatingcolorselse +% {\let\@@efvoorgrondkleur\empty +% \doifelsenothing\@@efsplitsen +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure0} +% {\doifcolorchannelelse\@@efsplitsen +% {\let\@@efobject\v!nee % ? +% \chardef\splitexternalfigure1} +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure2}}} +% {\chardef\splitexternalfigure0}% +% \relax % ends \chardef +% % new, fake color in gray bitmaps +% \doifsomething\@@efvoorgrondkleur +% {\getparameters[\??ef] +% [\c!achtergrond={\v!voorgrond,\v!kleur}, +% \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@efvoorgrondkleur]}% +% % +% \doif\@@efreset\v!ja \resetexternalfigures +% \doif\@@eftype \c!mov\presetfiguremov +% \doif\@@eftype \c!avi\presetfigureavi +% % hack +% \doif\@@efmethode\c!mov +% {\doifsomething\@@efextension{\presetundefinedfigure\@@efextension}}% +% % +% \doif\@@eftype\v!buffer +% {\ifx\@@efextension\empty +% \let\@@efextension\c!tmp +% \fi +% \let\@@eftype\c!tex}% +% \@EA\doifnumberelse\@EA{\@@efextension} % new, test first +% {\def\@@eftype{\c!mps}} +% {\processaction +% [\@@efextension] +% [ \c!tex=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, +% \c!tmp=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex +% \edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}% +% \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}, +% \c!avi=>\presetfigureavi, +% \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]}% +% \edef\figuretypes{\figuretypes,\c!tex}% +% \ifx\@@eftype\c!tex +% % Since tex code can have positional stuff and worse, +% % we want to avoid interference with how objects end +% % up in files, therefore: +% \let\@@efobject\v!nee +% \fi +% \edef\@@efobjectname{\@@effilename-\@@eftype-\@@efextension-\@@efpagina}% +% \doifelse\@@efobject\v!nee +% \donefalse +% {\doifspecialavailableelse\dostartscaling +% {\doifobjectssupportedelse +% {\doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}\@@efobjectname\donetrue\donefalse} +% \donefalse} +% \donefalse}% +% % redo message, only filename +% \doifparentfileelse\@@effilename +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\jobsuffix}\figuretypes +% \let\@@efextension\empty +% \showmessage\m!figures9\@@effilename +% \donefalse} +% \donothing +% \ifdone +% \getobjectdimensions{FIG}\@@efobjectname +% \geteparameters % e ! +% [\??ep] +% [\c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, +% \c!w=\objectwidth,\c!h=\objectheight]% +% \chardef\figurestatus=5 +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref\expandedfigurename}% +% \else +% \doifelse{#2}\s!figurepreset +% {\def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref\expandedfigurename}}% +% {\ifx\@@efextension\empty +% \dogetcommacommandelement1\from\@@eftype\to\commalistelement +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\commalistelement}% +% \def\figureextension##1{##1}% +% \else +% \@EA\doifnumberelse\@EA{\@@efextension} +% {\let\@@eftype\c!mps}\donothing +% \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\@@efextension}% +% \def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% +% \fi}% +% \doifelse\@@efpreset\v!nee +% {\doifelse\@@eftype\s!unknown +% {\chardef\figurestatus0 +% \let\@@eftype\figuretypes +% \locatepresetfigurefiles} +% {\chardef\figurestatus1 }} +% {\doifelse\@@eftype\s!unknown +% {\let\@@eftype\figuretypes} +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\@@eftype}\figuretypes +% \edef\@@eftype{\ifx\@@eftype\empty\else\@@eftype,\fi\figuretypes}}% +% \ifx\@@efextension\empty\else +% \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\@@efextension\@@eftype +% {\@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\@@efextension}\@@eftype +% \edef\@@eftype{\@@efextension,\@@eftype}}% +% \donothing +% \fi +% \doifelse{#2}\s!figurepreset +% {\chardef\figurestatus4 +% %\def\@@efloadname{\f!currentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% +% \assignfullfilename\f!currentpath\@@exfile\to\@@efloadname +% \let\@@eftype\@@epe} +% {\chardef\figurestatus\zerocount +% \analyzefigurefiles}}% +% \let\@@epe\@@eftype +% \edef\@@efextension{\figureextension{\@@eftype}}% dirty trick +% \global\figwid\zeropoint \figxsca\plusone +% \global\fighei\zeropoint \figysca\plusone +% \doif\v!kader\@@exoptie +% {\let\@@efkader\v!aan}% +% \fi +% \ifcase\figurestatus +% \let\@@efkader\v!aan +% \let\@@efobject\v!nee +% \showmessage\m!figures1{\@@effilename}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures2{\@@effullname}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures3{\@@effullname,\@@eflenttype}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures4{\@@effullname}% +% \or +% \showmessage\m!figures5{\@@effullname,\@@efloadname}% +% \or % no message +% \doifnot\@@efsymbool\v!ja +% {\showmessage\m!figures8{\@@effullname}}% +% \fi +% \ifdim\@@epw=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi +% \ifdim\@@eph=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi +% \global\gridfigurefalse +% \ifnum\figurestatus=1 % unknown dimensions, take width or height or scale +% \setnaturalfiguresize +% \xdef\naturalfigurewidth{\the\figwid}% +% \xdef\naturalfigureheight{\the\fighei}% +% \let\@@efkader\v!uit +% \else +% \global\let\naturalfigurewidth\@@epw +% \global\let\naturalfigureheight\@@eph +% \setfactorfiguresize +% \setscalefiguresize +% \setdimensionfiguresize +% \processaction +% [\@@efgrid] +% [ \v!ja=>\getnoflines\fighei +% \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\noflines\lineheight}% +% \global\gridfiguretrue, +% \v!hoogte=>\getrawnoflines\fighei +% \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight +% \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth +% \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \global\gridfiguretrue, +% \v!passend=>\getrawnoflines\fighei +% \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\noflines\lineheight}% +% \global\gridfiguretrue]% +% \ifgridfigure +% \setfactorfiguresize +% \setscalefiguresize +% \setdimensionfiguresize +% \fi +% \fi +% \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax +% \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay +% \iftraceexternalfigures +% \message +% {\externalfigurelog +% [\@@effullname: +% t={\@@eftype}\space m={\@@efmethode}\space l=\@@eflabel\space +% w=\number\figwid\space h=\number\fighei\space +% \c!sx=\scax\space\c!sy=\scay\space +% ox=\figx\space oy=\figy]}% +% \fi +% \doif\v!leeg\@@exoptie +% {\skipexternalfigurestrue +% \let\@@efkader\v!uit}% ? ? +% \doifelsenothing\@@efpagina % NIEUW ?? +% {\let\@@efoptions\empty} +% {\let\@@efoptions\@@efpagina}% +% \doif\@@efpreview\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!preview\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@efsturing\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!sturing\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@efherhaal\v!ja{\addtocommalist\v!herhaal\@@efoptions}% +% \doif\@@eftype\c!mps +% {\ifcase\EPSspecial\else\ifinobject\else +% \@@eftrace{special mps, object forced}% +% \doglobal\increment\forcedMPSobject +% \edef\@@efobjectname{\c!mps::\forcedMPSobject}% +% \let\@@efobject\v!ja +% \fi\fi}% +% \global\let\lastfigureobjectname\@@efobjectname +% \doifelse\@@efobject\v!nee +% \donefalse +% {\doifobjectssupportedelse\donetrue\donefalse}% +% \ifdone +% \doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}\@@efobjectname +% \donothing +% {\bgroup % to be cleaned up +% \figwid\@@epw % local ? +% \fighei\@@eph % local ? +% \scratchdimen\@@epx\scratchdimen-\scratchdimen +% \edef\@@epx{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\@@epy\scratchdimen-\scratchdimen +% \edef\@@epy{\the\scratchdimen}% +% %\scratchdimen\@@epw\edef\@@epw{\the\scratchdimen}% +% %\scratchdimen\@@eph\edef\@@eph{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \setbox0\vbox to \fighei +% {\vfill +% \ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\zeropoint +% \doinsertfile +% {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} +% {100}{100}\@@epx\@@epy\@@epw\@@eph\@@efoptions +% \else\ifskipexternalfigures +% \ruledhbox +% {\backgroundline +% [\@@efsplitskleur]{\fakebox\foundexternalfigure}}% +% \else +% \box\foundexternalfigure +% \fi\fi}% +% \wd0=\figwid +% \setobject{FIG}\@@efobjectname\vbox{\box0}% +% \setxvalue{\@@efobjectname\c!n}{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \egroup}% +% \fi +% \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% +% \xdef\figureheight{\the\fighei}% +% \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\vbox to \fighei +% {\vfill +% \hsize\figwid +% \ifdone +% \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\getvalue{\@@efobjectname\c!n}}% +% \else\ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\zeropoint +% \dowithfigure +% {\doinsertfile +% {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} +% \scax\scay\figx\figy\figwid\fighei\@@efoptions}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \else +% \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred +% \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% +% \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% +% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% +% \fi\fi +% \global\let\appliedfigurexscale\scax +% \global\let\appliedfigureyscale\scay}% +% \global\wd\foundexternalfigure\figwid +% \finalizeexternalfigure{#2}{\expandedfigurename}} + \def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% {\mindermeldingen \setupexternalfigures @@ -1001,16 +1572,14 @@ \let\@@eftype\c!tex}% \@EA\doifnumberelse\@EA{\@@efextension} % new, test first {\def\@@eftype{\c!mps}} - {% - \processaction + {\processaction [\@@efextension] [ \c!tex=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, \c!tmp=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex \edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}% \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}, \c!avi=>\presetfigureavi, - \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]% - }% + \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]}% \edef\figuretypes{\figuretypes,\c!tex}% \ifx\@@eftype\c!tex % Since tex code can have positional stuff and worse, @@ -1034,7 +1603,7 @@ \donefalse} \donothing \ifdone - \getobjectdimensions{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}% + \getobjectdimensions{FIG}\@@efobjectname \geteparameters % e ! [\??ep] [\c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, @@ -1103,6 +1672,7 @@ \fi \ifdim\@@epw=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi \ifdim\@@eph=\zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus1 \fi + \global\gridfigurefalse \ifnum\figurestatus=1 % unknown dimensions, take width or height or scale \setnaturalfiguresize \xdef\naturalfigurewidth{\the\figwid}% @@ -1114,6 +1684,34 @@ \setfactorfiguresize \setscalefiguresize \setdimensionfiguresize + \processaction + [\@@efgrid] + [ \v!ja=>\getnoflines\fighei + \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\noflines\lineheight}% + \global\gridfiguretrue, + \v!hoogte=>\getrawnoflines\fighei + \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight + \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth + \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \global\gridfiguretrue, + \v!diepte=>\getrawnoflines\fighei + \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight + \advance\scratchdimen-\strutdepth + \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \global\gridfiguretrue, + \v!halveregel=>\getrawnoflines\fighei + \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight + \advance\scratchdimen+.5\lineheight + \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \global\gridfiguretrue, + \v!passend=>\getrawnoflines\fighei + \edef\@@efhoogte{\the\noflines\lineheight}% + \global\gridfiguretrue]% + \ifgridfigure + \setfactorfiguresize + \setscalefiguresize + \setdimensionfiguresize + \fi \fi \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay @@ -1182,11 +1780,12 @@ {\vfill \hsize\figwid \ifdone - \scratchdimen\scax\s!pt\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \scratchdimen\scay\s!pt\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% + %\schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% + \doscalenextbox\scax\scay\figwid\fighei{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\getvalue{\@@efobjectname\c!n}}% \else\ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\zeropoint \dowithfigure @@ -1195,11 +1794,12 @@ \scax\scay\figx\figy\figwid\fighei\@@efoptions}% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% \else - \scratchdimen\scax\s!pt\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \scratchdimen\scay\s!pt\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% + %\schaal[\c!sx=\scax,\c!sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% + \doscalenextbox\scax\scay\figwid\fighei{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% \xdef\noffigurepages{\number\nofinsertpages}% \fi\fi \global\let\appliedfigurexscale\scax @@ -1207,18 +1807,32 @@ \global\wd\foundexternalfigure\figwid \finalizeexternalfigure{#2}{\expandedfigurename}} +\def\doscalenextbox#1#2#3#4% for the moment here, faster + {\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\dontshowcomposition + \setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\smashbox\nextbox + \dostartscaling#1#2\flushnextbox\dostopscaling}% + \nextboxwd#3% + \nextboxht#4% + \nextboxdp\zeropoint + \flushnextbox + \egroup} + \hbox} + \let\figurelabel \empty \let\figurefilename\empty \let\figurefiletype\empty \let\figurefilepage\empty \def\finalizeexternalfigure#1#2% - {\pushmacro\figurewidth - \pushmacro\figureheight - \pushmacro\figurelabel - \pushmacro\figurefilename - \pushmacro\figurefiletype - \pushmacro\figurefilepage + {\globalpushmacro\figurewidth + \globalpushmacro\figureheight + \globalpushmacro\figurelabel + \globalpushmacro\figurefilename + \globalpushmacro\figurefiletype + \globalpushmacro\figurefilepage \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% \xdef\figureheight {\the\fighei}% \xdef\figurelabel {#1}% @@ -1275,12 +1889,12 @@ \fi}}% \fi\fi\fi \fi}% - \popmacro\figurefilepage - \popmacro\figurefiletype - \popmacro\figurefilename - \popmacro\figurelabel - \popmacro\figureheight - \popmacro\figurewidth} + \globalpopmacro\figurefilepage + \globalpopmacro\figurefiletype + \globalpopmacro\figurefilename + \globalpopmacro\figurelabel + \globalpopmacro\figureheight + \globalpopmacro\figurewidth} \def\externalfigurereplacement#1#2#3% {\setupcolors @@ -1722,7 +2336,7 @@ \def\colorbar##1[##2]% {}% \position(0,0){\box0}% - \linewidth1pt + \linewidth\onepoint \setuppositioning [\c!eenheid=pt, \c!xschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, @@ -1741,7 +2355,7 @@ \box\colorbarbox}} \def\dodostartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfigure - {\doifelse{\v!test}{\@@exoptie} + {\doifelse\v!test\@@exoptie {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure \let\@@exhokjes\v!aan} {\let\@@exhokjes\v!uit}% @@ -1788,7 +2402,7 @@ \c!xschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, \c!yschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, \c!factor=1]% - \linewidth1pt + \linewidth\onepoint \ignorespaces#4\relax \stoppositioning \vfill}% @@ -1817,19 +2431,29 @@ \vtop{\vskip12pt\box2\vskip6pt}}% \endgroup} -\def\dodostartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfigure% +% \def\dodostartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfigure +% {\doifelse\v!test\@@exoptie +% {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure +% \let\@@exhokjes\v!aan} +% {\let\@@exhokjes\v!uit}% +% \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}% +% {\dosingleempty{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}}% +% \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}} + +\def\dodostartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfigure {\doifelse\v!test\@@exoptie {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure \let\@@exhokjes\v!aan} {\let\@@exhokjes\v!uit}% \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}% - {\dosingleempty{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}}% + {\def\next{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}% + \dosingleempty\next}% \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}} \long\def\dostartfigure#1% {\dotripleargument\dodostartfigure#1\stopfigure} -\def\startfigure% +\def\startfigure {\grabuntil{\e!stop\v!figuur}\dostartfigure} %D \macros diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex index ca5f3056a..8acbd878e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / File Support} @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ % NOT YET DOCUMENTED !! % -% overal \normalinput - +% overal \normalinput + \startmessages dutch library: files - title: files + title: files 1: file synoniem -- is al in gebruik voor -- \stopmessages \startmessages english library: files - title: files + title: files 1: file synonym -- is already used for -- \stopmessages @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ \stopmessages \startmessages norwegian library: files - title: filer + title: filer 1: filesynonym -- er allerede brukt for -- \stopmessages @@ -54,28 +54,28 @@ 1: sinonimul fisierelor -- este folosit deja pentru -- \stopmessages -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {definefilesynonym} %D -%D One of the problems with loading files is that their names -%D can depend on the interface language. We therefore need a -%D method to define filesynonyms. The actual synonyms are +%D One of the problems with loading files is that their names +%D can depend on the interface language. We therefore need a +%D method to define filesynonyms. The actual synonyms are %D defined elsewhere, but look like: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \definefilesynonym [chemic] [chemie] %D \definefilesynonym [einheit] [eenheid] %D \definefilesynonym [unit] [eenheid] %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D So we can say in english: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \usemodules[pictex,chemic,unit] %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D and in dutch: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \usemodules[pictex,chemie,eenheid] %D \stoptypen @@ -85,23 +85,23 @@ \def\dodefinefilesynonym[#1][#2]% {\doifdefined{\??fs#1} - {\doifnotvalue{\??fs#1}{#2} + {\doifnotvalue{\??fs#1}{#2} {\showmessage\m!files1{#1 (#2),\getvalue{\??fs#1}}}}% \doifelse{#1}{#2} {\letbeundefined{\??fs#1}{#2}} {\setevalue{\??fs#1}{#2}}} - -%D \macros + +%D \macros %D {truefilename} %D -%D At the system level such a filename can be called upon by +%D At the system level such a filename can be called upon by %D saying: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \truefilename{filename/filesynonym} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The implementation shows that nesting is supported. +%D +%D The implementation shows that nesting is supported. \def\truefilename#1% {\ifundefined{\??fs#1}% @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ %D {makeshortfilename} %D %D To prevent cross platform problems with filenames, we -%D lowercase them as well as only use the first 8~characters. +%D lowercase them as well as only use the first 8~characters. \def\domakeshortfilename[#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9]% {\lowercase{\edef\shortfilename{#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8.}}% @@ -126,24 +126,24 @@ %D \macros %D {usemodule} -%D +%D %D Most of \CONTEXT is preloaded in the format file. Some very %D domain specific typesetting topics are however dealt with in %D separate modules, e.g. typesetting of chemical structure -%D formulas. These modules are loaded by: -%D +%D formulas. These modules are loaded by: +%D %D \showsetup{\y!usemodule} -%D +%D %D More information on the specific modules can be found in -%D their dedicated manuals. We use \type {\next} so that we -%D can \type {\end} in modules. +%D their dedicated manuals. We use \type {\next} so that we +%D can \type {\end} in modules. \newconditional\moduleisloaded -\def\dododousemodules#1#2% no \unprotect/\protect when loading, - {\relax % since we need to use ? ! unprotected +\def\dododousemodules#1#2% no \unprotect/\protect when loading, + {\relax % since we need to use ? ! unprotected \ifconditional\moduleisloaded % sometimes (see xtag-map) - \let\next\relax + \let\next\relax % or: \expandafter\gobbleoneargument \else \makeshortfilename[#1\truefilename{#2}]% \doifelseflagged\shortfilename @@ -159,16 +159,16 @@ \stopreadingfile}}% \fi \next} - -\def\dodousemodules#1#2% - {\setfalse\moduleisloaded + +\def\dodousemodules#1#2% + {\setfalse\moduleisloaded \doifelsenothing{#1} - {\dododousemodules\f!moduleprefix {#2}% + {\dododousemodules\f!moduleprefix {#2}% \dododousemodules\f!privateprefix{#2}% \dododousemodules\f!styleprefix {#2}% \dododousemodules\f!xstyleprefix {#2}% \dododousemodules\f!thirdprefix {#2}% - \dododousemodules\empty {#2}}% new, fall back on raw name + \dododousemodules\empty {#2}}% new, fall back on raw name {\dododousemodules{#1-}{#2}}% \ifconditional\moduleisloaded\else \showmessage\m!systems6{#2}% @@ -191,33 +191,33 @@ % \usemodule[t][speech] -%D We also support a singular call, which saves us for +%D We also support a singular call, which saves us for %D frustrations when we do a typo. \let\usemodule=\usemodules -% %D The definition shows that the language specific settings -% %D are activated after loading all the modules specified. +% %D The definition shows that the language specific settings +% %D are activated after loading all the modules specified. %D \macros %D {ifprotectbuffers, bufferprefix, %D TEXbufferfile, MPgraphicfile} %D -%D The next switch enables protection of temporary filenames, +%D The next switch enables protection of temporary filenames, %D which is needed when we process more files on one path at -%D the same time. +%D the same time. \newif\ifprotectbuffers \def\bufferprefix{\ifprotectbuffers\jobname-\fi} -% The following filenames are defined here: +% The following filenames are defined here: \def\TEXbufferfile #1{\bufferprefix#1.\f!temporaryextension} \def\MPgraphicfile {\bufferprefix mp\ifMPrun run\else graph\fi} \def\convertMPcolorfile{\bufferprefix metacmyk.tmp} -%D The next few macros ar eused for some internal (rather +%D The next few macros ar eused for some internal (rather %D old already) extensions. \def\definieerfilegroep @@ -243,13 +243,13 @@ {\getvalue{\e!stop#1#2}% \getvalue{\??fp#1\c!na}} -%D To save memory, we implement some seldomly used commands -%D in a lazy way. Nota bene: such runtime definitions are -%D global. +%D To save memory, we implement some seldomly used commands +%D in a lazy way. Nota bene: such runtime definitions are +%D global. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \fetchruntimecommand\showaccents{\f!encodingprefix ...} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\fetchruntimecommand#1#2% {\def#1{\dofetchruntimecommand#1{#2}}} @@ -259,15 +259,15 @@ {\let#1\undefined \startreadingfile \startnointerference % \bgroup - \cleanupfeatures % better \setnormalcatcodes / test first + \cleanupfeatures % better \setnormalcatcodes / test first \readfile{#2}\donothing\donothing \stopnointerference % \egroup \stopreadingfile - \doglobal\setflag{#2}}% + \doglobal\setflag{#2}}% \ifx#1\undefined \writestatus{\m!systems}{command \string#1 not found in file #2}% \def#1{{\infofont[unknown command \string#1]}}% - \fi + \fi #1} %D To be documented and probably moved @@ -279,6 +279,6 @@ \stelexternebronnenin[url=] -%D This module will be perfected / changed / weeded. - +%D This module will be perfected / changed / weeded. + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex index c67342c0f..a9b1649fc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex @@ -8,21 +8,21 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -% \appendtocommalist versus \addtocommalist +% \appendtocommalist versus \addtocommalist % -% * as default trigger in radiofields ? +% * as default trigger in radiofields ? % -% beware: weblink plugin truncates on length, while save as doesn't; -% more precise: (1) first time right string is sent, (2) -% internal string truncated, (3) second time truncated -% string is sent. +% beware: weblink plugin truncates on length, while save as doesn't; +% more precise: (1) first time right string is sent, (2) +% internal string truncated, (3) second time truncated +% string is sent. \writestatus{loading}{Context Field Macros} -% messages +% messages \definemessageconstant{fields} @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ {\checkobjectreferences \doifobjectfoundelse{SYM}{#1} {} - {\settightobject{SYM}{#1}\hbox{\symbol[#1]}% + {\settightobject{SYM}{#1}\hbox{\symbol[#1]}% \flushatshipout {\setbox0\hbox{\hskip-\maxdimen\getobject{SYM}{#1}}% \smashbox0\box0}}} -\def\presetfieldsymbols[#1]% slow +\def\presetfieldsymbols[#1]% slow {\def\dopresetfieldsymbols##1% {\processcommalist[##1]\dopresetfieldsymbol}% \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#1]\dopresetfieldsymbols} @@ -51,17 +51,17 @@ {\definesymbol[defaultyes][$\times$]% \definesymbol[defaultno][$\cdot$]} -\def\resetfieldsymbol[#1]% for experimental usage only +\def\resetfieldsymbol[#1]% for experimental usage only {\resetobject{SYM}{#1}} -%D The interface to the specials. DEFAULT NOG ANDERS +%D The interface to the specials. DEFAULT NOG ANDERS \def\presetlinefield {\dopresetlinefield {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdn} {\@@fdletter,\@@fdkleur,\@@fdveldachtergrondkleur,\@@fdveldkaderkleur} {\@@fdoptie} @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdn} {\@@fdletter,\@@fdkleur,\@@fdveldachtergrondkleur,\@@fdveldkaderkleur} {\@@fdoptie} @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdletter,\@@fdkleur,\@@fdveldachtergrondkleur,\@@fdveldkaderkleur} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldValues} @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdletter,\@@fdkleur,\@@fdveldachtergrondkleur,\@@fdveldkaderkleur} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldValues} @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdletter,\@@fdkleur,\@@fdveldachtergrondkleur,\@@fdveldkaderkleur} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldValues} @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldValues} {\@@fdklikin,\@@fdklikuit,\@@fdgebiedin,\@@fdgebieduit,\@@fdnatoets,% @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldValues} {\@@fdklikin,\@@fdklikuit,\@@fdgebiedin,\@@fdgebieduit,\@@fdnatoets,% @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} {\@@FieldHeight} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldRoot} {\@@FieldValues} @@ -159,29 +159,29 @@ \def\presetradiorecord {\dopresetradiorecord {\@@FieldName} - {\@@FieldDefault} + {\@@FieldDefault} {\@@fdoptie} {\@@FieldKids} {\@@fdklikin,\@@fdklikuit,\@@fdgebiedin,\@@fdgebieduit,\@@fdnatoets,% \@@fdformatteer,\@@fdvalideer,\@@fdbereken,\@@fdfocusin,\@@fdfocusuit}} \def\setfieldmodes#1#2#3% - {\xdef\@@FieldMode{#1}% % 0 1 2 3 - \xdef\@@FieldFree{#2}% % 0 1 - \xdef\@@FieldAuto{#3}} % 0 1 + {\xdef\@@FieldMode{#1}% % 0 1 2 3 + \xdef\@@FieldFree{#2}% % 0 1 + \xdef\@@FieldAuto{#3}} % 0 1 \newevery\everysetfield\relax \def\doiffieldelse#1{\doifdefinedelse{fielddata#1}} -\def\setfield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% - {\bgroup +\def\setfield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup \doglobal\increment\numberoffields \iftracefields \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\collectedfields \fi \the\everysetfield - \setxvalue{fielddata#1}% kortere tag + \setxvalue{fielddata#1}% kortere tag {\noexpand\dosetfield{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}}% \egroup} @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ {\setfield{#1}\@@FieldType\@@FieldRoot\@@FieldParent\@@FieldKids\@@FieldGroup {\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}\@@FieldValues\@@FieldDefault} -\def\getfield#1% name +\def\getfield#1% name {\doifundefinedelse{fielddata#1} {\dosetfield{#1}\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty{\empty00}\empty\empty} {\getvalue{fielddata#1}}} @@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ \let\tracefields\tracefieldstrue -\def\doshowfields[#1]% todo: tabulate van maken en runtime +\def\doshowfields[#1]% todo: tabulate van maken en runtime {\bgroup \switchtobodyfont[8pt,tt] \doifsomething{#1}{\def\collectedfields{#1}} - \ifx\collectedfields\empty + \ifx\collectedfields\empty \par specify [fieldlist] or say \type{\tracefieldstrue} first\par \else \def\normalizedfieldmode##1##2##3% @@ -236,14 +236,14 @@ \fi \egroup} -\def\showfields% +\def\showfields% {\dosingleempty\doshowfields} \def\dologfields[#1]% {\bgroup \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=fields.log \doifsomething{#1}{\def\collectedfields{#1}} - \ifx\colledtedfields\empty + \ifx\colledtedfields\empty \immediate\write\scratchwrite{use \tracefieldstrue}% \else \def\normalizedfieldmode##1##2##3% @@ -251,9 +251,9 @@ {\ifcase##1 loner \or parent \or clone \or copy \fi \ifcase##2 \else(done)\fi}} \def\dosetfield##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9% - {\normalizedfieldmode##7% - \immediate\write\scratchwrite - {N=##1 / T=##2 / R=##3 / P=##4 / K=##5 / G=##6 / + {\normalizedfieldmode##7% + \immediate\write\scratchwrite + {N=##1 / T=##2 / R=##3 / P=##4 / K=##5 / G=##6 / M=\@@FieldMode\space/ V=##8 / D=##9}}% \processcommacommand[\collectedfields]\getfield \fi @@ -263,18 +263,18 @@ \def\logfields {\dosingleempty\doLogFields} -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \definefield [name] [type] [group] [values] [default] %D %D \definefield [WWWW] [text] [textsetup] [default text] -%D \definefield [XXXX] [push] [pushsetup] [yes,no] [yes] +%D \definefield [XXXX] [push] [pushsetup] [yes,no] [yes] %D \definefield [XXXX] [check] [checksetup] [yes,no] [yes] %D \definefield [YYYY] [combo] [combosetup] [a,b,c,d] [b] -%D \definefield [ZZZZ] [radio] [radiosetup] [W,X,Y,Z] [Y] +%D \definefield [ZZZZ] [radio] [radiosetup] [W,X,Y,Z] [Y] %D -%D \definesubfield [W] [subsetup] [p,q] -%D \definesubfield [X,Y] [subsetup] [p,r] -%D \definesubfield [Z] [subsetup] [y,z] +%D \definesubfield [W] [subsetup] [p,q] +%D \definesubfield [X,Y] [subsetup] [p,r] +%D \definesubfield [Z] [subsetup] [y,z] %D %D evt \definemainfield ... wanneer geplaatst voor subs gegeven %D @@ -291,16 +291,16 @@ \newif\ifdefinemainfield \definemainfieldfalse %D We need to keep track of cloned (related) fields and so by -%D maintaining lists of field clones. +%D maintaining lists of field clones. %D -%D The first alternative used a two pass data list and was +%D The first alternative used a two pass data list and was %D implemented as follows: %D %D \starttypen %D \def\getmainfieldkids#1% %D {\let\@@FieldKids\empty -%D \ifdefinemainfield -%D \definetwopasslist{fld:#1}% defined by system +%D \ifdefinemainfield +%D \definetwopasslist{fld:#1}% defined by system %D \doloop %D {\gettwopassdata{fld:#1}% %D \iftwopassdatafound @@ -311,21 +311,21 @@ %D \fi}% %D \fi} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D However, the next alternative is much faster when we have -%D a field with thousands of clones, something not that +%D +%D However, the next alternative is much faster when we have +%D a field with thousands of clones, something not that %D imaginary. %D %D \starttypen %D \def\getmainfieldkids#1% %D {\let\@@FieldKids\empty -%D \ifdefinemainfield -%D \definerawpasslist{fld:#1}% runtime defined by system +%D \ifdefinemainfield +%D \definerawpasslist{fld:#1}% runtime defined by system %D \moverawpasslist{fld:#1}\@@FieldKids %D \fi} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The data is written by file using: +%D +%D The data is written by file using: %D %D \starttypen %D \newcounter\nofmainfieldkids @@ -339,19 +339,19 @@ %D {#2}}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The trade of of this mechanism is that for each cloned or -%D copied field, the uitlity file is to be read in order to +%D The trade of of this mechanism is that for each cloned or +%D copied field, the uitlity file is to be read in order to %D fetch the data. %D %D The next, much faster alternative uses a dedicated % -%D reference mechanism. +%D reference mechanism. \def\setmainfieldkid#1#2% {\immediatewriteutilitycommand{\fieldreference{#1}{#2}}} \def\checkfieldreferences {\startnointerference - \protectlabels + \protectlabels \doutilities{fieldreferences}\jobname\empty\relax\relax \global\let\checkfieldreferences\relax \stopnointerference} @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ \def\getmainfieldkids#1% {\checkfieldreferences - \ifdefinemainfield + \ifdefinemainfield \doifundefinedelse{\r!widget#1}% {\let\@@FieldKids\empty} {\@EA\let\@EA\@@FieldKids\csname\r!widget#1\endcsname}% @@ -381,9 +381,9 @@ \resetfieldreferences %D Of course it costs a few more tokens to implement, but it's -%D worth the memory: running for instance the 2000 page -%D english examns publishing on demand document went down from -%D 1350 seconds to less than 950 on a 650 Mhz pentium. +%D worth the memory: running for instance the 2000 page +%D english examns publishing on demand document went down from +%D 1350 seconds to less than 950 on a 650 Mhz pentium. \def\definefield {\definemainfieldfalse\doquintupleempty\dodefinefield} @@ -406,18 +406,18 @@ % {\ifnum\totalnumberoffields>0 % \definereference[AtOpenInitializeForm][\v!ResetForm]% % \fi} -% +% % \definereference[AtOpenInitializeForm][\v!geen] -% +% % \appendtoks \presetfieldreferences \to \everycheckreferences -\def\dodefinefield[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]% +\def\dodefinefield[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]% {\ifsecondargument \edef\currentfieldname{#1}% just in case we're inside a loop \doifundefinedelse{define#2field} {\writestatus\m!fields{unknown field type #2}} {\doifundefined{fielddata\currentfieldname} - {\getmainfieldkids\currentfieldname + {\getmainfieldkids\currentfieldname \ifdefinemainfield \ifx\@@FieldKids\empty \let\@@FieldMode\fieldlonermode @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ \else \let\@@FieldMode\fieldlonermode \def\@@FieldAuto{0}% - \fi + \fi \def\@@FieldFree{0}% \getvalue{define#2field}{\currentfieldname}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}}% \else @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ %\def\definecheckfield#1#2#3#4#5% % {\doifelsenothing{#4} -% {\definedefaultsymbols +% {\definedefaultsymbols % \def\@@FieldValues{defaultyes}} % {\def\@@FieldValues{#4}}% % \doifelsenothing{#5} @@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ % \setfield{#1}{#2}{}{}{\@@FieldKids}{#3}{\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}{\@@FieldValues}{\@@FieldDefault}} %D Since these fields have an on/off state only, we pass 1/0 -%D to the driver as default values. +%D to the driver as default values. \def\definecheckfield#1#2#3#4#5% {\doifelsenothing{#4} - {\definedefaultsymbols + {\definedefaultsymbols \def\@@FieldValues{defaultyes}} {\def\@@FieldValues{#4}}% \doifelsenothing{#5} @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ {\dogetcommacommandelement1\from\@@FieldValues\to\@@FieldDefault \doifinstringelse{#5}{\@@FieldDefault} {\def\@@FieldDefault{1}} - {\def\@@FieldDefault{0}}}% + {\def\@@FieldDefault{0}}}% \setfield {#1}{#2}{}{}{\@@FieldKids}{#3}% {\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}% @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ {\dogetcommacommandelement1\from#4\to\SavedFieldDefault \dogetcommacommandelement1\from\SavedFieldDefault\to\SavedFieldDefault} {\def\SavedFieldDefault{#5}}% -% when opt works +% when opt works % \@EA\beforesplitstring\SavedFieldDefault\at=>\to\SavedFieldDefault \ifx\@@FieldKids\empty \setfield{#1}{#2}{}{}{#4}{#3}{\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}{}{\SavedFieldDefault}% @@ -501,14 +501,14 @@ % \def\docommando##1% {\doifelse{##1}\SavedFieldDefault - {\def\@@FieldDefault{##1}}% + {\def\@@FieldDefault{##1}}% {\let\@@FieldDefault\empty}% \setfield{##1}{#2}{#1}{}{}{#3}{\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}{}{\@@FieldDefault}}% -% when opt works +% when opt works % \def\docommando##1% % {\@EA\beforesplitstring##1\at=>\to\FieldValue % \doifelse\FieldValue\SavedFieldDefault -% {\let\@@FieldDefault\FieldValue}% +% {\let\@@FieldDefault\FieldValue}% % {\let\@@FieldDefault\empty}% % \setfield\FieldValue{#2}{#1}{}{}{#3}{\@@FieldMode\@@FieldFree\@@FieldAuto}{}{\@@FieldDefault}}% \processcommalist[#4]\docommando @@ -519,17 +519,17 @@ \def\definesubfield% {\dotripleempty\dodefinesubfield} -\def\dodefinesubfield[#1][#2][#3]% for the moment only radio ones +\def\dodefinesubfield[#1][#2][#3]% for the moment only radio ones {\ifsecondargument \def\docommando##1% {\getfield{##1}% - \ifx\@@FieldType\empty + \ifx\@@FieldType\empty \writestatus\m!fields{unknown field ##1}% to do - \else + \else \doifsomething{#2} {\edef\@@FieldGroup{#2}}% \doifelsenothing{#3} - {\definedefaultsymbols + {\definedefaultsymbols \def\@@FieldValues{defaultyes}} {\def\@@FieldValues{#3}}% \changefield{##1}% @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ \def\dopresetrecord {\iftrialtypesetting\else\iflocation\getvalue{preset\@@FieldType record}\fi\fi} -\def\dodefinethefieldset[#1][#2]% +\def\dodefinethefieldset[#1][#2]% {\dodefinefieldset{#1}{#2}} \def\definefieldset% @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ \else\iffirstargument \doifelse{#1}\v!reset {\let\dodosetupfield\normaldodosetupfield} - {\setupfields[][][][#1]}% checken + {\setupfields[][][][#1]}% checken \else \writestatus\m!fields{provide either 1 or 4 arguments}% \fi\fi} @@ -750,8 +750,8 @@ \newif\ifVerticalField \newif\ifHorizontalField -% way to slow/complicated, we need some simple alternative -% as well +% way to slow/complicated, we need some simple alternative +% as well \def\dohandlefield[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]% {\presetlocalframed[\??fd]% @@ -769,15 +769,15 @@ \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts,\c!breedte=20em]% \else\ifHorizontalField \getparameters[\??fd] - [\c!afstand=\@@localoffset,\c!tussen=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!links, + [\c!afstand=\@@localoffset,\c!tussen=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!links, \c!hoogte=10ex]% \else \getparameters[\??fd] - [\c!afstand=\!!zeropoint,\c!tussen=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!links]% + [\c!afstand=\!!zeropoint,\c!tussen=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!links]% \fi\fi \getparameters[\??fd] [\c!n=,\c!voor=,\c!na=\vss,\c!letter=,\c!kleur=,#3]% - \reshapeframeboxfalse % else ugly spacing + \reshapeframeboxfalse % else ugly spacing \ifShowFieldFrame \localframed[\??fd][\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!uitlijnen=]\bgroup \else @@ -786,13 +786,13 @@ \mindermeldingen \ifShowFieldLabel \setbox0=\hbox - {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions + {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions \framed [\c!letter=,\c!kleur=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!rechts,#4] {\@@FieldLabel}}% \fi \setbox2=\hbox - {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions + {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions \ifVerticalField \setupframed[\c!hoogte=6ex,\c!breedte=\hsize]% \else\ifHorizontalField @@ -810,8 +810,8 @@ \c!focusin=,\c!focusuit=, \c!veldoffset=\!!zeropoint,\c!veldachtergrondkleur=, \c!veldkaderkleur=,#5]% - \dimen0=\framedwidth \edef\@@FieldWidth {\the\dimen0}% - \dimen0=\framedheight\edef\@@FieldHeight{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\framedwidth \edef\@@FieldWidth {\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\framedheight\edef\@@FieldHeight{\the\dimen0}% \vfill \hbox{\lower\@@fdveldoffset\hbox{\typesetfield}} \vss}}% @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ \fi \egroup} -\def\dohandlefitfield[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]% alleen check +\def\dohandlefitfield[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]% alleen check {\presetlocalframed[\??fd]% \localframed [\??fd] @@ -855,12 +855,12 @@ \fi \dopresetfieldsymbol\@@FieldValue \setbox0=\hbox{\dogetfieldsymbol{\@@FieldValue}}% - \dimen0=\wd0 \edef\@@FieldWidth {\the\dimen0}% - \dimen0=\ht0 \edef\@@FieldHeight{\the\dimen0}% - \vbox to \ht0 + \dimen0=\wd0 \edef\@@FieldWidth {\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\ht0 \edef\@@FieldHeight{\the\dimen0}% + \vbox to \ht0 {\vfill\hbox to \wd0{\typesetfield\hfill}\vss}}} -%D Common stuff +%D Common stuff \newcounter\nofsystemfields @@ -876,22 +876,22 @@ \def\dofillinfield[#1]#2% {\leavevmode \hbox - {\forgetall + {\forgetall \setupfields[\v!reset]% \nextsystemfield - \useJSscripts[ans]% + \useJSscripts[ans]% \doifelsenothing{#1} {\def\therightanswer{#2}} {\def\therightanswer{#1}}% \setbox0=\hbox{#2}% \setbox2=\hbox{\therightanswer}% - \dimen0=\ifdim\wd0>\wd2 \wd0 \else \wd2 \fi + \dimen0=\ifdim\wd0>\wd2 \wd0 \else \wd2 \fi \advance\dimen0 .2em \definefield [\currentsystemfield][line][systemfield]% \setupfield [systemfield] - [\c!n=1024, % beware: weblink plugin truncates + [\c!n=1024, % beware: weblink plugin truncates \c!plaats=\v!laag,\c!strut=\v!ja,\c!veldoffset=0pt, \c!hoogte=1.2\openlineheight,\c!breedte=\dimen0,\c!offset=\v!overlay, \c!letter=,\c!uitlijnen=\v!midden,\c!kader=\v!uit, @@ -904,11 +904,11 @@ %D and another one: -\def\tooltip% +\def\tooltip {\dosingleempty\dotooltip} \def\dotooltip[#1]#2#3% - {\bgroup + {\bgroup \setupfields[\v!reset]% \useJSscripts[fld]% \setbox0\hbox @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ \definesymbol [\currentsystemfield:txt] [{\inframed[\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!achtergrond=\v!raster]{#3}}]% - \setbox2=\hbox{\symbol[\currentsystemfield:txt]}% + \setbox2\hbox{\symbol[\currentsystemfield:txt]}% \definefield [\currentsystemfield:txt][check] [dummy][\currentsystemfield:txt][\currentsystemfield:txt]% @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ \doifelse{#1}\v!links {\hskip-\dimen0} {\doif{#1}\v!midden - {\hskip-.5\dimen0}}% + {\hskip-.5\dimen0}}% \lower\openlineheight\hbox to \zeropoint {\fitfield[\currentsystemfield:txt]}}% \dimen0=\ifdim\wd0=\zeropoint 3em\else\wd0\fi @@ -954,16 +954,16 @@ \ht0\strutht\dp0\strutdp\box0 \egroup} -%D And one more: +%D And one more: \def\definefieldstack% {\dotripleargument\dodefinefieldstack} -\def\dodefinefieldstack[#1][#2][#3]% name, symbols, settings +\def\dodefinefieldstack[#1][#2][#3]% name, symbols, settings {\doifundefined{fieldstack:#1} {\setgvalue{fieldstack:#1}{\dodofieldstack[#1][#2][#3]}}} -\def\dodofieldstack[#1][#2][#3]% start=n, 0 == leeg +\def\dodofieldstack[#1][#2][#3]% start=n, 0 == leeg {\bgroup \getparameters[\??fd][\c!start=1,#3]% \setupfields[\v!reset]% @@ -976,14 +976,14 @@ \definefield[#1:\stackedfieldnumber][check][#1][##1,\v!leeg][##1]% \else \definefield[#1:\stackedfieldnumber][check][#1][##1,\v!leeg][\v!leeg]% - \fi}% + \fi}% \processcommalist[#2]\dododofieldstack \setupfield[#1][\v!reset]% added - \setupfield[#1][\c!optie=\v!alleenleesbaar,#3]% #3 swapped + \setupfield[#1][\c!optie=\v!alleenleesbaar,#3]% #3 swapped \newcounter\stackedfieldnumber \def\dododofieldstack##1% {\doglobal\increment\stackedfieldnumber - \fitfield[#1:\stackedfieldnumber]\egroup\bgroup}% + \fitfield[#1:\stackedfieldnumber]\egroup\bgroup}% \startoverlay \bgroup \globalprocesscommalist[#2]\dododofieldstack @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ {\dotripleempty\dofieldstack} %D When submitting a form, we need to tell the driver module -%D that we want \FDF\ or \HTML. +%D that we want \FDF\ or \HTML. \def\setupforms {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??fr]} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex index c51f07103..1187774fe 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Font Support} @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ \bgroup \catcode`\|=\@@active \gdef\compound#1{|#1|} \egroup %D Here we hook some code into the clean up mechanism needed -%D for verbatim data. +%D for verbatim data. \appendtoks \disablecompoundcharacters @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ %D %D This at first sight unusual capitilization is completely %D legal. -%D +%D %D \showsetup{\y!kap} %D \showsetup{\y!Kap} %D \showsetup{\y!KAP} %D \showsetup{\y!Kaps} %D \showsetup{\y!nokap} %D -%D The difference between pseudo and real caps is demonstrated +%D The difference between pseudo and real caps is demonstrated %D below: %D %D \startbuffer @@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \haalbuffer %D -%D The \type {\bgroup} trickery below is needed because of -%D \type {\groupedcommand}. +%D The \type {\bgroup} trickery below is needed because of +%D \type {\groupedcommand}. \def\usepseudocaps% {\def\cap@@uppercase{\the\everyuppercase\uppercased}% @@ -130,31 +130,31 @@ \unexpanded\def\Kap#1% {\KAP{\\#1}} -\unexpanded\def\Kaps% - {\let\processword=\Kap +\unexpanded\def\Kaps + {\let\processword\Kap \processwords} %D Sure: \let\normalkap\kap -%D Some precautions for a \PLAIN\ \TEX\ definition. +%D Some precautions for a \PLAIN\ \TEX\ definition. \let\normalcap\cap -\def\cap% +\def\cap {\ifmmode \expandafter\normalcap \else \expandafter\kap \fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {setupcapitals} %D %D By default we use pseudo small caps in titles. This can be %D set up with: -%D +%D %D \showsetup{setupcapitals} \def\setupcapitals% @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ \let\kap\normalkap} {\definealternativestyle[\v!kapitaal][\normalkap][\uppercased]% \definealternativestyle[\v!smallcaps][\sc][\uppercased]% - \def\kap{\doconvertfont{\v!kapitaal}}}% + \def\kap{\doconvertfont{\v!kapitaal}}}% \doifelse{\@@kksc}{\v!ja} {\userealcaps} {\usepseudocaps}} @@ -176,16 +176,16 @@ \ifx\uppercased\undefined \let\uppercased\uppercase \fi \ifx\lowercased\undefined \let\lowercased\lowercase \fi -% pretty tricky stuff: +% pretty tricky stuff: % % \usemodule[abr-01] \TEX \METAPOST \PPCHTEX \LATEX % \usemodule[abr-02] \TEX \METAPOST \PPCHTEX \LATEX -\def\uppercased#1% - {{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@globalcrap{\uppercase{#1}}}\@@globalcrap} +%def\uppercased#1{{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@globalcrap{\uppercase{#1}}}\@@globalcrap} +%def\lowercased#1{{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@globalcrap{\lowercase{#1}}}\@@globalcrap} -\def\lowercased#1% - {{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@globalcrap{\lowercase{#1}}}\@@globalcrap} +\def\uppercased#1{{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@expanded{\uppercase{#1}}}\@@expanded} +\def\lowercased#1{{\forceunexpanded\xdef\@@expanded{\lowercase{#1}}}\@@expanded} \setupcapitals [\c!titel=\v!ja, @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\Word#1% {\doWord#1} -\def\doprocesswords#1 #2\od% +\def\doprocesswords#1 #2\od {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{} {\processword{#1} % \doprocesswords#2 \od}} @@ -238,19 +238,21 @@ \let\processword\relax -\unexpanded\def\Words% - {\let\processword=\Word +\unexpanded\def\Words + {\let\processword\Word \processwords} \unexpanded\def\WORD#1% {\bgroup \the\everyuppercase - \def\kap##1{##1}% - \def\WORD##1{##1}% + %\def\kap##1{##1}% + %\def\WORD##1{##1}% + \let\kap\firstofoneargument + \let\WORD\firstofoneargument \uppercase{#1}% No expansion here, otherwise \getvalue problems! -% \edef\next{#1}% -% \uppercase\expandafter{\next}% - \egroup} + %\edef\next{#1}% keep this to prevent roll back + %\uppercase\expandafter{\next}% keep this to prevent roll back + \egroup} \unexpanded\def\WORDS#1% {\WORD{#1}} @@ -276,9 +278,9 @@ %D %D \showsetup{\y!stretched} -\def\stretched% +\def\stretched#1% {\ifvmode\hbox to \hsize\else\ifinner\else\hbox\fi\fi - \processtokens\relax\hss\relax{\hss\hss}}% \normalspace} + \bgroup\processtokens\relax\hss\relax{\hss\hss}{#1}\egroup} %D \startbuffer %D \stretched{Unknown Box} @@ -286,13 +288,13 @@ %D \vbox to 2cm{\stretched{A Vertical Box}} %D \hbox to 3cm{\stretched{sp{\'e}c{\`\i}{\"a}l}} %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \haalbuffer -%D +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D %D The first line of this macros takes care of boxing. Normally %D one will use an \type{\hbox} specification. The last line -%D shows how special characters should be passed. -%D +%D shows how special characters should be passed. +%D %D \typebuffer %D \macros @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ %D %D \typebuffer %D -%D this one uses fixed skips and kerns. +%D this one uses fixed skips and kerns. %D %D \startvoorbeeld %D \haalbuffer @@ -315,7 +317,7 @@ %D The default skip can be set with: % \def\stretchedspacefactor{4} -% \def\stretchedspaceamount{.25em} +% \def\stretchedspaceamount{.25em} % % \unexpanded\def\stretcheduppercase#1% % {\bgroup @@ -334,29 +336,31 @@ % \fi % \egroup} +%D Given the following settings, the space is 1em by default: + \def\stretchedspacefactor{4} -\def\stretchedspaceamount{.25em} +\def\stretchedspaceamount{.25em} \def\stretchedbreaktokens{.@/} -\unexpanded\def\stretchednormalcase% +\unexpanded\def\stretchednormalcase {\stretchedsomecase\firstofoneargument} -\unexpanded\def\stretcheduppercase +\unexpanded\def\stretcheduppercase {\stretchedsomecase{\the\everyuppercase\uppercase}} -\unexpanded\def\stretchedlowercase +\unexpanded\def\stretchedlowercase {\stretchedsomecase{\the\everylowercase\lowercase}} -\def\stretchedsomecase#1#2% +\def\stretchedsomecase#1#2% {\bgroup #1{\def\textstring{#2}}% \ifdim\stretchedspaceamount>\zeropoint \def\textkern##1% - {% beware: ##1 may not be \box\somebox -) + {% beware: ##1 may not be \box\somebox -) \determinemidwordbreak{##1}{\stretchedbreaktokens}% \kern\stretchedspaceamount##1\domidwordbreak}% - \def\textskip% - {\scratchdimen=\stretchedspaceamount + \def\textskip + {\scratchdimen\stretchedspaceamount \hskip\stretchedspacefactor\scratchdimen}% \@EA\processtokens\@EA\relax\@EA\textkern\@EA\relax\@EA \textskip\@EA{\textstring}% @@ -365,26 +369,26 @@ \fi \egroup} -%D An auxiliary macro, see for usage \type {\stretcheduppercase}. +%D An auxiliary macro, see for usage \type {\stretcheduppercase}. \let\domidwordbreak\relax \def\setmidwordbreaktoken#1% - {\sfcode`#1=5000\relax} + {\sfcode`#1=5000\relax} \def\determinemidwordbreak#1#2% {\edef\midwordbreaktokens{#2}% - \ifx\midwordbreaktokens\empty + \ifx\midwordbreaktokens\empty \global\let\domidwordbreak\relax - \else - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \else + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\expandafter\handletokens\midwordbreaktokens\with\setmidwordbreaktoken a\space \!!dimena=\the\lastskip - #1\space\!!dimenb=\the\lastskip \relax % needed + #1\space\!!dimenb=\the\lastskip \relax % needed \ifdim\!!dimena=\!!dimenb - \global\let\domidwordbreak\relax + \globallet\domidwordbreak\relax \else - \global\let\domidwordbreak\allowbreak + \globallet\domidwordbreak\allowbreak \fi}% \fi} @@ -392,61 +396,61 @@ %D {underbar,underbars, %D overbar,overbars, %D overstrike,overstrikes, -%D setupunderbar} +%D setupunderbar} %D %D In the rare case that we need undelined words, for instance %D because all font alternatives are already in use, one can %D use \type{\underbar} and \type{\overstrike} and their plural -%D forms. -%D +%D forms. +%D %D \startbuffer %D \underbars{drawing \underbar{bars} under words is a typewriter leftover} -%D \overstrikes{striking words makes them \overstrike{unreadable} but +%D \overstrikes{striking words makes them \overstrike{unreadable} but %D sometimes even \overbar{top lines} come into view.} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \startvoorbeeld %D \startregels %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregels %D \stopvoorbeeld -%D -%D The next macros are derived from the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, but -%D also supports nesting. The \type{$} keeps us in horizontal -%D mode and at the same time applies grouping. +%D +%D The next macros are derived from the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, but +%D also supports nesting. The \type{$} keeps us in horizontal +%D mode and at the same time applies grouping. %D %D \showsetup{\y!underbar} %D \showsetup{\y!underbars} %D \showsetup{\y!overbar} %D \showsetup{\y!overbars} %D \showsetup{\y!overstrike} -%D \showsetup{\y!overstrikes} +%D \showsetup{\y!overstrikes} %D -%D Although underlining is ill advised, we permit some -%D alternatives, that can be set up by: +%D Although underlining is ill advised, we permit some +%D alternatives, that can be set up by: %D %D \showsetup{\y!setupunderbar} %D -%D The alternatives show up as +%D The alternatives show up as %D {\setupunderbar [variant=a]\underbar{alternative a}}, %D {\setupunderbar [variant=b]\underbar{alternative b}}, %D {\setupunderbar [variant=c]\underbar{alternative c}} -%D and +%D and %D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=1pt]\underbar{1pt width}}, -%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=2pt]\underbar{2pt width}}, -%D or whatever. Because \type{\overstrike} uses the same -%D method, the settings also apply to that macro. +%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=2pt]\underbar{2pt width}}, +%D or whatever. Because \type{\overstrike} uses the same +%D method, the settings also apply to that macro. \newcounter\underbarlevel -\def\underbarmethoda#1#2#3% RULE +\def\underbarmethoda#1#2#3% RULE {\hbox to #1{\vrule\!!width#1\!!height#2\!!depth#3}} -\def\underbarmethodb#1#2#3% DASH +\def\underbarmethodb#1#2#3% DASH {\hbox to #1 - {\hskip-.25em + {\hskip-.25em \xleaders \hbox{\hskip.25em\vrule\!!width.25em\!!height#2\!!depth#3} \hfil}} @@ -454,19 +458,19 @@ \def\underbarmethodc#1#2#3% PERIOD {\hbox to #1 {\dimen4=#3 - \advance\dimen4 .2ex - \hskip-.25em + \advance\dimen4 .2ex + \hskip-.25em \xleaders \hbox{\hskip.25em\lower\dimen4\hbox{.}} \hfil}} -\def\dododounderbar#1#2#3% +\def\dododounderbar#1#2#3% {\startmathmode \setbox0\hbox{#3}% \setbox2\hbox{\color[\@@onlijnkleur]{\getvalue{underbarmethod\@@onvariant}{\wd0}{#1}{#2}}}% \wd0\zeropoint - \ht2\ht0 - \dp2\dp0 + \ht2\ht0 + \dp2\dp0 \box0\box2 \stopmathmode} @@ -475,7 +479,7 @@ \dimen0=\@@ononderoffset \dimen0=\underbarlevel\dimen0 \ifdone \else - %\advance\dimen0 -1pt + %\advance\dimen0 -1pt \advance\dimen0 -\strutht \fi \dimen2\dimen0 @@ -483,7 +487,7 @@ \dododounderbar{-\dimen0}{\dimen2}{#1}% \egroup} -\def\betweenunderbarwords% +\def\betweenunderbarwords {\bgroup \setbox0\hbox {\dodounderbar{\hskip\fontdimen2\font}}% @@ -492,7 +496,7 @@ \discretionary{}{}{\box0}% \egroup} -\def\betweenunderbarspaces% +\def\betweenunderbarspaces {\hskip\currentspaceskip} \unexpanded\def\dounderbar#1#2% @@ -500,25 +504,25 @@ \processisolatedwords{#2}\dodounderbar \egroup} -\unexpanded\def\underbar% +\unexpanded\def\underbar {\bgroup \increment\underbarlevel \donetrue \dounderbar\betweenunderbarwords} -\unexpanded\def\underbars% +\unexpanded\def\underbars {\bgroup \increment\underbarlevel \donetrue \dounderbar\betweenunderbarspaces} -\unexpanded\def\overbar% +\unexpanded\def\overbar {\bgroup \decrement\underbarlevel \donefalse \dounderbar\betweenunderbarwords} -\unexpanded\def\overbars% +\unexpanded\def\overbars {\bgroup \decrement\underbarlevel \donefalse @@ -532,9 +536,9 @@ \dododounderbar{\dimen2}{-\dimen0}{#1}% \egroup} -\def\betweenoverstrikewords% +\def\betweenoverstrikewords {\bgroup - \setbox0=\hbox + \setbox0\hbox {\dooverstrike{\hskip\fontdimen2\font}}% \nobreak \hskip\zeropoint\!!minus\fontdimen4\font @@ -552,48 +556,47 @@ \processisolatedwords{#1}\dooverstrike \egroup} -\def\setupunderbar% +\def\setupunderbar {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??on]} %D \macros %D {low, high, lohi} -%D +%D %D Although \TEX\ is pretty well aware of super- and -%D subscripts, its mechanism is mainly tuned for math mode. -%D The next few commands take care of script texts both modes. -%D +%D subscripts, its mechanism is mainly tuned for math mode. +%D The next few commands take care of script texts both modes. +%D %D \startbuffer %D The higher\high{one goes} the lower\low{one drops}, or\lohi{yes}{no}? %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \haalbuffer %D -%D Note the different placement of \type {\lohi}, where we -%D need a bit more space. The implementation looks a bit -%D fuzzy, since some \type {\fontdimen}'s are involved to -%D determine the optimal placement. +%D Note the different placement of \type {\lohi}, where we +%D need a bit more space. The implementation looks a bit +%D fuzzy, since some \type {\fontdimen}'s are involved to +%D determine the optimal placement. -\def\dodohighlow% +\def\dodohighlow {\ifx\fontsize\empty \ifmmode \ifnum\fam<0 \tx \else \holamathfont \fi \else - \tx + \tx \fi \else - \tx + \tx \fi} \def\dohighlow#1#2#3#4#5% {\dontleavehmode \bgroup - \scratchdimen= - \ifdim\fontdimen5\textfont2=1ex\fontdimen#2\textfont2\else#3ex\fi - \advance\scratchdimen by #4ex + \scratchdimen\ifdim\fontdimen5\textfont2=1ex\fontdimen#2\textfont2\else#3ex\fi + \advance\scratchdimen #4ex \kern.1ex - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{#1\scratchdimen\hbox{\dodohighlow#5}}% + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#1\scratchdimen\hbox{\dodohighlow#5}}% \ht\scratchbox\strutheight \dp\scratchbox\strutdepth \box\scratchbox @@ -613,14 +616,14 @@ % \wd6=\zeropoint\box6\box4 % \fi}} -\unexpanded\def\lohi% +\unexpanded\def\lohi {\dosingleempty\dolohi} \def\dolohi[#1]#2#3% {\dontleavehmode \hbox - {\setbox4=\hbox{\dohighlow\lower{16}{.48}{.1}{#2}}% - \setbox6=\hbox{\dohighlow\raise{14}{.86}{.1}{#3}}% + {\setbox4\hbox{\dohighlow\lower{16}{.48}{.1}{#2}}% + \setbox6\hbox{\dohighlow\raise{14}{.86}{.1}{#3}}% \doif{#1}{\v!links} {\ifdim\wd4<\wd6 \setbox4\hbox to \wd6{\hss\box4}% @@ -636,38 +639,38 @@ %D You can provide an optional keyword \type {left}, in which %D case the super and subscripts will be aligned in a way that %D permits placement at the left of a word (which means that -%D it will be right aligned). -%D +%D it will be right aligned). +%D %D \startbuffer -%D \lohi{aha}{ah} test \lohi{aha}{ah} test -%D \lohi[links]{aha}{ah} test \lohi[links]{aha}{ah} test -%D \lohi{aha}{ah} test\lohi{aha}{ah} test -%D \lohi[links]{aha}{ah}test \lohi[links]{aha}{ah}test +%D \lohi{aha}{ah} test \lohi{aha}{ah} test +%D \lohi[links]{aha}{ah} test \lohi[links]{aha}{ah} test +%D \lohi{aha}{ah} test\lohi{aha}{ah} test +%D \lohi[links]{aha}{ah}test \lohi[links]{aha}{ah}test %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \haalbuffer %D \macros %D {setupinitial,placeinitial,checkinitial} -%D +%D %D {\em To be documented.} %D %D \starttypen -%D \setupinitial[state=start] \placeinitial \input tufte -%D \stoptypen +%D \setupinitial[state=start] \placeinitial \input tufte +%D \stoptypen %D -%D and +%D and %D %D \starttypen %D \def\bpar{\ifvmode\checkinitial\fi} %D \def\epar{\ifhmode\par\fi\checkinitial} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen -% to do: more fine tuning +% to do: more fine tuning -\def\setupinitial% +\def\setupinitial {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??dc]} \definefontsynonym[Initial][Regular] % prefered initial identifier @@ -679,9 +682,9 @@ \c!n=3, \s!font=initial] -\def\placeinitial% - {\doifelse\@@dcplaats\v!marge{\chardef\DropMode1}{\chardef\DropMode0}% - \doif\@@dcstatus\v!start{\ifnum\@@dcn>0 \AutoDroppedCaps\fi}} +\def\placeinitial + {\doifelse\@@dcplaats\v!marge{\chardef\DropMode\plusone}{\chardef\DropMode\zerocount}% + \doif \@@dcstatus\v!start{\ifnum\@@dcn>0 \AutoDroppedCaps\fi}} \let\checkinitial\CheckDroppedCaps @@ -693,5 +696,5 @@ \c!onderoffset=1.5pt, \c!bovenoffset=2.5pt, \c!lijnkleur=] - -\protect \endinput + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex b/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex index e66b9c1dd..0dcfb4445 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex @@ -113,13 +113,27 @@ \kern\strutdp \prevdepth\strutdp} +% \def\baselinecorrection +% {\endgraf +% \ifvmode +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\maxdimen +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint \else +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\strutdp +% \dobaselinecorrection +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi} + \def\baselinecorrection {\endgraf \ifvmode \ifdim\prevdepth<\maxdimen \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint \else - \ifdim\prevdepth<\strutdp + \ifdim\prevdepth<\strutdepth \relax + \pushlastnode \dobaselinecorrection + \poplastnode \fi \fi \fi diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fe47b813 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-ini, +%D version=2003.12.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Additional Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Initialization} + +%D We will move more code to here, so that we become less dependent of the +%D orde in which modules are loaded. + +\unprotect + +\appendtoks \flushsyncresets \to \everyendoftextbody + +\appendtoks \ignorespaces \to \everybeginofpar + +\appendtoks \removeunwantedspaces \to \everyendofpar +%appendtoks \strut \to \everyendofpar % option ? +\appendtoks \flushsyncresets \to \everyendofpar +\appendtoks \setlastlinewidth \to \everyendofpar % must happen before endgraf +\appendtoks \endgraf \to \everyendofpar + +% Todo: verbatim, xml, tex, move code to here + +\ifx\normalcompound\undefined \let\normalcompound=| \fi + +\appendtoks \catcode`|=\@@active \let|\normalcompound \to \everyTEXinputmode +\appendtoks \catcode`|=\@@letter \to \everyXMLinputmode + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex index f42ac52c5..b394b15ab 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ 2: actief 3: niet actief 4: geen paginasynchronisatie (--) in hmode - 5: onbekend attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- bestaat niet + 5: onbekend attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- bestaat niet \stopmessages \startmessages english library: interactions @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ 2: active 3: inactive 4: no pagesynchronisation (--) in hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages german library: interactions @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ 2: aktiv 3: inaktiv 4: keine Seitensynchronisation (--) im hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages czech library: interactions @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ 2: aktivni 3: neaktivni 4: zadna strankova synchronizace (--) v hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages italian library: interactions @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ 2: attiva 3: inattiva 4: sincronizzazione di pagina (--) non disponibile in hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages norwegian library: interactions @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ 2: aktiv 3: inaktiv 4: ingen sidesynkronisering (--) i hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages romanian library: interactions @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ 2: activ 3: inactiv 4: nu exista sincronizare pt. pagini (--) in hmode - 5: unknown attachment -- - 6: attachment file -- does not exist + 5: unknown attachment -- + 6: attachment file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages dutch library: versions @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ {\getvalue{\@@bookcount\the\!!counta}}% \xdef\bookmarklevellist {\bookmarklevellist/\bookmarktag:\bookmarklevelcount/}% - \advance\!!counta \minusone + \advance\!!counta \minusone \ifnum\!!counta=\currentbookmarklevel \exitloop \fi}% @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ \letvalue{\??am\v!boven }\empty \letvalue{\??am\v!onder }\empty -% todo : \defineinteractionmenuclass +% todo : \defineinteractionmenuclass \def\interactiemenus[#1]% {\iflocation @@ -999,8 +999,8 @@ \setvalue{\??am\??am\c!menu\v!onder}% {\vertikaalinteractiemenu\v!onder\onderhoogte\c!voor\c!na} -% this can be implemented with the following command (which -% is new, undocumented, experimental, untested, etc etc) +% this can be implemented with the following command (which +% is new, undocumented, experimental, untested, etc etc) \def\defineinteractionmenuclass {\dodoubleargument\dodefineinteractionmenuclass} @@ -1015,31 +1015,31 @@ {#1}{\getvalue{\??am#1\c!hoogte}}\c!links\c!rechts}}} % \setupinteraction[menu=on,state=start] -% +% % \defineinteractionmenuclass[test] [vertical] % \defineinteractionmenuclass[another][horizontal] -% +% % \defineinteractionmenu[test] [left][state=start,width=4cm] % \defineinteractionmenu[another][top] [state=start,height=1cm] -% +% % \startinteractionmenu[test] -% \but [firstpage] test-a \\ -% \but [nextpage] test-b \\ +% \but [firstpage] test-a \\ +% \but [nextpage] test-b \\ % \stopinteractionmenu -% +% % \startinteractionmenu[another] -% \but [firstpage] test-a \\ -% \but [nextpage] test-b \\ +% \but [firstpage] test-a \\ +% \but [nextpage] test-b \\ % \stopinteractionmenu -% -% \setupheadertexts[{\interactiemenu[another]}] -% -% \starttext -% -% test \interactionmenu[test] \page -% test \interactionmenu[test] \page -% -% \stoptext +% +% \setupheadertexts[{\interactiemenu[another]}] +% +% \starttext +% +% test \interactionmenu[test] \page +% test \interactionmenu[test] \page +% +% \stoptext %D This can save complicated menu macros when one want to %D keep control over parts of a menu (i.e.\ turn them on and @@ -1078,10 +1078,10 @@ {\dotripleempty\dodefinieerinteractiemenu} \def\dodefinieerinteractiemenu[#1][#2]% compatibility hack - {\convertargument#2\to\ascii % will disappear soon + {\convertargument#2\to\ascii % will disappear soon \doifinstringelse[\ascii \dodostelinteractielijstmenuinx - \dododefinieerinteractiemenu + \dododefinieerinteractiemenu [#1][#2]} % [name] [location] @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ {\dodoubleargument\dostelinteractiemenuin} \def\dostelinteractiemenuin[#1][% compatibillity hack - {\doifnextcharelse\bgroup % will disappear soon + {\doifnextcharelse\bgroup % will disappear soon {\dodostelinteractielijstmenuiny[#1][} {\dodostelinteractiemenuin [#1][}} @@ -2129,10 +2129,23 @@ \newbox\commentbox +% \def\doflushcommentanchors +% {\let\next\relax +% \processaction +% [\@@ccplaats] +% [ \v!inmarge=>\let\next\inmarge, +% \v!linkerrand=>\let\next\inleftedge, +% \v!rechterrand=>\let\next\inrightedge, +% \v!linkermarge=>\let\next\inleftmargin, +% \v!rechtermarge=>\let\next\inrightmargin]% +% \next{\hbox{\raise\strutht\box\commentbox}}} + \def\doflushcommentanchors - {\processaction + {\let\next\relax, % new + \processaction [\@@ccplaats] - [ \v!inmarge=>\let\next\inmarge, + [% \v!tekst=>\let\next\relax, % new + \v!inmarge=>\let\next\inmarge, \v!linkerrand=>\let\next\inleftedge, \v!rechterrand=>\let\next\inrightedge, \v!linkermarge=>\let\next\inleftmargin, @@ -2185,7 +2198,7 @@ {\egroup}}% \grabuntil{\e!stop\v!comment}\docommando} -\letvalue{\e!stop\v!comment}\relax % handy for \expanded{...} +\letvalue{\e!stop\v!comment}\relax % handy for \expanded{...} \def\docommentaar[#1][#2]#3% {\doif\@@ccstatus\v!start @@ -2255,14 +2268,14 @@ {\doflushcomments} % \setupinteraction[state=start] -% +% % \useattachment[test.tex] % \useattachment[whatever][test.tex] % \useattachment[whatever][newname][test.tex] % \useattachment[whatever][title][newname][test.tex] -% +% % % \setupattachments[\c!symbool={symbol-normal,symbol-down}] -% +% % \starttext \attachment[whatever] \stoptext \definesystemvariable{at} @@ -2270,15 +2283,15 @@ \def\useattachment {\doquadrupleempty\douseattachment} -\def\douseattachment[#1][#2][#3][#4]% tag title newname filename +\def\douseattachment[#1][#2][#3][#4]% tag title newname filename {\iffourthargument - \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}}% tooltip kind of case + \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}}% tooltip kind of case \else\ifthirdargument - \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#2}{#2}{#3}}% full path case + \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#2}{#2}{#3}}% full path case \else\ifsecondargument \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#2}{#2}{#2}}% obvious case \else - \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#1}{#1}{#1}}% worst case + \setgvalue{\??at:#1}{{#1}{#1}{#1}}% worst case \fi\fi\fi} \let\attachmenttitle\empty @@ -2288,17 +2301,17 @@ \def\getattachmentdata[#1]% {\edef\attachmenttitle{\filterfromvalue{\??at:#1}31}% description \edef\attachmentname {\filterfromvalue{\??at:#1}32}% new name - \edef\attachmentfile {\filterfromvalue{\??at:#1}33}% original + \edef\attachmentfile {\filterfromvalue{\??at:#1}33}% original \expandafter\splitstring\attachmentname\at.\to\!!stringa\and\!!stringb - \ifx\!!stringb\empty % no suffix, so we need to inherit it + \ifx\!!stringb\empty % no suffix, so we need to inherit it \expandafter\splitstring\attachmentfile\at.\to\!!stringc\and\!!stringd \edef\attachmentname{\attachmentname.\!!stringd}% \fi} -\def\attachment[#1]% currently title equals newname - {\iflocation +\def\attachment[#1]% currently title equals newname + {\iflocation \doifundefinedelse{\??at:#1} - {\writestatus\m!interactions6{#1}}% + {\writestatus\m!interactions6{#1}}% {\doif\@@atstatus\v!start {\bgroup \getattachmentdata[#1]% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex b/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex index 18a4e0dae..69fe63dec 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex @@ -283,17 +283,42 @@ \def\unknownitemsymbol{?} +% \def\setitemmark#1% % en pas op: resets \docommando +% {\doifelsenothing{#1} +% {\edef\currentitemsymbol{\itemlevel}} +% {\edef\currentitemsymbol{#1}}% +% \doifsymboldefinedelse\currentitemsymbol +% {\setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% +% \setgvalue{\@@localitemsymbol \itemlevel}{\unknownitemsymbol}% +% \def\listitem{\symbol[\currentitemsymbol]}% +% \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} +% {\doifconversiondefinedelse\currentitemsymbol +% {\setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% +% \setgvalue{\@@localitemsymbol \itemlevel}% +% {\convertnumber{\currentitemsymbol}{\countervalue{\@@itemcounter\itemlevel}}}% +% \iftextitems +% \doifsomething{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!linkertekst} +% {\let\tempsymbol\empty}% +% \fi +% \def\listitem +% {\getitemparameter\itemlevel +% {\iftextitems\c!linkertekst\else\c!links\fi}% +% \getvalue{\@@localitemsymbol\itemlevel}\tempsymbol +% \getitemparameter\itemlevel +% {\iftextitems\c!rechtertekst\else\c!rechts\fi}}% +% \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} +% {\let\listitem\empty}}} + \def\setitemmark#1% % en pas op: resets \docommando - {\doifelsenothing{#1} - {\edef\currentitemsymbol{\itemlevel}} - {\edef\currentitemsymbol{#1}}% - \doifsymboldefinedelse\currentitemsymbol - {\setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% + {\doifsymboldefinedelse{#1} + {\edef\currentitemsymbol{#1}% + \setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% \setgvalue{\@@localitemsymbol \itemlevel}{\unknownitemsymbol}% \def\listitem{\symbol[\currentitemsymbol]}% - \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} - {\doifconversiondefinedelse\currentitemsymbol - {\setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% + \let\@@opsymbool\empty}% \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} + {\doifconversiondefinedelse{#1} + {\edef\currentitemsymbol{#1}% + \setxvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}{\currentitemsymbol}% \setgvalue{\@@localitemsymbol \itemlevel}% {\convertnumber{\currentitemsymbol}{\countervalue{\@@itemcounter\itemlevel}}}% \iftextitems @@ -306,8 +331,8 @@ \getvalue{\@@localitemsymbol\itemlevel}\tempsymbol \getitemparameter\itemlevel {\iftextitems\c!rechtertekst\else\c!rechts\fi}}% - \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} - {\let\listitem\empty}}} + \let\@@opsymbool\empty}%\let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} + {}}} \def\calculatelistwidth#1#2% distance deals with 'broad' {#2=\getitemparameter{#1}\c!afstand\relax @@ -464,6 +489,105 @@ \fi \expanded{\redostartitemgroup[\itemgroupoptions]}}% [#2] +% \def\redostartitemgroup[#1][#2]% +% {\setfalse\inlinelistitem % new, no indent (leftskip) +% \setfalse\concatnextitem % new, concat +% \ifhmode +% \ifconditional\autoconcatnextitem % new, concat +% \ifdim\lastskip=\itemsignal % new, concat +% \settrue\concatnextitem % new, concat +% \fi % new, concat +% \fi % new, concat +% \iftextitems\else\doifnotinset\v!tekst{#1}\par\fi % suboptimal +% \fi +% \begingroup +% \ifnum\itemlevel=\plusone % NIEUW +% \doadaptleftskip{\getitemparameter1\c!marge}% +% \fi +% \dosetraggedcommand{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!uitlijnen}\raggedcommand +% \doifsomething{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!inspringen} +% {% is \expanded needed? +% \expanded{\setupindenting[\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!inspringen]}}% +% \doifinset\v!kolommen{#1}% +% {\ifbinnenkolommen\else\ifnum\itemcolumndepth=\zerocount +% \globallet\itemcolumndepth\itemlevel +% \getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!voor +% \processfirstactioninset +% [#1] +% [ \v!een=>\!!counta1\relax, +% \v!twee=>\!!counta2\relax, +% \v!drie=>\!!counta3\relax, +% \v!vier=>\!!counta4\relax, +% \v!vijf=>\!!counta5\relax, +% \s!unknown=>\@EA\!!counta\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!n]% +% % new +% \edef\columneditemleftskip{\the\leftskip}% +% \def\postprocesscolumnbox##1% +% {\scratchdimen\columneditemleftskip +% \divide\scratchdimen \nofcolumns +% \hbox{\hskip\columneditemleftskip\hbox{\box##1}}}% +% \scratchdimen-\columneditemleftskip +% \multiply\scratchdimen \nofcolumns +% \advance\scratchdimen \columneditemleftskip +% \advance\scratchdimen \hsize +% \edef\columntextwidth{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \leftskip\zeropoint +% % so far +% \startkolommen +% [\c!n=\!!counta, % netter \??op\itemlevel\c!n +% \c!hoogte=, +% \c!lijn=\v!uit, +% \c!balanceren=\v!ja, +% \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee]% +% \fi\fi}% +% \doifinsetelse\v!intro{#1}\itemintrotrue\itemintrofalse +% \doglobal\increment\noflists +% \let\currentlist\noflists +% \newcounter\noflistelements +% \headitemfalse +% \subitemfalse +% \symbolitemfalse +% \let\marsymbol\relax +% \globallet\somdestination\empty +% \let\symsymbol\empty +% \the\itemgroupcommands +% \setitemlevel{#1}% +% %\getitemparameter\itemlevel\empty +% \doifelsenothing{#1} % iffirstargument +% {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!symbool}% +% \letgvalueempty{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}% +% \global\letitemparameter\itemlevel\v!verder\empty +% \setitemmark\@@opsymbool +% \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]} +% {\dosetupitemgroupconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% +% \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]% +% \doifinsetelse\v!verder{#1}% \noexpand, else problems in non-etex with chinese +% {\edef\@@opsymbool{\noexpand\getvalue{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}}% +% \getitemparameter\itemlevel\v!verder} +% {\edef\@@opsymbool{\noexpand\getitemparameter{\itemlevel}{\c!symbool}}% +% \global\setitemparameter\itemlevel\v!verder +% {\dosetupitemgroupconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% +% \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]}}% +% \def\docommando##1% \setitemmark resets \docommando +% {\doifnot{##1}{0}{\setitemmark{##1}}}% +% \processcommalist[#1,\@@opsymbool]\docommando}% +% \ifautoitemintro\ifnum\prevgraf<3 +% \itemintrotrue +% \fi\fi +% \ifparagraphitems +% \ifnum\itemlevel>\plusone +% \letitemparameter\itemlevel\c!tussen\empty +% \fi +% \else\ifpackeditems +% \letitemparameter\itemlevel\c!tussen\empty +% \fi\fi +% \calculatelistwidth\itemlevel{\dimen0}% +% \ifdim\dimen0>\zeropoint\relax +% \ifconditional\inlinelistitem\else +% \advance\leftskip \dimen0\relax +% \fi +% \fi} + \def\redostartitemgroup[#1][#2]% {\setfalse\inlinelistitem % new, no indent (leftskip) \setfalse\concatnextitem % new, concat @@ -528,11 +652,12 @@ \the\itemgroupcommands \setitemlevel{#1}% %\getitemparameter\itemlevel\empty + \let\listitem\empty % ** start value \doifelsenothing{#1} % iffirstargument {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!symbool}% \letgvalueempty{\@@globalitemsymbol\itemlevel}% \global\letitemparameter\itemlevel\v!verder\empty - \setitemmark\@@opsymbool + % \setitemmark\@@opsymbool % ** default value \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]} {\dosetupitemgroupconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]% @@ -545,7 +670,14 @@ \dosetupitemgroupvariable[\itemlevel][#2]}}% \def\docommando##1% \setitemmark resets \docommando {\doifnot{##1}{0}{\setitemmark{##1}}}% - \processcommalist[#1,\@@opsymbool]\docommando}% + % \processcommalist[#1,\@@opsymbool]\docommando + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando}% ** preset sequence or provided sequence + \ifx\listitem\empty + \setitemmark\@@opsymbool % ** default value + \ifx\listitem\empty + \edef\currentitemsymbol{\itemlevel}% ** fall back + \fi + \fi \ifautoitemintro\ifnum\prevgraf<3 \itemintrotrue \fi\fi @@ -647,6 +779,22 @@ \appendtoks \letvalue\v!kop \itemgrouphead \to \itemgroupcommands \appendtoks \letvalue\v!its \itemgroupitems \to \itemgroupcommands \appendtoks \letvalue\v!mar \itemgroupmargin \to \itemgroupcommands + +% Sometimes the user demands get pretty weird: +% +% \startitemize +% \item test +% \item test +% \headsym{xx} test \par test +% \stopitemize + +\def\itemgroupheadsym#1% + {\def\symsymbol{\doitemattributes\itemlevel\c!symletter\c!symkleur{#1}}% + \symbolitemtrue + \headitemtrue + \doitemgrouphead} + +\appendtoks \let\headsym \itemgroupheadsym \to \itemgroupcommands \def\itembreak % -10 {\flushnotes\penalty-5\relax} @@ -840,15 +988,24 @@ \definecomplexorsimpleempty\head \definecomplexorsimpleempty\doitemgrouphead +% \def\sym#1% +% {\noindent +% \begingroup +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\trialtypesettingtrue#1}% +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox +% \ifdim\wd\scratchbox<1em to 1.5\else spread 1\fi em{#1\hfil}% +% \hangindent\wd\scratchbox +% \box\scratchbox +% \endgroup +% \ignorespaces} + \def\sym#1% {\noindent \begingroup - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#1}% + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\trialtypesettingtrue#1}% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox \ifdim\wd\scratchbox<1em to 1.5\else spread 1\fi em{#1\hfil}% - \hangindent\wd\scratchbox - \box\scratchbox - \endgroup + \expanded{\box\scratchbox\endgroup\hangindent\the\wd\scratchbox}% \ignorespaces} \setupitemgroups % undocumented @@ -914,4 +1071,4 @@ % \def\stopitemize {\stopitemgroup} % \def\setupitemize {\setupitemgroup[\v!itemize]} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-lnt.tex b/tex/context/base/core-lnt.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1082bd01 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-lnt.tex @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-lnt, +%D version=2002.05.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Line Notes, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Line Notes} + +%D This module loads on top of the footnote and line numbering macros. + +\unprotect + +\newcounter\linenotecounter +\newtoks \collectedlinenotes +\newif \iftracelinenotes + +\appendtoks + \the\collectedlinenotes +\to \everylinenumber + +\appendtoks + \global\collectedlinenotes\emptytoks +\to \beforeeverylinenumbering + +% \def\handlelinenote#1#2% +% {\bgroup +% \expanded{\beforesplitstring#1}\at--\to\linenotelinenumber +% \ifnum\linenotelinenumber=\linenumber\relax +% % todo: \onlyfootnote{#1}{#2}% == configurable +% \setupfootnotes[\c!nummercommando=\gobbleoneargument]% +% \footnotetext{#1: #2}% +% \fi +% \egroup} + +\def\dohandlelinenote#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \expanded{\beforesplitstring#2}\at--\to\linenotelinenumber + \ifnum\linenotelinenumber=\linenumber\relax + % todo: \onlyfootnote{#2}{#3}% == configurable + \setupnote[#1][\c!nummercommando=\gobbleoneargument]% + \setnotetext[#1]{#2: #3}% + \fi + \egroup} + +% \def\tracedlinenote#1% +% {\iftracelinenotes +% \hbox to \zeropoint +% {\forgetall +% \localcolortrue +% \hsize\zeropoint +% \hss +% \vbox to \strutheight{\llap{\red\infofont\setstrut\linenotecounter}\vss}% +% {\blue\vl}% +% \vbox to \strutheight{\rlap{\red\infofont\setstrut#1}\vss}% +% \hss}% +% \prewordbreak +% \fi} + +\def\dotracedlinenote#1% + {\iftracelinenotes + \hbox to \zeropoint + {\forgetall + \localcolortrue + \hsize\zeropoint + \hss + \vbox to \strutheight{\llap{\red\infofont\setstrut\linenotecounter}\vss}% + {\blue\vl}% + \vbox to \strutheight{\rlap{\red\infofont\setstrut#1}\vss}% + \hss}% + \prewordbreak + \fi} + +% \def\linenote#1% +% {\doglobal\increment\linenotecounter +% \doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:\linenotecounter}% +% {\doglobal\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\handlelinenote\@EA +% {\currenttextreference}{#1}\to\collectedlinenotes} +% \donothing +% \tracedlinenote\empty +% \expanded{\eenregel[\??rr:\linenotecounter]}} + +\def\dolinenote#1#2% + {\doglobal\increment\linenotecounter + \doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:\linenotecounter}% + {\expanded{\doglobal\noexpand\appendtoks\noexpand\dohandlelinenote + {#1}{\currenttextreference}}{#2}\to\collectedlinenotes} + \donothing + \dotracedlinenote\empty + \expanded{\eenregel[\??rr:\linenotecounter]}} + +% \def\startlinenote[#1]#2% +% {\doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:#1}% +% {\doglobal\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\handlelinenote\@EA +% {\currenttextreference}{#2}\to\collectedlinenotes} +% \donothing +% \tracedlinenote{#1}% +% \startregel[\??rr:#1]} + +\def\dostartlinenote#1[#2]#3% + {\doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:#2}% + {\expanded{\doglobal\noexpand\appendtoks\noexpand\dohandlelinenote + {#1}{\currenttextreference}}{#3}\to\collectedlinenotes} + \donothing + \dotracedlinenote{#2}% + \startregel[\??rr:#2]} + +% \def\stoplinenote[#1]% +% {\stopregel[\??rr:#1]} + +\def\dostoplinenote#1[#2]% + {\stopregel[\??rr:#2]} + +% defining them + +\def\definelinenote + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinelinenote} + +\def\dodefinelinenote[#1][#2]% + {\definenote[#1][#2]% + \setvalue {#1}{\dolinenote {#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostartlinenote{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!stop #1}{\dostoplinenote {#1}}} + +\def\setuplinenote % convenient + {\setupnote} + +% We predefine one, namely \type {\linenote} cum suis. + +\definelinenote[\v!linenote] + +% \startbuffer[test] +% \startlinenumbering[100] +% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \startlinenote [well] {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test +% test \stoplinenote [well] test test test test test test +% \stoplinenumbering +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[test] \getbuffer[test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [align=left] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [width=1em, +% align=left] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [width=2em, +% distance=.5em, +% align=left] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [width=2em, +% align=middle] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [conversion=romannumerals, +% start=1, +% step=1, +% location=text, +% style=slanted, +% color=blue, +% width=1.5em] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \startnarrower\getbuffer[setup,test]\stopnarrower} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [width=4em, +% left=--, +% right=--, +% align=middle] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup-1] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [style=\bfxx, +% command=\WatchThis] +% \stopbuffer +% +% \startbuffer[setup-2] +% \def\WatchThis#1% +% {\ifodd\linenumber +% \definecolor[linecolor][red]% +% \else +% \definecolor[linecolor][green]% +% \fi +% \inframed +% [offset=1pt,frame=off,background=color,backgroundcolor=linecolor] +% {#1}} +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup-1,setup-2] \getbuffer[setup-1,setup-2,test]} \page +% +% \startbuffer[setup-1] +% \setuplinenumbering +% [location=inright, +% style=\bfxx, +% command=\WatchThis] +% \stopbuffer +% +% {\typebuffer[setup-1] \getbuffer[setup-1,setup-2,test]} \page + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex index 040cce8c7..0d41bd8f5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / General Makeup Commands} @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ % \definieerplaats[naam][instellingen] % \stelplaatsin[naam][instellingen] % \plaats<naam>[[instellingen]] -% +% % - still undocumented and also not in setupb yet % - kan ook intern/direct (scheelt duplicatie), zie \framedtext \def\dodefineplacement[#1][#2]% - {\getparameters + {\getparameters [\??pl#1] [\c!links=\hss, \c!rechts=\hss, @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ \c!marge=\v!standaard, \c!grid=\v!midden, %\c!voor=, - %\c!na=, + %\c!na=, #2]% \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}{\doplacement[\??pl#1]}} @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ \def\doplacement {\dodoubleempty\dodoplacement} -% \def\dodoplacement[#1][#2]% correctie moet mooier -% {\bgroup +% \def\dodoplacement[#1][#2]% correctie moet mooier +% {\bgroup % \dowithnextbox % {\setlocalhsize % \getparameters[#1][#2]% @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ % \egroup} % \vbox} -\def\dodoplacement[#1][#2]% correctie moet mooier - {\bgroup +\def\dodoplacement[#1][#2]% correctie moet mooier + {\bgroup \dowithnextboxcontent {\forgetall} {\setlocalhsize @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ \getvalue{#1\c!rechts}}% \ifinsidefloat \else \addlocalbackgroundtobox\nextbox - \fi - \ifgridsnapping + \fi + \ifgridsnapping \doifundefined{#1\c!grid}{\letvalue{#1\c!grid}\v!midden}% - % unchecked + % unchecked \doifinset{\getvalue{#1\c!marge}}{\v!standaard,\v!ja}\noindent \snaptogrid[\getvalue{#1\c!grid}]\hbox{\flushnextbox}% \else @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ \flushnextbox \doifvalue{#1\c!dieptecorrectie}\v!aan\baselinecorrection \doifvalue{#1\c!regelcorrectie }\v!aan\stopbaselinecorrection - \fi + \fi \endgroup \getvalue{#1\c!na}% \egroup} \vbox} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex index 0882c2bc4..55aaf660e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ \let\geenmarkering\empty -\def\fetchmark[#1][#2]% never \unexpanded - {\@EA\@EA\csname\??mk\??mk#2\endcsname - \csname\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\endcsname} +% \def\fetchmark[#1][#2]% never \unexpanded +% {\@EA\@EA\csname\??mk\??mk#2\endcsname +% \csname\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\endcsname} \beginTEX @@ -123,7 +123,9 @@ \def\fetchmark[#1][#2]% never \unexpanded {\ifcsname\??mk#1\c!koppeling\endcsname - \@EA\@EA\csname\??mk\??mk#2\endcsname + % \@EA\@EA\csname\??mk\??mk#2\endcsname + % \csname\??mk\csname\??mk#1\c!koppeling\endcsname\endcsname + \csname\??mk\??mk#2\@EA\endcsname \csname\??mk\csname\??mk#1\c!koppeling\endcsname\endcsname \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex index 4604c9c75..ccdccb2e5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex @@ -28,14 +28,6 @@ \ifx\text\undefined \let\text\hbox \fi -% will move to page-ini - -\newevery \everybeginofpar \EveryBeginOfPar -\newevery \everyendofpar \EveryEndOfPar - -\def\bpar{\the\everybeginofpar} -\def\epar{\the\everyendofpar\endgraf} - \newdimen\lastlinewidth % does not work at all @@ -59,6 +51,7 @@ \ifoptimizedisplayspacing\ifmmode\else\ifhmode \bgroup \forgetdisplayskips + \displaywidowpenalty\widowpenalty % brrr, else widowpenalty does not work \everymath\emptytoks \everydisplay\emptytoks $$\strut\global\lastlinewidth\predisplaysize$$ @@ -70,7 +63,7 @@ \def\resetlastlinewidth {\global\lastlinewidth\zeropoint\relax} -\appendtoks \setlastlinewidth \to \everyendofpar +% not here: \appendtoks \setlastlinewidth \to \everyendofpar %D moved from main-001 @@ -78,18 +71,18 @@ % %\newevery \everymath \EveryMath -\abovedisplayskip = \!!zeropoint -\abovedisplayshortskip = \!!zeropoint % evt. 0pt minus 3pt -\belowdisplayskip = \!!zeropoint -\belowdisplayshortskip = \!!zeropoint % evt. 0pt minus 3pt +\abovedisplayskip = \zeropoint +\abovedisplayshortskip = \zeropoint % evt. 0pt minus 3pt +\belowdisplayskip = \zeropoint +\belowdisplayshortskip = \zeropoint % evt. 0pt minus 3pt -\predisplaypenalty = 0 -\postdisplaypenalty = 0 % -5000 gaat mis, zie penalty bij \paragraaf +\predisplaypenalty = \zerocount +\postdisplaypenalty = \zerocount % -5000 gaat mis, zie penalty bij \paragraaf % we don't use the skip's \def\displayskipsize#1#2% obsolete - {\ifdim\tussenwit>\!!zeropoint + {\ifdim\tussenwit>\zeropoint #1\tussenwit\!!plus#2\tussenwit\!!minus#2\tussenwit\relax \else #1\lineheight\!!plus#2\lineheight\!!minus#2\lineheight\relax @@ -118,8 +111,8 @@ \advance#1 -#3\relax} \def\setdisplayskips % obsolete - {\setdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip \abovedisplayskipsize \!!zeropoint - \setdisplayskip\belowdisplayskip \belowdisplayskipsize \!!zeropoint + {\setdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip \abovedisplayskipsize \zeropoint + \setdisplayskip\belowdisplayskip \belowdisplayskipsize \zeropoint \setdisplayskip\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayshortskipsize\baselineskip \setdisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip\belowdisplayshortskipsize\baselineskip} @@ -200,6 +193,8 @@ \setvalue{\e!start#1\v!formule}{\dostartformula{#1}}% \setvalue{\e!stop #1\v!formule}{\dostopformula}}} +\newtoks \everysetupformulas \relax % we need a hook for extensions in modules + \def\setupformulas {\dodoubleempty\dosetupformulas} @@ -208,7 +203,11 @@ \getparameters[\??fm#1][#2]% \else \getparameters[\??fm][#1]% - \fi} + \fi + \the\everysetupformulas} + +\def\formulaparameter#1% + {\csname\??fm\currentformula#1\endcsname} \setupformulas [\c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, @@ -234,17 +233,15 @@ \def\leftdisplayskip {\leftskip} \def\rightdisplayskip {\rightskip} -\def\leftdisplaymargin {\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!linkermarge}} -\def\rightdisplaymargin {\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!rechtermarge}} -\def\displaygridsnapping{\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!grid}} +\def\leftdisplaymargin {\formulaparameter\c!linkermarge} +\def\rightdisplaymargin {\formulaparameter\c!rechtermarge} +\def\displaygridsnapping{\formulaparameter\c!grid} \def\beforedisplayspace - {\doifnotvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!voorwit}\v!geen - {\blanko[\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!voorwit}]}} + {\doifnot{\formulaparameter\c!voorwit}\v!geen{\blanko[\formulaparameter\c!voorwit]}} \def\afterdisplayspace - {\doifnotvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!nawit}\v!geen - {\blanko[\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!nawit}]}} + {\doifnot{\formulaparameter\c!nawit }\v!geen{\blanko[\formulaparameter\c!nawit ]}} \def\setpredisplaysize#1% {\predisplaysize#1\relax @@ -278,12 +275,27 @@ \def\dostartformula#1% {\dodoubleempty\dodostartformula[#1]} +\newskip\formulaparskip +\newskip\formulastrutht +\newskip\formulastrutdp + +% hm, invoke otr in hmode in order to move skips to mvl, could be an option + \def\dodostartformula[#1][#2]% setting leftskip adaption is slow ! - {\bgroup + {% todo: test first + % + % \ifdim\lastskip>\zeropoint + % \resetlastlinewidth % else problems with in between stuff without \epar + % \fi + \bgroup + \formulaparskip\parskip + \formulastrutdp\strutdepth + \formulastrutht\strutheight \switchtoformulabodyfont[#2]% + \parskip\formulaparskip \def\currentformula{#1}% - \doifvaluesomething{\??fm\currentformula\c!marge}% so we test first - {\dosetleftskipadaption{\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!marge}}% + \doifsomething{\formulaparameter\c!marge}% so we test first + {\dosetleftskipadaption{\formulaparameter\c!marge}% \edef\leftdisplaymargin{\the\leftskipadaption}}% overloaded \long\def\dostartformula##1{\bgroup\let\dostopformula\egroup}% \freezedimenmacro\leftdisplayskip @@ -300,7 +312,7 @@ \else \resetlastlinewidth \fi - \getvalue{\e!start\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!variant}\v!formule}} + \getvalue{\e!start\formulaparameter\c!variant\v!formule}} \def\switchtoformulabodyfont{\switchtobodyfont} @@ -317,7 +329,7 @@ \def\dostopformula {\doplaceformulanumber - \getvalue{\e!stop\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!variant}\v!formule}% + \getvalue{\e!stop\formulaparameter\c!variant\v!formule}% \resetlastlinewidth \nonoindentation \dochecknextindentation{\??fm\currentformula}% @@ -325,6 +337,50 @@ \newif\ifinformula +% \def\startdisplaymath +% {\ifgridsnapping +% \beforedisplayspace +% \snapmathtogrid\vbox +% \bgroup +% \informulatrue +% %\forgetall % breaks side floats +% \else +% \bgroup +% \informulatrue +% %\forgetall % otherwise backgrounds fail +% \ifdim\lastskip<\zeropoint\else +% \par +% \ifvmode \ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\relax +% \vskip-\parskip +% \fi \fi +% \fi +% \doif\displaygridcorrection{-\v!boven}{\kern-\strutht}% new, currently only option/default +% \beforedisplayspace +% \par +% \ifvmode +% \verticalstrut +% \vskip-\struttotal +% \vskip-\baselineskip +% \fi +% \fi +% $$\setdisplaydimensions +% \setpredisplaysize\lastlinewidth +% \startinnermath} + +% \def\stopdisplaymath +% {\stopinnermath +% $$% +% \ifgridsnapping +% \egroup +% \afterdisplayspace +% \else +% \par\ifvmode\ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\vskip-\parskip\fi\fi +% \afterdisplayspace +% \egroup +% \fi +% \globallet\displaylinecorrection\empty +% \gdef\displaygridcorrection{\displaygridsnapping}} + \def\startdisplaymath {\ifgridsnapping \beforedisplayspace @@ -334,13 +390,14 @@ %\forgetall % breaks side floats \else \bgroup + \parskip\formulaparskip % ! ! \informulatrue %\forgetall % otherwise backgrounds fail \ifdim\lastskip<\zeropoint\else \par - \ifvmode \ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\relax - \vskip-\parskip - \fi \fi + \ifvmode \ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\relax + \witruimte \vskip-\parskip % kind of forces and cancels again + \fi \fi \fi \doif\displaygridcorrection{-\v!boven}{\kern-\strutht}% new, currently only option/default \beforedisplayspace @@ -362,7 +419,7 @@ \egroup \afterdisplayspace \else - \par\ifvmode\ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\vskip-\parskip\fi\fi + \par\ifvmode\ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\witruimte\vskip-\parskip\fi\fi \afterdisplayspace \egroup \fi @@ -570,13 +627,13 @@ %D modules. \def\startinnermath - {\getvalue{\e!start\??fm\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!uitlijnen}}} + {\getvalue{\e!start\??fm\formulaparameter\c!uitlijnen}} \def\stopinnermath - {\getvalue{\e!stop \??fm\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!uitlijnen}}} + {\getvalue{\e!stop \??fm\formulaparameter\c!uitlijnen}} \def\mathinnerstrut - {\doifvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!strut}\v!ja\strut} + {\doif{\formulaparameter\c!strut}\v!ja\strut} \long\def\defineinnermathhandler#1#2#3% {\setvalue{\e!start\??fm#1}{#2}% @@ -602,7 +659,7 @@ \ifx\@leqno\empty\else \ifcase#2 \rlap{\@leqno}% \else - \@leqno\hskip\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!afstand}% + \@leqno\hskip\formulaparameter\c!afstand \fi \fi #1} @@ -611,7 +668,7 @@ \ifx\@eqno\empty\else \ifcase#2 \llap{\@eqno}% \else - \hskip\getvalue{\??fm\currentformula\c!afstand}\@eqno + \hskip\formulaparameter\c!afstand\@eqno \fi \fi \egroup} @@ -898,7 +955,7 @@ % \stop %D \macros -%D {enablesupersub} +%D {enablesupersub,enablesimplesupersub} %D %D We can let \type {^} and \type {_} act like \type {\super} %D and \type {\sub} by saying \type {\enablesupersub}. @@ -912,7 +969,6 @@ \catcode`\_=\@@active \def_{\ifmmode\expandafter\suber\else\expandafter\normalsuber\fi}} \egroup - %D \macros %D {enableautomath} %D diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex index 7a1f7910c..b4b84c414 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ % this will replace the quotation and speed definitions -\newsignal\delimitedtextignal +\newsignal\delimitedtextsignal \def\delimitedtextparameter#1% {\csname\??ci @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ {\bgroup \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>\zeropoint - \ifdim\lastskip=\delimitedtextignal + \ifdim\lastskip=\delimitedtextsignal \unskip\hskip\hspaceamount\currentlanguage{interquotation}% \else #2% @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ \fi \strut % new, needed below \delimitedtextparameter#1% - \penalty\!!tenthousand\hskip\delimitedtextignal % +- \prewordbreak + \penalty\!!tenthousand\hskip\delimitedtextsignal % +- \prewordbreak \fi \egroup} @@ -1805,7 +1805,14 @@ [\??co#1][#2]} \def\setupcombinations - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??co]} + {\dodoubleempty\dosetupcombinations} + +\def\dosetupcombinations[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters[\??co#1][#2]% + \else + \getparameters[\??co][#1]% + \fi} \def\startcombination {\dodoubleempty\dostartcombination} @@ -1974,7 +1981,7 @@ {\noalign {\ifdim\ht\combinationstack>\zeropoint \nointerlineskip % nieuw - \@@cotussen + \combinationparameter\c!tussen \global\horcombination\maxhorcombination \globallet\doflushcombinationstack\dodoflushcombinationstack \else @@ -2135,7 +2142,7 @@ \hbox\bgroup % compatibility hack \dowithnextbox {\edef\@@rorotatie{#1}% - \setbox\nextbox=\vbox{\flushnextbox}% + \setbox\nextbox\vbox{\flushnextbox}% \dostoprotate \egroup}} @@ -2159,8 +2166,8 @@ \dostoprotation #6} #3}% -\nextboxdp\zeropoint -\flushnextbox + \nextboxdp\zeropoint + \flushnextbox \egroup} \def\dostoprotate @@ -2234,9 +2241,9 @@ % \setdimensionfiguresize % \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax % \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay -% \scratchdimen\scax\s!pt \divide\scratchdimen 100 +% \scratchdimen\scax\points\divide\scratchdimen 100 % \edef\@@xysx{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% -% \scratchdimen\scay\s!pt \divide\scratchdimen 100 +% \scratchdimen\scay\points\divide\scratchdimen 100 % \edef\@@xysy{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}}} % \def\doschaal[#1]% @@ -2291,9 +2298,9 @@ \setdimensionfiguresize \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax \convertfigureinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay - \scratchdimen\scax\s!pt \divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scax\points \divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\@@xysx{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \scratchdimen\scay\s!pt \divide\scratchdimen \plushundred + \scratchdimen\scay\points \divide\scratchdimen \plushundred \edef\@@xysy{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}}} \def\doschaal[#1]% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex b/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex index 1cad40c20..76e7e20d3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Navigation} @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ %D Support for interactive document is very present in %D \CONTEXT\ and interwoven in many modules. This means that in -%D this module, where we deal with some common navigational -%D features, there will be quite some forward references. -%D +%D this module, where we deal with some common navigational +%D features, there will be quite some forward references. +%D %D When I started implementing hypertext support, the macros %D were mostly dealing with things related to locations, that %D is click in this location and goto that one. The %D functionality of many macro depends on the output medium: -%D paper or screen. The next boolean holds the state: +%D paper or screen. The next boolean holds the state: \newif\iflocation \def\ifinteractief{\iflocation} % upw comp @@ -33,29 +33,29 @@ \newbox\locationbox %D There is no interaction at all unless enabled by saying: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \setupinteraction[state=start] %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D The other settings are: -%D +%D %D \showsetup{\y!setupinteraction} -%D +%D %D In the special driver modules we introduced a switch that %D forces page destinations (instead of named ones). We set -%D this switch here. +%D this switch here. -\def\setinteractionparameter#1#2% use with case, no checking done +\def\setinteractionparameter#1#2% use with case, no checking done {\setvalue{\??ia#1}{#2}} % pass #2, can be \blabla -\def\resetinteractionparameter#1% use with case, no checking done +\def\resetinteractionparameter#1% use with case, no checking done {\letvalue{\??ia#1}\empty} \def\setupinteraction {\dosingleargument\dodosetupinteraction} -\def\dodosetupinteraction[#1]% % \dosetupinteraction == special +\def\dodosetupinteraction[#1]% % \dosetupinteraction == special {\getparameters[\??ia][#1]% \doifelse\@@iastatus\v!start {\iflocation\else @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ \global\locationfalse \fi}% \iflocation - \setsystemmode \v!interactie + \setsystemmode \v!interactie \else - \resetsystemmode\v!interactie + \resetsystemmode\v!interactie \fi \dosetuppageview\@@iafocus \doifsomething\@@iabereken @@ -116,22 +116,22 @@ %D comfortable properties, so we must force some minimal %D dimensions. On the other hand button, and here I mean those %D pieces of text with fancy outlines and/or backgrounds, often -%D have fixed, preset dimensions. -%D +%D have fixed, preset dimensions. +%D %D To make things even worse, if we choose to let the optimal %D dimensions depend on the height and depth of a strut, a not %D too uncommon practice in \TEX, we have to deal with the fact %D that such a strut, set inside a box, is unknown too the -%D outside world. -%D -%D The solution lays in passing the strut characteristics in -%D a proper way, in our case by applying \type{\presetgoto}: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D outside world. +%D +%D The solution lays in passing the strut characteristics in +%D a proper way, in our case by applying \type{\presetgoto}: +%D +%D \starttypen %D {some piece of text \presetgoto} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D This macro stores the current strut values. +%D +%D This macro stores the current strut values. \newif\iflocationstrut \newif\iflocationsplit @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ \def\resetgoto {\globallet\@@ia@@hoogte\!!zeropoint \globallet\@@ia@@diepte\!!zeropoint} - + \resetgoto \def\presetgoto @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ \globallet\@@ia@@diepte\@@iadiepte \fi} -%D In the macros that deal with making areas into hyperlinks, +%D In the macros that deal with making areas into hyperlinks, %D we use: \def\dostartgoto\data#1\start#2\stop#3\dostopgoto @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ \buttonheight\ht0 \fi \ifdim\dp0<\@@ia@@diepte\relax - \dimen0=\@@ia@@diepte\relax % = ! + \dimen0=\@@ia@@diepte\relax % = ! \else \dimen0\dp0 \fi @@ -183,28 +183,28 @@ {\lower\dimen0\hbox {\mindermeldingen \dimen0=.5\wd0 % direct skipping is faster of course - \advance\dimen0 -.5\buttonwidth % buts this is nicer + \advance\dimen0 -.5\buttonwidth % buts this is nicer \hskip\dimen0#2#3}}% when visualizing things - \naturalhbox % needed for omega / moved from plus-omg + \naturalhbox % needed for omega / moved from plus-omg {\ifreversegoto \dimen0\wd0\box0\kern-\dimen0\smashbox2\box2\kern\dimen0 - \else + \else \smashbox2\box2\box0 \fi}% \resetgoto}% \fi} -%D The secondary references are processed but not typeset. The -%D special driver must collect the data needed. +%D The secondary references are processed but not typeset. The +%D special driver must collect the data needed. %D The width of the active area depends on the dimensions %D preset, the actual dimens and/or the height and depth of the -%D strut. -%D +%D strut. +%D %D Normally the hyper active area is laid on top of the text. %D This enables stacking hyperlinks on top of each other. When, %D for some reason the opposite is prefered, one can use the -%D next boolean to signal this wish. +%D next boolean to signal this wish. \newif\ifreversegoto \reversegotofalse @@ -213,11 +213,11 @@ %D possibly click. We've already seen a few macros that deal %D with this visualization, something we definitely do not let %D up to the viewer. One way of telling is using a distinctive -%D typeface, another way is using color. -%D +%D typeface, another way is using color. +%D %D There are two colors involved: one for normal hyperlinks, %D and one for those that point to the currentpage, the -%D contrast color. +%D contrast color. \definecolor [interactioncolor] [r=0, g=.6, b=0] \definecolor [interactioncontrastcolor] [r=.8, g=0, b=0] @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ %D The next few macros are responsible for highlighting hyper %D links. The first one, \type{\showlocation}, is used in those %D situations where the typeface is handled by the calling -%D macro. +%D macro. \def\interactioncolor {\iflocation @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ \def\showlocation#1% {\iflocation\color[\@@iakleur]{#1\presetgoto}\else#1\fi} -%D When local color settings are to be used, we can use the +%D When local color settings are to be used, we can use the %D next macro, where \type{#1} is a tag like \type{\??tg} and %D \type{#2} some text. @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ #2% \fi} -%D When we're dealing with pure page references, contrast -%D colors are used when we are already at the page mentioned. +%D When we're dealing with pure page references, contrast +%D colors are used when we are already at the page mentioned. \def\showcontrastlocation#1#2#3% the \@EA is needed {\iflocation @@ -272,15 +272,15 @@ \fi} %D The next simple macro can be used in color specifications, -%D like \type{\color[\locationcolor{green}]}. +%D like \type{\color[\locationcolor{green}]}. \def\locationcolor#1% {\iflocation#1\fi} -%D More tokens are spend when we want both typeface and color -%D highlighting. +%D More tokens are spend when we want both typeface and color +%D highlighting. -\def\dolocationattributes#1#2#3#4% +\def\dolocationattributes#1#2#3#4% {\bgroup \let\fontattribute\empty \let\colorattribute\empty @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ \def\navigating {\dolocationattributes\??ia\c!letter\c!kleur} -%D Although not decently supported in current viewers, a +%D Although not decently supported in current viewers, a %D provisory hiding mechanims is implemented. Areas marked as %D such, are visible on screen, but invisible on paper. Don't %D trust this mechanism yet! @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ \let\startinteractie = \relax \let\stopinteractie = \relax -% in the future: +% in the future: % % eerst boolean invoeren bij menu, achtergrond, balk, button % enz; verder startinteractie een argument meegeven {#1} -> @@ -321,11 +321,11 @@ \ifnum\normalmonth<10 0\fi\the\normalmonth \ifnum\normalday <10 0\fi\the\normalday} -% happens in core-fld +% happens in core-fld % -% \definereference [AtOpenInitializeForm] [\v!geen] +% \definereference [AtOpenInitializeForm] [\v!geen] -\setupinteraction % start fit page and reset form +\setupinteraction % start fit page and reset form [\c!status=\v!stop, \c!pagina=\v!nee, \c!klik=\v!ja, @@ -345,15 +345,15 @@ \c!strut=\v!ja, \c!splitsen=\v!ja, \c!kleur=interactioncolor, - \c!contrastkleur=interactioncontrastcolor, + \c!contrastkleur=interactioncontrastcolor, \c!symboolset=, \c!breedte=1em, \c!hoogte=\!!zeropoint, \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, - \c!titel=\jobname, % needed for fdf/x + \c!titel=\jobname, % needed for fdf/x \c!subtitel=, \c!auteur=, \c!trefwoord=, \c!datum=\@@iatimestamp] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-new.tex b/tex/context/base/core-new.tex index aee564701..31870a0c1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-new.tex @@ -269,6 +269,8 @@ % \long\def\dostartsetups#1#2% watch out: not \grabuntil % {\dograbuntil#1{\egroup\long\setvalue{\??su#2}}} +% todo : \startsetups[name][XML] \setups[name][XML] + \expanded {\long\def\@EA\noexpand\csname\e!start\v!instellingen\endcsname {\bgroup\noexpand\doifnextcharelse[% @@ -277,11 +279,15 @@ \letvalue{\e!stop\v!instellingen}\relax -\def\setups % {..} or [..] +\unexpanded \def\setups % {..} or [..] {\doifnextcharelse\bgroup\dosetupsA\dosetupsB} +\unexpanded \def\setup % {..} or [..] + {\doifnextcharelse\bgroup\dosetups\dosetupsC} + \def\dosetupsA #1{\processcommalist[#1]\dosetups} % {..} \def\dosetupsB[#1]{\processcommalist[#1]\dosetups} % [..] +\def\dosetupsC[#1]{\dosetups{#1}} % [..] \def\dosetups#1% the grid option will be extended to other main modes {\executeifdefined{\??su\ifgridsnapping\v!grid\fi:#1}{\csname\??su:#1\endcsname}\relax} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-not.tex b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex index 1340bbb59..84ecf1198 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-not.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ %D \module %D [ file=core-not, -%D version=1997.09.15, +%D version=2002.05.10, % 1997.09.15 %D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, -%D subtitle=Footnote Handling, +%D subtitle=Note Handling, % Footnote Handling %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] @@ -11,9 +11,7 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Footnote Handling} - -%D BEWARE: THIS MODULE IS REPLACED BY A NEW VERSION (FOR IDRIS) +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Note Handling} %D Unfortunately we cannot force an even number of lines in %D a two column footnote placement. @@ -28,9 +26,9 @@ %D Footnotes are can be characterized by three components: %D %D \startopsomming[opelkaar] -%D \som a small number \voetnoot{a footnote number} or -%D symbol {\stelvoetnotenin[conversie=set 2]\voetnoot{a -%D footnote}} +%D \som a small number \voetnoot {a footnote number} or +%D symbol {\stelvoetnotenin [conversie=set 2]\voetnoot +%D {a footnote}} %D \som and a similar mark at the bottom of the page %D \som followed by some additional text %D \stopopsomming @@ -41,15 +39,13 @@ %D taken into account in the pagebreak calculations. This kind %D of calculations are forced by using \type{\insert}. -\installinsertion\footins - %D \macros -%D {setupfootnotes,setupfootnotedefinition} +%D {setupnote,setupnotedefinition} %D %D We can influence footnote typesetting with the setup %D command: %D -%D \showsetup{\y!setupfootnotes} +%D \showsetup{\y!setupfootnotes} % ! ! %D %D It's sort of a custom to precede footnotes by a horizontal %D rule and although fancy rules like @@ -70,163 +66,310 @@ \newif\ifendnotes \endnotesfalse \newif\ifbottomnotes \bottomnotestrue +\newif\ifclevernotes \clevernotesfalse % being [plaats=kolommen] -%D The footnoterule can be a graphic and therefore calling this -%D setup macro at every skipswitch is tricky (many many MP -%D runs). Let's just reserve a few points, that probably match -%D those of the stretch component. +%D The next definitions indicate that we can frame the footnote +%D area. The footnotes themselves are treated as definitions. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupfootnotes} -\def\setupfootnotedefinition% - {\steldoordefinierenin[\??vn\??vn]} +\let\currentnote\v!voetnoot -\doordefinieren - [\??vn\??vn] - [\c!plaats=\v!inlinker, - \c!breedte=\v!passend, - \c!kopletter=\@@vnletter, - \c!kopkleur=\@@vnkleur, - \c!voor=, - \c!na=] +\def\noteparameter #1{\csname\??vn \currentnote#1\endcsname} +\def\notedefparameter #1{\csname\??vn\??vn\currentnote#1\endcsname} +\def\footnoteparameter #1{\csname\??vn \v!voetnoot#1\endcsname} -\presetlocalframed - [\??vn] +\def\startnotedef {\csname\e!start\??vn\??vn\currentnote\endcsname} +\def\stopnotedef {\csname\e!stop \??vn\??vn\currentnote\endcsname} -%D The previous definitions indicate that we can frame -%D the footnote area. The footnotes themselves are treated as -%D definitions. -%D -%D \showsetup{\y!setupfootnotes} +\def\noteinsertion #1{\csname\??vn:#1\endcsname} +\def\currentnoteins {\csname\??vn:\currentnote\endcsname} +\def\currentsaveins {\csname\??vn-\currentnote\endcsname} +\def\localpostponednotes {\csname\??vn+\currentnote\endcsname} -\newif\ifcleverfootnotes % being [plaats=kolommen] +\def\backupnoteins #1{\@EA\backupinsertion\csname\??vn:#1\endcsname} +\def\currentbackupnoteins{\@EA\backupinsertion\csname\??vn:\currentnote\endcsname} -\def\setupfootnotes - {\dosingleempty\dosetupfootnotes} +%D The numbers that accompany a footnote are generated using +%D the standard \CONTEXT\ numbering mechanism, and thereby can +%D be assigned on a per whatever sectioning basis. -\def\dodofootnoterule - {\ifvmode - \color - [\@@vnlijnkleur] - {\hrule\!!width.2\hsize\!!height\@@vnlijndikte\!!depth\!!zeropoint}% - \kern\strutdepth +\let\noteinsertions\empty + +\def\doprocessnotes#1#2% #1 may be { ... } + {\def\currentnote{#2}#1} + +\def\doprocessnotescs#1#2% #1 == \cs that takes arg + {\def\currentnote{#2}\@EA#1\csname\??vn:\currentnote\endcsname} + +\def\processnotes #1{\processcommacommand[\noteinsertions]{\doprocessnotes {#1}}} +\def\processnotescs#1{\processcommacommand[\noteinsertions]{\doprocessnotescs#1}} + +\def\savenotecontent {\processnotescs\saveinsertionbox } +\def\erasenotebackup {\processnotescs\eraseinsertionbackup} +\def\savenotedata {\processnotescs\saveinsertiondata } +\def\restorenotecontent{\processnotescs\restoreinsertionbox } +\def\restorenotedata {\processnotescs\restoreinsertiondata} + +%D ... due to invisibility of inserts ... maybe save them twice +%D and split new part ... todo ... + +\def\doenablenotes + {\global\count\currentnoteins1000 + \global\skip \currentnoteins1\baselineskip\relax} + +\def\dodisablenotes + {\global\count\currentnoteins\zerocount + \global\skip \currentnoteins\zeropoint} + +\def\enablenotes {\processnotes\doenablenotes } +\def\disablenotes{\processnotes\dodisablenotes} + +\def\dosavenotes + {\global\setbox\currentsaveins\vbox + {\ifvoid\currentsaveins\else\unvbox\currentsaveins\fi + \box\currentnoteins}} + +\def\doflushsavednotes + {\ifvoid\currentsaveins\else + \insert\currentnoteins{\unvbox\currentsaveins}% \fi} -%D The following switch can be used to disable limiting the -%D height of the footnote area, something that is needed in -%D multi column balancing. Use this switch with care. +\def\savenotes {\processnotes\dosavenotes } +\def\flushsavednotes{\processnotes\doflushsavednotes} -\newif\iffootnotelimit \footnotelimittrue +%D Both these parameters are coupled to the setup command we +%D will implement in a moment. This means that, given a +%D suitable symbol set, symbols can be used instead of numbers, +%D by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupfootnotes[conversion=set 2] +%D \stoptypen -\def\dosetupfootnotes[#1]% - {\iffirstargument - \getparameters[\??vn][#1]% +\def\definenote + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinenote} + +\def\dodefinenote[#1][#2]% + {\def\currentnote{#1}% + \ifundefined{\??vn:\currentnote}% + \@EA\installinsertion \csname\??vn:\currentnote\endcsname\relax + \@EA\installbackupinsertion\csname\??vn:\currentnote\endcsname\relax +% \@EA\newbox\csname\??vn::\currentnote\endcsname % scratch box % needed ? + \@EA\newbox\csname\??vn+\currentnote\endcsname % local box + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\noteinsertions + \doordefinieren + [\??vn\??vn\currentnote] + [\c!plaats=\v!inlinker, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!kopletter=\noteparameter\c!letter, + \c!kopkleur=\noteparameter\c!kleur, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=]% + \presetlocalframed + [\??vn\currentnote]% + \getparameters + [\??vn\currentnote] + [\c!plaats=\v!pagina, + \c!wijze=\v!per\v!deel, + \c!sectienummer=\v!nee, + \c!conversie=, + \c!lijn=\v!aan, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!korps=\v!klein, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!na=, + \c!lijnkleur=, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!margeafstand=.5em, + \c!kolomafstand=1em, + \c!afstand=.125em, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, + \c!tolerantie=\v!soepel, + \c!splitsen=\v!soepel, + %\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + %\c!breedte=\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi, + \c!breedte=\defaultnotewidth, + \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, + \c!nummercommando=\high, + \c!commando=\noteparameter\c!nummercommando, % downward compatible + \c!scheider=\@@koscheider, + \c!tekstcommando=\high, + \c!tekstletter=\tx, + \c!tekstkleur=, + \c!n=1]% + \definieernummer + [\currentnote] + [\c!wijze=\noteparameter\c!wijze, + \c!sectienummer=\noteparameter\c!wijze, + \c!conversie=\noteparameter\c!conversie]% + \letvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}\normalnoterule + \unexpanded\setvalue{\currentnote}{\setnote[#1]}% + \unexpanded\setvalue{\currentnote\v!tekst}{\setnotetext[#1]}% + \setupnote[\currentnote][#2]% + \fi} + +\def\setupnotedefinition[#1]% + {\steldoordefinierenin[\??vn\??vn#1]} + +\def\setupnote + {\dodoubleempty\dosetupnote} + +\def\dosetupnote[#1][#2]% + {\edef\currentnote{#1}% + \ifsecondargument + \getparameters + [\??vn\currentnote][#2]% \processaction - [\@@vnlijn] - [ \v!aan=>\let\dofootnoterule\dodofootnoterule, - \v!uit=>\let\dofootnoterule\relax, - \s!default=>\let\dofootnoterule\relax, - \s!unknown=>\let\dofootnoterule\@@vnlijn]% - \processaction - [\@@vnsplitsen] - [ \v!soepel=>\footnotepenalty\zeropoint, - \v!streng=>\footnotepenalty9999, - \v!zeerstreng=>\footnotepenalty\maxdimen, - \s!default=>\footnotepenalty\zeropoint, - \s!unknown=>\footnotepenalty\commalistelement]% + [\noteparameter\c!lijn] + [ \v!aan=>\letvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}\normalnoterule, + \v!uit=>\letvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}\relax, + \s!default=>\letvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}\relax, + \s!unknown=>\setvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}{\noteparameter\c!lijn}]% + \processaction % todo + [\noteparameter\c!splitsen] + [ \v!soepel=>\notepenalty\zeropoint, + \v!streng=>\notepenalty9999, + \v!zeerstreng=>\notepenalty\maxdimen, + \s!default=>\notepenalty\zeropoint, + \s!unknown=>\notepenalty\commalistelement]% \fi - \setfootnotedistance - \count\footins1000 - \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!kolommen\@@vnplaats - {\cleverfootnotestrue % global ? + \dochecknote} + +\def\dolocalsetupnotes#1#2% + {\ifsecondargument + \edef\noteinsertions{#1}% + \processnotes{\setupnote[\currentnote][#2]}% + \else\iffirstargument + \doifassignmentelse{#1} + {\processnotes{\setupnote[\currentnote][#1]}} + {\edef\noteinsertions{#1}}% + \fi\fi} + +\def\dochecknote % for the moment no mixed text/endnotes modes + {\setnotedistance + \count\currentnoteins1000 + %ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!kolommen{\noteparameter\c!plaats} + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!kolommen{\footnoteparameter\c!plaats} + {\clevernotestrue % global ? \ifnum\@@kln=\zerocount \scratchcounter\plusone \else - \scratchcounter\@@vnn + %scratchcounter\noteparameter\c!n\relax + \scratchcounter\footnoteparameter\c!n\relax \fi \global\endnotesfalse \global\bottomnotestrue - \setcleverfootnotes} - {\cleverfootnotesfalse - \ifnum\@@vnn=\zerocount - \settextfootnotes + \setclevernotes} + {\clevernotesfalse + \ifnum\noteparameter\c!n=\zerocount + \settextnotes \scratchcounter\plusone \else - \setcolumnfootnotes - \scratchcounter\@@vnn - \divide\count\footins \scratchcounter + \setcolumnnotes + \scratchcounter\noteparameter\c!n\relax + \divide\count\currentnoteins \scratchcounter \fi - \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!pagina\@@vnplaats + %ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!pagina{\noteparameter\c!plaats} + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!pagina{\footnoteparameter\c!plaats} {\global\endnotesfalse - \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!hoog\@@vnplaats + %ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!hoog{\noteparameter\c!plaats} + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!hoog{\footnoteparameter\c!plaats} {\global\bottomnotesfalse} {\global\bottomnotestrue}} {\global\endnotestrue \global\bottomnotestrue - \postponefootnotes}}% - \iffootnotelimit - \dimen\footins\@@vnhoogte - \multiply\dimen\footins \scratchcounter + \postponenotes}}% + \ifnotelimit + \dimen\currentnoteins\noteparameter\c!hoogte + \multiply\dimen\currentnoteins \scratchcounter + \fi} + +\def\checknotes + {\processnotes\dochecknote} + +%D The noterule can be a graphic and therefore calling this +%D setup macro at every skipswitch is tricky (many many MP +%D runs). Let's just reserve a few points, that probably match +%D those of the stretch component. + +\def\placenoterule + {\getvalue{\??vn\c!lijn:\currentnote}} + +\def\normalnoterule + {\ifvmode + \color + [\noteparameter\c!lijnkleur] + {\hrule + \!!width .2\hsize + \!!height\noteparameter\c!lijndikte + \!!depth \zeropoint}% + \kern\strutdepth \fi} -\def\checknotes{\setupfootnotes\relax} % will be replaced +%D The following switch can be used to disable limiting the +%D height of the footnote area, something that is needed in +%D multi column balancing. Use this switch with care. + +\newif\ifnotelimit \notelimittrue -\def\setfootnotedistance +\def\setnotedistance {\setbox\scratchbox\vbox {\forgetall - \@@vnvoor - \dofootnoterule - \@@vnna}% - \global\skip\footins\ht\scratchbox + \noteparameter\c!voor + \placenoterule + \noteparameter\c!na}% + \global\skip\currentnoteins\ht\scratchbox \setbox\scratchbox\box\voidb@x} % scratchbox can be in use -\ifx\setfootnotehsize\undefined +\ifx\setnotehsize\undefined - \def\setfootnotehsize{\hsize\@@vnbreedte} % can be overloaded + \def\setnotehsize{\hsize\noteparameter\c!breedte} % can be overloaded \fi -\def\setcleverfootnotes - {\def\startpushfootnote {\bgroup % wellicht ooit kopuitlijnen - \stelinmargein[\c!uitlijnen=\v!links]% - \getvalue{\e!start\??vn\??vn}}% - \def\stoppushfootnote {\getvalue{\e!stop\??vn\??vn}% - \egroup}% - \let\startpopfootnotes \donothing - \let\stoppopfootnotes \donothing} - -\def\setcolumnfootnotes - {\def\startpushfootnote {\setfootnotehsize % possibly overloaded - \setrigidcolumnhsize\hsize\@@vnkolomafstand\@@vnn - \bgroup - \stelinmargein[\c!uitlijnen=\v!links]% - \getvalue{\e!start\??vn\??vn}}% - \def\stoppushfootnote {\getvalue{\e!stop\??vn\??vn}% - \egroup}% - \def\startpopfootnotes {\bgroup - \setfootnotehsize - \setrigidcolumnhsize\hsize\@@vnkolomafstand\@@vnn - \setbox0\vbox\bgroup}% - \def\stoppopfootnotes {\egroup - \setbox0\vbox - {\unvbox0\setbox0\lastbox - \ifvbox0\unvbox\else\box\fi0}% - \rigidcolumnbalance0\egroup}} - -\def\settextfootnotes - {\def\startpushfootnote {\startvboxtohbox - \dostartattributes\??vn\c!letter\c!kleur{}}% - \def\stoppushfootnote {\hskip\@@vnkolomafstand % plus.5em minus.5em - \dostopattributes - \stopvboxtohbox}% - \def\startpopfootnotes {\vbox\bgroup - \doifnotinset\@@vnbreedte{\v!passend,\v!ruim} - {\setfootnotehsize}% - \beginofshapebox}% - \def\stoppopfootnotes {\endofshapebox - \reshapebox - {\ifhbox\shapebox\unhbox\else\box\fi\shapebox - \endgraf}% - \flushshapebox - \egroup}} +\def\setclevernotes + {\def\startpushnote {\bgroup % wellicht ooit kopuitlijnen + \stelinmargein[\c!uitlijnen=\v!links]% + \startnotedef}% + \def\stoppushnote {\stopnotedef + \egroup}% + \let\startpopnotes \donothing + \let\stoppopnotes \donothing} + +\def\setcolumnnotes + {\def\startpushnote {\setnotehsize % possibly overloaded + \setrigidcolumnhsize\hsize{\noteparameter\c!kolomafstand}{\noteparameter\c!n}% + \bgroup + \stelinmargein[\c!uitlijnen=\v!links]% + \startnotedef}% + \def\stoppushnote {\stopnotedef + \egroup}% + \def\startpopnotes {\bgroup + \setnotehsize + \setrigidcolumnhsize\hsize{\noteparameter\c!kolomafstand}{\noteparameter\c!n}% + \setbox0\vbox\bgroup}% + \def\stoppopnotes {\egroup + \setbox0\vbox + {\unvbox0\setbox0\lastbox + \ifvbox0\unvbox\else\box\fi0}% + \rigidcolumnbalance0\egroup}} + +\def\settextnotes + {\def\startpushnote {\startvboxtohbox + \dostartattributes{\??vn\currentnote}\c!letter\c!kleur{}}% + \def\stoppushnote {\hskip\noteparameter\c!kolomafstand % plus.5em minus.5em + \dostopattributes + \stopvboxtohbox}% + \def\startpopnotes {\vbox\bgroup + \doifnotinset{\noteparameter\c!breedte}{\v!passend,\v!ruim}\setnotehsize + \beginofshapebox}% + \def\stoppopnotes {\endofshapebox + \reshapebox{\ifhbox\shapebox\unhbox\else\box\fi\shapebox\endgraf}% + \flushshapebox + \egroup}} %D The formatting depends on the width of the table, so we %D have to set \type {n} to zero. @@ -244,25 +387,6 @@ %D \stoplocalfootnotes %D \stoptypen -%D The numbers that accompany a footnote are generated using -%D the standard \CONTEXT\ numbering mechanism, and thereby can -%D be assigned on a per whatever sectioning basis. - -\definieernummer - [\v!voetnoot] - [\c!wijze=\@@vnwijze, - \c!sectienummer=\@@vnwijze, - \c!conversie=\@@vnconversie] - -%D Both these parameters are coupled to the setup command we -%D will implement in a moment. This means that, given a -%D suitable symbol set, symbols can be used instead of numbers, -%D by saying: -%D -%D \starttypen -%D \setupfootnotes[conversion=set 2] -%D \stoptypen - %D \macros %D {footnote} %D @@ -305,30 +429,31 @@ %D merge this functionality with the existing \type {\note} %D functionality. -\newif\iffootnotesymbol +\newif\ifnotesymbol -\unexpanded\def\footnote {\dodoubleempty\dofootnote[1]} -\unexpanded\def\footnotetext{\dodoubleempty\dofootnote[0]} +\unexpanded\def\setnote {\dotripleempty\dosetnote[1]} +\unexpanded\def\setnotetext{\dotripleempty\dosetnote[0]} -\def\dofootnote[#1][#2]% +\def\dosetnote[#1][#2][#3]% {\unskip + \def\currentnote{#2}% \ifcase#1\relax - \global\footnotesymbolfalse + \global\notesymbolfalse \else - \global\footnotesymboltrue + \global\notesymboltrue \fi \ifvisible \ifreshapingbox \@EAEAEA\gobbletwoarguments \else - \@EAEAEA\dodofootnote + \@EAEAEA\dodonote \fi \else % todo: \iftrialtypesetting \@EA\gobbletwoarguments - \fi{#2}} + \fi{#3}} %D \macros -%D {footnotesenabled} +%D {notesenabled} %D %D Before we come to typesetting a footnote, we first check %D if we have to typeset a number. When a \type{-} is passed @@ -336,65 +461,65 @@ %D temporary disable footnotes by saying %D %D \starttypen -%D \footnotesenabledfalse +%D \notesenabledfalse %D \stoptypen %D %D which can be handy while for instance typesetting tables %D of contents. The pagewise footnote numbering is dedicated %D to Han The Thanh, who needed it first. -\newif\iffootnotesenabled \footnotesenabledtrue +\newif\ifnotesenabled \notesenabledtrue -\newconditional\pagewisefootnotes % saves two hash entries +\newconditional\pagewisenotes % saves two hash entries -\def\lastfootnotepage{1} +\def\lastnotepage{1} \def\domovednote#1#2% - {\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + {\ifconditional\pagewisenotes \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference} {\let\savedrealreference\currentrealreference \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference} {\ifnum\savedrealreference<\currentrealreference\relax\symbol[#1]\else \ifnum\savedrealreference>\currentrealreference\relax\symbol[#2]\fi\fi} - {}} - {} + \donothing} + \donothing \fi} -\def\dodofootnote - {\iffootnotesenabled +\def\dodonote + {\ifnotesenabled \iftrialtypesetting - \@EAEAEA\nododofootnote + \@EAEAEA\nododonote \else - \@EAEAEA\dododofootnote + \@EAEAEA\dododonote \fi \else \@EA\gobbletwoarguments \fi} -\def\nododofootnote#1% +\def\nododonote#1% {\doifnot{#1}{-}{\kern.5em}% quick hack, approximation \gobbleoneargument} -\def\dododofootnote#1% +\def\dododonote#1% {\doglobal\increment\internalfootreference - \doifelse\@@vnwijze{\v!per\v!pagina} - {\settrue \pagewisefootnotes} - {\setfalse\pagewisefootnotes}% + \doifelse{\noteparameter\c!wijze}{\v!per\v!pagina} + {\settrue\pagewisenotes} + {\setfalse\pagewisenotes}% \doifelse{#1}{-} - {\let\footnotenumber\empty} - {\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + {\let\lastnotenumber\empty} + {\ifconditional\pagewisenotes \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference} - {\ifnum\currentrealreference>\lastfootnotepage\relax - \global\let\lastfootnotepage\currentrealreference - \resetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% + {\ifnum\currentrealreference>\lastnotepage\relax + \globallet\lastnotepage\currentrealreference + \resetnumber[\currentnote]% \fi} {}% \fi - \verhoognummer[\v!voetnoot]% - \maakhetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% - \rawreference\s!fnt{#1}{\hetnummer}% - \let\footnotenumber\hetnummer}% - \dostartfootnote} + \verhoognummer[\currentnote]% + \maakhetnummer[\currentnote]% + \rawreference\s!fnt{#1}\hetnummer + \let\lastnotenumber\hetnummer}% + \dostartnote} %D The main typesetting routine is more or less the same as the %D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, except that we only handle one type while @@ -402,7 +527,7 @@ %D footnotes can be handled by a straight insert, but we do so %D by using an indirect call to the \type{\insert} primitive. -\let\localfootinsert=\insert +\let\localnoteinsert=\insert %D Making footnote numbers active is not always that logical, %D especially when we keep the reference and text at one page. @@ -415,97 +540,114 @@ \newcounter\internalfootreference -\let\startpushfootnote = \relax -\let\stoppushfootnote = \relax +\let\startpushnote=\relax +\let\stoppushnote =\relax -\newsignal\footnotesignal -\newcount \footnotepenalty +\newsignal\notesignal +\newcount \notepenalty -\footnotepenalty=0 % needed in order to split in otrset +\notepenalty=0 % needed in order to split in otrset -\def\dostartfootnote% nog gobble als in pagebody +\newconditional\processingnote + +\def\dostartnote% nog gobble als in pagebody {\bgroup + \settrue\processingnote %\restorecatcodes % to be tested first \ifinregels % otherwise problems with \type <crlf> {xxx} \ignorelines % makes footnotes work in \startlines ... \stoplines \fi - \iffootnotesymbol + \ifnotesymbol \dolastnotesymbol \else \unskip\unskip - \global\let\lastnotesymbol\dolastnotesymbol + \globallet\lastnotesymbol\dolastnotesymbol \fi \ignorespaces - \localfootinsert\footins\bgroup - \penalty\footnotepenalty + \localnoteinsert\currentnoteins\bgroup + \penalty\notepenalty \forgetall - \setfootnotebodyfont + \setnotebodyfont \redoconvertfont % to undo \undo calls in in headings etc \splittopskip\strutht % not actually needed here \splitmaxdepth\strutdp % not actually needed here \iffixedlayoutdimensions % ugly hack, will change - \linkermargeafstand\@@vnmargeafstand + \linkermargeafstand\noteparameter\c!margeafstand \rechtermargeafstand\linkermargeafstand \else - \def\linkermargeafstand{\@@vnmargeafstand}% + \def\linkermargeafstand{\noteparameter\c!margeafstand}% \let\rechtermargeafstand\linkermargeafstand \fi - \ifcase\@@vnn\relax % new 31-07-99 ; always ? - \doifnotinset\@@vnbreedte{\v!passend,\v!ruim} - {\setfootnotehsize}% + \ifcase\noteparameter\c!n\relax % new 31-07-99 ; always ? + \doifnotinset{\noteparameter\c!breedte}{\v!passend,\v!ruim}\setnotehsize \fi - \startpushfootnote - {\ifx\footnotenumber\empty \else -\preparethenumber\??vn\footnotenumber\preparednumber + \startpushnote + {\ifx\lastnotenumber\empty \else + \preparethenumber{\??vn\currentnote}\lastnotenumber\preparednumber \iflocation - \naarbox{\@@vnnummercommando -% {\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}}% -{\preparednumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}}% + \naarbox{\noteparameter\c!commando % was \c!nummercommando, but compatible + {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}}% [\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference]% \else - \@@vnnummercommando -% {\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}% -{\preparednumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}% + \noteparameter\c!nummercommando + {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}% \fi \fi \iflocation \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference}{}% - \else\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \else\ifconditional\pagewisenotes \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference}{}% \fi\fi}% \bgroup - \postponefootnotes - \aftergroup\dostopfootnote + \postponenotes + \aftergroup\dostopnote \begstrut \let\next} -\def\dostopfootnote +\def\dostopnote {\endstrut - \stoppushfootnote + \stoppushnote \egroup \egroup - \kern\footnotesignal\relax} % \relax is needed to honor spaces - -\let\lastnotesymbol\empty - -\def\dolastnotesymbol% + \kern\notesignal\relax} % \relax is needed to honor spaces + +% \def\dolastnotesymbol +% {\unskip\unskip +% \ifdim\lastkern=\notesignal +% \high{\kern\noteparameter\c!afstand}% gets the font right, hack ! +% \fi +% \nobreak +% \iflocation +% \naarbox +% {\high{\tx\lastnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}}% +% [\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference]% +% \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% +% \else +% \high{\tx\lastnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}% +% \ifconditional\pagewisenotes +% \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% +% \fi +% \fi +% \globallet\lastnotesymbol\relax} + +\def\dolastnotesymbol {\unskip\unskip - \ifdim\lastkern=\footnotesignal - \high{\kern\@@vnafstand}% gets the font right, hack ! + \ifdim\lastkern=\notesignal + \dodonotesymbol{\kern\noteparameter\c!afstand}% gets the font right, hack ! \fi \nobreak \iflocation \naarbox - {\high{\tx\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}}% + {\dodonotesymbol{\lastnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}}% [\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference]% \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% \else - \high{\tx\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}% - \ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \dodonotesymbol{\lastnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}% + \ifconditional\pagewisenotes \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% \fi \fi - \global\let\lastnotesymbol\relax} + \globallet\lastnotesymbol\relax} \let\lastnotesymbol\relax @@ -519,64 +661,87 @@ %D %D This command is implemented rather straightforward as: -\definecomplexorsimple\note - -\def\complexnote[#1]% - {\iffootnotesenabled - \ifx\lastnotesymbol\relax - \bgroup - \unskip - \naarbox{\high{\tx\currenttextreference}}[#1]% - \egroup +\def\notesymbol + {\dodoubleempty\donotesymbol} + +% \def\donotesymbol[#1][#2]% +% {\bgroup +% \ifnotesenabled +% \def\currentnote{#1}% +% \ifsecondargument +% \ifx\lastnotesymbol\relax +% \unskip +% \naarbox{\high{\tx\currenttextreference}}[#2]% +% \else +% \lastnotesymbol +% \fi +% \else +% \lastnotesymbol +% \fi +% \fi +% \egroup} + +\def\dodonotesymbol#1% + {\noteparameter\c!tekstcommando{\doattributes{\??vn\currentnote}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur{#1}}} + +\def\donotesymbol[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \ifnotesenabled + \def\currentnote{#1}% + \ifsecondargument + \ifx\lastnotesymbol\relax + \unskip + \naarbox{\dodonotesymbol\currenttextreference}[#2]% + \else + \lastnotesymbol + \fi \else \lastnotesymbol \fi - \fi} - -\def\simplenote% - {\lastnotesymbol} + \fi + \egroup} %D Normally footnotes are saved as inserts that are called upon %D as soon as the pagebody is constructed. The footnote %D insertion routine looks just like the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, %D except that we check for the end note state. -\let\startpopfootnotes = \relax -\let\stoppopfootnotes = \relax +\let\startpopnotes = \relax +\let\stoppopnotes = \relax -\def\placefootnoteinserts - {%\ifvoid\footins \else % unsafe, strange - \ifdim\ht\footins>\zeropoint +\def\placenoteinserts + {%\ifvoid\currentnoteins \else % unsafe, strange + \ifdim\ht\currentnoteins>\zeropoint\relax \ifendnotes \else - \@@vnvoor - \dofootnoterule % alleen in ..mode + \noteparameter\c!voor + \placenoterule % alleen in ..mode \bgroup - \setfootnotebodyfont + \setnotebodyfont \setbox0\hbox - {\startpopfootnotes - \setfootnotebodyfont + {\startpopnotes + \setnotebodyfont % % this should be checked, smells like a mix-up -% % does not split: \ifcase\@@vnn\unvbox\else\box\fi\footins -% \ifcase\@@vnn - \box\footins +% % does not split: \ifcase\noteparameter\c!n\unvbox\else\box\fi\currentnoteins +% \ifcase\noteparameter\c!n + \box\currentnoteins % \else -% \unvbox\footins +% \unvbox\currentnoteins % \fi % this is too ugly actually - \stoppopfootnotes}% + \stoppopnotes}% \localframed - [\??vn] + [\??vn\currentnote] [\c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!passend, \c!strut=\v!nee, \c!offset=\v!overlay] - {\ifdim\dp0=\zeropoint % this hack is needed because \vadjust + {\ifdim\dp0=\zeropoint % this hack is needed because \vadjust \hbox{\lower\strutdp\box0}% % in margin number placement \else % hides the (always) present depth \box0 \fi}% \egroup - \@@vnna + \noteparameter\c!na \fi \fi} @@ -586,7 +751,7 @@ %D deeply nested boxes. The general case looks like: %D %D \starttypen -%D \postponefootnotes +%D \postponenotes %D \.box{whatever we want with footnotes} %D \flushnotes %D \stoptypen @@ -608,62 +773,67 @@ %D is. Therefore the auto method can is to be overruled when %D needed. -\newbox\postponedfootnotes +\newconditional\postponednote -\def\autopostponefootnotes - {\def\localfootinsert % not global +\def\autopostponenotes + {\def\localnoteinsert % not global {\ifinner - %\message{[postponed footnote]}% - \global\setbox\postponedfootnotes\vbox\bgroup - \ifvoid\postponedfootnotes\else - \unvbox\postponedfootnotes + %\message{[postponed note]}% + \global\setbox\localpostponednotes\vbox\bgroup + \global\settrue\postponednote + \ifvoid\localpostponednotes\else + \unvbox\localpostponednotes \fi \expandafter\gobbletwoarguments \else - %\message{[inserted footnote]}% + %\message{[inserted note]}% \expandafter\insert \fi}} -\def\postponefootnotes - {\let\autopostponefootnotes\postponefootnotes - \let\postponefootnotes\relax % prevent loops - \def\localfootinsert % not global - {%\message{[postponed footnote]}% - \global\setbox\postponedfootnotes=\vbox\bgroup - \unvbox\postponedfootnotes +\def\postponenotes + {\let\autopostponenotes\postponenotes + \let\postponenotes\relax % prevent loops + \def\localnoteinsert % not global + {%\message{[postponed note]}% + \global\setbox\localpostponednotes\vbox\bgroup + \global\settrue\postponednote + \unvbox\localpostponednotes \gobbletwoarguments}} +\def\dodoflushnotes % per class, todo: handle endnotes here + {\ifdim\ht\localpostponednotes>\zeropoint + \bgroup + % not that accurate when multiple notes + \scratchdimen\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen -\pagetotal + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\ht\localpostponednotes + \message{[moved note \currentnote]}% + \fi + \egroup + \fi + \insert\currentnoteins\bgroup\unvbox\localpostponednotes\egroup} + \def\doflushnotes % also called directly, \ifvoid is needed ! - {\ifendnotes \else - \ifvoid\postponedfootnotes - \let\localfootinsert\insert % not global + {\ifconditional\processingnote \else \ifconditional\postponednote + \ifendnotes + % todo: per class \else - \bgroup - \ifdim\ht\postponedfootnotes>\zeropoint - \scratchdimen\pagegoal - \advance\scratchdimen -\pagetotal - \ifdim\scratchdimen<\ht\postponedfootnotes - \message{[moved footnote]}% - \fi - \fi - \egroup - \let\localfootinsert\insert % not global - \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\postponedfootnotes\egroup + \let\localnoteinsert\insert % not global + \processnotes\dodoflushnotes + \global\setfalse\postponednote \fi - \fi} + \fi \fi} \def\flushnotes - {\ifvoid\postponedfootnotes \else - \ifinner \else - \ifendnotes \else - \ifinpagebody \else - %\ifvmode % less interference, but also less secure - \doflushnotes - %\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi} + {\ifconditional\processingnote \else \ifconditional\postponednote + \ifendnotes + % todo: per class + \else \ifinner \else \ifinpagebody \else + %\ifvmode % less interference, but also less secure + \doflushnotes + %\fi + \fi \fi \fi + \fi \fi} %D This is a nasty and new secondary footnote flusher. It %D can be hooked into \type {\everypar} like: @@ -673,33 +843,35 @@ %D \stoptypen \def\dosynchronizenotes - {\insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}} + {\insert\currentnoteins{\unvbox\currentnoteins}} -\def\synchronizenotes% indirect because of everypar - {\ifvoid\footins\else\dosynchronizenotes\fi} +\def\synchronizenotes + {\ifvoid\currentnoteins\else\processnotes\dosynchronizenotes\fi} -\def\placefootnotesintext#1% +%D There are several placement alternatives. + +\def\placenotesintext#1% {\ifdim\ht#1>\zeropoint \endgraf \ifvmode \witruimte - \@@vnvoor + \noteparameter\c!voor \fi \snaptogrid\hbox - {\setfootnotebodyfont + {\setnotebodyfont \setbox0\hbox - {\startpopfootnotes + {\startpopnotes \unvbox#1\endgraf\relax - \stoppopfootnotes}% - \doif\@@vnbreedte\v!passend % new, auto width - {\setbox0\hbox % uggly but ok. + \stoppopnotes}% + \doif{\noteparameter\c!breedte}\v!passend % new, auto width + {\setbox0\hbox % uggly but ok. {\beginofshapebox \unhbox0\setbox0=\lastbox\unvbox0 \endofshapebox \reshapebox{\hbox{\unhbox\shapebox}}% \vbox{\flushshapebox}}}% \localframed - [\??vn] + [\??vn\currentnote] [\c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!passend, \c!strut=\v!nee, @@ -710,7 +882,7 @@ \box0 \fi}}% \ifvmode - \@@vnna + \noteparameter\c!na \fi \fi} @@ -720,15 +892,15 @@ %D \setupfootnotes[location={text,none}] %D \stoptypen -\def\placefootnotesasnone#1% is grouped already +\def\placenotesasnone#1% is grouped already {\ifdim\ht#1>\zeropoint - \@@vnvoor - \setfootnotebodyfont - \startpopfootnotes % make sure that fake height is killed + \noteparameter\c!voor + \setnotebodyfont + \startpopnotes % make sure that fake height is killed \unvbox#1\endgraf - \stoppopfootnotes + \stoppopnotes \setbox0=\lastbox \ifvbox0 \unvbox0\else\box0\fi % enable columns - \@@vnna + \noteparameter\c!na \fi} %D \macros @@ -740,54 +912,52 @@ %D \showsetup{\y!startlocalfootnotes} %D \showsetup{\y!placelocalfootnotes} -\def\defaultfootnotewidth{\zetbreedte} - -\newbox\localpostponedfootnotes +\def\defaultnotewidth{\zetbreedte} -\def\collectlocalfootnotes% - {\def\localfootinsert##1% was \gdef, but never reset! - {%\message{[local footnote]}% - \global\setbox\localpostponedfootnotes\vbox\bgroup - \ifvoid\localpostponedfootnotes \else - \unvbox\localpostponedfootnotes +\def\collectlocalnotes + {\def\localnoteinsert##1% was \gdef, but never reset! + {%\message{[local note]}% + \global\setbox\localpostponednotes\vbox\bgroup + \ifvoid\localpostponednotes \else + \unvbox\localpostponednotes \fi \let\next}} -\def\dostartlocalfootnotes[#1]% - {\let\autopostponefootnotes\postponefootnotes - \let\postponefootnotes\collectlocalfootnotes - \def\defaultfootnotewidth - {\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi}% - \setupfootnotes[#1]% - \savenumber[\v!voetnoot]% - \resetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% - \collectlocalfootnotes} - -\def\startlocalfootnotes - {\bgroup % here because we support \vbox\startlocalfootnotes - \dosingleempty\dostartlocalfootnotes} - -\def\stoplocalfootnotes - {\restorenumber[\v!voetnoot]% +\def\startlocalnotes + {\bgroup % here because we support \vbox\startlocalnotes + \dosingleempty\dostartlocalnotes} + +\def\dostartlocalnotes[#1]% + {\let\autopostponenotes\postponenotes + \let\postponenotes\collectlocalnotes + \def\defaultnotewidth{\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi}% + \processnotes + {\doifsomething{#1}{\setupnote[\currentnote][#1]}% + \savenumber[\currentnote]% + \resetnumber[\currentnote]}% + \collectlocalnotes} + +\def\stoplocalnotes + {\processnotes{\restorenumber[\currentnote]}% \egroup \checknotes} % really needed, else wrong main settings -\def\doplacelocalfootnotes[#1]% +\def\placelocalnotes + {\dodoubleempty\doplacelocalnotes} + +\def\doplacelocalnotes[#1][#2]% {\bgroup - \setupfootnotes[#1]% - \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!geen\@@vnplaats - {\placefootnotesasnone\localpostponedfootnotes}% - {\placefootnotesintext\localpostponedfootnotes}% + \dolocalsetupnotes{#1}{#2} + \processnotes + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!geen{\noteparameter\c!plaats} + \placenotesasnone\placenotesintext\localpostponednotes}% \egroup \checknotes} -\def\placelocalfootnotes - {\dosingleempty\doplacelocalfootnotes} - %D These commands can be used like: %D %D \startbuffer -%D \startlocalfootnotes[breedte=.3\hsize,n=0] +%D \startlocalnotes[breedte=.3\hsize,n=0] %D \plaatstabel %D {Some Table} %D \plaatsonderelkaar @@ -797,8 +967,8 @@ %D \VL Bene\voetnoot{Nota} \VL Nota\voetnoot{Bene} \VL\SR %D \HL %D \stoptabel} -%D {\placelocalfootnotes} -%D \stoplocalfootnotes +%D {\placelocalnotes} +%D \stoplocalnotes %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer @@ -810,7 +980,7 @@ %D \haalbuffer %D \macros -%D {placefootnotes, fakefootnotes} +%D {placefootnotes} %D %D We still have no decent command for placing footnotes %D somewhere else than at the bottom of the page (for which no @@ -819,57 +989,86 @@ %D %D \showsetup{\y!placefootnotes} -\def\placefootnotes - {\dosingleempty\doplacefootnotes} +\def\placebottomnotes + {\processnotes\dodoplacenotes} + +% \definecomplexorsimple\placenotes + +% \def\simpleplacenotes +% {\processnotes\dodoplacenotes} -\def\doplacefootnotes[#1]% +% \def\complexplacenotes[#1]% +% {\bgroup +% \edef\noteinsertions{#1}% +% \simpleplacenotes +% \egroup} + +\def\placenotes + {\dodoubleempty\doplacenotes} + +\def\doplacenotes[#1][#2]% {\bgroup - \ifendnotes - \ifinpagebody \else \ifdim\ht\postponedfootnotes>\zeropoint - \iffirstargument\setupfootnotes[#1,\c!hoogte=\teksthoogte]\fi - \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!geen\@@vnplaats - \placefootnotesasnone\placefootnotesintext\postponedfootnotes - \fi \fi - \else \ifdim\ht\footins>\zeropoint - \iffirstargument\setupfootnotes[#1,\c!hoogte=\teksthoogte]\fi - \placefootnoteinserts - \fi \fi + \dolocalsetupnotes{#1}{#2} + \processnotes\dodoplacenotes \egroup} -\def\fakefootnotes - {\ifhmode \endgraf \fi +\def\dodoplacenotes + {\ifendnotes % hm, todo: per noteclass + \ifinpagebody \else \ifdim\ht\localpostponednotes>\zeropoint + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\v!geen{\noteparameter\c!plaats} + \placenotesasnone\placenotesintext\localpostponednotes + \fi \fi + \else \ifdim\ht\currentnoteins>\zeropoint + \placenoteinserts + \fi \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {fakenotes} + +\def\fakenotes + {\ifhmode + \endgraf + \fi \ifvmode \calculatetotalnoteheight \ifdim\totalnoteheight>\zeropoint \kern\totalnoteheight \fi \fi} -\def\placebottomnotes{\placefootnotes} - \newdimen\totalnoteheight +\def\docalculatetotalnoteheight + {\ifdim\ht\currentnoteins>\zeropoint + \ifclevernotes % tricky here ! ! ! to be sorted out ! ! ! + \advance\totalnoteheight\ht \currentbackupnoteins + \advance\totalnoteheight\skip\currentbackupnoteins + \else + \advance\totalnoteheight\ht \currentnoteins + \advance\totalnoteheight\skip\currentnoteins + \fi + \fi} + \def\calculatetotalnoteheight {\totalnoteheight\zeropoint - \ifdim\ht\footins>\zeropoint - \advance\totalnoteheight\ht\footins - \advance\totalnoteheight\skip\footins - \fi} + \processnotes\docalculatetotalnoteheight} -\newif\ifnotespresent % global ? +\newif\ifnotespresent -\def\checknotepresence - {\ifdim\ht\footins>\zeropoint +\def\dochecknotepresence + {\ifdim\ht\currentnoteins>\zeropoint \notespresenttrue - \else - \notespresentfalse \fi} +\def\checknotepresence + {\notespresentfalse + \processnotes\dochecknotepresence} + %D Now how can this mechanism be hooked into \CONTEXT\ without %D explictly postponing footnotes? The solution turned out to %D be rather simple: %D %D \starttypen %D \everypar {...\flushnotes...} -%D \neverypar {...\postponefootnoes} +%D \neverypar {...\postponenotes} %D \stoptypen %D %D and @@ -891,43 +1090,41 @@ %D from the global document bodyfont size. In the previous macros %D we already used a footnote specific font setting macro. -\def\setfootnotebodyfont - {\let\setfootnotebodyfont\relax +\def\setnotebodyfont + {\let\setnotebodyfont\relax \restoreglobalbodyfont - \switchtobodyfont[\@@vnkorps]% - \setuptolerance[\@@vntolerantie]% - \setupalign[\@@vnuitlijnen]} + \switchtobodyfont[\noteparameter\c!korps]% + \setuptolerance[\noteparameter\c!tolerantie]% + \setupalign[\noteparameter\c!uitlijnen]} %D The footnote mechanism defaults to a traditional one %D column way of showing them. By default we precede them by %D a small line. -\setupfootnotes - [\c!plaats=\v!pagina, - \c!wijze=\v!per\v!deel, - \c!sectienummer=\v!nee, - \c!conversie=, - \c!lijn=\v!aan, - \c!voor=\blanko, - \c!korps=\v!klein, - \c!letter=, - \c!kleur=, - \c!na=, - \c!lijnkleur=, - \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, - \c!kader=\v!uit, - \c!margeafstand=.5em, - \c!kolomafstand=1em, - \c!afstand=.125em, - \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, - \c!tolerantie=\v!soepel, - \c!splitsen=\v!soepel, - %\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, - %\c!breedte=\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi, - \c!breedte=\defaultfootnotewidth, - \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, - \c!nummercommando=\high, - \c!scheider=\@@koscheider, - \c!n=1] - -\protect \endinput +\definenote[\v!voetnoot] + +%D Compatibility macros: + + \def\setupfootnotedefinition{\setupnotedefinition [\v!voetnoot]} + \def\setupfootnotes {\setupnote [\v!voetnoot]} +\unexpanded \def\footnote {\setnote [\v!voetnoot]} +\unexpanded \def\footnotetext {\setnotetext [\v!voetnoot]} + \def\note {\dodoubleempty\notesymbol [\v!voetnoot]} % alleen footnote + \def\placefootnotes {\dodoubleempty\doplacefootnotes [\v!voetnoot]} + \def\placelocalfootnotes {\dodoubleempty\doplacelocalfootnotes[\v!voetnoot]} + \def\startlocalfootnotes {\startlocalnotes} + \def\stoplocalfootnotes {\stoplocalnotes } + +\def\doplacefootnotes [#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument\placenotes [#1][#2,\c!hoogte=\teksthoogte]\else\placenotes [#1]\fi} + +\def\doplacelocalfootnotes[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument\placelocalnotes[#1][#2,\c!hoogte=\teksthoogte]\else\placelocalnotes[#1]\fi} + +%D Backward compatibility command: + +\def\footins {\noteinsertion\currentnote} +\def\postponefootnotes {\postponenotes} +\def\autopostponefootnotes{\autopostponenotes} + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ntb.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ntb.tex index b85c87c61..a8d030137 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ntb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ntb.tex @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ %D However, the next alternative also takes care of preceding %D and following white space. -\def\bTBLCELL +\def\bTBLCELL % why not \doinhibitblank {\inhibitblank\doconvertfont\tbltblletter\empty\everypar{\begstrut}} \def\eTBLCELL @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ % \def\settblspn#1#2{\setvalue {\@@tblprefix#1:s}{#2}} % \def\doiftblspn #1{\doifelsevalue{\@@tblprefix#1:s}{1}} -\newif\ifsqueezeTBLspan % \squeezeTBLspantrue +\newif\ifsqueezeTBLspan \squeezeTBLspantrue % spans one column cell over multi column par cells \def\settblspn #1{\setvalue {\@@tblprefix#1:s}{1}} \def\doifelsetblspn#1{\doifelsevalue{\@@tblprefix#1:s}{1}} @@ -146,6 +146,8 @@ \newif\iftraceTABLE \traceTABLEfalse \def\noftblheadlines{0} +\def\noftblnextlines{0} +\def\noftblhdnxlines{0} \presetlocalframed[\@@tbl\@@tbl] @@ -190,14 +192,12 @@ \fi\fi} \def\dosetupTABLExy[#1][#2][#3]% - {\def\dodosetupTABLE##1% - {\setTABLEparameters[#1##1][#3]}% + {\def\dodosetupTABLE##1{\setTABLEparameters[#1##1][#3]}% \processcommalist[#2]\dodosetupTABLE} \def\dosetupTABLEzz[#1][#2][#3]% {\def\dodosetupTABLE##1% - {\def\dododosetupTABLE####1% - {\setTABLEparameters[\c!x##1\c!y####1][#3]}% + {\def\dododosetupTABLE####1{\setTABLEparameters[\c!x##1\c!y####1][#3]}% \processcommalist[#2]\dododosetupTABLE}% \processcommalist[#1]\dodosetupTABLE} @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ \ifnum#1=\plusone \ifnum#2=\plusone \getvalue{\@@tblprefix\c!x\v!eerste\c!y\v!eerste}% \fi\fi - \ifnum#1>\noftblheadlines\else + \ifnum#1>\noftblhdnxlines\else \executeifdefined{\@@tblprefix\v!hoofd\v!elk}\donothing \executeifdefined{\@@tblprefix\v!hoofd#2}\donothing \fi @@ -320,18 +320,23 @@ {\parseTD[#1]\digits#2\relax\eTD} \newtoks\TBLhead +\newtoks\TBLnext \newtoks\TBLbody \newtoks\TBLfoot % to be done: head <raw> foot, dus state var \long\def\bTABLEhead{\dosingleempty\doTABLEhead} +\long\def\bTABLEnext{\dosingleempty\doTABLEnext} \long\def\bTABLEbody{\dosingleempty\doTABLEbody} \long\def\bTABLEfoot{\dosingleempty\doTABLEfoot} \long\def\doTABLEhead[#1]#2\eTABLEhead {\appendtoks\doTABLEsection[#1]{#2}\to\TBLhead} +\long\def\doTABLEnext[#1]#2\eTABLEnext + {\appendtoks\doTABLEsection[#1]{#2}\to\TBLnext} + \long\def\doTABLEbody[#1]#2\eTABLEbody {\appendtoks\doTABLEsection[#1]{#2}\to\TBLbody} @@ -356,11 +361,84 @@ \def\bTABLE {\dosingleempty\dobTABLE} +% \def\dobTABLE[#1]% +% {\pushTBL +% % box not here +% \bgroup +% \resetcharacteralign % new +% \getparameters +% [\@@tbl\@@tbl] +% [\c!uitlijnen={\v!rechts,\v!ruim,\v!hoog},#1]% +% \processaction +% [\tbltblsplitsen] +% [ \v!ja=>\enableTBLbreaktrue, +% \v!herhaal=>\enableTBLbreaktrue\multipleTBLheadstrue]% +% \processaction +% [\tbltblhoofd] +% [\v!herhaal=>\multipleTBLheadstrue]% +% \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone +% \vbox +% \else\ifenableTBLbreak +% % no \vbox +% \else +% \vbox +% \fi\fi +% \bgroup +% \localcolortrue +% \presetallTABLEparameters +% \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset +% [\tbltbloptie] +% [\v!rek=>\autoTBLspreadtrue]% +% \linewidth\tbltbllijndikte % needs to be frozen +% \dontcomplain +% \let\currentcol\!!zerocount +% \let\maximumrowspan\!!plusone +% \let\maximumcol\currentcol +% \let\maximumrow\currentcol +% \def\bTR{\dodoubleempty\parseTR}% +% \def\bTD{\dodoubleempty\parseTD}% +% \def\bTH{\dodoubleempty\parseTH}% +% \def\bTN{\dodoubleempty\parseTN}% +% \endgraf} + +% \def\dobTABLE[#1]% +% {\pushTBL +% % box not here +% \bgroup +% \resetcharacteralign % new +% \getparameters +% [\@@tbl\@@tbl] +% [\c!uitlijnen={\v!rechts,\v!ruim,\v!hoog},#1]% +% \processaction +% [\tbltblsplitsen] +% [ \v!ja=>\enableTBLbreaktrue, +% \v!herhaal=>\enableTBLbreaktrue\multipleTBLheadstrue]% +% \processaction +% [\tbltblhoofd] +% [\v!herhaal=>\multipleTBLheadstrue]% +% \localcolortrue +% \presetallTABLEparameters +% \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset +% [\tbltbloptie] +% [\v!rek=>\autoTBLspreadtrue]% +% \linewidth\tbltbllijndikte % needs to be frozen +% \dontcomplain +% \let\currentcol\!!zerocount +% \let\maximumrowspan\!!plusone +% \let\maximumcol\currentcol +% \let\maximumrow\currentcol +% \def\bTR{\dodoubleempty\parseTR}% +% \def\bTD{\dodoubleempty\parseTD}% +% \def\bTH{\dodoubleempty\parseTH}% +% \def\bTN{\dodoubleempty\parseTN}% +% \endgraf} + \def\dobTABLE[#1]% {\pushTBL % box not here \bgroup -\resetcharacteralign % new + \ifhmode\kern\zeropoint\fi % blocks \removeunwantedspaces: check this on icare handelingsschema + \resetcharacteralign % new \getparameters [\@@tbl\@@tbl] [\c!uitlijnen={\v!rechts,\v!ruim,\v!hoog},#1]% @@ -368,14 +446,17 @@ [\tbltblsplitsen] [ \v!ja=>\enableTBLbreaktrue, \v!herhaal=>\enableTBLbreaktrue\multipleTBLheadstrue]% - \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone - \vbox - \else\ifenableTBLbreak - % no \vbox - \else - \vbox - \fi\fi - \bgroup + \processaction + [\tbltblhoofd] + [\v!herhaal=>\multipleTBLheadstrue]% +% \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone +% \vbox +% \else\ifenableTBLbreak +% % no \vbox +% \else +% \vbox +% \fi\fi +% \bgroup \localcolortrue \presetallTABLEparameters \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset @@ -390,8 +471,7 @@ \def\bTR{\dodoubleempty\parseTR}% \def\bTD{\dodoubleempty\parseTD}% \def\bTH{\dodoubleempty\parseTH}% - \def\bTN{\dodoubleempty\parseTN}% - \endgraf} + \def\bTN{\dodoubleempty\parseTN}} % permits \expanded{\bTD ... \eTD} @@ -400,13 +480,23 @@ \unexpanded\def\eTH{} \unexpanded\def\eTN{} -\def\eTABLE +\def\eTABLE % beware, we need to get rid of spurious spaces when in hmode {% tricky and dirty order -) - \the\TBLhead - \edef\noftblheadlines{\number\maximumrow}% + \doifsometokselse\TBLhead + {\the\TBLhead + \edef\noftblheadlines{\number\maximumrow}% + \doifsometokselse\TBLnext + {\the\TBLnext + \scratchcounter\maximumrow \advance\scratchcounter-\noftblheadlines + \edef\noftblnextlines{\number\scratchcounter}}% + {\let\noftblnextlines\!!zerocount}% was 1 + \edef\noftblhdnxlines{\number\maximumrow}} + {\let\noftblheadlines\!!zerocount % was 1 + \let\noftblnextlines\!!zerocount + \let\noftblhdnxlines\!!zerocount}% \the\TBLbody \the\TBLfoot - \endgraf + \removeunwantedspaces % only if hmode % finish cells \dorecurse\maximumrow {\let\row\recurselevel @@ -469,13 +559,13 @@ {\let\col\recurselevel \expanded{\doTBL{\row}{\col}}}% \eTBL}% + \removeunwantedspaces % only if hmode \endTBL % wrong ! ! ! better to have an auto-offset-overlay % \ifnum\TBLlevel>1 % \vskip-\strutdp % \fi \egroup - \egroup \popTBL} \def\spanTBL#1#2% @@ -518,7 +608,7 @@ \egroup \bgroup % protect local vars \increment\rowTBL\relax - \ifnum\rowTBL>\noftblheadlines\relax + \ifnum\rowTBL>\noftblhdnxlines\relax \ifnum\rowTBL<\maximumrow\relax \doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}% \fi @@ -565,6 +655,133 @@ \begintbl \to\tbltoks} +% \def\endTBL +% {\appendtoks +% \endtbl +% \to\tbltoks +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox +% {\localframed +% [\@@tbl\@@tbl] +% [\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!achtergrond=,\c!uitlijnen=\v!nee] +% {\strut}}% +% \edef\minimalcellheight{\the\ht\scratchbox}% +% \dorecurse\maximumcol +% {\settblaut\recurselevel\!!zeropoint % \zeropoint etc +% % new +% \let\xcol\recurselevel +% \dorecurse\maximumrow +% {\settblwd \recurselevel\xcol\!!zeropoint +% \settblht \recurselevel\xcol\!!zeropoint}% +% % till here +% \settblwid\recurselevel\!!zeropoint}% +% \dorecurse\maximumrow +% {\settblhei\recurselevel\maxdimen}% +% \chardef\TBLpass\plusone +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellA +% \def\makeTBL##1##2% +% {\gettbltxt{##1}{##2}}% +% \def\inTBLcell##1##2% +% {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse\localwidth{\v!passend,\v!ruim} % user set +% {} +% {\scratchdimen\gettblaut\colTBL\relax +% \ifdim\localwidth>\scratchdimen +% \settblaut\colTBL\localwidth +% \fi}}% +% \setbox0\vbox{\trialtypesettingtrue \the\tbltoks}% +% \ifautoTBLspread +% % experimental, stretch non fixed cells to \hsize +% \checktblwidthsone % trial run +% \checktblwidthstwo % real run +% \stretchtblwidths +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellB +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\trialtypesettingtrue \the\tbltoks}% +% \else\ifdim\wd0>\hsize +% \ifautoTBLhsize +% \checktblwidthsone % trial run +% \checktblwidthstwo % real run +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellB +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\trialtypesettingtrue \the\tbltoks}% +% \fi +% \else\ifautoTBLrowspan\ifnum\maximumrowspan>1 % max ? +% % added jan 2002 because nx=* did no longer work +% \checktblwidthsone % trial run +% \checktblwidthstwo % real run +% % +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellC +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\trialtypesettingtrue \the\tbltoks}% +% \fi\fi\fi\fi +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellD +% \chardef\TBLpass2 +% \def\makeTBL##1##2% meer in cellD +% {\dimen2\zeropoint +% \pushmacro\colTBL +% \dorecurse{\gettblcol{##1}{##2}} +% {\advance\dimen2 \gettblwid\colTBL +% \increment\colTBL}% +% \edef\widthTBL{\the\dimen2}% +% \popmacro\colTBL +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\gettbltxt{##1}{##2}}% +% \settblht{##1}{##2}{\the\ht\scratchbox}% +% \settblwd{##1}{##2}{\the\wd\scratchbox}% +% \ifdim\ht\scratchbox>\gettblhei{##1}\relax +% \settblhei{##1}{\the\ht\scratchbox}% +% \fi}% +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\trialtypesettingtrue \the\tbltoks}% +% \checktblheightsone +% \checktblheightstwo +% \let\handleTBLcell\dohandleTBLcellE +% \chardef\TBLpass3 +% \def\makeTBL##1##2% +% {% height +% \pushmacro\rowTBL +% \scratchdimen\zeropoint +% \def\rowTBL{##1}% +% \ifnum\gettblcol{##1}{##2}=\maximumcol\relax +% % case: nc=maxcolumns +% \else +% \dorecurse{\gettblrow{##1}{##2}} +% {\advance\scratchdimen \gettblhei\rowTBL +% \increment\rowTBL}% +% \ifdim\scratchdimen<\gettblht{##1}{##2}\relax +% \scratchdimen\gettblht{##1}{##2}\relax +% \fi +% \fi +% \edef\heightTBL{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \popmacro\rowTBL +% % width +% \pushmacro\colTBL +% \scratchdimen\zeropoint +% \dorecurse{\gettblcol{##1}{##2}} +% {\advance\scratchdimen \gettblwid\colTBL +% \increment\colTBL}% +% \edef\widthTBL{\the\scratchdimen}% +% \popmacro\colTBL +% % cell +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\gettbltxt{##1}{##2}}% +% \ifnum\gettblcol{##1}{##2}=\maximumcol\relax +% % case: nc=maxcolumns +% \else +% \scratchdimen\gettblhei{##1}% +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox +% {\lower\ht\scratchbox\hbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}}% +% \ht\scratchbox\scratchdimen +% \fi +% \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint +% \box\scratchbox}% +% \iftraceTABLE\showtbltoks\fi +% \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone +% \vbox{\the\tbltoks}% +% \else\ifenableTBLbreak +% \ifmultipleTBLheads +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\the\tbltoks}% +% \splittblbox\scratchbox +% \else +% \the\tbltoks +% \fi +% \else +% \vbox{\the\tbltoks}% +% \fi\fi} + \def\endTBL {\appendtoks \endtbl @@ -624,12 +841,12 @@ \chardef\TBLpass2 \def\makeTBL##1##2% meer in cellD {\dimen2\zeropoint - \pushmacro\colTBL + \globalpushmacro\colTBL \dorecurse{\gettblcol{##1}{##2}} {\advance\dimen2 \gettblwid\colTBL \increment\colTBL}% \edef\widthTBL{\the\dimen2}% - \popmacro\colTBL + \globalpopmacro\colTBL \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\gettbltxt{##1}{##2}}% \settblht{##1}{##2}{\the\ht\scratchbox}% \settblwd{##1}{##2}{\the\wd\scratchbox}% @@ -643,7 +860,7 @@ \chardef\TBLpass3 \def\makeTBL##1##2% {% height - \pushmacro\rowTBL + \globalpushmacro\rowTBL \scratchdimen\zeropoint \def\rowTBL{##1}% \ifnum\gettblcol{##1}{##2}=\maximumcol\relax @@ -657,15 +874,15 @@ \fi \fi \edef\heightTBL{\the\scratchdimen}% - \popmacro\rowTBL + \globalpopmacro\rowTBL % width - \pushmacro\colTBL + \globalpushmacro\colTBL \scratchdimen\zeropoint \dorecurse{\gettblcol{##1}{##2}} {\advance\scratchdimen \gettblwid\colTBL \increment\colTBL}% \edef\widthTBL{\the\scratchdimen}% - \popmacro\colTBL + \globalpopmacro\colTBL % cell \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\gettbltxt{##1}{##2}}% \ifnum\gettblcol{##1}{##2}=\maximumcol\relax @@ -680,17 +897,12 @@ \box\scratchbox}% \iftraceTABLE\showtbltoks\fi \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone - \vbox{\the\tbltoks}% + \@EA\notsplittblbox \else\ifenableTBLbreak - \ifmultipleTBLheads - \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\the\tbltoks}% - \splittblbox\scratchbox - \else - \the\tbltoks - \fi + \@EAEAEA\splittblbox \else - \vbox{\the\tbltoks}% - \fi\fi} + \@EAEAEA\notsplittblbox + \fi\fi{\the\tbltoks}} \def\stretchtblwidths {\!!dimend\zeropoint @@ -744,7 +956,6 @@ % \ifvoid#1 \exitloop \else \donetrue \fi}% % \fi} - % \bTABLE[split=repeat] % \bTABLEhead % \bTR \bTH lxxxeft \eTH\bTD right \eTD\eTR @@ -755,38 +966,124 @@ % \eTABLEbody % \eTABLE -\def\splittblbox#1% #1 <> 0/2 +% \def\splittblbox#1% #1 <> 0/2 +% {\ifinsidefloat +% \unvbox#1% +% \else +% % spacing between rows gets lost in split +% \setbox4\vbox +% {\doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}}% +% \setbox2\vbox +% {}% +% \dorecurse\noftblheadlines +% {\setbox0\vsplit#1 to \lineheight +% \setbox2\vbox{\unvcopy2\unvcopy0}}% +% \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi +% \donefalse +% \doloop +% {\setbox0\vsplit#1 to \lineheight +% \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen +% \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox0}% +% \dimen0\ht0 +% \advance\dimen0\ht4 +% \advance\dimen0\pagetotal +% \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal +% \bgroup \pagina \egroup % make sure that local vars are kept +% \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \ifdone +% \doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}% +% \fi +% \unvbox0 +% %\allowbreak +% \bgroup +% \scratchcounter\recurselevel +% \advance\scratchcounter\noftblheadlines +% \setupTBLcell{\number\scratchcounter}1 +% \ifx\@@tblsplitafter\relax +% \allowbreak +% \else +% \doifelsenothing\@@tblsplitafter +% \allowbreak +% {\scratchcounter\realpageno +% \@@tblsplitafter +% \ifnum\scratchcounter<\realpageno +% \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi +% \fi}% +% \fi +% \egroup +% \ifvoid#1 \exitloop \else \donetrue \fi}% +% \fi} + +\newbox\finaltblbox + +\def\notsplittblbox#1% + {\setbox\finaltblbox\vbox{#1}% + \postprocessTABLEbox\finaltblbox + \beforeTABLEbox + \box\finaltblbox + \afterTABLEbox} + +\def\splittblbox#1% {\ifinsidefloat - \unvbox#1% + \notsplittblbox{#1}% \else - % spacing between rows gets lost in split - \setbox4\vbox - {\doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}}% - \setbox2\vbox - {}% + \executeifdefined{splittblbox\tbltblsplitsmethode}\splittblboxa{#1}% + \fi} + +\def\splittblboxa#1% spacing between rows gets lost in split + {\ifmultipleTBLheads + \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{#1}% + \setbox8\vbox{\doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}}% + \setbox2\vbox{}% + \setbox4\vbox{}% \dorecurse\noftblheadlines - {\setbox0\vsplit#1 to \lineheight + {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight \setbox2\vbox{\unvcopy2\unvcopy0}}% - \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi + \dorecurse\noftblnextlines + {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight + \setbox4\vbox{\unvcopy4\unvcopy0}}% + \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \dimen0\ht2 + \advance\dimen0\ht8 + \advance\dimen0\pagetotal\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal + \bgroup\pagina\egroup % make sure that local vars are kept + \fi + \fi + \unvcopy2 + \ifcase\noftblnextlines\else + \setbox2\box4 + \fi + \fi \donefalse + \!!doneafalse \doloop - {\setbox0\vsplit#1 to \lineheight - \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen - \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox0}% - \dimen0\ht0 - \advance\dimen0\ht4 - \advance\dimen0\pagetotal - \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal - \bgroup \pagina \egroup % make sure that local vars are kept - \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi + {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight + \if!!donea + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox0}% + \ifdim\ht0>\zeropoint + \dimen0\ht0 + \advance\dimen0\ht8 + \advance\dimen0\pagetotal\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal + \bgroup\pagina\egroup % make sure that local vars are kept + \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else\unvcopy2\fi + \fi + \fi \fi \fi + \!!doneatrue \ifdone \doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}% \fi \unvbox0 %\allowbreak \bgroup + % todo: what if tblnextlines ? \scratchcounter\recurselevel \advance\scratchcounter\noftblheadlines \setupTBLcell{\number\scratchcounter}1 @@ -802,9 +1099,141 @@ \fi}% \fi \egroup - \ifvoid#1 \exitloop \else \donetrue \fi}% + \ifvoid\scratchbox \exitloop \else \donetrue \fi}% + \else + \notsplittblbox{#1}% \fi} +% \def\splittblboxb#1% +% {\setbox\scratchbox\vbox{#1}% +% \setbox8\vbox{\doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}}% +% \ifmultipleTBLheads +% \setbox2\vbox{}% +% \setbox4\vbox{}% +% \dorecurse\noftblheadlines +% {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight +% \setbox2\vbox{\unvcopy2\unvcopy0}}% +% \dorecurse\noftblnextlines +% {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight +% \setbox4\vbox{\unvcopy4\unvcopy0}}% +% \fi +% \!!doneafalse +% \doloop +% {\ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen +% \scratchdimen\pagegoal +% \advance\scratchdimen-\pagetotal +% \else +% \scratchdimen\teksthoogte +% \fi +% \ifmultipleTBLheads +% \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else +% \advance\scratchdimen-\ht2 +% \fi +% \fi +% \advance\scratchdimen-\ht8 +% \setbox\finaltblbox\vbox +% {\ifmultipleTBLheads +% \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else +% \unvcopy2 +% \doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}% +% \fi +% \fi +% \setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to\scratchdimen +% \unvbox0}% +% \if!!donea\else\ifcase\noftblnextlines\else +% \setbox2\box4 +% \fi\fi +% \!!doneatrue +% \postprocessTABLEsplitbox\finaltblbox +% \beforeTABLEsplitbox +% \box\finaltblbox +% \afterTABLEsplitbox +% \setupTBLcell{\number\scratchcounter}1 +% \@@tblsplitafter +% \ifvoid\scratchbox +% \exitloop +% \else +% \pagina +% \fi}} + +\let\extratblsplitheight\zeropoint % additional space taken by before/afterTABLEsplitbox + +\def\splittblboxb#1% + {\setbox\scratchbox\vbox{#1}% + \setbox8\vbox{\doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}}% + \ifmultipleTBLheads + \setbox2\vbox{}% + \setbox4\vbox{}% + \dorecurse\noftblheadlines + {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight + \setbox2\vbox{\unvcopy2\unvcopy0}}% + \dorecurse\noftblnextlines + {\setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to \lineheight + \setbox4\vbox{\unvcopy4\unvcopy0}}% + \fi + \testpage[2]% quite save since a row is > 1 lineheight and we don't want on-liners + \!!doneafalse + \doloop + {\ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \scratchdimen\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen-\pagetotal + \else + \scratchdimen\teksthoogte + \fi + \ifmultipleTBLheads + \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else + \advance\scratchdimen-\ht2 + \fi + \fi + \advance\scratchdimen-\ht8 + \getnoflines\scratchdimen + \ifdim\noflines\lineheight>\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchdimen-\lineheight + \fi +\advance\scratchdimen-\extratblsplitheight + \setbox\finaltblbox\vbox + {\ifmultipleTBLheads + \ifcase\noftblheadlines\else + \unvcopy2 + \doifsomething\tbltbltussenwit{\blank[\tbltbltussenwit]}% + \fi + \fi + \setbox0\vsplit\scratchbox to\scratchdimen + \unvbox0}% + \if!!donea\else\ifcase\noftblnextlines\else + \setbox2\box4 + \fi\fi + \!!doneatrue + \postprocessTABLEsplitbox\finaltblbox + \ifvoid\scratchbox + \beforeTABLEsplitbox + \box\finaltblbox + \afterTABLEsplitbox + \@@tblsplitafter + \exitloop + \else + % hack + \scratchdimen\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen \lineheight + \global\pagegoal\scratchdimen + % brrr + \beforeTABLEsplitbox + \box\finaltblbox + \afterTABLEsplitbox + \@@tblsplitafter + \pagina + \fi}} + +% ! ! ! ! TODO: naast \postprocessTABLEsplitbox ook evt \postprocessTABLEbox voor niet split + +\let\postprocessTABLEsplitbox\gobbleoneargument +\let\postprocessTABLEbox \gobbleoneargument + +\let\beforeTABLEsplitbox\relax +\let\afterTABLEsplitbox \relax +\let\beforeTABLEbox \relax +\let\afterTABLEbox \relax + \def\checktblwidthsone{\dochecktblwidths0} % 0 = trial run \def\checktblwidthstwo{\dochecktblwidths1} % 1 = real run @@ -1091,8 +1520,10 @@ \c!uitlijnkarakter={,}, \c!optie=, % \v!rek \c!splitsen=\v!nee, + \c!hoofd=, \c!tussenwit=, - \c!maxbreedte=8em] + \c!maxbreedte=8em, + \c!splitsmethode=a] %D We have already prepared the previous macros for nesting, %D so we only have to pop in the right ones: @@ -1101,7 +1532,7 @@ \newcounter\TBLlevel -\def\@@tblprefix{\@@tbl:\ifnum\TBLlevel>1 \TBLlevel:\fi} +\def\@@tblprefix{\@@tbl:\ifnum\TBLlevel>1 :\TBLlevel:\fi} \long\def\settbltxt#1#2#3% {\setxvalue{\@@tblprefix#1:#2:l}{\TBLlevel}% @@ -1116,7 +1547,7 @@ %D New: \def\pushTBLparameters - {\pushmacro\TBLlevel + {\globalpushmacro\TBLlevel \ifcase\TBLpass % we're just after \bTABLE \else\ifnum\TBLlevel>\zerocount @@ -1124,7 +1555,7 @@ \fi\fi} \def\popTBLparameters - {\popmacro\TBLlevel} + {\globalpopmacro\TBLlevel} \def\pushTBL {\ifnum\TBLlevel=\zerocount @@ -1133,16 +1564,16 @@ \doglobal\increment\TBLlevel\relax \ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone \resetallTABLEparameters - \pushmacro\colTBL - \pushmacro\rowTBL + \globalpushmacro\colTBL + \globalpushmacro\rowTBL \else \global\intabletrue \fi} \def\popTBL {\ifnum\TBLlevel>\plusone - \popmacro\rowTBL - \popmacro\colTBL + \globalpopmacro\rowTBL + \globalpopmacro\colTBL \else \global\intablefalse \fi diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-num.tex b/tex/context/base/core-num.tex index d9618c720..43e1832f4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-num.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-num.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Numbering} @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ % % \definieernummer[naam] % \stelnummerin[naam][wijze=,blok=,tekst=,plaats=,conversie=,start=] -% \setnummer[naam]{waarde} -% \resetnummer[naam] +% \setnumber[naam]{waarde} +% \resetnumber[naam] % \verhoognummer[naam] % \verlaagnummer[naam] % \volgendenummer[naam][tag][referentie] @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ \def\dododefinieernummer[#1][#2]% {\getparameters [\s!number#1] - [\c!nummer=#1, + [\c!nummer=#1, \s!check=, \c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, \c!wijze\c!lokaal=\getvalue{\@@thenumber{#1}\c!wijze}, \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, - \c!tekst=, % weg hier - \c!plaats=, % weg hier, was trouwens \c!zetwijze + \c!tekst=, % weg hier + \c!plaats=, % weg hier, was trouwens \c!zetwijze \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, \c!start=0, #2]% @@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ \def\definieernummer {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieernummer} -\def\setnummer[#1]#2% +\def\setnumber[#1]#2% {\setcounter{\@@thenumber{#1}}{#2}} -\def\resetnummer[#1]% +\def\resetnumber[#1]% {\setcounter{\@@thenumber{#1}}{0\csname\@@thenumber{#1}\c!start\endcsname}} \def\dodoreset#1% @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ \ifx\checknummer\undefined \let\checknummer\gobbleoneargument \fi -% ook de pag nummers hierheen halen ivm \@@nrwijze +% ook de pag nummers hierheen halen ivm \@@nrwijze \def\dostelnummerenin[#1]% globaal {\getparameters[\??nr][#1]% @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, \c!status=\v!start] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex b/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex index cbc7c8195..a19863251 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ % \dosetpositionpt\@@posy{#4}% % %\setxvalue{\POSprefix#1}{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy}}% % \@EA\xdef\csname\POSprefix#1\endcsname{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy}}% -% +% % \def\setpospxywhd#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% % {\dosetpositionnm\@@posp{#2}% % \dosetpositionpt\@@posx{#3}% @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ % \dosetpositionpt\@@posd{#7}% % %\setxvalue{\POSprefix#1}{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy,\@@posw,\@@posh,\@@posd}}% % \@EA\xdef\csname\POSprefix#1\endcsname{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy,\@@posw,\@@posh,\@@posd}}% -% +% % \def\setpospxyplus#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% % {\dosetpositionnm\@@posp{#2}% % \dosetpositionpt\@@posx{#3}% @@ -142,25 +142,27 @@ % %\setxvalue{\POSprefix#1}{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy,\@@posw,\@@posh,\@@posd,#8}} % \@EA\xdef\csname\POSprefix#1\endcsname{\@@posp,\@@posx,\@@posy,\@@posw,\@@posh,\@@posd,#8}} -%D This is real tricky! The page anchor is applied to the -%D page box and therefore flushed first. So, when present, it -%D is applied to all positions except itself. +%D This is real tricky! The page anchor is applied to the +%D page box and therefore flushed first. So, when present, it +%D is applied to all positions except itself. -\chardef\positionanchormode=0 % don't relocate page origin -\chardef\positionanchormode=1 % relocate page origin once +\chardef\positionanchormode=0 % don't relocate page origin +\chardef\positionanchormode=1 % relocate page origin once \def\pageanchor{page:0} +% todo: change with each page size change + \def\registerpageposition#1% this one is flushed first ! {\ifpositioning\ifcase\realpageno\or \ifdim\printpapierhoogte=\papierhoogte\else \ifdim\printpapierbreedte=\papierbreedte\else \setbox#1\hbox{\hpos\pageanchor{\box#1}}% - \fi - \fi + \fi + \fi \fi\fi} -\def\dosetpositionxy#1#2#3% todo: scaled points +\def\dosetpositionxy#1#2#3% todo: scaled points {\scratchdimen#2\s!sp \ifcase\positionanchormode\or \advance\scratchdimen-#3\pageanchor @@ -352,7 +354,7 @@ %D up. So, the third extra is fetched with, %D %D \starttypen -%D \MPplus{identifier}{3} +%D \MPplus{identifier}{3}{default} %D \stoptypen %D %D All extras (comma separated) are fetched with: @@ -487,7 +489,7 @@ \def\setpositiondata#1#2#3#4% {\iftrialtypesetting \else \initializenextposition - \hbox + \hbox {\def\currentposition{#1}% \dosetpositionwhd\currentposition {\number#2}% @@ -505,7 +507,7 @@ \else \initializenextposition \hbox to \nextboxwd - {\def\currentposition{#1}% + {\edef\currentposition{#1}% \dosetpositionwhd\currentposition {\number\nextboxwd}% {\number\nextboxht}% @@ -521,7 +523,7 @@ {\iftrialtypesetting \else \initializenextposition \hbox to \nextboxwd - {\def\currentposition{#1}% + {\edef\currentposition{#1}% \dosetpositionplus\currentposition {\number#2}% {\number#3}% @@ -539,7 +541,7 @@ \else \initializenextposition \hbox to \nextboxwd - {\def\currentposition{#1}% + {\edef\currentposition{#1}% \dosetpositionplus\currentposition {\number\nextboxwd}% {\number\nextboxht}% @@ -605,7 +607,7 @@ %D \traceposstring\clap\cyan{<#1>}% %D \fi %D \fi} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\doifpositionaction#1% {\ifundefined{\POSactionprefix#1::}% @@ -631,12 +633,11 @@ \def\copyposition#1#2% {\bgroup - \edef\to {\POSprefix#1}% + %\edef\to {\POSprefix#1}% \edef\from{\POSprefix#2}% - %\doifdefined\from - % {\global\@EA\@EA\@EA\let\@EA\csname\@EA\to\@EA\endcsname\csname\from\endcsname}% \ifundefined\from\else - \global\@EA\@EA\@EA\let\@EA\csname\@EA\to\@EA\endcsname\csname\from\endcsname + % \global\@EA\@EA\@EA\let\@EA\csname\@EA\to\@EA\endcsname\csname\from\endcsname + \global\@EA\let\csname\POSprefix#1\@EA\endcsname\csname\from\endcsname \fi \egroup} @@ -763,7 +764,7 @@ \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi} -\chardef\parposstrut=1 % 0 => no strut data, so fall backs used +\chardef\parposstrut=1 % 0 => no strut data, so fall backs used \def\doregisterparoptions {\doglobal\increment\parposcounter @@ -796,7 +797,7 @@ {\hss \blue \llap{\infofont\number\parposcounter}% - \scratchdimen\!!onepoint + \scratchdimen\onepoint \vrule \!!width 4\scratchdimen \!!height2\scratchdimen @@ -845,19 +846,17 @@ % #4% % \fi} -\newdimen\overlappingmargin \overlappingmargin\zeropoint +% \newdimen\overlappingmargin \overlappingmargin\zeropoint +% +% \overlappingmargin-2sp % better + +\def\overlappingmargin{-2\s!sp} \def\doifoverlappingelse#1#2% {\begingroup \donefalse \edef\!!stringa{#1}\edef\!!stringb{#2}% \ifnum\MPp\!!stringa=\MPp\!!stringb\relax - \def\check##1##2% - {\ifdim##1<\!!dimena \else \ifdim##1>\!!dimenb \else - \ifdim##2<\!!dimenc \else \ifdim##2>\!!dimend \else - \donetrue - \fi\fi - \fi\fi}% \!!dimena\MPx\!!stringa \!!dimenb\MPx\!!stringa\advance\!!dimenb \MPw\!!stringa \!!dimenc\MPy\!!stringa\advance\!!dimenc-\MPd\!!stringa @@ -875,11 +874,28 @@ \advance\!!dimenf+\overlappingmargin \advance\!!dimeng-\overlappingmargin \advance\!!dimenh+\overlappingmargin - \fi - \check\!!dimene\!!dimeng \ifdone \else - \check\!!dimene\!!dimenh \ifdone \else - \check\!!dimenf\!!dimeng \ifdone \else - \check\!!dimenf\!!dimenh \fi \fi \fi + \fi + % more often eh fb eg fg + \def\checkone##1##2% + {\ifdim##1<\!!dimena \else \ifdim##1>\!!dimenb \else + \ifdim##2<\!!dimenc \else \ifdim##2>\!!dimend \else + \donetrue + \fi\fi + \fi\fi}% + \def\checktwo##1##2% + {\ifdim##1<\!!dimene \else \ifdim##1>\!!dimenf \else + \ifdim##2<\!!dimeng \else \ifdim##2>\!!dimenh \else + \donetrue + \fi\fi + \fi\fi}% + \checkone\!!dimene\!!dimeng \ifdone \else + \checkone\!!dimene\!!dimenh \ifdone \else + \checkone\!!dimenf\!!dimeng \ifdone \else + \checkone\!!dimenf\!!dimenh \ifdone \else + \checktwo\!!dimena\!!dimenc \ifdone \else + \checktwo\!!dimena\!!dimend \ifdone \else + \checktwo\!!dimenb\!!dimene \ifdone \else + \checktwo\!!dimenb\!!dimenc \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \ifdone \endgroup\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments @@ -1056,7 +1072,7 @@ \def\MPanchoridentifier{mpa} % {mp-anchor} \def\MPoverlayposprefix{MO::} -% obsolete and wrong anyway +% obsolete and wrong anyway % % \long\def\defineMPpositiongraphic#1% % {\long\setvalue{\MPoverlayposprefix#1}} @@ -1096,8 +1112,8 @@ % \vfill}% % \fi} -% \def\positionoverlay#1% the test prevents too many redundant positions -% {\ifpositioning % in (not used) text* position layers +% \def\positionoverlay#1% the test prevents too many redundant positions +% {\ifpositioning % in (not used) text* position layers % \vbox to \overlayheight % {\doifpositionactionelse{#1::\MPanchoridentifier}% % {\edef\MPanchorid{#1::\MPanchoridentifier:\MPanchornumber}% @@ -1181,7 +1197,7 @@ \def\handlepositionaction#1\with#2\on#3% {\bgroup \ifx\currentpositionoverlay\empty - \edef\!!stringa{#3}% no layer, just pos itself as anchor + \edef\!!stringa{#3}% no layer, just pos itself as anchor \else \edef\!!stringa{\currentpositionoverlay::\MPanchoridentifier}% \fi @@ -1212,7 +1228,7 @@ \def\docleanpositionboxes#1#2#3% pos tag setups {\ifnum\MPp{#1}<\realpageno \else - \noexpand \dohandlepositionboxes{#1}{#2}{#3}% reinsert + \noexpand \dohandlepositionboxes{#1}{#2}{#3}% reinsert \fi} \appendtoks @@ -1326,7 +1342,7 @@ \cleanuppositionaction{#1}% \egroup % smashed is really needed else \smashedbox\scratchbox % we get problems with too big - \egroup % overlays (s-pre-0x.tex) + \egroup % overlays (s-pre-0x.tex) \else % shouldn't happen too often \traceposstring\clap\cyan{<#1>}% @@ -1601,7 +1617,7 @@ \def\MPl#1{\MPplus{#1}20} \def\MPr#1{\MPplus{#1}30} -\startMPpositionmethod{mpos:par} %%%%%%%%%%% will become obsolete +\startMPpositionmethod{mpos:par} %%%%%%%%%%% will become obsolete \edef\MPparcounter{\MPv\MPbself{1}{0}}% \doifpositionelse\MPwself {\startMPpositiongraphic{mpos:par}% @@ -1726,6 +1742,7 @@ %\xdef\nextparbackground{background:\nofparbackgrounds}% \xdef\nextparbackground{pbg:\nofparbackgrounds}% \egroup + % todo : \synchonizepositionpage{b:\currentparbackground}{s:\currentparbackground}% \setuptextbackground[#1][#2]% \let\dodostarttextbackground\relax \let\dodostoptextbackground \relax @@ -1741,10 +1758,14 @@ [ \v!tekst=>\let\dodostarttextbackground\dostarttextbackgroundtxt \let\dodostoptextbackground \dostoptextbackgroundtxt, \v!alinea=>\let\dodostarttextbackground\dostarttextbackgroundpar - \let\dodostoptextbackground \dostoptextbackgroundpar]% - \ifnum\textbackgrounddepth>\plusone % new - \let\dodostarttextbackground\dostarttextbackgroundtxt - \let\dodostoptextbackground \dostoptextbackgroundtxt + \let\dodostoptextbackground \dostoptextbackgroundpar, + \v!geen=>\let\dodostarttextbackground\relax + \let\dodostoptextbackground \relax]% + \ifx\dodostarttextbackground\dostarttextbackgroundpar % untested + \ifnum\textbackgrounddepth>\plusone % new + \let\dodostarttextbackground\dostarttextbackgroundtxt + \let\dodostoptextbackground \dostoptextbackgroundtxt + \fi \fi \doifelsevalue{\??td#1\c!kader}\v!aan {\doifelsevalue{\??td#1\c!hoek}\v!rond @@ -1758,8 +1779,8 @@ \startpositionoverlay{\textbackgroundoverlay{\getvalue{\??td#1\c!niveau}}}% \expanded {\setMPpositiongraphicrange % moet veel efficienter - {b:\currentparbackground}% - {e:\currentparbackground}% + {\btbanchor}% {b:\currentparbackground}% + {\etbanchor}% {e:\currentparbackground}% {\getvalue{\??td#1\c!methode}}% {self=\currentparbackground, mp=\getvalue{\??td#1\c!mp}, @@ -1779,6 +1800,14 @@ {\dodostoptextbackground \carryoverpar\egroup} +\def\starttextbackgroundmanual + {\dostartattributes{\??td\currenttextbackground}\c!letter\c!kleur\empty + \fpos\currentparbackground\ignorespaces} + +\def\stoptextbackgroundmanual + {\tpos\currentparbackground + \dostopattributes} + \def\dostarttextbackgroundtxt {\ifvmode \leavevmode \fi \dostartattributes{\??td\currenttextbackground}\c!letter\c!kleur\empty @@ -1819,7 +1848,7 @@ % \endgraf % new % \getvalue{\??td\currenttextbackground\c!na}} -\def\dostarttextbackgroundpar +\def\dostarttextbackgroundpar {\endgraf % new \getvalue{\??td\currenttextbackground\c!voor}% \doassignsomeskip\getvalue{\??td\currenttextbackground\c!bovenoffset}\to\scratchskip @@ -1844,7 +1873,7 @@ \advance\leftskip\leftskipadaption \dosetleftskipadaption{\getvalue{\??td\currenttextbackground\c!rechteroffset}}% \advance\rightskip\leftskipadaption -% new +% new \dosetraggedcommand{\getvalue{\??td\currenttextbackground\c!uitlijnen}}% \raggedcommand % @@ -1960,7 +1989,7 @@ {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetextbackground} \def\dodefinetextbackground[#1][#2]% - {\ifsecondargument % why ? + {\ifsecondargument % why ? \copyparameters[\??td#1][\??td] [\c!status,\c!plaats,\c!variant,\c!mp,\c!methode, \c!achtergrond,\c!achtergrondkleur,\c!hoek,\c!niveau, @@ -2135,13 +2164,13 @@ %D \macros %D {stackeddown} -%D +%D %D However, a better implementation is possible with the %D following macro. We now have an extra key \type {stack} for %D margin settings. When set to \type {yes}, this macro comes -%D into action. +%D into action. -\def\stackeddown +\def\stackeddown {\dowithnextbox {\doglobal\increment\currentautopos \hpos{\POSstackprefix\currentautopos} @@ -2158,11 +2187,11 @@ \advance\scratchdimen\MPd{\POSstackprefix\previousautopos}}% \exitloop \ifnum\previousautopos<\zerocount\exitloop\fi}% - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint - \setbox\nextbox \hbox % \iftracepositons\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi + % \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint + \setbox\nextbox\iftracepositions\@EA\ruledhbox\else\@EA\hbox\fi {\lower\scratchdimen\flushnextbox}% \next - \fi + % \fi \flushnextbox}}} %D The next hack make sure that margin texts near faulty @@ -2430,14 +2459,14 @@ %D linear_shade(pxy,0,.4c,.9c) ; %D anchor_area(\MPanchor{\MPvar{from}}) ; %D \stopMPpositiongraphic -%D +%D %D \setMPpositiongraphic{b:x}{tableshade}{from=b:x,to=e:x,color=red} %D \setMPpositiongraphic{b:y}{tableshade}{from=b:y,to=e:y,color=green} %D \setMPpositiongraphic{b:z}{tableshade}{from=b:z,to=e:z,color=blue} %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer \haalbuffer -%D +%D %D The definition of the table looks about the same as the %D previous one: %D @@ -2535,4 +2564,4 @@ % \advance\scratchdimen -\MPx{mh:#1}% % \edef\righthdistance{\the\scratchdimen}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex index 7c60bcc3a..67eda416c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex @@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ %D These are implemented in a low level form as: %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\dotextreference[#1]{\rawtextreference\s!txt{#1}} % #2 %D \def\dopagereference[#1]{\rawpagereference\s!pag{#1}} %D \def\doreference [#1]{\rawreference \s!ref{#1}} % #2 -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D or without expansion problems: +%D or without expansion problems: \def\dotextreference[#1]#2% {\bgroup @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ \appendtoks %\def\dohandleaccent #1#2{\string#1\string#2}% %\def\dohandlecommand #1{\string#1}% - \cleanupfeatures + \cleanupfeatures \to \everyreference %D Why do we have to write down references? \TEX, and therefore @@ -277,11 +277,11 @@ \fi \fi} -%D Beware: \type {#2} gobbles space in references so that -%D \typ {a nice ref} becomes \typ {anice ref}. +%D Beware: \type {#2} gobbles space in references so that +%D \typ {a nice ref} becomes \typ {anice ref}. -\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% - {\bgroup +\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% + {\bgroup \global\advance\crossreferencenumber \plusone\relax \if#1-\if#2:% \let\referenceprefix\empty @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ % \getvalue{\r!cross\fileprefix#2}% % \egroup} -\def\copycrossreference#1#2#3% file from to / slow +\def\copycrossreference#1#2#3% file from to / slow {\bgroup \doifelse{#1}{} {\let\fileprefix\empty} @@ -1389,12 +1389,12 @@ \egroup \doresetgotowhereever} % to prevent problems with direct goto's -%D The following local redefinition permits the usage of -%D nested \type {\doifreferencefoundelse}; see for an +%D The following local redefinition permits the usage of +%D nested \type {\doifreferencefoundelse}; see for an %D example the local test for file|/|url references. This is %D a fuzzy part of this mechanism and a result of the choice -%D to let speed prevail over beauty in resolving chained -%D references with symbolic (defined) references. +%D to let speed prevail over beauty in resolving chained +%D references with symbolic (defined) references. \def\localdoifreferencefoundelse#1#2#3% {\dodoifreferencefoundelse{#1}% @@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ \def\reportreferenceerror#1#2% {\bgroup - \the\everyreference % cleanup : etc in french + \the\everyreference % cleanup : etc in french \ifvoorlopig\ifinpagebody\else \doifsomething{#2} {\inlinker @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ \ifdone#2\else#3\fi} {#3\unknownreference{#1}}} -\def\docheckifreferencepermitted#1% +\def\docheckifreferencepermitted#1% {\ifx\currentinnerreference\empty \ifx\currentouterreference\empty \else \doifinstring{\currentouterreference::}\permittedreferences\donefalse @@ -2089,8 +2089,8 @@ \beginETEX -\def\checkexecutecommand#1#2% evt geen #1 en #2 - {\ifx#2\empty \else \ifcsname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname +\def\checkexecutecommand#1#2% evt geen #1 en #2 + {\ifx#2\empty \else \ifcsname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname \@EA\let\@EA\docheckexecutecommand\csname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname \rawprocesscommalist[#2]\docheckexecutecommand \fi \fi } @@ -2099,8 +2099,8 @@ \beginTEX -\def\checkexecutecommand#1#2% evt geen #1 en #2 - {\ifx#2\empty \else \@EA\ifx\csname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname\relax \else +\def\checkexecutecommand#1#2% evt geen #1 en #2 + {\ifx#2\empty \else \@EA\ifx\csname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname\relax \else \@EA\let\@EA\docheckexecutecommand\csname\s!do:\s!do:#1\endcsname \rawprocesscommalist[#2]\docheckexecutecommand \fi \fi } @@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ %D special driver (using \type{\executecommand}). % better: [command(name)] and \definereference[name][command(name)] - + \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!CloseDocument {close} \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!ExitViewer {exit} \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!FirstPage {first} @@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ \ifx\@@rfprefix\empty \let\referenceprefix\empty \else\ifx\@@rfprefix\incrementreferenceprefix - \advance\prefixcounter \plusone % should be global + \advance\prefixcounter \plusone % should be global \edef\referenceprefix{\the\prefixcounter:}% \let\@@rfprefix\s!unknown \else\ifx\@@rfprefix\decrementreferenceprefix @@ -2356,8 +2356,8 @@ \unexpanded\def\dospecialover[#1]% {\dontleavehmode \bgroup - \def\thecurrentsubtextreference% - {\limitatetext{\currentsubtextreference}{\@@rfbreedte}{\unknown}}% + \def\thecurrentsubtextreference + {\limitatetext\currentsubtextreference\@@rfbreedte\unknown}% %\leaveoutervmode % no \@@rflinks \doifreferencefoundelse{#1} @@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ \def\gebruikURL {\bgroup - \protectlabels + \protectlabels \catcode`\#=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\/=12 \catcode`\_=12\catcode`\~=12\catcode`\:=12 \dodoubleempty\dogebruikURL} @@ -2941,7 +2941,7 @@ \def\simpleuit {\bgroup - \protectlabels + \protectlabels \ifundefined{\v!file:::\otherlabel}% {\tttf[\otherlabel]}% \else @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ \def\complexuit[#1]% {\dontleavehmode % added, but probably not needed \bgroup - \protectlabels % needed for active french :'s + \protectlabels % needed for active french :'s \edef\!!stringa{#1}% \doifincsnameelse{::}\!!stringa\donothing{\edef\!!stringa{#1::}}% \@EA\docomplexuit\@EA[\!!stringa]} @@ -3287,7 +3287,7 @@ \newif\ifautocrossdocument -\def\docoupledocument[#1][#2][#3][#4]% is this :/- safe ? +\def\docoupledocument[#1][#2][#3][#4]% is this :/- safe ? {\ifthirdargument \begingroup \def\dolijstelement##1##2##3##4##5##6% 2=aut 6=pag / 2 goes into text ref slot @@ -3529,7 +3529,7 @@ % \c!breedte=\overlaywidth,\c!hoogte=\overlayheight]% % {}} -\def\complexoverlaybutton[#1]% +\def\complexoverlaybutton[#1]% {\iflocation \doifreferencefoundelse{#1} {\overlayfakebox {#1}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex index e2f3b64dd..9b105df70 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex @@ -286,6 +286,61 @@ \def\dosetpageregisterpage#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\doifreglevelelse[#5]{\dodosetpageregisterpage{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}{}} +% \def\dodosetpageregisterpage#1#2#3#4#5#6% +% {\global\utilitydonetrue +% \c!entryletter +% \setregisterhowto[#3]% +% \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% +% {\bgroup +% \if!!donea % \strut nieuw +% \setbox0\hbox{\showlocation{\doregistertexthowto{#2} +% {\strut\limitedregisterentry{#2}{##1}}}}% +% \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\box0}% +% \else +% \doregistertexthowto{#2}{##1}% +% \fi +% \egroup +% \!!doneafalse}% +% \!!doneafalse +% \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}\v!tekst +% {\ifcase\currententrylevel \or +% \!!doneatrue\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc \or +% \c!entrya\!!doneatrue\c!entryb\c!entryc \or +% \c!entrya\c!entryb\!!doneatrue\c!entryc \fi} +% {\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc}% +% \global\let\c!entrya\relax +% \global\let\c!entryb\relax +% \global\let\c!entryc\relax +% \global\let\c!entryletter\relax +% \global\let\c!entryreference\relax +% % \global\firstregisterentrytrue +% \iffirstregisterpage +% \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus\zerocount +% \expandafter\hskip\getvalue{\??id#2\c!afstand}\relax +% \donetrue +% \else\ifnum#1=3 +% |--|\relax % -- ! +% \donetrue +% \else\ifnum\lastregisterpagestatus=2 +% \donefalse % waiting for "to" pagenumber +% \else +% \registerpageseparator +% |\spatie|\relax % \relax needed because | looks ahead +% \donetrue +% \fi\fi\fi +% \ifdone +% \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}\v!paginanummer +% {\bgroup +% \setbox0\hbox +% {\showlocation{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% +% \gotonextinternal\s!ind{#4}{#6}{\box0}%{\copy0}% +% \egroup} +% {\hbox{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% +% \ignorespaces +% \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus#1\relax +% \fi +% \global\firstregisterpagefalse} + \def\dodosetpageregisterpage#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\global\utilitydonetrue \c!entryletter @@ -293,9 +348,14 @@ \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% {\bgroup \if!!donea % \strut nieuw - \setbox0\hbox{\showlocation{\doregistertexthowto{#2} - {\strut\limitedregisterentry{#2}{##1}}}}% - \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\box0}% + %\setbox0\hbox{\showlocation{\doregistertexthowto{#2} + % {\strut\limitedregisterentry{#2}{##1}}}}% + % \gotonextinternal\s!ind{#4}{#6}{\box0}% + % + \hhboxindent\hangindent % maybe also left and right skip + \setbox0\hbox{\doregistertexthowto{#2}{\strut\limitedregisterentry{#2}{##1}}}% + \unhhbox0\with{\gotonextinternal\s!ind{#4}{#6}{\box\hhbox}}% + % \else \doregistertexthowto{#2}{##1}% \fi @@ -349,7 +409,7 @@ {\doregistertexthowto{#1}{\strut\limitedregisterentry{#1}{##1}}}% \getvalue {#1\ifcase\currententrylevel\s!entrya\or\s!entryb\else\s!entryc\fi}% - {\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{\labeltexts{\v!zie}{#3}}}% + {\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{\labeltexts\v!zie{#3}}}% \c!entryletter\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc \global\let\c!entrya\relax \global\let\c!entryb\relax @@ -382,8 +442,7 @@ {\getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight \ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi % brrr - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% - {\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\strut\ignorespaces#2}}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}{\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\strut\ignorespaces#2}}% \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% \par\nobreak} @@ -397,6 +456,9 @@ \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% \nobreak} +\def\doregistercharacterA[#1]#2{\doregistercharactera[#1]{\WORD{#2}}} +\def\doregistercharacterB[#1]#2{\doregistercharacterb[#1]{\WORD{#2}}} + %D Don't use \type{\string#2}; another hack isneeded, since %D \type {#2} can be \type {\string} itself. @@ -496,7 +558,8 @@ \c!entryletter \iflocation \getalllistreferences{#1}{#2}% - \endgraf\hangindent1em\noindent\c!entryreference +% \endgraf + \hangindent1em\noindent\c!entryreference % %\thisissomeinternal{\s!lin}{\internallistreference}% % @@ -538,7 +601,7 @@ \fi}}% \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!nummer}\v!ja {\hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}(\commalistsize)}% - \doifnotvalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} % paginanummer,alles + \doifnotvalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}\v!tekst % paginanummer,alles {\def\docommando##1##2% {{\setbox0\hbox{\showlocation{\hbox to 1em{\hss\symbol[##2]\hss}}}% \ifx##1\empty @@ -552,9 +615,11 @@ \docommando\lastlistreference\v!volgende}% % tot hier \else - \endgraf\noindent\c!entryreference +% \endgraf + \noindent\c!entryreference \limitedregisterentry{#1}{#2}% - \fi} + \fi +\endgraf} \def\dosetregister#1% {\doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}\v!ja @@ -964,4 +1029,4 @@ % % \volledigeindex -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex index d09e5370e..c50cf9955 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ \newdimen\linewidth \def\dosetuplinewidth[#1]% - {\assigndimension{#1}\linewidth{.2\s!pt}{.4\s!pt}{.6\s!pt}} + {\assigndimension{#1}\linewidth{.2\points}{.4\points}{.6\points}} \def\setuplinewidth {\dosingleargument\dosetuplinewidth} @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ {\bgroup \forgetall \mindermeldingen - \dimen10=\!!onepoint + \dimen10=\onepoint \dimen10=\@@rsfactor\dimen10 \dimen10=#5\dimen10 \setbox2\hbox to #2 @@ -669,6 +669,8 @@ {\bgroup \dodoubleempty\startlocalframed} +\let\fastlocalframed\localframed + %D Before we go into details, we present (and implement) the %D main framing routine. I saw no real reason for splitting the %D next two macros into smaller pieces. The content will be @@ -917,6 +919,21 @@ \newif\ifreshapeframebox \reshapeframeboxtrue +%D Beware: setting \type {top} and \type {bottom} to nothing, may +%D result in a frame that is larger that the given height! try: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \framed +%D [height=3cm,top=,bottom=,offset=overlay] +%D {\strut test \shapefill \strut test} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This is intended behaviour and not a bug! One can always set +%D +%D \starttypen +%D ...,bottom=\kern0pt,... +%D \stoptypen + \def\stoplocalframed {\dontshowcomposition \ifboxhasformat @@ -1268,20 +1285,111 @@ %D or free widths and heights. Each combination gets its own %D macro. -\def\dopresetformatbox - {\forgetall - \oninterlineskip} +% \def\dopresetformatbox +% {\forgetall +% \oninterlineskip} + +% \def\doformatboxSomeFormat +% {\vbox to \!!heighta +% \bgroup +% \dopresetformatbox +% \hsize\!!widtha +% \vsize\!!heighta +% \raggedcommand +% \dobeforeframedbox +% \bgroup +% \localbegstrut +% \aftergroup\localendstrut +% \aftergroup\doafterframedbox +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxNoFormat +% {\vbox to \!!heighta +% \bgroup +% \dopresetformatbox +% \hsize\!!widtha +% \vsize\!!heighta +% \raggedcenter +% \vss +% \bgroup +% \localbegstrut +% \aftergroup\localendstrut +% \aftergroup\vss +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxHeight +% {\vbox to \!!heighta +% \bgroup +% \dopresetformatbox +% \raggedcommand +% \vss +% \bgroup +% \aftergroup\localendstrut +% \aftergroup\vss +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \localbegstrut +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxWidth +% {\vbox +% \bgroup +% \dopresetformatbox +% \hsize\!!widtha +% \raggedcommand +% \dobeforeframedbox +% \bgroup +% \localbegstrut +% \aftergroup\localendstrut +% \aftergroup\doafterframedbox +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxVSize +% {\vbox to \!!heighta +% \bgroup +% \forgetall +% \vsize\!!heighta +% \vss +% \bgroup +% \aftergroup\vss +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \hbox +% \bgroup +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \localstrut +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxHSize +% {\hbox to \!!widtha +% \bgroup +% \forgetall +% \hss +% \localstrut +% \bgroup +% \aftergroup\hss +% \aftergroup\egroup +% \let\next=} + +% \def\doformatboxNoSize +% {\hbox +% \bgroup +% \localstrut +% \let\next=} \def\doformatboxSomeFormat {\vbox to \!!heighta \bgroup - \dopresetformatbox + \forgetall + \oninterlineskip \hsize\!!widtha \vsize\!!heighta \raggedcommand \dobeforeframedbox \bgroup \localbegstrut + \@@handleoneliner \aftergroup\localendstrut \aftergroup\doafterframedbox \aftergroup\egroup @@ -1290,13 +1398,15 @@ \def\doformatboxNoFormat {\vbox to \!!heighta \bgroup - \dopresetformatbox + \forgetall + \oninterlineskip \hsize\!!widtha \vsize\!!heighta \raggedcenter \vss \bgroup \localbegstrut + \@@handleoneliner \aftergroup\localendstrut \aftergroup\vss \aftergroup\egroup @@ -1305,7 +1415,8 @@ \def\doformatboxHeight {\vbox to \!!heighta \bgroup - \dopresetformatbox + \forgetall + \oninterlineskip \raggedcommand \vss \bgroup @@ -1313,29 +1424,20 @@ \aftergroup\vss \aftergroup\egroup \localbegstrut + \@@handleoneliner \let\next=} -% \def\doformatboxWidth -% {\vbox -% \bgroup -% \dopresetformatbox -% \hsize\!!widtha -% \raggedcommand -% \bgroup -% \localbegstrut -% \aftergroup\localendstrut -% \aftergroup\egroup -% \let\next=} - \def\doformatboxWidth {\vbox \bgroup - \dopresetformatbox + \forgetall + \oninterlineskip \hsize\!!widtha \raggedcommand \dobeforeframedbox \bgroup \localbegstrut + \@@handleoneliner \aftergroup\localendstrut \aftergroup\doafterframedbox \aftergroup\egroup @@ -1354,6 +1456,7 @@ \bgroup \aftergroup\egroup \localstrut + \@@handleoneliner \let\next=} \def\doformatboxHSize @@ -1362,6 +1465,7 @@ \forgetall \hss \localstrut + \@@handleoneliner \bgroup \aftergroup\hss \aftergroup\egroup @@ -1371,6 +1475,7 @@ {\hbox \bgroup \localstrut + \@@handleoneliner \let\next=} %D On the next page we show some examples of how these macros @@ -2059,8 +2164,8 @@ \let\@@dlhoogte\!!plusone \let\@@dldiepte\!!plusone \fi - \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dlhoogte{\strutht}% - \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dldiepte{\strutdp}% + \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dlhoogte\strutht + \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dldiepte\strutdp \divide\linewidth 2 \doifelse\@@dlachtergrond\v!kleur {\startcolor[\@@dlachtergrondkleur]% @@ -2475,7 +2580,7 @@ \def\doframedtext {\bgroup\dodoubleempty\dodoframedtext} -\def\dodoframedtext[#1][#2]% +\def\dodoframedtext[#1][#2]% beware! {\expanded{\switchtobodyfont[\getvalue{\??kd#1\c!korps}]}% \localframed[\??kd#1][\c!strut=\v!nee,#2]% \bgroup @@ -3040,6 +3145,8 @@ \c!strut=\v!nee, \c!offset=\v!overlay, \c!regelcorrectie=\v!nee, + \c!links=, + \c!rechts=, #2]} \def\setupframedcontent @@ -3086,8 +3193,11 @@ \else \doifelsevalue{\??fc#1\c!regelcorrectie}\v!ja\donetrue\donefalse \fi + % plaats ? \ifdone\startregelcorrectie\fi + \getvalue{\??fc#1\c!links}% new \localframed[\??fc#1]{\box\framebox}% + \getvalue{\??fc#1\c!rechts}% new \ifdone\stopregelcorrectie\fi \egroup} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex b/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex index d76621570..dc84ffad3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ \advance\!!counta \!!countb \dosomebreak{\penalty\!!counta}% \else - \dosomebreak{\allowbreak}% + \dosomebreak\allowbreak \fi \fi \xdef\@@koniveau{\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}}} @@ -1344,8 +1344,8 @@ \ifkopprefix \setupreferenceprefix[\localkopprefix]% \fi - \dosomebreak\nobreak \ifdisplaysectionhead + \dosomebreak\nobreak \emptyheadcorrection \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!na}% \fi @@ -1410,8 +1410,8 @@ {\marking[#1]{#4}% \marking[#1\v!nummer]{}}% \writesection{#1}{-}{#4}% - \dosomebreak\nobreak \ifdisplaysectionhead + \dosomebreak\nobreak \emptyheadcorrection \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!na}% \fi @@ -1544,8 +1544,11 @@ % \section{test test test test test test test test test test % test test test test test test test} +\newevery \everyheadstart \relax + \def\placeheadmargintexts#1% - {\doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!margetekst}\v!ja\placemargintexts} + {\the\everyheadstart + \doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!margetekst}\v!ja\placemargintexts} \def\doplaatskoptekst#1#2#3#4% {\beginheadplacement{#1}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-snc.tex b/tex/context/base/core-snc.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81d310c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-snc.tex @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-snc, +%D version=2003.12.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Synchronization Support, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Synchronization} + +\unprotect + +\def\definesyncpositions[#1]% + {\setcounter{num:syncpos:#1}{0}% + \doglobal\appendtoksonce\getvalue {reset:sync:#1}\to\resetsyncpositions + \doglobal\appendtoksonce\getvalue{preset:sync:#1}\to\presetsyncpositions + \setgvalue{syncpos:#1}{sync_n[#1] := 0 ;}% + \setgvalue{set:syncpos:#1}{\dosetsyncpositions{#1}}} + +\def\syncposition + {\dodoubleempty\dosyncposition} + +\def\dosyncposition[#1][#2]% + {\letgvalue{reset:sync:#1}\relax + \letgvalue{preset:sync:#1}\relax + \dontleavehmode + \dodosyncposition{#1}{#2}\s!set + \ignorespaces} + +\def\doifelselastsyncposition#1#2% + {\doifelse{\lastsyncclass\lastsyncposition}{#1#2}} + +\def\dodosyncposition#1#2#3% + {\letgvalue{reset:sync:#1}\relax + \letgvalue{preset:sync:#1}\relax + \ifundefined{syncpos:#1}% + \strut + \else + \pluscounter{num:syncpos:#1}% + \setsyncpositions{#1}% + % option: geen w/h, alleen p 0 0 0 data + \setpositionplus + {sync:#1:\countervalue{num:syncpos:#1}}% + {#2}% + \hbox{\strut\traceposstring\llap\green{#3/\countervalue{num:syncpos:#1}/#1/#2>>}}% + \fi} + +\def\setsyncpositions#1% + {\enabletextarearegistration + \getvalue{set:syncpos:#1}% + \letgvalue{set:syncpos:#1}\relax} + +\def\dosetsyncpositions#1% + {\startnointerference % removing out of sync can best be done in mp + \!!dimena\maxdimen + \!!counta\zerocount + \!!countc\zerocount + \doloop + {\doifpositionelse{sync:#1:\recurselevel} + {\!!dimenb\MPy{sync:#1:\recurselevel}\relax + \!!countb\MPp{sync:#1:\recurselevel}\relax + \ifnum\!!countb=\!!counta % same page + \ifdim\!!dimenb>\!!dimena + \donefalse % out of order nodes + \else + \donetrue % nodes in order + \fi + \else + \donetrue % different page + \fi + \ifdone + \!!counta\!!countb + \!!dimena\!!dimenb + \advance\!!countc\plusone + \edef\!!stringc{sync:#1:\the\!!countc}% + \edef\!!stringa{[#1][\the\!!countc]}% + % + % the formal way: + % + % \setxvalue{syncpos:#1}% + % {\getsyncpositions{#1}% + % sync_p [#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPp \!!stringc ; + % sync_xy[#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPxy\!!stringc ; + % sync_w [#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPw \!!stringc ; + % sync_h [#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPh \!!stringc ; + % sync_d [#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPd \!!stringc ; + % sync_t [#1][\the\!!countc] := \MPplus{sync:#1:\recurselevel}{2}{0} ; }% + % + % less tokens: + % + \edef\!!stringa{[#1][\the\!!countc]:=}% + \setxvalue{syncpos:#1}% + {\getsyncpositions{#1}% + sync_p \!!stringa \MPp \!!stringc ; + sync_xy\!!stringa \MPxy\!!stringc ; + sync_w \!!stringa \MPw \!!stringc ; + sync_h \!!stringa \MPh \!!stringc ; + sync_d \!!stringa \MPd \!!stringc ; + sync_t \!!stringa \MPplus\!!stringc{1}{0} ; }% + \fi} + {\setxvalue{syncpos:#1}% + {\getsyncpositions{#1}% + sync_n[#1] := \the\!!countc ;} + \exitloop}}% + \stopnointerference} + +\def\getsyncpositions#1% + {\getvalue{syncpos:#1}} + +\newtoks\resetsyncpositions +\newtoks\presetsyncpositions + +\def\resyncposition {\dodoubleargument\doresyncposition} +\def\presyncposition{\dodoubleargument\dopresyncposition} + +\def\dodoresyncposition #1#2{\dodosyncposition{#1}{#2}\s!reset} +\def\dodopresyncposition#1#2{\dodosyncposition{#1}{#2}\s!preset} + +\def\doresyncposition [#1][#2]{\setxvalue{reset:sync:#1}{\noexpand\dodoresyncposition{#1}{#2}}} +\def\dopresyncposition[#1][#2]{\setxvalue{preset:sync:#1}{\noexpand\dodopresyncposition{#1}{#2}}} + +\ifx\s!preset\undefined \def\s!preset{preset} \fi + +% \appendtoks \the \resetsyncpositions \to \everypar +% \appendtoks \the\presetsyncpositions \to \everypar + +\appendtoks \the \presetsyncpositions \to \everypar +\appendtoks \the \resetsyncpositions \to \everypar + +% \explicitneverypar -> in grid snapper, eerst testen +% +% \appendtoks \the\resetsyncpositions \to \neverypar +% \appendtoks \the\presetsyncpositions \to \neverypar + +\appendtoks + \the\presetsyncpositions + \the\resetsyncpositions +\to \everyheadstart + +\def\flushsyncxxsets#1#2% + {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\the#1}% + \ifvoid\scratchbox\else + \smashbox\scratchbox + #2\box\scratchbox + \fi} + +\def\flushsyncresets {\flushsyncxxsets\resetsyncpositions \relax} +\def\flushsyncpresets{\flushsyncxxsets\presetsyncpositions\prewordbreak} % check prewordbreak + +\protect \endinput + +% \definesyncpositions[1] + +% \startuseMPgraphic{sync} +% StartPage ; +% \getsyncpositions{1} ; +% SyncThreshold := 2LineHeight ; % maybe 3 +% SyncLeftOffset := -.5LeftMarginDistance ; +% SetSyncThreshold(1,3,3LineHeight) ; +% SyncWidth := - (BackSpace + SyncLeftOffset + 3mm) ; +% SetSyncColor(1,1,\MPcolor{theorie:middel}) ; +% SetSyncColor(1,2,\MPcolor{praktijk:middel}) ; +% SetSyncColor(1,3,\MPcolor{samenvatting:middel}) ; +% SetSyncColor(1,4,\MPcolor{voorbeeld:middel}) ; +% PrepareSyncTasks(1,true,true,false) ; +% for i = 1 upto NOfSyncPaths : +% fill SyncPaths[i] topenlarged (LineHeight+StrutDepth) bottomenlarged LineHeight withcolor white ; +% fill SyncPaths[i] topenlarged StrutDepth withcolor TheSyncColor(CurrentSyncClass,sync_t[CurrentSyncClass][SyncTasks[i]]) ; +% endfor ; +% setbounds currentpicture to Page ; +% StopPage ; +% \stopuseMPgraphic + +% \defineoverlay[tempoverlay][\useMPgraphic{sync}]
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex b/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex index 09823c6f7..9b4864445 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex @@ -47,6 +47,23 @@ \def\softbreak {\relax\ifhmode\hskip\parfillskip\break\fi} +\let\poplastnode\relax + +\def\pushlastnode + {\ifdim\lastskip=\zeropoint + \ifnum\lastpenalty=\zerocount + \ifnum\lastkern=\zerocount + \let\poplastnode\relax + \else + \edef\poplastnode{\kern\the\lastkern\relax}\kern-\lastkern % untested + \fi + \else + \edef\poplastnode{\penalty\the\lastpenalty\relax}\nobreak % untested + \fi + \else + \edef\poplastnode{\vskip\the\lastskip\relax}\vskip-\lastskip % \removelastskip + \fi} + %D The dreadful sequence \type {\bgroup} \unknown\ %D \type {\carryoverpar} \unknown\ \type {\egroup} is needed %D when for instance sidefloats are used in combination with @@ -126,9 +143,9 @@ \def\setupspecifiedinterlinespace[#1]% {\getparameters[\??it][#1]% - \scratchdimen0\@@ithoogte\s!pt - \advance\scratchdimen 0\@@itdiepte\s!pt - \ifdim\scratchdimen>1\s!pt + \scratchdimen0\@@ithoogte\points + \advance\scratchdimen 0\@@itdiepte\points + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\onepoint \showmessage\m!layouts{10}{\@@ithoogte,\@@itdiepte}% \let\@@ithoogte\strutheightfactor \let\@@itdiepte\strutdepthfactor @@ -178,6 +195,8 @@ % \type{\normalskipamount} equals the current baseline % distance. +% can be conditionals + \newif\ifblankoreset \blankoresetfalse \newif\ifblankoblokkeer \blankoblokkeerfalse \newif\ifblankogeenwit \blankogeenwitfalse @@ -185,6 +204,7 @@ \newif\ifblankoflexibel \blankoflexibeltrue \newif\ifblankobuiten \newif\ifblankoforceer +\newif\ifblankogoback \newskip\blankoskip \blankoskip=\bigskipamount \newskip\blankoskipamount @@ -437,7 +457,7 @@ \defineblankmethod [\v!reset ]{\global\blankoresettrue} \defineblankmethod [\v!flexibel ]{\global\lokaalblankoflexibeltrue} \defineblankmethod [\v!vast ]{\global\lokaalblankovasttrue} -\defineblankmethod [\v!back ]{\geenblanko} +\defineblankmethod [\v!back ]{\global\blankogobacktrue} % {\geenblanko} \defineblankmethod [\v!halveregel ]{\ifgridsnapping\global\fuzzyvskiptrue\fi \global\advance\blankoskip .5\lineheight} @@ -538,6 +558,220 @@ \newsignal\noblanksignal +% \def\doinhibitblank +% {\kern\noblanksignal} + +% \def\inhibitblank% the fast, local way +% {\endgraf\ifvmode\prevdepth\newprevdepth\fi} + +% \def\docomplexdoblanko[#1]% pas op \relax's zijn nodig ivm volgende \if +% {\global\blankoresetfalse +% \global\blankoblokkeerfalse +% \global\blankogeenwitfalse +% \global\lokaalblankoflexibelfalse +% \global\lokaalblankovastfalse +% \global\blankoskip\zeropoint +% \global\blankoforceerfalse +% \global\blankogobackfalse +% \blankobuitenfalse +% \expanded{\rawprocesscommalist[#1]}\doblanko +% \ifdim\blankoskip=\zeropoint\relax +% \iflokaalblankoflexibel +% \doglobal\advance\blankoskip \currentblanko +% \else\iflokaalblankovast +% \doglobal\advance\blankoskip \currentblanko +% \fi\fi +% \fi +% \ifblankobuiten +% \else +% \par +% \ifvmode +% \ifblankogoback +% \removelastskip +% \fi +% \ifblankoforceer +% % dit gaat mis in pos fonts +% % \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint\else ... +% % -1000pt signals top of page or column (\ejectcolumn) +% \bgroup\forgeteverypar\verticalstrut\egroup\kern-\struttotal +% \fi +% \ifblankoblokkeer +% \global\doeblankofalse +% \ifgridsnapping +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint +% % brrr +% \else +% % dirty trick: smaller blanks are ignored after +% % a larger one, so 10 lines is probably safe; first make +% % sure that we honor penalties +% \scratchcounter\lastpenalty +% % now comes the trick (cross our fingers that this works +% % well in multi columns; maybe an ifinner test is needed +% % \vskip-10\lineheight +% % \ifnum\scratchcounter=\zerocount \else \penalty\lastpenalty \fi +% % \vskip 10\lineheight +% % allas, this leads to overfull pages, so we try this: +% \kern-\noblanksignal +% \ifnum\scratchcounter=\zerocount +% \else +% \penalty\lastpenalty +% \fi +% \kern\noblanksignal +% % end-of-dirty-trick +% \fi +% \else +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint +% % brrr +% \else +% % ensure at least a proper prevdepth, this should be +% % an option +% \vskip-\prevdepth +% \vskip\strutdepth +% \prevdepth\strutdepth +% \fi +% % the old crappy piece of code +% \edef\oldprevdepth{\the\prevdepth}% +% \prevdepth\newprevdepth +% \fi +% \else +% \global\doeblankotrue +% \fi +% \ifblankoreset +% \global\doeblankotrue +% \ifgridsnapping +% % let's play safe and not fool around with the depth, if +% % only because it took a lot of effort to sort out the grid +% % stuff in the first place +% \else +% \ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth +% \prevdepth\oldprevdepth +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \ifdoeblanko +% \ifdim1\lastskip<1\blankoskip\relax +% % else when \blanko[2*groot] + \blanko[3*groot] with parskip +% % equaling 1*groot, gives a groot=\parskip so adding a small +% % value makes it distinguishable; can also be done at parskip +% % setting time (better) +% \global\advance\blankoskip \mindimen\relax % = skip +% % test this on 2* + 3* and parskip groot +% \ifblankogeenwit +% \global\advance\blankoskip -\parskip +% \else +% \ifdim\lastskip=\parskip +% \else % force this due to previous comment +% \ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\relax +% \ifdim\blankoskip<\parskip\relax +% \global\blankoskip\zeropoint +% \else +% \global\advance\blankoskip -\parskip +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \ifblankoflexibel \else +% \blankoskip1\blankoskip +% \fi +% \iflokaalblankovast +% \blankoskip1\blankoskip +% \fi +% \iflokaalblankoflexibel +% \blankoskip1\blankoskip +% \!!plus\skipgluefactor\blankoskip +% \!!minus\skipgluefactor\blankoskip +% \fi +% \ifdim\lastkern=\noblanksignal % controled and grid +% \global\doeblankofalse +% \else\ifgridsnapping\else\ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth +% \global\doeblankofalse +% \fi\fi\fi +% \ifdoeblanko +% \iffuzzyvskip +% \removelastfuzzyvskip +% \fuzzyvskip\blankoskip\relax +% \else +% \removelastskip +% \vskip\blankoskip\relax +% \fi +% \fi +% \else +% \iffuzzyvskip +% \removelastfuzzyvskip +% \fuzzyvskip\blankoskip\relax +% \else +% % new, test this on pascal +% \ifdim\blankoskip<\zeropoint +% \advance\blankoskip-\lastskip +% \removelastskip +% \ifdim\blankoskip>\zeropoint +% \vskip\blankoskip +% \else +% \vskip\zeropoint +% \fi +% \else +% % also new +% \ifdim\blankoskip=\zeropoint +% \ifblankogeenwit +% \geenwitruimte +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \fi +% \global\fuzzyvskipfalse +% \presetindentation} + +% goback was broken: + +% \def\doinhibitblank +% {\kern\noblanksignal} + +% \def\inhibitblank% the fast, local way +% {\endgraf\ifvmode\prevdepth\newprevdepth\fi} + +% problem: we cannot look back in the mvl so we need 3 kinds of signals + +\def\noblankpsignal{1010101} + +\def\inhibitgridblank % was doinhibitblank + {\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \kern-\noblanksignal % new + \kern \noblanksignal + \else + \penalty\noblankpsignal + \fi} + +\def\inhibittextblank % was inhibitblank + {\endgraf + \ifvmode + \prevdepth\newprevdepth + \fi} + +% new macro +% +% \def\inhibitblank % need some work +% {\endgraf +% \ifvmode +% \ifgridsnapping +% \inhibitgridblank +% \else +% % this one spoils the grid +% \inhibittextblank +% \fi +% \fi} + +\def\doinhibitblank{\inhibitgridblank} +\def\inhibitblank {\inhibittextblank} + +% will become obsolete + +\ifx\undefined\savedlastskip \newskip \savedlastskip \fi +\ifx\undefined\savedlastpenalty \newcount\savedlastpenalty \fi + \def\docomplexdoblanko[#1]% pas op \relax's zijn nodig ivm volgende \if {\global\blankoresetfalse \global\blankoblokkeerfalse @@ -546,6 +780,7 @@ \global\lokaalblankovastfalse \global\blankoskip\zeropoint \global\blankoforceerfalse + \global\blankogobackfalse \blankobuitenfalse \expanded{\rawprocesscommalist[#1]}\doblanko \ifdim\blankoskip=\zeropoint\relax @@ -558,34 +793,40 @@ \ifblankobuiten \else \par - \ifvmode %in pos fonts gaat dit mis - \ifblankoforceer%\ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint\else + \ifvmode + \ifblankogoback + \ifdim\lastskip>\zeropoint \vskip-\lastskip \fi + \savedlastskip\zeropoint + \else\ifdim\lastskip>\zeropoint + \savedlastskip\lastskip + \else % todo: lastnode, dan namelijk geen skip ! + \savedlastskip\zeropoint + \fi\fi + \ifblankoforceer + % dit gaat mis in pos fonts + % \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint\else ... % -1000pt signals top of page or column (\ejectcolumn) \bgroup\forgeteverypar\verticalstrut\egroup\kern-\struttotal + \savedlastskip\zeropoint \fi +\savedlastpenalty\lastpenalty \ifblankoblokkeer \global\doeblankofalse \ifgridsnapping \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint % brrr \else - % dirty trick: smaller blanks are ignored after - % a larger one, so 10 lines is probably safe; first make - % sure that we honor penalties - \scratchcounter\lastpenalty - % now comes the trick (cross our fingers that this works - % well in multi columns; maybe an ifinner test is needed - % \vskip-10\lineheight - % \ifnum\scratchcounter=\zerocount \else \penalty\lastpenalty \fi - % \vskip 10\lineheight - % allas, this leads to overfull pages, so we try this: - \kern-\noblanksignal - \ifnum\scratchcounter=\zerocount - \else - \penalty\lastpenalty - \fi - \kern\noblanksignal - % end-of-dirty-trick + % dirty trick: smaller blanks are ignored after a + % larger one, so 10 lines is probably safe; we need + % to make sure that we honor penalties; here comes the + % trick (cross our fingers that this works well in + % multi columns; maybe an ifinner test is needed + % \scratchcounter\lastpenalty + % \vskip-10\lineheight + % \ifnum\scratchcounter=\zerocount \else \penalty\lastpenalty \fi + % \vskip 10\lineheight + % alas, this leads to overfull pages, so we try this: + \inhibitgridblank \fi \else \ifdim\prevdepth<\zeropoint @@ -599,7 +840,7 @@ \fi % the old crappy piece of code \edef\oldprevdepth{\the\prevdepth}% - \prevdepth\newprevdepth + \prevdepth\newprevdepth % == \inhibittextblank \fi \else \global\doeblankotrue @@ -617,7 +858,7 @@ \fi \fi \ifdoeblanko - \ifdim1\lastskip<1\blankoskip\relax + \ifdim1\savedlastskip<1\blankoskip\relax % else when \blanko[2*groot] + \blanko[3*groot] with parskip % equaling 1*groot, gives a groot=\parskip so adding a small % value makes it distinguishable; can also be done at parskip @@ -627,7 +868,7 @@ \ifblankogeenwit \global\advance\blankoskip -\parskip \else - \ifdim\lastskip=\parskip + \ifdim\savedlastskip=\parskip \else % force this due to previous comment \ifdim\parskip>\zeropoint\relax \ifdim\blankoskip<\parskip\relax @@ -649,28 +890,21 @@ \!!plus\skipgluefactor\blankoskip \!!minus\skipgluefactor\blankoskip \fi -% \ifgridsnapping -% \ifdim\lastkern=\noblanksignal -% \global\doeblankofalse -% \fi -% \else -% \ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth -% \global\doeblankofalse -% \fi -% \fi -% - \ifdim\lastkern=\noblanksignal % controled and grid + \ifdim\lastkern=\noblanksignal\relax % controlled and grid + \global\doeblankofalse + \else\ifnum\savedlastpenalty=\noblankpsignal\relax % controlled and grid \global\doeblankofalse \else\ifgridsnapping\else\ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth \global\doeblankofalse - \fi\fi\fi -% + \fi\fi\fi\fi \ifdoeblanko \iffuzzyvskip \removelastfuzzyvskip \fuzzyvskip\blankoskip\relax \else - \removelastskip + \relax\ifdim\savedlastskip=\zeropoint\else + \vskip-\savedlastskip + \fi \vskip\blankoskip\relax \fi \fi @@ -681,8 +915,10 @@ \else % new, test this on pascal \ifdim\blankoskip<\zeropoint - \advance\blankoskip-\lastskip - \removelastskip + \relax\ifdim\savedlastskip=\zeropoint\else + \advance\blankoskip-\savedlastskip + \vskip-\savedlastskip + \fi \ifdim\blankoskip>\zeropoint \vskip\blankoskip \else @@ -704,9 +940,6 @@ \global\fuzzyvskipfalse \presetindentation} -\def\doinhibitblank - {\kern\noblanksignal} - %D For a long time we had: %D %D \starttypen @@ -819,9 +1052,6 @@ \noexpand\blankoflexibelfalse \fi}} -\def\inhibitblank% the fast, local way - {\endgraf\ifvmode\prevdepth\newprevdepth\fi} - %D Now. \definieerblanko [\s!default] [\v!wit] @@ -1262,7 +1492,7 @@ \newif\ifopelkaar -\def\noparskipsignal {0.00001pt} +\newsignal \noparskipsignal % \def\noparskipsignal {0.00001pt} \def\lastdoneparskip {0pt} \def\startopelkaar @@ -1433,14 +1663,26 @@ % korpsgrootte 12pt is en (2) de fonts nog niet geladen zijn % en de instellingen bij het laden nogmaals plaatsvinden. +% \def\topskipcorrection +% {\ifdim\topskip>\openstrutheight +% % == \vskip\topskipgap +% \vskip\topskip +% \vskip-\openstrutheight +% \fi +% \verticalstrut +% \vskip-\struttotal} + \def\topskipcorrection + {\simpletopskipcorrection + \vskip-\struttotal + \verticalstrut} + +\def\simpletopskipcorrection {\ifdim\topskip>\openstrutheight % == \vskip\topskipgap \vskip\topskip \vskip-\openstrutheight - \fi - \verticalstrut - \vskip-\struttotal} + \fi} \def\settopskip % the extra test is needed for the lbr family {\topskip\systemtopskipfactor\globalbodyfontsize @@ -1472,19 +1714,19 @@ \normalbaselineskip\openlineheight \!!plus\baselinegluefactor\openlineheight \!!minus\baselinegluefactor\openlineheight - \normallineskip\minimallinedistance\relax % \!!onepoint\relax + \normallineskip\minimallinedistance\relax % \onepoint\relax \normallineskiplimit\zeropoint\relax \normalbaselines} \def\setspacingfactor#1\to#2\by#3\\% - {\strutdimen#2\s!pt + {\strutdimen#2\points \strutdimen#3\strutdimen \edef#1{\withoutpt{\the\strutdimen}}} \def\spacing#1% {\ifgridsnapping %\doifnot{#1}{1}{\showmessage\m!layouts{11}{#1}}% - \ifdim#1\s!pt=1\s!pt\else\showmessage\m!layouts{11}{#1}\fi + \ifdim#1\points=\onepoint\else\showmessage\m!layouts{11}{#1}\fi \edef\spacingfactor{1}% \else \edef\spacingfactor{#1}% @@ -1597,7 +1839,7 @@ %D \NC \NC a normal strut \NC {\showstruts\setupstrut\strut} \NC \NR %D \stoptabulatie -\def\setupstrut% +\def\setupstrut {\dosingleempty\dosetupstrut} \def\dosetupstrut[#1]% yet undocumented, todo: fontstrut @@ -1703,7 +1945,7 @@ \let\pseudoendstrut\removeunwantedspaces \def\resetteststrut - {\let\strutwidth\!!zeropoint + {\let\strutwidth\zeropoint \setstrut} \ifx\setfontparameters\undefined @@ -1772,7 +2014,7 @@ % expands to \widowpenalty \maxdimen \maxdimen \zeropoint \def\setpenalties#1#2#3% - {#1\numexpr(#2+1)\space\doexpandedrecurse{\numexpr(#2)}{#3}\zeropoint\relax} + {#1\numexpr(#2+1)\space\doexpandedrecurse{\numexpr(#2)}{#3}\zerocount\relax} \def\doexpandedrecurse#1#2% {\ifnum#1>\zerocount#2\@EA\doexpandedrecurse\@EA{\the\numexpr(#1-1)}{#2}\fi} @@ -1798,6 +2040,8 @@ % % However, we will use setups: +% to be documented + \def\setdefaultpenalties {\setups[\systemsetupsprefix\s!default]} @@ -2027,6 +2271,7 @@ {\let\raggedcommand\relax \let\raggedtopcommand\empty \let\raggedbottomcommand\empty + \chardef\raggedoneliner\zerocount \doifsomething{#1} {\doifinsetelse\v!ruim {#1}\!!doneatrue\!!doneafalse \doifinsetelse\v!breed{#1}\!!donebtrue\!!donebfalse @@ -2092,6 +2337,34 @@ \doifrightpageelse {\getvalue{\@@ragged@@command\v!links}} {\getvalue{\@@ragged@@command\v!rechts}}} + +\chardef\raggedoneliner\zerocount + +\setvalue{\@@ragged@@command\v!regel}% + {\chardef\raggedoneliner\plusone} + +\def\@@startraggedoneliner + {\ifcase\raggedoneliner\else + \dontleavehmode\hbox\bgroup + \ifcase\raggedstatus\or\hss\or\hss\fi + \ignorespaces + \bgroup + \aftergroup\removeunwantedspaces + \fi} + +\def\@@stopraggedoneliner + {\ifcase\raggedoneliner\else + \egroup + \ifcase\raggedstatus\or\hss\or\or\hss\fi + \egroup + \ignorespaces + \fi} + +\def\@@handleoneliner + {\ifcase\raggedoneliner\else + \@@startraggedoneliner + \aftergroup\@@stopraggedoneliner + \fi} % Nodig i.v.m. inspringen eerste alineas @@ -2355,9 +2628,11 @@ \let\dostopattributes\@@nostopattributes \fi \ifcsname#1#2\endcsname - \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + % \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + \@EA\doconvertfont\csname#1#2\@EA\endcsname \fi} + \unexpanded\def\@@dostopattributes {\doglobalstopcolor \endgroup} @@ -2382,7 +2657,8 @@ \unexpanded\def\dosetfontattribute#1#2% {\ifcsname#1#2\endcsname - \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + % \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + \@EA\doconvertfont\csname#1#2\@EA\endcsname \fi\empty} \endETEX @@ -2405,7 +2681,8 @@ \let\dostopattributes\endgroup \fi \ifcsname#1#2\endcsname - \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + % \@EAEAEA\doconvertfont\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + \@EA\doconvertfont\csname#1#2\@EA\endcsname \fi {#4}% \dostopattributes} @@ -2816,6 +3093,14 @@ \newif\if@@asragged \@@asraggedtrue % old method + +% todo +% +% \setuplayout[grid=yes,lines=44] \showgrid +% \starttext +% test \vfill test \endgraf \strut \endgraf \vskip-\lineheight \removedepth \pagina test +% \stoptext + \def\dodosetupalign[#1]% {\doifinsetelse\v!ruim {#1}\!!doneatrue\!!doneafalse \doifinsetelse\v!breed{#1}\!!donebtrue\!!donebfalse @@ -3202,14 +3487,39 @@ \let\normalvadjust\vadjust +% \def\graphicvadjust % bad, those low level color calls here +% {\dowithnextbox +% {\normalvadjust +% {\dostartgraphicgroup +% \localstarttextcolor +% \unvbox\nextbox +% \localstoptextcolor +% \dostopgraphicgroup}}% +% \vbox} + +% test this prikkels/pascal margin text before heads (mode +% 1) as well as uitwerkingen (mode 2) + +%chardef\graphicvadjustmode=0 % fake +%chardef\graphicvadjustmode=1 % normal +\chardef\graphicvadjustmode=2 % normal + compensate (== default) + \def\graphicvadjust % bad, those low level color calls here - {\dowithnextbox - {\normalvadjust + {\dowithnextboxcontent + {\forgetall} + {\ifcase\graphicvadjustmode \@EA \fakedvadjust \else \@EA\normalvadjust \fi {\dostartgraphicgroup \localstarttextcolor \unvbox\nextbox \localstoptextcolor - \dostopgraphicgroup}}% + \dostopgraphicgroup + \ifcase\graphicvadjustmode \or \or + % corrects for one line paragraphs + \nointerlineskip + \kern-\struttotal + \nointerlineskip + \verticalstrut + \fi}}% \vbox} %D This works only in a properly strutted line, and is meant diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-syn.tex b/tex/context/base/core-syn.tex index 5d151dd69..2481f8a2f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-syn.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-syn.tex @@ -403,4 +403,4 @@ [\v!eenheid] [\c!tekstletter=\dimension] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-sys.tex b/tex/context/base/core-sys.tex index 18c38da72..5c1b12638 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-sys.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-sys.tex @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ %D [ file=core-sys, % moved from main-001 %D version=1997.03.31, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, -%D subtitle=System, +%D subtitle=System, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (System)} -\unprotect +\unprotect -\def\outputfilename{\@@svfile} -\def\inputfilename {\@@svinputfile} +\def\outputfilename{\@@svfile} +\def\inputfilename {\@@svinputfile} \let\jobfilesuffix\c!tex @@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ \appendtoks \splitjobfilename \to \everyjob -% Some mechanisms (see x-res-01) use either \jobfilename or -% \jobfilename.somesuffix, in which case we need to use the -% full name if given or a default (like \jobfilename.xml); -% this comes down to replacing the default tex suffix. +% Some mechanisms (see x-res-01) use either \jobfilename or +% \jobfilename.somesuffix, in which case we need to use the +% full name if given or a default (like \jobfilename.xml); +% this comes down to replacing the default tex suffix. -\def\jobfullname{\jobfilename.\jobfilesuffix} +\def\jobfullname{\jobfilename.\jobfilesuffix} -\def\setjobfullname#1% #1 = default if not given +\def\setjobfullname#1% #1 = default if not given {\doifelsenothing\jobfilename - {\let\jobfullname\empty} + {\let\jobfullname\empty} {\doif\jobfilesuffix\c!tex{\edef\jobfullname{\jobfilename.#1}}}} -% ... +% ... \def\dosetupsystem[#1]% {\getparameters[\??sv][#1]% @@ -51,57 +51,57 @@ \beforesplitstring\@@svresolutie\at dpi\to\@@svresolutie \let\outputresolution\@@svresolutie \ifcase\@@svn - % % 0 : unknown - \or - \setsystemmode\v!eerste % 1 : first run - \or - % % 2 : successive run - \or - \setsystemmode\v!eerste % 3 : first and only run + % % 0 : unknown \or - \setsystemmode\v!laatste % 4 : extra last run - \fi + \setsystemmode\v!eerste % 1 : first run + \or + % % 2 : successive run + \or + \setsystemmode\v!eerste % 3 : first and only run + \or + \setsystemmode\v!laatste % 4 : extra last run + \fi \splitjobfilename} \def\setupsystem {\dosingleargument\dosetupsystem} -%D The system modes set by the setup command can be used in -%D situations like: +%D The system modes set by the setup command can be used in +%D situations like: %D %D \starttypen %D \startmode[*first] %D \executesystemcommand{cleanupxml text.xml clean-text.xml} -%D \stopmode -%D -%D \starttext +%D \stopmode +%D +%D \starttext %D \typefile{clean-text.xml} %D \stoptext -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\setuprandomize[#1]% {\doifsomething{#1} {\bgroup \setrandomseed\minusone % signals thrd-ran to reseed - % tex's time is in minutes + % tex's time is in minutes \processaction [#1] - [ \v!klein=>\divide\normaltime 15, % 900, - \v!middel=>\divide\normaltime 30, % 1800, - \v!groot=>\divide\normaltime 60, % 3600, + [ \v!klein=>\divide\normaltime 15, % 900, + \v!middel=>\divide\normaltime 30, % 1800, + \v!groot=>\divide\normaltime 60, % 3600, \v!normaal=>, \s!default=>, - \s!unknown=>\normaltime=#1]% - \nextrandom + \s!unknown=>\normaltime=#1]% + \nextrandom \egroup}} \setupsystem [\c!gebied=, - \c!n=0, % 0:unknown 1: one run 2: first 3: successive 4: final run + \c!n=0, % 0:unknown 1: one run 2: first 3: successive 4: final run \c!resolutie=600dpi, \c!willekeur=, \c!file=\jobname, - \c!inputfile=\outputfilename, + \c!inputfile=\outputfilename, \c!korps=\normalizedlocalbodyfontsize] % of iets anders %D @@ -133,11 +133,12 @@ \definecomplexorsimple\start \definecomplexorsimple\stop -\def\dododefinestartstop[#1][#2]% +\def\dododefinestartstop[#1][#2]% todo: use indirect commands {\getparameters [\??be#1] [\c!voor=, \c!na=, + \c!tussen=, \c!commandos=, \c!letter=, #2]% @@ -145,7 +146,8 @@ {\groupedcommand {\getvalue{\??be#1\c!commandos}% \dostartattributes{\??be#1}\c!letter\c!kleur} - {\dostopattributes}}% + {\dostopattributes + \getvalue{\??be#1\c!tussen}}}% \setvalue{\e!start#1}% {\getvalue{\??be#1\c!voor}% \bgroup @@ -230,13 +232,13 @@ \processcommalist[#1]\docommando \egroup} -\newif\ifforcefileexpansion % handy for document level overload +\newif\ifforcefileexpansion % handy for document level overload -% \def\convertexpanded#1#2#3% watch the double \v!ja expansion ! +% \def\convertexpanded#1#2#3% watch the double \v!ja expansion ! % {\ExpandFirstAfter\processaction % [\ifforcefileexpansion\v!ja\else\getvalue{#1\c!expansie}\fi] % [ \v!ja=>{{\honorunexpanded -% \dontexpandencoding % new +% \dontexpandencoding % new % \xdef\@@globalexpanded{#2}% % \xdef\@@globalexpanded{\@@globalexpanded}}% % \convertcommand\@@globalexpanded\to#3}, @@ -244,18 +246,18 @@ % \s!default=>{\convertargument#2\to#3}, % \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#2\to#3}]} -%D The next implementation is about 4 times as fast on an -%D string of average length. Since this feature is used in -%D XML processing, it made sense to support this faster +%D The next implementation is about 4 times as fast on an +%D string of average length. Since this feature is used in +%D XML processing, it made sense to support this faster %D alternative. \def\installexpander#1{\setvalue{\s!do\c!expansie#1}} -\long\def\convertexpanded#1#2#3% hm, first we need to make sure - {\csname % that we assign all exp a value +\long\def\convertexpanded#1#2#3% hm, first we need to make sure + {\csname % that we assign all exp a value \s!do\c!expansie - \ifforcefileexpansion - \v!ja + \ifforcefileexpansion + \v!ja \else\@EA\ifx\csname\s!do\c!expansie\csname#1\c!expansie\endcsname\endcsname\relax \s!default \else @@ -270,10 +272,10 @@ \installexpander\empty {\convertargument} \installexpander\v!nee {\convertargument} -\def\convertmeaning#1\to % watch the double expansion ! +\def\convertmeaning#1\to % watch the double expansion ! {\bgroup \honorunexpanded - \dontexpandencoding % new + \dontexpandencoding % new \xdef\@@globalexpanded{#1}% \xdef\@@globalexpanded{\@@globalexpanded}% \egroup @@ -294,4 +296,4 @@ \def\herhaler {\repeater} \def\herhaalmetcommando {\dorepeatwithcommand} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex index 035f9dc15..81c357dbb 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% % added \the\EveryTableParBox} -\def\EndTableParBox +\def\EndTableParBox {\removelastskip % itemize or so \par \ifnum\prevgraf>\zerocount % we want at least @@ -480,15 +480,15 @@ \egroup \ifdim\dp\scratchbox>\lineheight % see (*) for an \getnoflines{\dp\scratchbox}% % example of where - \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint % saving can go - \setbox\scratchbox % terrible wrong + \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint % saving can go + \setbox\scratchbox % terrible wrong \vtop to \noflines\lineheight{\box\scratchbox}% \fi % esp between rows \else % of paragraphs \egroup \fi \getboxheight\scratchdimen\of\box\scratchbox\relax% compensate for - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\TABLEparheight % funny depth of + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\TABLEparheight % funny depth of \global\TABLEparheight\scratchdimen % multi-line box \fi % i.e. vtop \box\scratchbox} @@ -716,15 +716,15 @@ \NewFormatKey l% {\prependtoks\raggedright\to\!taDataColumnTemplate - \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue{} \RightGlue\hfil} + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\empty \RightGlue\hfil} \NewFormatKey r% {\prependtoks\raggedleft\to\!taDataColumnTemplate - \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue{}} + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue\empty} \NewFormatKey x% {\prependtoks\notragged\to\!taDataColumnTemplate - \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue{}} + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue\empty} \appendtoks \TABLEparalignment \to \EveryTableParBox @@ -750,21 +750,56 @@ \let\TABLEbeforebar\empty \let\TABLEafterbar \empty +% \def\!ttInsertVrule +% {\hfil +% \TABLEbeforebar % added +% \startglobalTABLEcolor % added +% \vrule \!thWidth +% \ifnum\!tgCode=\plusone +% \ifx\!tgValue\empty +% \LineThicknessFactor +% \else +% \!tgValue +% \fi +% \LineThicknessUnit +% \else +% \!tgValue +% \fi +% \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added +% \TABLEafterbar % added +% \hfil +% &} + +\def\@VLn{1} +\def\@VLd{.125em} + +\def\do!ttInsertVrule % will be merged in 2005 + {\vrule \!thWidth + \ifnum\!tgCode=\plusone + \ifx\!tgValue\empty + \LineThicknessFactor + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \LineThicknessUnit + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \hskip\@VLd} + \def\!ttInsertVrule {\hfil \TABLEbeforebar % added \startglobalTABLEcolor % added - \vrule \!thWidth - \ifnum\!tgCode=\plusone - \ifx\!tgValue\empty - \LineThicknessFactor - \else - \!tgValue - \fi - \LineThicknessUnit - \else - \!tgValue - \fi + % we could do without this speedup, some day merge 'm + \ifcase\@VLn\or + \do!ttInsertVrule + \unskip + \else + \dorecurse\@VLn\do!ttInsertVrule + \gdef\@VLn{1}% + \unskip + \fi \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added \TABLEafterbar % added \hfil @@ -815,7 +850,7 @@ %D extensions concern the second level check, the first %D subbranch and advancing the column. -\ifx\mscount\undefined \newcount\mscount \fi +\ifx\mscount\undefined \newcount\mscount \fi \def\!ttuse#1% {\ifnum#1>\plusone @@ -832,10 +867,10 @@ {\global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn #1% % added \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn \minusone % added \mscount#1% \mscount is in Plain - \advance\mscount \m@ne + \advance\mscount \minusone \advance\mscount \mscount \!thLoop - \ifnum\mscount>\@ne + \ifnum\mscount>\plusone \sp@n % from Plain (\span\omit \advance\mscount\m@ne) \repeat \span}% @@ -897,7 +932,7 @@ \stopbaselinecorrection \goodbreak % compensates all the nobreaks \fi} - {\stopframedcontent}% + \stopframedcontent \egroup} %D Before we can grab the argument, we have to make sure that @@ -1015,16 +1050,16 @@ %D The third stage involves a lot of (re)sets, which we will %D explain later. -%D The next definition is convenient and more in tune with -%D \CONTEXT. +%D The next definition is convenient and more in tune with +%D \CONTEXT. -\let \everytable \EveryTable +\let \everytable \EveryTable -%D We immediately use this register: +%D We immediately use this register: \appendtoks \fixedspaces \to \everytable -%D Now we can start the table. +%D Now we can start the table. \def\thirdstagestartTABLE#1% {\global\setTABLEactiontrue @@ -1051,7 +1086,7 @@ \forgetall % added \doifsomething{#1} {\def\TABLEformat{#1}% - \getTABLEnofcolumns\TABLEformat + \getTABLEnofcolumns\TABLEformat \expandafter\BeginFormat\TABLEformat\EndFormat}} \def\finishTABLE @@ -1553,7 +1588,7 @@ \def\handleTABLEbreak#1#2% {\ifsplittables \setbox0\hbox{\AugmentedTableStrut{#1}{#2}}% - \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0\relax + \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0\relax \ifdim\TABLEparheight>\dimen0 % new \advance\dimen0-\lineheight % newer \ifdim\dimen0<\zeropoint % newer @@ -1632,7 +1667,7 @@ % \egroup \fi\fi \globalletempty\TABLEgraylinestatus - \globalletempty\TABLEgraylineerror + \globalletempty\TABLEgraylineerror \expandafter\normalTABLElineformat#4#5\crcr % \crcr nodig ? \TABLEnoalign{\nobreak\global\setTABLEactiontrue}} @@ -1653,17 +1688,17 @@ %D \TABLE\ changes the catcode when needed.} \bgroup -\catcode`\|=\@@active -\gdef\protectTABLEbar{\let|\letterbar} -\catcode`\|=\@@other +\catcode`\|=\@@active +\gdef\protectTABLEbar{\let|\letterbar} +\catcode`\|=\@@other \gdef\getTABLEnofcolumns#1% {\bgroup - \cleanupfeatures % needed ! - \protectTABLEbar % is still a feature + \cleanupfeatures % needed ! + \protectTABLEbar % is still a feature \expanded{\convertargument#1}\to\ascii \@EA\doglobal\@EA\counttoken\@EA|\@EA\in\ascii\to\maxTABLEcolumn \global\advance\maxTABLEcolumn \minusone - % in case of & counting, divide by 2 + % in case of & counting, divide by 2 \egroup} \egroup @@ -1685,11 +1720,21 @@ %D \sym{\type{\HC}} a horizontal colored line %D \stopopsomming +% \def\defineTABLErules +% {\let\VL\TableVL +% \let\VC\TableVC +% \let\HL\TableHL +% \let\HC\TableHC} + \def\defineTABLErules {\let\VL\TableVL \let\VC\TableVC \let\HL\TableHL - \let\HC\TableHC} + \let\HC\TableHC + \let\VS\TableVS + \let\VD\TableVD + \let\VT\TableVT + \let\VN\TableVN} \def\TableVL {\checkTABLEautorow @@ -1725,6 +1770,19 @@ \letgvalueempty{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% \edef\@@tiVLwidth{\getvalue{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% \expanded{\normalTABLEcomplexbar\@@tiVLwidth\space}}% \relax breaks \use + +% \starttable[|||] +% \HL +% \VL test \VS test \VL \FR +% \VL test \VD test \VL \MR +% \VL test \VT test \VL \LR +% \HL +% \stoptable + +\def\TableVS {\VN1} +\def\TableVD {\VN2} +\def\TableVT {\VN3} +\def\TableVN#1{\gdef\@VLn{#1}\VL} \def\resetVLvalues {\dostepwiserecurse\zerocount\maxTABLEcolumn\plusone @@ -1751,10 +1809,8 @@ {\docomplexorsimpleTable\complexTableVC\simpleTableVC} \def\complexTableVC[#1]% - {\global\setvalue{bVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% - {\localstartcolor[#1]}% - \global\setvalue{eVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% - {\localstopcolor}% + {\global\setvalue{bVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}{\localstartcolor[#1]}% + \global\setvalue{eVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}{\localstopcolor}% \simpleTableVC} \def\simpleTableVC @@ -1780,7 +1836,7 @@ \def\complexTableHL[#1]% {\TABLEnoalign - {\scratchcounter=0#1% + {\scratchcounter0#1% \multiply\scratchcounter \@@tiHLheight \edef\@@tiHLheight{\the\scratchcounter}% \simpleTableHL}} @@ -1800,7 +1856,7 @@ \expandafter\normalTABLEfullrule\@@tiHLheight \stopHLcommand \globalletempty\startHLcommand - \globalletempty\stopHLcommand + \globalletempty\stopHLcommand \accountTABLElinewidth \fi \setTABLEaction\TABLErule @@ -1900,12 +1956,19 @@ \newif\ifTABLEdivision +% \def\defineTABLEdivisions +% {\global\TABLEdivisionfalse % in start +% \let\DL\TableDL +% \let\DC\TableDC +% \let\DV\TableDV +% \let\VD\TableDV +% \let\DR\TableDR} + \def\defineTABLEdivisions {\global\TABLEdivisionfalse % in start \let\DL\TableDL \let\DC\TableDC \let\DV\TableDV - \let\VD\TableDV \let\DR\TableDR} \def\checkTABLEdivision @@ -1938,7 +2001,7 @@ \fi %\startHLcommand \ifnum#1=\plusone - \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn 2 + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn \plustwo \let\next\normalTABLEsinglerule \else \ifnum#1<\maxTABLEcolumn @@ -1952,7 +2015,7 @@ \next %\stopHLcommand %\globalletempty\startHLcommand - %\globalletempty\stopHLcommand + %\globalletempty\stopHLcommand \fi} \def\TableDV @@ -2018,9 +2081,9 @@ \let\RASTER \TableRASTER \globallet\lastTABLEc\@@tiachtergrondkleur \globallet\lastTABLEr\@@tiachtergrondraster - \doifinsetelse\@@tiachtergrond{c,color} - {\global\chardef\TABLEcr1 } - {\global\chardef\TABLEcr2 }} + \doifinsetelse\@@tiachtergrond{c,color} % \v!kleur + {\global\chardef\TABLEcr\plusone} + {\global\chardef\TABLEcr\plustwo}} \def\TableBC {\ifTABLEgrayline @@ -2199,12 +2262,10 @@ % kan simpeler \def\docomplexTableCOLOR[#1]% - {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartcolor\localstopcolor - [#1,\lastTABLEc,,]} + {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartcolor \localstopcolor [#1,\lastTABLEc,,]} \gdef\docomplexTableRASTER[#1]% - {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartraster\localstopraster - [#1,\lastTABLEr,,]} + {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartraster\localstopraster[#1,\lastTABLEr,,]} \def\dodocomplexTableGL#1#2[#3,#4,#5,#6]% {\doifelsenothing{#4}{#1[#5]}{#1[#4]}% @@ -2221,23 +2282,13 @@ \def\TableBACKGROUND {\TableBR} -\def\simpleTableRASTER#1% - {\docomplexTableRASTER[1]#1} - -\def\complexTableRASTER[#1]% - {\docomplexTableRASTER[#1]} - -\def\simpleTableCOLOR - {\docomplexTableCOLOR[1]} - -\def\complexTableCOLOR[#1]% - {\docomplexTableCOLOR[#1]} - -\def\TableRASTER - {\complexorsimpleTable{RASTER}} +\def\simpleTableRASTER #1{\docomplexTableRASTER[1]#1} +\def\complexTableRASTER[#1]{\docomplexTableRASTER[#1]} +\def\simpleTableCOLOR {\docomplexTableCOLOR [1]} +\def\complexTableCOLOR [#1]{\docomplexTableCOLOR [#1]} -\def\TableCOLOR - {\complexorsimpleTable{COLOR}} +\def\TableRASTER{\complexorsimpleTable{RASTER}} +\def\TableCOLOR {\complexorsimpleTable{COLOR}} \def\addtoTABLEgrayline#1% {\TABLEgraytoks\expandafter{\TABLEgrayline}% @@ -2274,7 +2325,7 @@ \let\endTABLErow\endTABLEgrayrow \currentTABLEcolumn\zerocount \TABLEgrayline\TABLEendBCL % determine n of columns and height - \advance\currentTABLEcolumn \minusone + \advance\currentTABLEcolumn \minusone \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn % error message too long line \globalletempty\TABLEgrayline @@ -2322,20 +2373,20 @@ \def\defineTABLEshorthands% {\def\SPAN##1{\use{##1}}% - \def\TWO {\use{2}}% - \def\THREE {\use{3}}% - \def\FOUR {\use{4}}% - \def\FIVE {\use{5}}% - \def\SIX {\use{6}}% + \def\TWO {\use2}% + \def\THREE {\use3}% + \def\FOUR {\use4}% + \def\FIVE {\use5}% + \def\SIX {\use6}% \def\REF {\ReFormat}} \def\defineTABLEunits {\processaction [\@@tiafstand] - [ \v!geen=>\OpenUp{0}{0}\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, - \v!klein=>\OpenUp{0}{0}\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, % == baseline - \v!middel=>\OpenUp{1}{1}\def\LOW{\Lower7 }, - \v!groot=>\OpenUp{2}{2}\def\LOW{\Lower8 }]% + [ \v!geen=>\OpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, + \v!klein=>\OpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, % == baseline + \v!middel=>\OpenUp11\def\LOW{\Lower7 }, + \v!groot=>\OpenUp22\def\LOW{\Lower8 }]% \doifelse\@@tiafstand\v!geen {\chardef\TABLErowfactor\zerocount} {\chardef\TABLErowfactor\plustwo }} @@ -2403,18 +2454,18 @@ \doifelse\@@tidiepte\v!strut {\let\StrutDepthFactor\@@itdiepte} {\let\StrutDepthFactor\@@tidiepte}% - \scratchdimen\StrutHeightFactor \s!pt \multiply\scratchdimen 10% + \scratchdimen\StrutHeightFactor\points \multiply\scratchdimen 10% \edef\StrutHeightFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \scratchdimen\StrutDepthFactor \s!pt \multiply\scratchdimen 10% + \scratchdimen\StrutDepthFactor \points \multiply\scratchdimen 10% \edef\StrutDepthFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% % units \NormalTSU{\normalbaselineskip\divide\StrutUnit 12 }% \NormalTableUnits} \def\OpenUp#1#2% - {\scratchdimen\StrutHeightFactor \s!pt \advance\scratchdimen #1\s!pt + {\scratchdimen\StrutHeightFactor \points \advance\scratchdimen #1\points \edef\StrutHeightFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% - \scratchdimen\StrutDepthFactor \s!pt \advance\scratchdimen #2\s!pt + \scratchdimen\StrutDepthFactor \points \advance\scratchdimen #2\points \edef\StrutDepthFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} %D As one can see, we didn't only add color, but also more @@ -2486,4 +2537,4 @@ \def\ifintabel{\ifintable} % upward compatible -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex index 3dadc6a90..490f6688e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex @@ -567,17 +567,17 @@ {\copyparameters [\??tt#1::][\??tt\v!tabulate::]% [\c!kader,\c!afstand,\c!eenheid,\c!voor,\c!korps,\c!na, - \c!binnen,\c!inspringen,\c!marge,\c!uitlijnen, + \c!binnen,\c!inspringen,\c!marge,\c!uitlijnen,\c!hoofd,\c!titel, \c!lijnkleur,\c!lijndikte,\c!splitsen,EQ]}% \copyparameters [\??tt#1::#2][\??tt#1::]% [\c!eenheid,\c!afstand,\c!voor,\c!korps,\c!na, - \c!binnen,\c!inspringen,\c!kader,\c!splitsen, + \c!binnen,\c!inspringen,\c!kader,\c!splitsen,\c!hoofd,\c!titel, \c!marge,\c!uitlijnen,\c!lijnkleur,\c!lijndikte,EQ]% \setvalue{\e!start#1::#2}{\dofinalstarttabulate[#1][#2][#3]}% \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\bgroup\dosubstarttabulate[#1]}% - \letvalue{\??tt#1\v!hoofd}\empty - \letvalue{\??tt#1\v!voet }\empty + \letvalue{\??tt#1-\v!hoofd}\empty + \letvalue{\??tt#1-\v!voet }\empty \else\ifsecondargument \definetabulate[#1][][#2]% \else @@ -587,56 +587,23 @@ \let\tabulateheadcontent\empty \let\tabulatetailcontent\empty -% \def\checkfulltabulatecontent -% {\ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate\v!hoofd}% -% \let\tabulateheadcontent\empty -% \else -% \@EA\let\@EA\tabulateheadcontent -% \csname\??tt\currenttabulate\v!hoofd\endcsname -% \fi -% \ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate\v!voet}% -% \let\tabulatetailcontent\empty -% \else -% \@EA\let\@EA\tabulatetailcontent -% \csname\??tt\currenttabulate\v!voet\endcsname -% \fi} -% -% \newconditional\tabulatesomeamble -% -% % \def\fulltabulatecontent -% % {\tabulatecontent} -% -% \def\fulltabulatecontent -% {\ifx\tabulateheadcontent\empty\else -% \TABLEnoalign{\global\settrue\tabulatesomeamble}% -% \tabulateheadcontent -% \TABLEnoalign{\global\setfalse\tabulatesomeamble}% -% \fi -% \ignorespaces\tabulatecontent -% \ifx\tabulatetailcontent\empty\else -% \TABLEnoalign{\global\settrue\tabulatesomeamble}% -% \tabulatetailcontent -% \fi} -% -% the previous code breaks on first \HL - \newconditional\tabulatesomeamble -\def\checkfulltabulatecontent - {\ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate\v!hoofd}% +\def\checkfulltabulatecontent % - needed, else confusion with \c!hoofd + {\ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate-\v!hoofd}% \let\tabulateheadcontent\empty \else \def\tabulateheadcontent {\TABLEnoalign{\global\settrue\tabulatesomeamble}% - \csname\??tt\currenttabulate\v!hoofd\endcsname + \csname\??tt\currenttabulate-\v!hoofd\endcsname \TABLEnoalign{\global\setfalse\tabulatesomeamble}}% \fi - \ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate\v!voet}% + \ifundefined{\??tt\currenttabulate-\v!voet}% \let\tabulatetailcontent\empty \else \def\tabulatetailcontent {\TABLEnoalign{\global\settrue\tabulatesomeamble}% - \csname\??tt\currenttabulate\v!voet\endcsname + \csname\??tt\currenttabulate-\v!voet\endcsname \TABLEnoalign{\global\setfalse\tabulatesomeamble}}% \fi} @@ -651,19 +618,25 @@ \tabulatetailcontent \removefunnytabulateline} +\def\removefunnytabulateline + {\ifhmode + \strut\crcr + \TABLEnoalign{\kern-\lineheight}% + \fi} + \setvalue{\e!start\v!tabulatehead}% {\dosingleempty\dostartstarttabulatehead} \def\dostartstarttabulatehead[#1]% {\processcontent{\e!stop\v!tabulatehead}\next - {\letvalue{\??tt\iffirstargument#1\else\v!tabulate\fi::\v!hoofd}\next}} + {\letvalue{\??tt\iffirstargument#1\else\v!tabulate\fi::-\v!hoofd}\next}} \setvalue{\e!start\v!tabulatetail}% {\dosingleempty\dostartstarttabulatetail} \def\dostartstarttabulatetail[#1]% {\processcontent{\e!stop\v!tabulatetail}\next - {\letvalue{\??tt\iffirstargument#1\else\v!tabulate\fi::\v!voet}\next}} + {\letvalue{\??tt\iffirstargument#1\else\v!tabulate\fi::-\v!voet}\next}} \def\dosubstarttabulate {\dodoubleempty\dodosubstarttabulate} @@ -907,8 +880,6 @@ % \s!unknown=>\def\@@tabulatealign{0}]% % \let\pretabskip\!!zeropoint % \def\postabskip{.5\tabulateunit}% -% %\doglobal\newcounter\tabulatecolumns -% %\doglobal\newcounter\nofautotabulate % \global\tabulatecolumns\zerocount % \global\nofautotabulate\zerocount % \doglobal\newcounter\noftabulatelines @@ -926,20 +897,12 @@ % \unexpanded \def\NG{\NC\handletabulatecharalign}% % \unexpanded \def\NN{\NC\handletabulatedigits}% new, undocumented, test first % \unexpanded \def\ND{\NC\handletabulatedigits}% same, for old times sake -% \def\HR % horizontal rule line (break untested) -% {\TABLEnoalign -% {\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\totalnoftabulatelines -% \@EA\dotabulatenobreak -% \else -% \@EA\allowbreak -% \fi}% -% \dotabulatelinerule -% \TABLEnoalign -% {\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\zerocount -% \@EA\dotabulatenobreak -% \else -% \@EA\allowbreak -% \fi}}% +% \def\tabulaterule{\HR}% a rule with lineheight +% \def\tabulateline{\HL}% just a spaced rule +% \def\tabulateautorule{\doHR\plusone}% +% \def\tabulateautoline{\doHL\plusone}% +% \def\HR{\doHR\zerocount} +% \def\HL{\doHL\zerocount} % \unexpanded \def\NR % next row % {\doglobal\increment\noftabulatelines % \global\tabulatefirstflushedfalse @@ -951,23 +914,24 @@ % {\iftolerantTABLEbreak\else % \ifnum\noftabulatelines=\plusone % \dotabulatenobreak -% \else -% \ifnum\noftabulatelines=\minusnoftabulatelines -% \ifnum\tabulatemaxplines<\plustwo -% \dotabulatenobreak -% \else -% \allowbreak % needed with pbreak prevention -% \fi +% \else\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\minusnoftabulatelines +% \ifnum\tabulatemaxplines<\plustwo +% \dotabulatenobreak % \else % \allowbreak % needed with pbreak prevention % \fi -% \fi +% \else +% \allowbreak % needed with pbreak prevention +% \fi\fi % \fi % \global\tabulatefirstflushedfalse}}% -% \let\HL\empty \let\SR\NR \let\AR\NR +% \let\HL\empty % not needed +% \let\SR\NR \let\AR\NR % \let\FL\empty \let\FR\NR % \let\ML\empty \let\MR\NR % \let\LL\empty \let\LR\NR +% \let\doHR\gobbleoneargument +% \let\doHL\gobbleoneargument % \global\let\flushtabulated\empty % \let\savedbar|\let|\nexttabulate % \tabskip\zeropoint @@ -1019,7 +983,7 @@ % \dontcomplain % \forgetall % \setbox0\vbox % outside \if because of line counting -% {\footnotesenabledfalse +% {\notesenabledfalse % \let\tabulateindent\!!zeropoint % \trialtypesettingtrue % very important % \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\crcr\fulltabulatecontent\crcr}}% @@ -1090,12 +1054,47 @@ % \let\minusnoftabulatelines\noftabulatelines % \decrement\minusnoftabulatelines % \doglobal\newcounter\noftabulatelines -% \def\HL{\TABLEnoalign -% {\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\zerocount \@EA \FL\else -% \ifnum\noftabulatelines<\totalnoftabulatelines\relax\@EAEAEA\ML\else -% \@EAEAEA\LL\fi\fi}}% -% \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!lijn}\v!regel -% {\let\HL\HR}% +% \def\doHL##1% +% {\TABLEnoalign +% {\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\zerocount +% \ifcase##1\or +% \@EAEAEA\FL +% \fi +% \else\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\totalnoftabulatelines +% \ifcase##1\or +% \@EA\@EAEAEA\@EA\LL +% \fi +% \else +% \@EAEAEA\ML +% \fi\fi}}% +% \def\doHR##1% horizontal rule line (break untested) +% {\TABLEnoalign +% {\globallet\TABLEautoline\dotabulatelinerule +% \ifcase##1\or +% \ifnum\noftabulatelines=\zerocount +% \gdef\TABLEautoline{\TABLEnoalign{}}% +% \else\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\totalnoftabulatelines +% \gdef\TABLEautoline{\TABLEnoalign{}}% +% \fi\fi +% \fi +% \dotabulatenobreak}% +% \TABLEautoline +% \TABLEnoalign +% {\nobreak +% \ifx\TABLEautoline\dotabulatelinerule\kern-\lineheight\fi +% \ifnum\noftabulatelines=\totalnoftabulatelines +% \@EA\dotabulatenobreak +% \else +% \@EA\allowbreak +% \fi}% +% \TABLEautoline +% \TABLEnoalign +% {\dotabulatenobreak}}% +% \doifelsevalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!lijn}\v!regel +% {\let\HL \HR +% \let\tabulateautoline\tabulateautorule +% \let\tabulateline \tabulaterule}% +% {\def\HL{\doHL\zerocount}}% % \def\tablebaselinecorrection % {\def\dobaselinecorrection % {\vskip-\prevdepth @@ -1136,14 +1135,12 @@ % \fi}}% % \chardef\tabulatepass\plustwo % % -% \startframedcontent[\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!kader}]% -% % -% \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\crcr\fulltabulatecontent\crcr}% -% \prevdepth\strutdp % nog eens beter, temporary hack -% \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!afstand}\v!grid -% {\vskip-\strutdp}% experimental tm-prikkels -% % -% \stopframedcontent +% \startflushtabulate +% \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\crcr\fulltabulatecontent\crcr}% +% \prevdepth\strutdp % nog eens beter, temporary hack +% \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!afstand}\v!grid +% {\vskip-\strutdp}% experimental tm-prikkels +% \stopflushtabulate % % % \egroup % \ifinsidefloat \else @@ -1151,9 +1148,13 @@ % \fi % \egroup} +\chardef\tabulaterepeathead\zerocount + \def\processtabulate[|#1|]% in the process of optimizing {\tabulateunit\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!eenheid}% \checkfulltabulatecontent +\globallet\tabulateruledepth \!!zeropoint +\globallet\tabulateruleheight\!!zeropoint \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction % use \setalignmentswitch instead [\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!uitlijnen}] [\v!normaal=>\def\@@tabulatealign{0},% = default value @@ -1172,6 +1173,12 @@ \global\tabulatepwidth\zeropoint \global\tabulateequalfalse \resettabulatepheight +\ifinsidefloat \else + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!hoofd}] + [\v!herhaal=>\chardef\tabulaterepeathead\plusone, + \v!tekst=>\chardef\tabulaterepeathead\plustwo]% +\fi \unexpanded \def\NC{\tabulatenormalcolumn0}% \unexpanded \def\RC{\tabulatenormalcolumn1}% \unexpanded \def\HC{\tabulatenormalcolumn2}% @@ -1196,6 +1203,9 @@ \unskip\unskip\crcr\flushtabulated \TABLEnoalign {\iftolerantTABLEbreak\else +\ifconditional\tabulatesomeamble \ifcase\tabulaterepeathead \else + \allowbreak +\fi \fi \ifnum\noftabulatelines=\plusone \dotabulatenobreak \else\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\minusnoftabulatelines @@ -1255,7 +1265,7 @@ \global\let\tabulatehook\notabulatehook}% \def\xeskip {\par\egroup\egroup - \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook}% + \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook}% \let|\savedbar \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!inspringen}\v!nee\forgetparindent @@ -1265,9 +1275,9 @@ \setlocalhsize \hsize\localhsize \fi \dontcomplain - \forgetall + \forgetall % hm, interference with \forgetparindent ^^^ probably bug, to be solved \setbox0\vbox % outside \if because of line counting - {\footnotesenabledfalse + {\notesenabledfalse \let\tabulateindent\!!zeropoint \trialtypesettingtrue % very important \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\crcr\fulltabulatecontent\crcr}}% @@ -1419,14 +1429,22 @@ \fi}}% \chardef\tabulatepass\plustwo % - \startframedcontent[\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!kader}]% + \ifcase\tabulaterepeathead + \startframedcontent[\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!kader}]% + \else + \setbox\tabulatebox\vbox \bgroup + \fi % \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\crcr\fulltabulatecontent\crcr}% \prevdepth\strutdp % nog eens beter, temporary hack \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!afstand}\v!grid {\vskip-\strutdp}% experimental tm-prikkels % - \stopframedcontent + \ifcase\tabulaterepeathead + \stopframedcontent + \else + \egroup \splittabulatebox\tabulatebox + \fi % \egroup \ifinsidefloat \else @@ -1434,6 +1452,63 @@ \fi \egroup} +% \setuptabulate[split=yes,header=text,title=Vervolg van Tabel] +% +% % \starttabulatehead +% % \NC test \NC hans\NC \NR +% % \stoptabulatehead +% +% \starttabulate +% \NC test \NC \input tufte \relax \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC \input knuth \relax \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC \input knuth \relax \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC \input tufte \relax \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC \input tufte \relax \NC \NR +% \NC test \NC \input tufte \relax \NC \NR +% \stoptabulate + +\def\splittabulatebox#1% #1 <> 0/2 / derived from the one in core-ntb.tex + {\ifinsidefloat + \unvbox#1% + \else + \ifcase\tabulaterepeathead\or + \setbox2\copy#1% + \setbox2\vsplit2 to \lineheight + \setbox2\vbox{\unvbox2}% + \fi + \doloop + {\setbox0\vsplit#1 to \onepoint % \lineheight + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \donetrue + \else\ifdim\pagetotal=\zeropoint + \donetrue + \else + \donefalse + \fi\fi + \ifdone + \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox0}% + \dimen0\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0\dp0 + \advance\dimen0\ht0 + \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal + \bgroup \pagina \egroup % make sure that local vars are kept + \ifcase\tabulaterepeathead\or + \unvcopy2 + \or + \hbox{\strut\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!titel}}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % test this on icare checklists / quite hacky ! ! ! + \ifdim\ht0>\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!lijndikte}\else + \kern-2\ht0 % brrrr + \fi + % + \unvbox0 + \allowbreak + \ifvoid#1 \exitloop \fi}% + \fi} + %D \startypen %D \setuptabulate[split=no,rule=line] %D @@ -1514,6 +1589,8 @@ \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, \c!splitsen=\v!ja, + \c!hoofd=\v!ja, + \c!titel=, \c!inspringen=\v!nee] \protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-uti.tex b/tex/context/base/core-uti.tex index 1503782f9..50f6a4cb3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-uti.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-uti.tex @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Utility File Handling} -\unprotect +\unprotect -% todo : safe lan etc too -% todo : load all commands at once (tok) +% todo : safe lan etc too +% todo : load all commands at once (tok) % Utility-file % @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ {\checksectionseparator} {\@@utilityerrormessage\resetutilities\endinput}} -\def\checksectionseparator % catches backward compatibility conflict +\def\checksectionseparator % catches backward compatibility conflict {\doifnot\sectionseparator:\endinput} \def\thisissectionseparator#1% {\bgroup \globallet\checksectionseparator\relax - \convertcommand \sectionseparator\to\asciiA + \convertcommand \sectionseparator\to\asciiA \convertargument #1\to\asciiB \ifx\asciiA\asciiB \egroup @@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ \def\writeutility {\write\uti} \def\writeutilitycommand#1{\write\uti{c \string#1}} -% less tokens +% less tokens % % \def\immediatewriteutility {\immediate\writeutility} % \def\immediatewriteutilitycommand{\immediate\writeutilitycommand} % -% more flexible (for overloading) +% more flexible (for overloading) \def\immediatewriteutility {\immediate\write\uti} \def\immediatewriteutilitycommand#1{\immediate\write\uti{c \string#1}} -% as in: +% as in: \def\cwriteutility#1% {\write\uti{\noexpand\checkedutility{\number\nofshipouts}{#1}}} @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ \def\docheckedutility#1#2{\ifnum#1=\nofshipouts#2\else\letterpercent\fi} -\prependtoks +\prependtoks \let\checkedutility\docheckedutility \to \everybeforeshipout @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ %\let\immediatewriteutilitycommand\cimmediatewriteutilitycommand \let\checkutilities \relax} -% this trickery is used in s-pre-50 +% this trickery is used in s-pre-50 \def\openutilities {\immediate\openout\uti=\jobname.\f!inputextension @@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ \immediatewriteutilitycommand{\thisisutilityversion {\utilityversion}}} \def\closeutilities - {\immediate\closeout\uti % niet echt nodig + {\immediate\closeout\uti % niet echt nodig \reportutilityproblems - % should be a message : + % should be a message : \let\writeutilitycommand \gobbleoneargument \let\writeutility \gobbleoneargument \let\immediatewriteutilitycommand\gobbleoneargument @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ % \def\resetutilities% % {\processcommacommand[\utilityresetlist]\getvalue} % -% the more efficient +% the more efficient % % \def\addutilityreset#1% % {\addtocommalist{#1}\utilityresetlist} @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ % \def\resetutilities% % {\processcommacommand[\utilityresetlist]\doresetutility} % -% the fastest, about two times, but who cares, since this -% can be neglected +% the fastest, about two times, but who cares, since this +% can be neglected \newtoks\utilityresetlist @@ -247,11 +247,11 @@ \resetutilities %\message{#1}% \def\docommando##1% % more than one utility thing - {\csname\s!set##1\endcsname}% % can be handled in one pass, - \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando % for instance lists + {\csname\s!set##1\endcsname}% % can be handled in one pass, + \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando % for instance lists \begingroup \def\currentutilityfilename{#2}% - \footnotesenabledfalse + \notesenabledfalse \doinpututilitiestrue \global\utilitydonefalse \catcode`\\=\@@escape @@ -290,10 +290,10 @@ \disableinitializevariables \endgroup} -% Saving the sort vector: +% Saving the sort vector: \def\savesortkeys - {\startnointerference + {\startnointerference \def\flushsortkey##1##2##3##4% {\convertargument{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}\to\ascii \immediatewriteutility{k {\currentlanguage}{\currentencoding}\ascii}}% @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ \globallet\savesortkeys\relax \stopnointerference} -\prependtoks \savesortkeys \to \everystarttext +\prependtoks \savesortkeys \to \everystarttext % Commando's ten behoeve van two-pass lists. In principe % kan alles in een keer worden ingelezen. Omdat de macro's @@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ % % \twopassentry{\s!xxx}{nr}{data} nr alleen voor testdoeleinden % -% also: +% also: % -% \definerawpasslist{\s!xxx} -% \moverawpasslist\s!xxx\to\somemacro +% \definerawpasslist{\s!xxx} +% \moverawpasslist\s!xxx\to\somemacro \let\alltwopasslists\empty % with 0,0 -> stepwise commalist -\let\allrawpasslists\empty % without 0,0 -> raw commalist +\let\allrawpasslists\empty % without 0,0 -> raw commalist \newif\iftwopassdatafound @@ -372,9 +372,9 @@ \def\doloadtwopassdata#1% {\doifundefined{#1:\s!list} - {\startnointerference + {\startnointerference \letgvalueempty{#1:\s!list}% - \protectlabels + \protectlabels \doutilities{#1\s!pass}\jobname\empty\relax\relax \ifx\twopassdata\empty\else \appendtwopasselement{#1}{0}\twopassdata @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ \def\loadtwopassdata {\ifx\alltwopasslists\empty\else - \def\twopassdata{0,0}% end condition + \def\twopassdata{0,0}% end condition \processcommacommand[\alltwopasslists]\doloadtwopassdata \globallet\alltwopassdata\empty \fi @@ -415,22 +415,22 @@ % \ifx\twopassdata\notwopassdata % \twopassdatafoundfalse % \let\twopassdata\empty -% \else +% \else % \twopassdatafoundtrue % \setxvalue{#3:\s!list}{#2}% % \fi} -% +% % \def\gettwopassdata#1% % {\loadtwopassdata % %\edef\!!stringa{\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname}% % %\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass get #1 - \!!stringa}% % %\expandafter\dogettwopassdata\expandafter[\!!stringa]{#1}} % \expanded{\dogettwopassdata[\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname]}{#1}} -% +% % \def\findtwopassdata#1#2% % {\loadtwopassdata % \expanded{\dofindtwopassdata{#1}{#2}}} -% +% % \def\dofindtwopassdata#1#2% % {\edef\!!stringa{,\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname}% % %\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass find #2 - \!!stringa}% @@ -447,14 +447,14 @@ % {\loadtwopassdata % \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% % \expandafter\dogetfirsttwopassdata\expandafter[\!!stringa]{#1}} -% +% % \def\dogetfirsttwopassdata[#1,#2]#3% % {\doifelse{#1}{0} % {\twopassdatafoundfalse % \let\twopassdata\empty} % {\twopassdatafoundtrue % \edef\twopassdata{#1}}} -% +% % \def\getlasttwopassdata#1% % {\loadtwopassdata % \edef\twopassdata{0}\twopassdatafoundfalse @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ % {\increment\noftwopassitems % \edef\twopassdata{##1}\twopassdatafoundtrue}}% % \processcommacommand[\getvalue{#1:\s!list}]\docommando} -% +% % \def\getfromtwopassdata#1#2% % {\loadtwopassdata % \getfromcommacommand[\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname][#2]% @@ -546,14 +546,14 @@ % Default-instellingen (verborgen) -\prependtoks \resetutilities \to \everyjob +\prependtoks \resetutilities \to \everyjob -% left over +% left over \def\plaatsvolledig#1#2#3#4% kop, ref, tit, do {#1[#2]{#3}#4\pagina[\v!ja]} -% Experiment +% Experiment % %\installprogram{Hello World} @@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ % \writeplugindata{texutil}{{beta}} % \writeplugindata{texutil}{{gamma}} % \writeplugindata{texutil}{{delta}} -% +% % \loadplugindata {plugintest} - + \def\immediatewriteplugindata#1#2% {\immediatewriteutility{p u {#1} #2}} @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ % \plugincommand{\command{}{}{}} % -% this way we can catch undefined commands +% this way we can catch undefined commands \long\def\plugincommand#1% {\doplugincommand#1\relax} @@ -594,10 +594,10 @@ {} % \addutilityreset{plugintest} -% +% % \def\resetplugintest{\let\plugintest\gobbletwoarguments} % \def\setplugintest {\let\plugintest\writestatus} -% +% % \installplugin % {plugintest} % {\let\plugintest\gobbletwoarguments} @@ -608,4 +608,4 @@ \long\setvalue{\s!reset#1}{#2}% \long\setvalue{\s!set #1}{#3}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-var.tex b/tex/context/base/core-var.tex index ef15b3622..1cc72ee50 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-var.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-var.tex @@ -8,53 +8,71 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Variables} \unprotect -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {every...} %D -%D A few every's. - -\newevery \everyshipout \relax -\newevery \everybeforeshipout \relax -\newevery \everyaftershipout \relax -\newevery \everylastshipout \relax -\newevery \everybye \relax -\newevery \everygoodbye \relax -\newevery \everystarttext \relax -\newevery \everystoptext \relax -\newevery \everyforgetall \relax - -\newevery \everybeforepagebody \relax -\newevery \everyafterpagebody \relax +%D A few every's. + +\newevery \everyshipout \relax +\newevery \everybeforeshipout \relax +\newevery \everyaftershipout \relax +\newevery \everylastshipout \relax +\newevery \everybye \relax +\newevery \everygoodbye \relax +\newevery \everystarttext \relax +\newevery \everystoptext \relax +\newevery \everyforgetall \relax +\newevery \everybeforepagebody \relax +\newevery \everyafterpagebody \relax \let \everypagebody \everybeforepagebody % backward compatible +\newevery \everybeforeutilityread \relax +\newevery \everyafterutilityread \relax + +%newevery \everybeforeutilitywrite \relax + +\newevery \everycleanupfeatures \relax \def\cleanupfeatures{\the\everycleanupfeatures} +\newevery \everyinsidefloat \relax +\newevery \everyheadstart \relax +\newevery \everyendoftextbody \relax +\newevery \everybeginofpar \relax +\newevery \everyendofpar \relax + +%D Experimental (used in xml <p> .. </p> + +\def\bpar{\the\everybeginofpar\ignorespaces} % may interfere with \everypar +\def\epar{\ifhmode\removeunwantedspaces\the\everyendofpar\fi} % test prevents problems with \bpar\epar -\let \everypagebody \everybeforepagebody % backward compatible - -\newevery \everybeforeutilityread \relax -\newevery \everyafterutilityread \relax +%D \macros +%D {defineinputmode,setinputmode} +%D +%D New. Some work needs to be done. -\newevery \everycleanupfeatures \relax +\def\defineinputmode[#1]{\@EA\newtoks\csname every#1inputmode\endcsname} +%def\setinputmode [#1]{\the \csname every#1inputmode\endcsname} +\def\setinputmode [#1]{\the\executeifdefined{every#1inputmode}\emptytoks} -\def\cleanupfeatures{\the\everycleanupfeatures} +\defineinputmode [TEX] +\defineinputmode [XML] -\newevery \everyinsidefloat \relax +\setinputmode [TEX] -%D \macros -%D {trialtypesetting} +%D \macros +%D {trialtypesetting} %D -%D We disable trial typesetting in the output routine, -%D just to be sure. +%D We disable trial typesetting in the output routine, +%D just to be sure. -\prependtoks +\prependtoks \trialtypesettingfalse -\to \everybeforepagebody +\to \everybeforepagebody -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {starttextdata} \newtoks \collectedtextdata @@ -67,29 +85,29 @@ \global\collectedtextdata\emptytoks \globallet\flushtextdata\donothing} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifprocessingXML} %D -%D We need this one even if no \XML\ is supported. +%D We need this one even if no \XML\ is supported. \newif\ifprocessingXML %D \macros %D {ifproductionrun} %D -%D This boolean can be used to bypass certain -%D initializations. +%D This boolean can be used to bypass certain +%D initializations. -\newif\ifproductionrun +\newif\ifproductionrun \appendtoks \productionruntrue \to \everydump -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {everyboxedcontent, ifboxedcontent, %D startboxedcontent, stopboxedcontent} %D -%D This one is relatively new and will be used as a more -%D robust test for inner situations. +%D This one is relatively new and will be used as a more +%D robust test for inner situations. \newif \ifboxedcontent \newevery \everyboxedcontent \relax @@ -99,18 +117,18 @@ \def\startboxedcontent{\bgroup\the\everyboxedcontent} \let\stopboxedcontent \egroup -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {fastmode} %D -%D The command \type {\fastmode} disables some time consuming -%D typesetting. +%D The command \type {\fastmode} disables some time consuming +%D typesetting. \newevery \everyfastmode \relax -\newif\iffastmode +\newif\iffastmode \def\fastmode - {\fastmodetrue + {\fastmodetrue \the\everyfastmode} \def\silentmode % ook hier \everysilentmode net als \fastmode @@ -118,7 +136,7 @@ \showwarningsfalse \let\writestatus\gobbletwoarguments} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {pdfoutput} %D %D There are some fundamental differences between producing @@ -127,25 +145,25 @@ %D postprocessing stage. Because we must make sure that %D \CONTEXT\ knows what it's up to, we always default to \DVI\ %D mode, even when users explicitly ask for \PDF\ output in the -%D \PDFTEX\ configuration file. +%D \PDFTEX\ configuration file. \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \else - \prependtoks \pdfoutput=0 \to \everyjob + \prependtoks \pdfoutput=0 \to \everyjob \fi %D \macros %D {setvariables,getvariable} %D -%D \starttyping +%D \starttyping %D \setvariables[xx][titel=] %D \setvariables[xx][titel=test test] %D \setvariables[xx][titel=test $x=1$ test] % fatal error reported %D \setvariables[xx][titel=test {$x=1$} test] %D \setvariables[xx][titel] % fatal error reported %D \setvariables[xx][titel=e] -%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptyping \def\??vars{@@vars} @@ -154,7 +172,7 @@ \def\setgvariables{\dotripleargument\dosetvariables[\getrawgparameters]} \def\setxvariables{\dotripleargument\dosetvariables[\getrawxparameters]} -\def\globalsetvariables % obsolete +\def\globalsetvariables % obsolete {\dotripleargument\dosetvariables[\globalgetrawparameters]} \def\dosetvariables[#1][#2][#3]% @@ -186,8 +204,8 @@ \let\currentvariableclass\empty -%D We store some original meanings, maybe in \type -%D {math-ini}. +%D We store some original meanings, maybe in \type +%D {math-ini}. \let\normalin \in \let\normalover \over @@ -197,9 +215,9 @@ \let\normalabovewithdelims\abovewithdelims \let\normalatopwithdelims \atopwithdelims -%D Add-ons: +%D Add-ons: \let\startlayoutcomponent\gobbletwoarguments \let\stoplayoutcomponent \relax -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex index f7327cf59..ed77e9c3b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex @@ -8,24 +8,24 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Verbatim} \startmessages dutch library: verbatims title: typen - 1: file -- bestaat niet + 1: file -- bestaat niet \stopmessages \startmessages english library: verbatims title: verbatim - 1: file -- does not exist + 1: file -- does not exist \stopmessages \startmessages german library: verbatims title: verbatim - 1: Datei -- existiert nicht + 1: Datei -- existiert nicht \stopmessages \startmessages czech library: verbatims @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ \startmessages norwegian library: verbatims title: verbatim - 1: fil -- eksisterer ikke + 1: fil -- eksisterer ikke \stopmessages \startmessages romanian library: verbatims @@ -64,20 +64,20 @@ \def\installprettytype% {\dodoubleargument\doinstallprettytype} -\def\doinstallprettytype[#1][#2]% map #1 onto #2 +\def\doinstallprettytype[#1][#2]% map #1 onto #2 {\uppercasestring#1\to\asciiA \uppercasestring#2\to\asciiB \setevalue{\??ty\??ty\asciiA}{\asciiB}} \def\setupprettiesintype#1% - {\uppercasestring#1\to\ascii + {\uppercasestring#1\to\ascii \edef\prettyidentifier% {\ifundefined{\??ty\??ty\ascii}TEX% \else\getvalue{\??ty\??ty\ascii}\fi}% \doifundefined{setuppretty\prettyidentifier type}% {\bgroup \setbox0\hbox % get rid of spaces when in-line \newpretty loading - {\restorecatcodes % also needed when loading during \newpretty + {\restorecatcodes % also needed when loading during \newpretty \startreadingfile % restore < and > if needed \lowercasestring verb-\prettyidentifier.tex\to\filename \readsysfile\filename\donothing\donothing @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ {\let\uncatcodecharacters\uncatcodeallcharacters % ugly, should be switch \def\setupprettytype{\getvalue{setuppretty\prettyidentifier type}}} {\let\setupprettytype\relax}} - + \installprettytype [RAW] [RAW] \installprettytype [TEX] [TEX] @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ \installnewpretty X {\setupprettiesintype{XML}\setupprettytype} \def\setupcommonverbatim#1% - {\eightbitcharactersfalse % obey regime / encoding + {\eightbitcharactersfalse % obey regime / encoding % \def\prettyidentifier{TEX}% % @@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ \doifvalue{#1\c!spatie}\v!aan{\def\obeyspaces{\setcontrolspaces}}% %doifvalue{#1\c!tab} \v!aan{\def\obeytabs {\settabskips}}% \doifnotvalue{#1\c!tab}\v!uit{\def\obeytabs {\settabskips}}% - \doifvalue{#1\c!tab} \s!ascii{\chardef\tabskipmode2}% quit on >127 + \doifvalue{#1\c!tab} \s!ascii{\chardef\tabskipmode2}% quit on >127 \doifvalue{#1\c!pagina}\v!nee{\def\obeypages {\ignorepages}}% % - \ignorehyphens % default + \ignorehyphens % default \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction [\getvalue{#1\c!regels}] [ \v!ja=>\obeybreakpoints, @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ %D \type{<<} and \type{>>} as delimiters. This alternative can %D be used in situations where slanted typeseting is needed. -% todo: we can use \letter... here: +% todo: we can use \letter... here: \def\lesscharacter {<} \def\morecharacter {>} @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\type% {\dotype\empty} - + \def\dotype#1% {\bgroup \strut % new, enables leading space in \type { abc } at par start @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ % \fi\fi % \verbatimcolor % \next} -% +% % \def\dodotype% % {\ifx\next\bgroup % \initializetype @@ -293,25 +293,25 @@ \def\dodotypeA {\initializetype \initializetypegrouping - \verbatimcolor + \verbatimcolor \afterassignment\protectfirsttype\let\next=} \def\dodotypeB {\initializetype \setupnotypegrouping - \verbatimcolor + \verbatimcolor \let\next=} \def\dodotypeC<#1% {\initializetype - \verbatimcolor + \verbatimcolor \if#1<\else \setupalternativetypegrouping#1% \fi} \def\dodotypeD#1% {\initializetype - \verbatimcolor + \verbatimcolor \catcode`#1=\@@endgroup} \def\dodotype% @@ -337,10 +337,10 @@ \egroup]% \def\activeleftargument% [\bgroup - \leftargument %% this way TeXEdit can check: { + \leftargument %% this way TeXEdit can check: { \catcode`\}=\@@active % ... in alignments (tables) \let}=\activerightargument]% - \let{=\activeleftargument]% %% this way TeXEdit can check: } + \let{=\activeleftargument]% %% this way TeXEdit can check: } \egroup \bgroup @@ -357,14 +357,14 @@ {\catcode`\<=\@@begingroup \catcode`\>=\@@endgroup} -%D When writing the manual to \CONTEXT\ and documenting this -%D source we needed to typeset \type{<<} and \type{>>}. Because -%D we wanted to do this in the natural way, we've adapted the -%D original definition a bit. We still show the original -%D because we think it's shows a bit better what we are -%D doing. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D When writing the manual to \CONTEXT\ and documenting this +%D source we needed to typeset \type{<<} and \type{>>}. Because +%D we wanted to do this in the natural way, we've adapted the +%D original definition a bit. We still show the original +%D because we think it's shows a bit better what we are +%D doing. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \bgroup %D \catcode`\<=\@@active %D \catcode`\>=\@@active @@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ %D \egroup %D \stoptypen %D -%D The final implementation looks a bit further and treats the -%D lone \type{<<} and \type{>>} a bit different. The \type -%D {\hbox{}} prevents ligatures, which unfortunately turn up -%D in Lucida fonts. +%D The final implementation looks a bit further and treats the +%D lone \type{<<} and \type{>>} a bit different. The \type +%D {\hbox{}} prevents ligatures, which unfortunately turn up +%D in Lucida fonts. \def\doenterdoublelesstype {\ifx\next\egroup - \lesscharacter\hbox{}\lesscharacter + \lesscharacter\hbox{}\lesscharacter \else \bgroup\switchslantedtype \let\doenterdoublemoretype\egroup @@ -460,17 +460,17 @@ % \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1\c!escape}}% % \@EA\catcode\@EA`\!!stringa=\@@escape} -\def\setupcommandsintype#1% can also be \string\ +\def\setupcommandsintype#1% can also be \string\ {\setupgroupedtype \edef\\{\getvalue{#1\c!escape}}% - \letvalue{\\}=\\% for instance \/=/ + \letvalue{\\}=\\% for instance \/=/ \@EA\catcode\@EA`\\=\@@escape - \def\BTEX##1\ETEX##2% ##2 gobbles active space + \def\BTEX##1\ETEX##2% ##2 gobbles active space {\naturaltextext##1\unskip\relax}} -%D The following lines show what happens when we set -%D \type {option=commands}. -%D +%D The following lines show what happens when we set +%D \type {option=commands}. +%D %D \startbuffer %D \starttyping %D test//test test/BTEX \footnote{test test test}/ETEX test @@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ %D test test test /BTEX \bf(nota bene)/ETEX test %D \stoptyping %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D % \bgroup\setuptyping[option=commands]\getbuffer\egroup -%D -%D this was keyed in as: -%D +%D +%D this was keyed in as: +%D %D \typebuffer \def\setupslantedtype @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ \let\next\relax \else\ifx\next\bgroup \let\next\relax - \else\ifx\next\egroup % takes care of \type{} + \else\ifx\next\egroup % takes care of \type{} \let\next\relax \else\ifx\next\activeleftargument \let\next\relax @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ \next} \egroup -\def\protectfirsttype% +\def\protectfirsttype {\futurelet\next\doprotectfirsttype} %D The neccessary initializations are done by calling @@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ %D \macros %D {typ,obeyhyphens,obeybreakpoints} -%D +%D %D Although it's not clear from the macros, one character %D trait of this macros, which are build on top of the support %D module, is that they don't hyphenate. We therefore offer %D the alternative \type{\typ}. The current implementation %D works all right, but a decent hyphenation support of -%D \type{\tt} text will be implemented soon. +%D \type{\tt} text will be implemented soon. % \def\obeyhyphens % {\def\obeyedspace{\hskip\spaceskip}% @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ % \tttf\hyphenchar\font45 % \savedfont % \spaceskip.5em\!!plus.25em\!!minus.25em\relax} -% +% % \def\obeybreakpoints % {\def\obeyedspace{\hskip\spaceskip}% % \spaceskip.5em @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ {\def\obeyedspace {\null\hskip\spaceskip\null}% \def\controlspace{\null\hskip\zeropoint\hbox{\char32}\hskip\zeropoint\null}% \spaceskip.5em\relax} - + %\unexpanded\def\typ % {\bgroup % \obeyhyphens @@ -642,9 +642,9 @@ %D \unexpanded\def\dis{\dospecialtype{\$\$}{\$\$}} %D \stoptypen %D -% %D For sometime we used the better but less readable is +% %D For sometime we used the better but less readable is % %D alternative -% %D +% %D % %D \starttypen % %D \def\doprocessgroup#1#2#3% % %D {\bgroup @@ -656,18 +656,18 @@ % %D #2}% % %D \afterassignment\doprocessgroup % %D \let\next=} -% %D +% %D % %D \def\setgroupedtype% % %D {\initializetype % %D \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup % %D \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup} -% %D +% %D % %D \unexpanded\def\tex{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\texescape\relax} % %D \unexpanded\def\arg{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\leftargument\rightargument} % %D \unexpanded\def\mat{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\$\$} % %D \unexpanded\def\dis{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype{\$\$}{\$\$}} % %D \stoptypen -% %D +% %D %D %D But since \type{\groupedcommand} became available, we use %D however @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ %D due to the fact that we use \type{\stop...} as delimiter. %D The implementation inherits some features, for instance the %D support of linenumbering, which can best be studied in the -%D documented support module. +%D documented support module. \def\initializetyping#1% {%\donefalse @@ -700,9 +700,9 @@ \scratchskip\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!evenmarge}\relax \ifzeropt\scratchskip\else\donetrue\fi \ifdone - \def\doopenupverbatimline% + \def\doopenupverbatimline {\getpagestatus - \ifrightpage + \ifrightpage \hskip\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!onevenmarge}\relax \else \hskip\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!evenmarge}\relax @@ -724,13 +724,13 @@ \v!geen=>\scratchskip\zeropoint, \s!unknown=>\scratchskip\commalistelement]% \ifgridsnapping - \ifdim\scratchskip=.5\baselineskip\relax - \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\scratchskip}% new + \ifdim\scratchskip=.5\baselineskip\relax + \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\scratchskip}% new \else - \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\baselineskip}% + \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\baselineskip}% \fi \else - \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\scratchskip}% + \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\scratchskip}% \fi \setupcommonverbatim{\??tp#1}} @@ -785,27 +785,27 @@ %D The setups for display verbatim and file verbatim are %D shared. One can adapt the extra defined typing environments, -%D but they also default to the values below. Watch the -%D alternative escape character. +%D but they also default to the values below. Watch the +%D alternative escape character. \setuptyping [ \c!voor=\blanko, \c!na=\blanko, \c!korps=, \c!kleur=, - \c!spatie=\v!uit, + \c!spatie=\v!uit, \c!pagina=\v!nee, \c!tab=\s!ascii, \c!optie=\v!geen, \c!palet=colorpretty, \c!tekst=\v!nee, - \c!letter=\tttf, + \c!letter=\tttf, \c!icommando=\ttsl, \c!vcommando=, \c!ccommando=\tttf, \c!springvolgendein=\v!ja, \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, - \c!evenmarge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!evenmarge=\!!zeropoint, \c!onevenmarge=\!!zeropoint, \c!blanko=\v!regel, \c!escape=/, % beware \string\ , should also be accepted @@ -815,8 +815,8 @@ %D \macros %D {definetype} %D -%D Specific inline verbatim commands can be defined with the -%D following command. +%D Specific inline verbatim commands can be defined with the +%D following command. \def\definetype {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetype} @@ -843,9 +843,9 @@ %D \stopextratyping %D \stoptypen %D -%D The definitions default to the standard typing values. +%D The definitions default to the standard typing values. -\def\presettyping[#1][#2]% +\def\presettyping[#1][#2]% {\copyparameters [\??tp#1][\??tp] [\c!voor,\c!na,\c!spatie,\c!pagina,\c!tab,\c!kleur,\c!letter, @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ prettythree=grayprettythree, prettyfour=grayprettyfour] -% ---> naar verb-* ? of predefine als undefined? +% ---> naar verb-* ? of predefine als undefined? \definepalet [TEXcolorpretty] [colorpretty] \definepalet [TEXgraypretty] [graypretty] @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ % Some real in-depth knowlegde of palets: `palet:color' it is! %D We can use some core color commands. These are faster than -%D the standard color switching ones and work ok on a line by +%D the standard color switching ones and work ok on a line by %D line basis. %D %D \starttypen @@ -945,17 +945,17 @@ %D \def\endofpretty {\stopcolormode}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D Since we support a global color too, the folowing -%D definition is better: +%D Since we support a global color too, the folowing +%D definition is better: -\def\setupverbatimcolor#1% fast and local versus slow and global - {\doifelsevaluenothing{#1\c!kleur} +\def\setupverbatimcolor#1% fast and local versus slow and global + {\doifelsevaluenothing{#1\c!kleur} {\def\beginofpretty[##1]{\startcolormode{\prettypalet:##1}}% \let\endofpretty \restorecolormode % \stopcolormode \let\startverbatimcolor \relax \let\stopverbatimcolor \relax \let\verbatimcolor \relax} - {\def\beginofpretty[##1]{\startcolor[\prettypalet:##1]}% + {\def\beginofpretty[##1]{\startcolor[\prettypalet:##1]}% \let\endofpretty \stopcolor \def\startverbatimcolor{\startcolor[\getvalue{#1\c!kleur}]}% \let\stopverbatimcolor \stopcolor @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ \let\stopverbatimcolor \relax \let\verbatimcolor \relax -%D In the verbatim module, there are some examples given of +%D In the verbatim module, there are some examples given of %D the more obscure features of the verbatim environments. %D %D \startbuffer @@ -980,14 +980,14 @@ %D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % becomes: \mathematics{x^2} %D \stopTEX %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \typebuffer -%D -%D This gives, as can be expected: -%D +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D This gives, as can be expected: +%D %D \haalbuffer -%D -%D When we want to see some typeset \TEX\ too, we can say: +%D +%D When we want to see some typeset \TEX\ too, we can say: %D %D \startbuffer %D \startTEX @@ -996,57 +996,57 @@ %D \stopTEX %D \stopbuffer %D -%D \typebuffer +%D \typebuffer %D -%D or: +%D or: %D %D \haalbuffer %D -%D In a similar way: +%D In a similar way: %D %D \startbuffer %D \startSQL -%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select %D from tableA %D where 1 = 2 %D \stopSQL %D \stopbuffer %D -%D \typebuffer +%D \typebuffer %D -%D gives: +%D gives: %D -%D \haalbuffer +%D \haalbuffer %D %D The next examples sow how we can directly call for natural -%D \TEX\ comments: -%D +%D \TEX\ comments: +%D %D \startbuffer %D \setuptyping %D [TEX] %D [tekst=ja] -%D +%D %D \startTEX %D \def\mathematics#1% % usage: \type {\mathematics{x^2}} %D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % becomes: \mathematics{x^2} %D \stopTEX -%D +%D %D \setuptyping %D [SQL] %D [tekst=ja,palet=,icommando=\bf,vcommando=,ccommando=\it] -%D +%D %D \startSQL -%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select %D from tableA %D where 1 = 2 %D \stopSQL -%D +%D %D \setuptyping %D [SQL] %D [ccommando=\tf\underbar] -%D +%D %D \startSQL -%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select %D from tableA %D where 1 = 2 %D \stopSQL @@ -1054,11 +1054,11 @@ %D %D \typebuffer %D -%D Now watch: +%D Now watch: %D %D \haalbuffer %D -%D The natural \TEX\ typesetting was introduced when Tobias +%D The natural \TEX\ typesetting was introduced when Tobias %D and Berend started using verbatim \JAVASCRIPT\ and \SQL. %D \macros @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ %D setup values are inherited from display verbatim. %D The implementation of \type{\typefile} is straightforward: -% new feature (not yet 100\% ok) +% new feature (not yet 100\% ok) % % \setuptyping[file][numbering=file] % @@ -1173,26 +1173,26 @@ \egroup}% \getvalue{\??tp#1\c!na}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {filename} %D %D Typesetting filenames in monospaced fonts is possible with -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \filename{here/there/filename.suffix} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The definition is not that spectacular. +%D The definition is not that spectacular. \unexpanded\def\filename#1{{\tttf\hyphenatedfile{#1}}} -%D This leaves some settings: +%D This leaves some settings: \permitshiftedendofverbatim \optimizeverbatimtrue -%D And a bonus macro: +%D And a bonus macro: \def\verbatim#1{\convertargument#1\to\ascii\ascii} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex index 3b5c6a5d5..81299a8b7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex @@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D This module adds some more visualization cues to the ones -%D supplied in the support module. -%D +%D This module adds some more visualization cues to the ones +%D supplied in the support module. +%D %D %\everypar dual character, \the\everypar and \everypar= %D %\hrule cannot be grabbed in advance, switches mode %D %\vrule cannot be grabbed in advance, switches mode @@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ %D {indent, noindent, %D leavevmode, %D par} -%D -%D \TeX\ acts upon paragraphs. In mosts documents paragraphs +%D +%D \TeX\ acts upon paragraphs. In mosts documents paragraphs %D are separated by empty lines, which internally are handled as %D \type{\par}. Paragraphs can be indented or not, depending on -%D the setting of \type{\parindent}, the first token of a -%D paragraph and/or user suppressed or forced indentation. -%D +%D the setting of \type{\parindent}, the first token of a +%D paragraph and/or user suppressed or forced indentation. +%D %D Because the actual typesetting is based on both explicit %D user and implicit system actions, visualization is only %D possible for the user supplied \type{\indent}, %D \type{\noindent}, \type{\leavevmode} and \type{\par}. Other %D 'clever' tricks will quite certainly lead to more failures -%D than successes, so we only support these three explicit -%D primitives and one macro: +%D than successes, so we only support these three explicit +%D primitives and one macro: \let\normalnoindent = \noindent \let\normalindent = \indent @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ \scratchdimen#1\relax \dontinterfere \dontcomplain - \boxrulewidth5\testrulewidth + \boxrulewidth5\testrulewidth #3#4\relax \setbox0\normalhbox to \scratchdimen {#2{\ruledhbox to \scratchdimen @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ \def\ruledhanging {\ifdim\hangindent>\zeropoint \ifnum\hangafter<\zerocount - \normalhbox + \normalhbox {\boxrulewidth5\testrulewidth \setbox0\ruledhbox to \hangindent {\scratchdimen\strutht @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ \def\ruledpar {\relax - \ifhmode - \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\relax\rightrulefalse\relax\!!height + \ifhmode + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\relax\rightrulefalse\relax\!!height \fi \normalpar} @@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ \ruledparagraphcues \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\leftrulefalse\relax\!!height} -\def\ruledindent - {\relax - \normalnoindent +\def\ruledindent + {\relax + \normalnoindent \ruledparagraphcues \ifdim\parindent>\zeropoint - \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\relax\relax\!!height + \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\relax\relax\!!height \else - \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\relax\relax\!!height + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\relax\relax\!!height \fi \normalhskip\parindent} @@ -134,61 +134,61 @@ \ifdim\parindent>\zeropoint \normalhskip-\parindent \ruledparagraphcues - \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height + \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height \normalhskip\parindent \else \ruledparagraphcues - \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height \fi} \def\dontshowimplicits - {\let\noindent \normalnoindent - \let\indent \normalindent + {\let\noindent \normalnoindent + \let\indent \normalindent \let\leavevmode \normalleavevmode \let\par \normalpar} \def\showimplicits {\testrulewidth \defaulttestrulewidth - \let\noindent \rulednoindent - \let\indent \ruledindent + \let\noindent \rulednoindent + \let\indent \ruledindent \let\leavevmode \ruledleavevmode \let\par \ruledpar} -%D The next few||line examples show the four cues. Keep in +%D The next few||line examples show the four cues. Keep in %D mind that we only see them when we explicitly open or close -%D a paragraph. -%D +%D a paragraph. +%D %D \bgroup %D \def\voorbeeld#1% %D {#1Visualizing some \TeX\ primitives and Plain \TeX\ %D macros can be very instructive, at least it is to me. %D Here we see {\tt\string#1} and {\tt\string\ruledpar} in %D action, while {\tt\string\parindent} equals -%D {\tt\the\parindent}.\ruledpar} -%D +%D {\tt\the\parindent}.\ruledpar} +%D %D \showimplicits -%D -%D \voorbeeld \indent -%D \voorbeeld \noindent -%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode -%D +%D +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D %D \parindent=60pt -%D -%D \voorbeeld \indent -%D \voorbeeld \noindent -%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode %D %D \startsmaller -%D \voorbeeld \indent -%D \voorbeeld \noindent -%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode %D \stopsmaller %D \egroup %D -%D These examples also demonstrate the visualization of -%D \type {\leftskip} and \type {\rightskip}. The macro +%D These examples also demonstrate the visualization of +%D \type {\leftskip} and \type {\rightskip}. The macro %D \type {\nofruledbaselines} determines the number of lines -%D shown. +%D shown. \newcounter\ruledbaselines @@ -231,61 +231,63 @@ {\testrulewidth\defaulttestrulewidth \EveryPar{\ruledbaseline}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {showpagebuilder} %D %D The next tracing option probaly is only of use to me and a -%D few \CONTEXT\ hackers. +%D few \CONTEXT\ hackers. \def\showpagebuilder {\EveryPar{\doshowpagebuilder}} \def\doshowpagebuilder - {\strut\llap{\blue \vl - \high{\infofont v:\the\vsize }\vl - \high{\infofont g:\the\pagegoal }\vl + {\strut\llap{\blue \vl + \high{\infofont v:\the\vsize }\vl + \high{\infofont g:\the\pagegoal }\vl \high{\infofont t:\the\pagetotal}\vl}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {makecutbox, cuthbox, cutvbox, cutvtop} -%D -%D Although mainly used for marking the page, these macros can -%D also serve local use. -%D +%D +%D Although mainly used for marking the page, these macros can +%D also serve local use. +%D %D \startbuffer %D \setbox0=\vbox{a real \crlf vertical box} \makecutbox0 %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D This marked \type{\vbox} shows up as: -%D +%D %D \startregelcorrectie %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregelcorrectie -%D +%D %D The alternative macros are used as: -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D \cuthbox{a made cut box} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D This is typeset as: -%D +%D %D \startregelcorrectie %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregelcorrectie -%D +%D %D By setting the next macros one can influence the length of -%D the marks as well as the horizontal and vertical divisions. +%D the marks as well as the horizontal and vertical divisions. \def\cutmarklength {2\bodyfontsize} \chardef\horizontalcutmarks = 2 \chardef\verticalcutmarks = 2 \chardef\cutmarkoffset = 1 \let\cutmarksymbol = \relax +\let\cutmarktoptext = \empty +\let\cutmarkbottomtext = \empty \def\horizontalcuts {\normalhbox to \ruledwidth @@ -295,7 +297,7 @@ \def\verticalcuts {\scratchdimen\ruledheight - \advance\scratchdimen \ruleddepth + \advance\scratchdimen \ruleddepth \normalvbox to \scratchdimen {\hsize\cutmarklength \dorecurse\verticalcutmarks @@ -305,7 +307,7 @@ \def\baselinecuts {\ifdim\ruleddepth>\zeropoint \scratchdimen\ruledheight - \advance\scratchdimen \ruleddepth + \advance\scratchdimen \ruleddepth \normalvbox to \scratchdimen {\scratchdimen\cutmarklength \divide\scratchdimen 2 @@ -315,20 +317,94 @@ \normalvskip\zeropoint\!!plus\ruleddepth}% \fi} -\def\cutmarksymbols - {\setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox to \cutmarklength - {\normalvfill - \normalhbox to \cutmarklength - {\normalhfill\ssxx\cutmarksymbol\normalhfill}% - \normalvfill}% - \normalhbox to \ruledwidth - {\scratchdimen\cutmarklength - \divide\scratchdimen 2 - \llap{\copy\scratchbox\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen}% - \normalhfill - \rlap{\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen\copy\scratchbox}}} - -\def\makecutbox#1% +% \def\cutmarksymbols +% {\setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox to \cutmarklength +% {\normalvfill +% \normalhbox to \cutmarklength +% {\normalhfill\ssxx\cutmarksymbol\normalhfill}% +% \normalvfill}% +% \normalhbox to \ruledwidth +% {\scratchdimen\cutmarklength +% \divide\scratchdimen 2 +% \llap{\copy\scratchbox\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen}% +% \normalhfill +% \rlap{\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen\copy\scratchbox}}} + +\def\cutmarksymbols#1% + {\normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \cutmarklength + {\normalhss\infofont\cutmarksymbol\normalhss}% + \normalhss + \normalvbox to \cutmarklength + {\scratchdimen\cutmarklength + \divide\scratchdimen \plustwo + \normalvss + \hbox to \ruledwidth + {\llap{\copy\scratchbox\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen}% + \normalhskip\scratchdimen\hss\infofont#1\hss\normalhskip\scratchdimen + \rlap{\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen\copy\scratchbox}}% + \normalvss}% + \normalhss}} + +% \def\makecutbox#1% +% {\edef\ruledheight{\the\ht#1}% +% \edef\ruleddepth {\the\dp#1}% +% \edef\ruledwidth {\the\wd#1}% +% \setbox#1\normalhbox +% {\dontcomplain +% \forgetall +% \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen +% \offinterlineskip +% \scratchdimen\cutmarklength +% \divide\scratchdimen 2 +% \hsize\ruledwidth +% \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox +% {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\horizontalcuts}% +% \normalvskip-\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \normalvskip-2\scratchdimen +% \copy\scratchbox +% \normalvskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \hbox to \ruledwidth +% {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\verticalcuts}% +% \llap{\copy\scratchbox\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen}% +% \bgroup +% \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\baselinecuts}% +% \llap{\copy\scratchbox\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen}% +% \normalhfill +% \rlap{\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen\copy\scratchbox}% +% \egroup +% \rlap{\normalhskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen\copy\scratchbox}}% +% \normalvskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \copy\scratchbox}% +% \ht\scratchbox\ruledheight +% \dp\scratchbox\ruleddepth +% \wd\scratchbox\zeropoint +% \resetcolorseparation +% \localstartcolor[\defaulttextcolor]% +% \box\scratchbox +% \ifx\cutmarksymbol\relax \else +% \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox +% {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\cutmarksymbols}% +% \vskip-\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \vskip-\cutmarklength +% \copy\scratchbox +% \vskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \vskip\ruledheight +% \vskip\ruleddepth +% \vskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen +% \copy\scratchbox}% +% \ht\scratchbox\ruledheight +% \dp\scratchbox\ruleddepth +% \wd\scratchbox\zeropoint +% \box\scratchbox +% \fi +% \localstopcolor +% \box#1}% +% \wd#1=\ruledwidth +% \ht#1=\ruledheight +% \dp#1=\ruleddepth} + +\def\makecutbox#1% simplier with layers, todo {\edef\ruledheight{\the\ht#1}% \edef\ruleddepth {\the\dp#1}% \edef\ruledwidth {\the\wd#1}% @@ -340,7 +416,7 @@ \scratchdimen\cutmarklength \divide\scratchdimen 2 \hsize\ruledwidth - \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox + \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\horizontalcuts}% \normalvskip-\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen \normalvskip-2\scratchdimen @@ -365,16 +441,15 @@ \localstartcolor[\defaulttextcolor]% \box\scratchbox \ifx\cutmarksymbol\relax \else - \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox - {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\cutmarksymbols}% - \vskip-\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen + \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox + {\vskip-\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen \vskip-\cutmarklength - \copy\scratchbox + \normalhbox{\cutmarksymbols\cutmarktoptext}% \vskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen \vskip\ruledheight \vskip\ruleddepth \vskip\cutmarkoffset\scratchdimen - \copy\scratchbox}% + \normalhbox{\cutmarksymbols\cutmarkbottomtext}}% \ht\scratchbox\ruledheight \dp\scratchbox\ruleddepth \wd\scratchbox\zeropoint @@ -401,7 +476,7 @@ %D \macros %D {colormarkbox,rastermarkbox} %D -%D This macro is used in the pagebody routine. No other use +%D This macro is used in the pagebody routine. No other use %D is advocated here. %D %D \starttypen @@ -415,32 +490,32 @@ {\vbox {\scratchdimen-\colormarklength \multiply\scratchdimen 4 - \advance\scratchdimen \ruledheight + \advance\scratchdimen \ruledheight \advance\scratchdimen \ruleddepth \divide\scratchdimen 21 \def\docommando##1% {\vbox {\hsize3em % \scratchdimen - \definecolor + \definecolor [\s!dummy] - [\c!c=#2##1\else0\fi, + [\c!c=#2##1\else0\fi, \c!m=#3##1\else0\fi, \c!y=#4##1\else0\fi, \c!k=0]% \localstartcolor[\s!dummy]% - \hrule - \!!width 3em - \!!height \scratchdimen + \hrule + \!!width 3em + \!!height \scratchdimen \!!depth \zeropoint \localstopcolor \ifdim\scratchdimen>1ex - \vskip-\scratchdimen - \vbox to \scratchdimen - {\vss - \hbox to 3em + \vskip-\scratchdimen + \vbox to \scratchdimen + {\vss + \hbox to 3em {\hss \localstartcolor[white]% - \ifdim##1\s!pt=\zeropoint#1\else##1\fi + \ifdim##1\points=\zeropoint#1\else##1\fi \localstopcolor \hss}% \vss}% @@ -455,26 +530,26 @@ \advance\scratchdimen \ruledwidth \divide\scratchdimen 11 \def\docommando ##1 ##2 ##3##4##5##6% - {\definecolor + {\definecolor [\s!dummy] [\c!c=##3##2\else0\fi, \c!m=##4##2\else0\fi, \c!y=##5##2\else0\fi, \c!k=##6##2\else0\fi]% \localstartcolor[\s!dummy]% - \vrule - \!!width \scratchdimen + \vrule + \!!width \scratchdimen \!!height \colormarklength \!!depth \zeropoint \localstopcolor - \ifdim\scratchdimen>2em - \hskip-\scratchdimen + \ifdim\scratchdimen>2em + \hskip-\scratchdimen \vbox to \colormarklength - {\vss + {\vss \hbox to \scratchdimen {\hss \localstartcolor[white]% - \ifdim##2\s!pt=.5\s!pt##2~\fi##1% + \ifdim##2\points=.5\points##2~\fi##1% \localstopcolor \hss} \vss}% @@ -501,13 +576,13 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\definecolor[\s!dummy][\c!s=##1]% \localstartcolor[\s!dummy]% - \vrule - \!!width \scratchdimen + \vrule + \!!width \scratchdimen \!!height \colormarklength \!!depth \zeropoint \localstopcolor \ifdim\scratchdimen>2em - \hskip-\scratchdimen + \hskip-\scratchdimen \vbox to \colormarklength {\vss \localstartcolor[white]% @@ -528,19 +603,19 @@ \divide\scratchdimen 2 \forgetall \ssxx - \setbox\scratchbox\vbox + \setbox\scratchbox\vbox {\offinterlineskip \vskip-\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen - \vskip-2\scratchdimen\relax % relax needed + \vskip-2\scratchdimen\relax % relax needed % beware: no \ifcase, due to nested \iftrue/\iffalse - % and lacking \fi's - \doifelse{#1}{0}% + % and lacking \fi's + \doifelse{#1}{0}% {\vskip\colormarklength \vskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen - \vskip\ruledheight} + \vskip\ruledheight} {\hbox to \ruledwidth{\hss\hbox{\colorrangeB}\hss}% \vskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen - \vbox to \ruledheight + \vbox to \ruledheight {\vss \hbox to \ruledwidth {\llap{\colorrangeA C\iftrue\iffalse\iffalse\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen}% @@ -548,7 +623,7 @@ \rlap{\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen\colorrangeA R\iffalse\iftrue\iftrue}}% \vss \hbox to \ruledwidth - {\llap{\colorrangeA M\iffalse\iftrue\iffalse\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen}% + {\llap{\colorrangeA M\iffalse\iftrue\iffalse\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen}% \hfill \rlap{\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen\colorrangeA G\iftrue\iffalse\iftrue}}% \vss @@ -556,7 +631,7 @@ {\llap{\colorrangeA Y\iffalse\iffalse\iftrue\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen}% \hfill \rlap{\hskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen\colorrangeA B\iftrue\iftrue\iffalse}}% - \vss}}% + \vss}}% \vskip\colormarkoffset\scratchdimen \hbox to \ruledwidth {\hss\lower\ruleddepth\hbox{\colorrangeC}\hss}}% @@ -569,32 +644,32 @@ \ht#2=\ruledheight \dp#2=\ruleddepth} -\def\colormarkbox % #1 +\def\colormarkbox % #1 {\ifincolor\@EA\docolormarkbox\else\@EA\gobbletwoarguments\fi1} -\def\rastermarkbox % #1 +\def\rastermarkbox % #1 {\ifincolor\@EA\docolormarkbox\else\@EA\gobbletwoarguments\fi0} %D \macros %D {showwhatsits, dontshowwhatsits} %D -%D \TEX\ has three so called whatsits: \type {\mark}, \type -%D {\write} and \type {\special}. The first one keeps track of -%D the current state at page boundaries, the last two are used -%D to communicate to the outside world. Due to fact that -%D especially \type {\write} is often used in conjunction with -%D \type {\edef}, we can only savely support that one in \ETEX. +%D \TEX\ has three so called whatsits: \type {\mark}, \type +%D {\write} and \type {\special}. The first one keeps track of +%D the current state at page boundaries, the last two are used +%D to communicate to the outside world. Due to fact that +%D especially \type {\write} is often used in conjunction with +%D \type {\edef}, we can only savely support that one in \ETEX. %D %D \bgroup \showwhatsits \stelkleurenin[status=start] -%D -%D Whatsits show up \color[blue]{in color} and are +%D +%D Whatsits show up \color[blue]{in color} and are %D characterized bij their first character.\voetnoot [some note] -%D {So we may encounter \type {w}, \type {m} and \type{s}.} +%D {So we may encounter \type {w}, \type {m} and \type{s}.} %D They are \writestatus{dummy}{demo}\color[yellow]{stacked}. -%D +%D %D \egroup -\newif\ifimmediatewrite +\newif\ifimmediatewrite \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined @@ -614,9 +689,9 @@ \let\immediate\immediatewhatsit \appendtoks\dontshowwhatsits\to\everystoptext} - \def\immediatewhatsit + \def\immediatewhatsit {\bgroup\futurelet\next\doimmediatewhatsit} - + \def\doimmediatewhatsit {\ifx\next\write \egroup\immediatewritetrue @@ -626,10 +701,10 @@ \def\dontshowwhatsits {\let\immediate \normalimmediate - \let\normalmark\supernormalmark + \let\normalmark\supernormalmark \let\special \normalspecial \let\write \normalwrite} - + \def\visualwhatsit#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup \pushwhatsit @@ -653,7 +728,7 @@ \else \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\raise#4\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% - \fi + \fi \smashbox\scratchbox \ifdone\nointerlineskip\fi \box\scratchbox @@ -678,7 +753,7 @@ \ifhmode \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern}\unkern \else - \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} + \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} \kern-\lastkern \fi \fi @@ -695,17 +770,17 @@ \ifhmode \edef\popwhatsit{\hskip\the\lastskip}\unskip \else - \edef\popwhatsit{\vskip\the\lastskip\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} + \edef\popwhatsit{\vskip\the\lastskip\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} \vskip-\lastskip \fi \fi} \fi -%D The next macro can be used to keep track of classes of -%D boxes (handy for development cq.\ tracing). +%D The next macro can be used to keep track of classes of +%D boxes (handy for development cq.\ tracing). -\def\dodotagbox#1#2#3% can be reimplemented +\def\dodotagbox#1#2#3% can be reimplemented {\def\next##1##2##3##4% {\vbox to \ht#2{##3\hbox to \wd#2{##1#3##2}##4}}% \processaction @@ -730,12 +805,12 @@ \dowithnextbox {\setbox\scratchbox\flushnextbox \setbox\nextbox\ifhbox\nextbox\hbox\else\vbox\fi - \bgroup + \bgroup \startoverlay {\copy\scratchbox} {\dodotagbox{#1}\scratchbox{\framed [\c!achtergrond=\v!raster,\c!achtergrondraster=1]{#2}}} - \stopoverlay + \stopoverlay \egroup \nextboxwd\the\wd\scratchbox \nextboxht\the\ht\scratchbox @@ -746,4 +821,30 @@ \def\tagbox {\dosingleempty\dotagbox} -\protect \endinput +%D \macros +%D {coloredhbox,coloredvbox,coloredvtop, +%D coloredstrut} +%D +%D The following visualizations are used in some of the manuals: + +\definecolor[boxcolor:ht][r=.5,g=.75,b=.5] +\definecolor[boxcolor:dp][r=.5,g=.5,b=.75] +\definecolor[boxcolor:wd][r=.75,g=.5,b=.5] +\definecolor[strutcolor] [r=.5,g=.25,b=.25] + +\def\coloredbox#1% + {\dowithnextbox{#1{\hbox + {\blackrule[\c!breedte=\nextboxwd,\c!hoogte=\nextboxht,\c!diepte=\zeropoint,\c!kleur=boxcolor:ht]% + \hskip-\nextboxwd + \blackrule[\c!breedte=\nextboxwd,\c!hoogte=\zeropoint,\c!diepte=\nextboxdp,\c!kleur=boxcolor:dp]% + \hskip-\nextboxwd + \box\nextbox}}}#1} + +\def\coloredhbox{\coloredbox\hbox} +\def\coloredvbox{\coloredbox\vbox} +\def\coloredvtop{\coloredbox\vtop} + +\def\coloredstrut + {\color[strutcolor]{\def\strutwidth{2pt}\setstrut\strut}} + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex index f202b4c99..a31fb6fe1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ %D version=2000.05.07, % 1999.16.07, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, %D subtitle=\LATEX\ EC Encoding, -%D author={Patrick Gundlach, Hans Hagen, Taco Hoekwater}, +%D author={Patrick Gundlach, Hans Hagen, Taco Hoekwater}, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright=PRAGMA-ADE] %C @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ %D So far for the mapping. -%D The following characters are kind of dangerous, -%D that is, they are normally not part of fonts, unless -%D explicitly constructed. -%D +%D The following characters are kind of dangerous, +%D that is, they are normally not part of fonts, unless +%D explicitly constructed. +%D %D \startopsomming[columns,two] %D \som \type{\dotlessj} %D \som \type{\IJligature} @@ -53,18 +53,18 @@ %D \som \type{\perthousand} %D \som \type{\compoundwordmark} % %D \som \type{\textvisiblespace} -% %D \som \type{\tcaron} +% %D \som \type{\tcaron} % %D \som \type{\tcedilla } % %D \som \type{\Tcedilla} % %D \som \type{\ydiaeresis} %D \stopopsomming -%D So, for the moment we nil them; we can always create -%D another vector if needed. +%D So, for the moment we nil them; we can always create +%D another vector if needed. \stopmapping -\startencoding[ec][ec] % second arg defines auto regime, needed here ? +\startencoding[ec][ec] % second arg defines auto regime, needed here ? \definecharacter textacute 1 \definecharacter textbreve 8 @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ %definecharacter perthousand 24 \definecharacter softhyphen 127 % ? -%definecharacter compoundwordmark 23 +%definecharacter compoundwordmark 23 \definecharacter textasciicircum 94 \definecharacter textasciitilde 126 \definecharacter textbackslash 92 -\definecharacter textbraceleft 123 +\definecharacter textbraceleft 123 \definecharacter textbraceright 125 \definecharacter textunderscore 95 %definecharacter textvisiblespace 32 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ \definecharacter quotedblleft 16 \definecharacter quotedblright 17 -\definecharacter quotesingle 17 % fake 'm +\definecharacter quotesingle 39 % fake 'm \definecharacter quotesinglebase 13 \definecharacter quoteleft 96 diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex index cf03888b3..70dd8836c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex @@ -8,29 +8,29 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D This module is a reimplementation of the module that handled %D composed characters and non \ASCII\ characters. The changed %D are not that fundamental, and mainly concerns moving %D definitions of specific glyphs and accents to other files as %D well as moving plain handling of accents to this module -%D instead of overloading plain \TEX\ commands. +%D instead of overloading plain \TEX\ commands. % \everyuppercase % \dotlessi -% single/double quotes -% hyphens -% characterencoding => encoding -% charactermapping => mapping +% single/double quotes +% hyphens +% characterencoding => encoding +% charactermapping => mapping %D Most of this module used to be part of the font and language %D modules. While implementing Czech support, I decided to %D isolate this code. -%D Patterns are kind of mixed with font encodings and -%D mappings. Alas. +%D Patterns are kind of mixed with font encodings and +%D mappings. Alas. \ifx\synchronizepatterns\undefined \let\synchronizepatterns\relax \fi @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ %D \som When changing case, characters are mapped onto %D themselves, their case||counterpart or a reasonable %D alternative, like~\"e onto~e. -%D \som Single character representations in a \DVI\ file can +%D \som Single character representations in a \DVI\ file can %D be mapped onto one or more characters, either of not %D in more than one font file (virtual fonts). -%D \som In the final format, fonts collections can be -%D partially embedded, thereby losing the one||to||one +%D \som In the final format, fonts collections can be +%D partially embedded, thereby losing the one||to||one %D relation between several instances of one font. %D \som For special purposes, individual characters should be %D mapped onto a dedicated encoding vector, for instance @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Encoding Macros (ini)} -\unprotect +\unprotect \startmessages dutch library: encodings title: encoding @@ -115,52 +115,52 @@ 3: codificarea -- este necunoscuta \stopmessages -%D First we define a few local or not yet initialized constants. +%D First we define a few local or not yet initialized constants. -\def\@map@{@m@ap@} % mapping prefix -\def\@reg@{@r@eg@} % regime prefix -\def\@fha@{@f@ha@} % font prefix +\def\@map@{@m@ap@} % mapping prefix +\def\@reg@{@r@eg@} % regime prefix +\def\@fha@{@f@ha@} % font prefix \ifx\currentlanguage\undefined \let\currentlanguage\s!en \fi %D \macros %D {protectregime} %D -%D The next boolean is used later on to prevent unwanted -%D catcode changes. Use it with care. +%D The next boolean is used later on to prevent unwanted +%D catcode changes. Use it with care. \newif\ifprotectregime \protectregimetrue \def\setregimecode#1#2% {\ifprotectregime\ifnum\catcode#1=\active\else \catcode#1=#2%\relax - \fi\else + \fi\else \catcode#1=#2%\relax \fi \relax} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {startregime, enableregime} %D -%D Sometimes it makes sense to activate the characters in the -%D upper half of the character table. Such a bundle of +%D Sometimes it makes sense to activate the characters in the +%D upper half of the character table. Such a bundle of %D characters can be packages in a regime. Later we will see -%D encodings (that links characters slots to glyphs) and -%D mappings (that take care of hyphenation and case changes). +%D encodings (that links characters slots to glyphs) and +%D mappings (that take care of hyphenation and case changes). %D -%D When character~231 is of category code letter, it -%D directly maps to glyph~231 (unless of course some virtual +%D When character~231 is of category code letter, it +%D directly maps to glyph~231 (unless of course some virtual %D font is used). By making character~231 active, we can map -%D it onto for instance the glyph in slot 233. This mapping -%D can in itself be indirect, in the sense that it is for -%D instance handled by an accent command. +%D it onto for instance the glyph in slot 233. This mapping +%D can in itself be indirect, in the sense that it is for +%D instance handled by an accent command. %D %D Regimes are implemented roughly the same as mappings, but -%D enabled under different circumstances. In the future, the -%D low level implementation may change. +%D enabled under different circumstances. In the future, the +%D low level implementation may change. \def\startregime[#1]% - {\localpushmacro\characterregime + {\pushmacro\characterregime \edef\characterregime{@#1@}% \checkregimetoks} @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ {\@EA\newtoks\csname\@reg@\characterregime\endcsname}} \def\stopregime - {\localpopmacro\characterregime} + {\popmacro\characterregime} %\long\def\startregime[#1]#2\stopregime{} @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ {\checkregimetoks \@EA\let\@EA\regimetoks\csname\@reg@\characterregime\endcsname} -\let\enabledregime\empty +\let\enabledregime\empty \def\enableregime[#1]% {\edef\characterregime{@#1@}% @@ -187,34 +187,34 @@ \let\enabledregime\characterregime \fi} -%D \macros -%D {defineactivedecimal, defineactivedecimals, defineactivetoken} +%D \macros +%D {defineactivedecimal, defineactivedecimals, defineactivetoken} %D %D The following commands are rather ugly ones. It makes a -%D character active and assigns it a value. When expanded, -%D the decimal number of the character is passed as first -%D argument. +%D character active and assigns it a value. When expanded, +%D the decimal number of the character is passed as first +%D argument. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\decimalcharacter#1{\message{#1 is now active}} %D %D \defineactivedecimal 122 {\decimalcharacter} %D %D \defineactivedecimals 128 to 255 as {\decimalcharacter} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D This command is typically used in coding definitions, -%D like the \UNICODE\ one. +%D This command is typically used in coding definitions, +%D like the \UNICODE\ one. -%\def\dodefineactivedecimal#1#2% \unexpanded ? pdfdoc encoding +%\def\dodefineactivedecimal#1#2% \unexpanded ? pdfdoc encoding % {\catcode#1=\active % maybe \protectregimetrue % \scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ % \uccode`~=#1\relax % \uppercase{\unexpanded\edef~{\noexpand#2{\number#1}}}% % \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} -\def\dodefineactivedecimal#1#2% \unexpanded ? pdfdoc encoding - {\catcode#1\active +\def\dodefineactivedecimal#1#2% \unexpanded ? pdfdoc encoding + {\catcode#1\active \scratchcounter\uccode\activehackcode \uccode\activehackcode#1\relax \uppercase{\unexpanded\edef~{\noexpand#2{\number#1}}}% @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ \dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}\plusone {\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\dodefineactivedecimal\@EA{\recurselevel}{#3}\to\regimetoks}} -% \long\def\defineactivetoken #1 #2% watch the {} +% \long\def\defineactivetoken #1 #2% watch the {} % {\setregimetoks % \appendtoks\defineactivecharacter#1 {#2{}}\to\regimetoks} @@ -237,20 +237,20 @@ {\setregimetoks \appendtoks\defineactivecharacter#1 {#2}\to\regimetoks} -\long\def\defineactiveinspector #1 #2% watch the missing {} +\long\def\defineactiveinspector #1 #2% watch the missing {} {\setregimetoks \appendtoks\defineactivecharacter#1 {#2}\to\regimetoks} %D .... - + \edef\nocharacterregime{@\s!default @} -\def\definetoken #1 % #1 = rawtoken or number +\def\definetoken #1 % #1 = rawtoken or number {\doifnumberelse{\string#1} {\expanded{\dodefinetoken{\rawcharacter{#1}}}} {\expanded{\dodefinetoken{\string#1}}}} -\def\dodefinetoken#1#2% +\def\dodefinetoken#1#2% {\defineactivecharacter#1 {\dohandletoken{#1}} % \setvalue{\characterregime#1}{#2}} @@ -270,20 +270,20 @@ \endETEX -%D .... +%D .... \def\doautosetregime#1#2% {\ifnum#2>127 -% \def\!!stringa{#2 }% -% \@EA\@EA\@EA\defineactivetoken\@EA\!!stringa\@EA{\csname#1\endcsname}% -\expanded{\defineactivetoken #2 \@EA\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% + % \def\!!stringa{#2 }% + % \@EA\@EA\@EA\defineactivetoken\@EA\!!stringa\@EA{\csname#1\endcsname}% + \expanded{\defineactivetoken #2 \@EA\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% \fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {setupencoding} %D -%D The following setup command is used to tune encoding -%D handling. +%D The following setup command is used to tune encoding +%D handling. \def\setupencoding {\dosingleargument\dosetupencoding} @@ -293,11 +293,11 @@ \edef\defaultencoding {\ifx\@@ecdefault\empty\s!default\else\@@ecdefault\fi}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {useencoding} %D -%D Encodings things are defined in separate files and are -%D loaded only once, using: +%D Encodings things are defined in separate files and are +%D loaded only once, using: %D %D \showsetup{\y!useencoding} @@ -324,17 +324,17 @@ %D %D \starttypen %D \startmapping [something] -%D \definecasemap 165 181 165 -%D \definecasemap 171 187 171 +%D \definecasemap 165 181 165 +%D \definecasemap 171 187 171 %D ... -%D \defineuppercasecom \i {I} -%D \defineuppercasecom \l \L +%D \defineuppercasecom \i {I} +%D \defineuppercasecom \l \L %D \definelowercasecom \AE \ae %D ... %D \stopmapping %D \stoptypen %D -%D So, character 165 becomes 181 in uppercase and 165 in +%D So, character 165 becomes 181 in uppercase and 165 in %D lowercase. A mapping is activated with \type {\enablemapping}. \def\startmapping[#1]% @@ -356,10 +356,10 @@ {\appendtoks\setcasemap #1 #2 #3 \to\mappingtoks}% \ignorespaces} -%D Watch the \type {\definecasemap 127 to 255} option! -%D Dedicated to Taco there is also: +%D Watch the \type {\definecasemap 127 to 255} option! +%D Dedicated to Taco there is also: -\def\definecasemaps #1 to #2 lc #3 uc #4 % from to lc+ uc+ +\def\definecasemaps #1 to #2 lc #3 uc #4 % from to lc+ uc+ {\dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{1} {\!!counta\recurselevel\advance\!!counta #3\relax \!!countb\recurselevel\advance\!!countb #4\relax @@ -367,15 +367,15 @@ \recurselevel\space\the\!!counta\space\the\!!countb\space}}% \ignorespaces} -%D This can be used like: +%D This can be used like: %D -%D \starttypen -%D \definecasemaps 128 to 156 lc 32 uc 0 -%D \definecasemaps 160 to 188 lc -32 uc 0 -%D \definecasemaps 192 to 255 lc 32 uc 0 -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \definecasemaps 128 to 156 lc 32 uc 0 +%D \definecasemaps 160 to 188 lc -32 uc 0 +%D \definecasemaps 192 to 255 lc 32 uc 0 +%D \stoptypen %D -%D and saves a lot of typing (copying). +%D and saves a lot of typing (copying). % \def\resetcaserange #1 to #2 % {\dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{1} @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ \def\resetcaserange #1 to #2 {\setmappingtoks \dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}\plusone - {\edef\@@expanded{\recurselevel\space}% + {\edef\@@expanded{\recurselevel\space}% \@EA\appendtoks\@EA\setcasemap\@@expanded 0 0 \to\mappingtoks}% \ignorespaces} @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ \def\setcasemap #1 #2 #3 % {\setregimecode{#1}\@@letter - \lccode #1=#2 + \lccode #1=#2 \uccode #1=#3 } \def\definespacemap #1 #2 % code sfcode @@ -407,15 +407,15 @@ \def\setspacemap #1 #2 % {\setregimecode{#1}\@@other \lccode #1=\zerocount - \uccode #1=\zerocount - \sfcode #1=#2 } + \uccode #1=\zerocount + \sfcode #1=#2 } -\def\defineuppercasecom#1#2% +\def\defineuppercasecom#1#2% {\setmappingtoks \appendtoks\setuppercasecom#1{#2}\to\mappingtoks \ignorespaces} -\def\definelowercasecom#1#2% +\def\definelowercasecom#1#2% {\setmappingtoks \appendtoks\setlowercasecom#1{#2}\to\mappingtoks \ignorespaces} @@ -433,12 +433,12 @@ \doifdefined{\@map@\charactermapping} {\the\csname\@map@\charactermapping\endcsname}% \edef\enabledmapping{\charactermapping}% - \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% new - % \edef\enabledmapping{\charactermapping\currentlanguage}% can be comma list + \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% new + % \edef\enabledmapping{\charactermapping\currentlanguage}% can be comma list \fi \synchronizepatterns} -% on behalf of font switching: +% on behalf of font switching: \def\fastenablemapping#1% {\edef\charactermapping{@#1@}% @@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ \the\csname\@map@\charactermapping\endcsname \fi \let\enabledmapping\charactermapping - \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% to faster + \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% to faster \fi} -%D This macro wil be implemented in \type {lang-ini.tex}. +%D This macro wil be implemented in \type {lang-ini.tex}. \ifx\enablelanguagespecifics\undefined \def\enablelanguagespecifics[#1]{} @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ \edef\charactermapping {@\s!default @} \edef\characterregime {@\s!default @} -% todo, else \d j == \dj, print file and check +% todo, else \d j == \dj, print file and check \def\accentprefix {}%{*} \def\commandprefix {}%{=} @@ -563,21 +563,21 @@ %D Before we can redefine accents and special characters, we %D have to tell \CONTEXT\ what encoding is in force. The next %D command is responsible for doing this and also takes care of -%D the definition of the recoding commands. We use the \type -%D {\start}||\type {\stop}||commands for definitions and the -%D \type {\reduceto}||command for local switching to -%D simplified commands. +%D the definition of the recoding commands. We use the \type +%D {\start}||\type {\stop}||commands for definitions and the +%D \type {\reduceto}||command for local switching to +%D simplified commands. -% etex : \ifcsname +% etex : \ifcsname -\def\justhandleaccent#1#2% \empty makes #2={} save % no \unexpanded - {\ifundefined{\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty}% +\def\justhandleaccent#1#2% \empty makes #2={} save % no \unexpanded + {\ifundefined{\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty}% #2% \else \csname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname \fi} -\def\justhandlecommand#1% % no \unexpanded, otherwise pdfdoc will fail +\def\justhandlecommand#1% % no \unexpanded, otherwise pdfdoc will fail {\ifundefined{\commandprefix\characterencoding#1}% as well as hyph patterns #1% \else @@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ \def\enableencoding {\dodoubleempty\doenableencoding} -\def\doenableencoding[#1][#2]% main fallback +\def\doenableencoding[#1][#2]% main fallback {\iffirstargument\edef\characterencoding{@#1@}\fi \edef\nocharacterencoding{@\ifsecondargument#2\else\s!default\fi @}% \synchronizepatterns} %\def\enablesimpleencoding#1% e.g. \enableencoding{raw} -% {\edef\characterencoding{@#1@}% handy for XML key=val's -% \edef\nocharacterencoding{@\s!default @}} % evt noppes +% {\edef\characterencoding{@#1@}% handy for XML key=val's +% \edef\nocharacterencoding{@\s!default @}} % evt noppes % in font switch and xml simple k/v remapping @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ \def\startencoding {\dodoubleempty\dostartencoding} -\def\dostartencoding[#1][#2]% encoding regime +\def\dostartencoding[#1][#2]% encoding regime {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\let\stopencoding\relax} {%\protectfontcharacters % problematic in language loading @@ -631,11 +631,11 @@ \popmacro\dohandlecommand % still needed? \popmacro\dohandleaccent % still needed? \enableencoding[\s!default]% - }}}% \unprotectfontcharacters}}} % ?? + }}}% \unprotectfontcharacters}}} % ?? -% probably obsolete (hm, not yet) +% probably obsolete (hm, not yet) -\def\reducetocoding[#1]% use grouped! +\def\reducetocoding[#1]% use grouped! {\doifsomething{#1} {\let\dohandleaccent \justhandleaccent \let\dohandlecommand\justhandlecommand @@ -646,36 +646,36 @@ \def\stopcoding {\stopencoding } \let\enablecoding \enableencoding -%D The use of these macros are not limited to font -%D definition files, but may also be used when loading -%D patterns. +%D The use of these macros are not limited to font +%D definition files, but may also be used when loading +%D patterns. -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {definesortkey,flushsortkeys,flushsortkey} %D -%D Yet another definition concerns sorting of indexes and -%D lists. +%D Yet another definition concerns sorting of indexes and +%D lists. %D %D \starttypen -%D \definesortkey {\'e} {e} {a} {\'e} +%D \definesortkey {\'e} {e} {a} {\'e} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The first argument denotes the string to be treated. The -%D second argument is the raw replacement, while the third -%D argument determines the sort order given the replacement. +%D The first argument denotes the string to be treated. The +%D second argument is the raw replacement, while the third +%D argument determines the sort order given the replacement. %D The last argument is used as entry in the index (a, b, etc). %D -%D The keys can be flushed using \type {\flushsortkeys} -%D which in turn results in a sequence of calls to \type -%D {\flushsortkey}, a macro taking 4~arguments. +%D The keys can be flushed using \type {\flushsortkeys} +%D which in turn results in a sequence of calls to \type +%D {\flushsortkey}, a macro taking 4~arguments. %D %D This mechanism is currently being tested and subjected to -%D changes! +%D changes! \def\savesortkey#1#2#3#4% - {\let\flushsortkey\relax % important + {\let\flushsortkey\relax % important \edef\!!stringa{sort:\characterencoding}% - \ifundefined\!!stringa + \ifundefined\!!stringa \let\!!stringb\empty \else \@EA\def\@EA\!!stringb\@EA{\csname\!!stringa\endcsname}% @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ \beginTEX \def\dohandleaccent#1#2% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname\relax + {\@EA\ifx\csname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname\accentprefix\nocharacterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\endcsname\relax % \@EA\ifx\csname\accentprefix\nocharacterencoding#1\endcsname\relax @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ \beginETEX \ifcsname \def\dohandleaccent#1#2% - {\ifcsname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname + {\ifcsname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname \csname\accentprefix\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname \else\ifcsname\accentprefix\nocharacterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname \csname\accentprefix\nocharacterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname @@ -754,8 +754,8 @@ \endETEX -%D In patterns, characters have to be bytes. These will be -%D mapped onto the compact pattern arrays. +%D In patterns, characters have to be bytes. These will be +%D mapped onto the compact pattern arrays. \let\normaldohandleaccent\dohandleaccent @@ -776,15 +776,15 @@ \doautosetregime{#1}{#2}} {\setvalue{\characterprefix\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}}} -% better -% +% better +% % \def\definecharacter#1 #2 % % {\ifundefined{#1}\setvalue{#1}{\dohandlecharacter{#1}}\fi % \doifnumberelse{\string#2} % {\setevalue{\characterprefix\characterencoding\string#1}{\noexpand\charofnum{\number#2}}% watch the space % \doautosetregime{#1}{#2}} % {\setvalue{\characterprefix\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}}} -% +% % \def\charofnum#1{\char#1 } % \def\byteofnum#1{\rawcharacter{#1}} @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ {\setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandlecommand{#1}}% %\redefinecommand #1 % just to be sure \setvalue{\commandprefix\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}} - + %D Here we see that redefining accents is characters is more %D or less the same as redefining commands. We also could have %D said: @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ %D \stoptypen % obsolete -% +% % %D \macros % %D {redefineaccent} % %D @@ -852,12 +852,12 @@ % \def\redefineaccent% % {\protectfontcharacters % \doredefineaccent} -% +% % \def\doredefineaccent#1 % % {\def\!!stringa{\nocharacterencoding\string#1}% % \doifundefined{\!!stringa} % {\@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA=\csname\string#1\endcsname}% -% % no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails +% % no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails % \setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandleaccent#1}% % \unprotectfontcharacters} % @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ %D {defineaccentcommand} %D %D When needed, one can overload the default positions of the -%D accents. The \PLAIN\ \TEX\ defaults are: +%D accents. The \PLAIN\ \TEX\ defaults are: %D %D \starttypen %D \defineaccentcommand ` 18 @@ -879,30 +879,30 @@ %D \defineaccentcommand = 22 %D \defineaccentcommand ^ 94 %D \defineaccentcommand . 95 -%D \defineaccentcommand H 125 % "7D -%D \defineaccentcommand ~ 126 % "7E -%D \defineaccentcommand " 127 % "7F +%D \defineaccentcommand H 125 % "7D +%D \defineaccentcommand ~ 126 % "7E +%D \defineaccentcommand " 127 % "7F %D \stoptypen \def\defineaccentcommand {\protectfontcharacters \dodefineaccentcommand} -\def\dodefineaccentcommand#1 #2 % \string toegevoegd +\def\dodefineaccentcommand#1 #2 % \string toegevoegd {\doifnumberelse{\string#2} {\setvalue{\accentprefix\characterencoding\string#1}##1{{\accent#2 ##1}}} {\setvalue{\accentprefix\characterencoding\string#1}##1{{#2##1}}}% \unprotectfontcharacters} -%D We don't have to define them for the default \PLAIN\ case. -%D Commands may be used instead of character codes. +%D We don't have to define them for the default \PLAIN\ case. +%D Commands may be used instead of character codes. %D \macros %D {normalaccent,normalchar} %D -%D Accents are either placed by \TEX's \type {\accent} -%D primitive, or part of the glyph. By default the former -%D method is used, unless overruled in the encoding +%D Accents are either placed by \TEX's \type {\accent} +%D primitive, or part of the glyph. By default the former +%D method is used, unless overruled in the encoding %D definitions. \let\normalchar =\char @@ -923,11 +923,11 @@ % \else % \csname\nocharacterencoding#1\endcsname#2% % \fi\fi\fi\fi -% \relax} % prevents further reading +% \relax} % prevents further reading % % \endETEX % -% \beginTEX +% \beginTEX % % \unexpanded\def\dohandleaccent#1#2% % {\def\glyph{#2}% @@ -944,16 +944,16 @@ % \else % \csname\characterencoding#1\string#2\endcsname % \fi\fi\fi -% \relax} % prevents further reading -% +% \relax} % prevents further reading +% % \endTEX % % %D The trick with \type{\\} is needed to prevent spaces from % %D being gobbled after the accented character, should we have -% %D used \type{\next}, we should have ended up with gobbled +% %D used \type{\next}, we should have ended up with gobbled % %D spaces. The \type {\empty} after \type {#2} takes care of -% %D empty arguments, so that we can savely say~\type{\"{}} -% %D and alike. +% %D empty arguments, so that we can savely say~\type{\"{}} +% %D and alike. %D \macros %D {redefinecommand} @@ -972,12 +972,12 @@ %D %D The \type{\next} construction permits handling of commands %D that take arguments. This means that we can use this -%D command to redefine accent handling commands too -%D (although today the next is not needed any longer in test -%D macros). +%D command to redefine accent handling commands too +%D (although today the next is not needed any longer in test +%D macros). \def\redefinecommand#1 % - {% no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails + {% no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails \setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandlecommand{#1}}}% \beginETEX \ifcsname @@ -990,10 +990,10 @@ \nocharacterencoding \fi #1\endcsname} - + \endETEX -\beginTEX +\beginTEX \def\dohandlecommand#1% {\csname\commandprefix @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ \characterencoding \fi #1\endcsname} - + \endTEX % %D \macros @@ -1022,11 +1022,11 @@ % % \let\redefinecharacter=\redefinecommand -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {currentencoding, currentregime, currentmapping} %D -%D When we show 'm, we don't want to see the protection -%D measures. +%D When we show 'm, we don't want to see the protection +%D measures. \def\currentencoding{\@EA\docurrentencoding\characterencoding} \def\currentregime {\@EA\docurrentencoding\characterregime } @@ -1034,30 +1034,30 @@ \def\docurrentencoding @#1@{#1} -%D \macros -%D {showaccents, showcharacters, +%D \macros +%D {showaccents, showcharacters, %D showcharacterbounds, showhyphenations} %D -%D Encoding is a tricky business. Therefore we provide a +%D Encoding is a tricky business. Therefore we provide a %D a few macros that show most of the characters involved. The %D next two tables show the result of \type {\showaccents}. %D %D \plaatstabel -%D {The special glyphs in default encoding.} +%D {The special glyphs in default encoding.} %D {\showaccents} %D %D \plaatstabel -%D {The special glyphs in texnansi encoding.} +%D {The special glyphs in texnansi encoding.} %D {\switchtobodyfont[lbr]\showaccents} %D -%D The command -%D -%D \starttypen +%D The command +%D +%D \starttypen %D \showhyphenations{doordefini\"eren} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D can be used to check the correct loading of hyphenation -%D patterns. +%D can be used to check the correct loading of hyphenation +%D patterns. \fetchruntimecommand \showaccents {\f!encodingprefix\s!run} \fetchruntimecommand \showcharacters {\f!encodingprefix\s!run} @@ -1079,13 +1079,13 @@ \newevery \everyuppercase \EveryUppercase \newevery \everylowercase \EveryLowercase -%D This magic trick maps takes care of mapping from lower to -%D upper case and reverse. +%D This magic trick maps takes care of mapping from lower to +%D upper case and reverse. \appendtoks\let\setuppercasecom\setcasecom\to\everyuppercase \appendtoks\let\setlowercasecom\setcasecom\to\everylowercase -\newtoks\everyULmap +\newtoks\everyULmap \appendtoks\let\remapcase\remapuppercase\the\everyULmap\to\everyuppercase \appendtoks\let\remapcase\remaplowercase\the\everyULmap\to\everylowercase @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ % % \newif\ifuppercase \appendtoks\uppercasetrue\to\everyuppercase % \newif\iflowercase \appendtoks\lowercasetrue\to\everylowercase -% +% % \def\defineULcharacter #1 #2 % % {\def\!!stringa{@#1}\@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\csname#1\endcsname % \def\!!stringa{@#2}\@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\csname#2\endcsname @@ -1154,23 +1154,23 @@ \repeat \fi} -\fi +\fi -% %D \macros +% %D \macros % %D {cc,CC} % %D -% %D Hm, not in plain at all, those \cc's and \CC's. -% -% \def\CC{\c{C}} -% \def\cc{\c{c}} -% +% %D Hm, not in plain at all, those \cc's and \CC's. +% +% \def\CC{\c{C}} +% \def\cc{\c{c}} +% % %D \macros % %D {dotlessi,dotlessj} % %D % %D We also save both dotless~\dotlessi\ and~\dotlessj. This % %D way we still have them were we expect them, even when % %D macros of font providers redefine them. -% +% % \let\dotlessi=\i % \let\dotlessj=\j @@ -1178,25 +1178,25 @@ %D {defineuclass,defineudigit,udigit} %D %D The next few macros are experimental and needed for unicoded -%D chinese characters. +%D chinese characters. \def\defineuclass #1 #2 #3 {\setvalue{uc#2#3}{#1}} \def\defineudigit #1 #2 #3 {\setvalue{\characterencoding uc#1}{\uchar{#2}{#3}}} -%D It may look strange, but for the moment, we want the encoding -%D to be part of the digit specification. This may change! +%D It may look strange, but for the moment, we want the encoding +%D to be part of the digit specification. This may change! \unexpanded\def\udigit#1#2{\getvalue{@#1@uc\number#2}} -%D \macros -%D {uchar, octuchar, hexuchar} +%D \macros +%D {uchar, octuchar, hexuchar} -\ifx\uchar\undefined \def\uchar#1#2{(\number#1,\number#2)} \fi +\ifx\uchar\undefined \def\uchar#1#2{(\number#1,\number#2)} \fi \def\octuchar#1#2{\uchar{`#1}{`#2}} \def\hexuchar#1#2{\uchar{"#1}{"#2}} -% %D Just to be sure, we save the original values of \type {\ss}. +% %D Just to be sure, we save the original values of \type {\ss}. % % \ifx\undefined\SS \let\SS=\ss \fi % \ifx\undefined\sz \let\sz=\ss \fi @@ -1214,14 +1214,14 @@ % \redefineaccent H % hungarumlaut % \redefineaccent t % ........ % \redefineaccent r % ........ -% \redefineaccent = -% \redefineaccent b -% \redefineaccent c -% \redefineaccent d -% \redefineaccent k - -% obsolete (moved) -% +% \redefineaccent = +% \redefineaccent b +% \redefineaccent c +% \redefineaccent d +% \redefineaccent k + +% obsolete (moved) +% % \redefinecharacter ae % ae % \redefinecharacter AE % AE % \redefinecharacter oe % oe @@ -1239,12 +1239,12 @@ % \redefinecharacter NG % \redefinecharacter ij % \redefinecharacter IJ -% -% \redefinecharacter i \redefinecharacter dotlessi -% \redefinecharacter j \redefinecharacter dotlessj -% -% \redefinecharacter l -% \redefinecharacter L +% +% \redefinecharacter i \redefinecharacter dotlessi +% \redefinecharacter j \redefinecharacter dotlessj +% +% \redefinecharacter l +% \redefinecharacter L % replaced % @@ -1254,37 +1254,37 @@ % \defineaccent ' i {\'\i} \defineaccent ' j {\'\j} % \defineaccent ~ i {\~\i} \defineaccent ~ j {\~\j} -% \redefinecharacter leftguillemot -% \redefinecharacter rightguillemot -% \redefinecharacter leftsubguillemot -% \redefinecharacter rightsubguillemot +% \redefinecharacter leftguillemot +% \redefinecharacter rightguillemot +% \redefinecharacter leftsubguillemot +% \redefinecharacter rightsubguillemot -% obsolete -% +% obsolete +% % %D Some more: -% -% \startmapping[\s!default] -% +% +% \startmapping[\s!default] +% % \defineuppercasecom \i {I} % \defineuppercasecom \j {J} % \defineuppercasecom \sz {SS} % \defineuppercasecom \SS {SS} -% \defineuppercasecom \l \L +% \defineuppercasecom \l \L % \defineuppercasecom \ae \AE % \defineuppercasecom \aa \AA -% \defineuppercasecom \o \O +% \defineuppercasecom \o \O % \defineuppercasecom \oe \OE -% \definelowercasecom \L \l +% \definelowercasecom \L \l % \definelowercasecom \AE \ae % \definelowercasecom \AA \aa -% \definelowercasecom \O \o +% \definelowercasecom \O \o % \definelowercasecom \OE \oe -% +% % \stopmapping %D Basics and fallbacks. -\newif\ifignoreaccent +\newif\ifignoreaccent \let\textaccent \accent @@ -1309,10 +1309,10 @@ \def\buildmathaccent#1% {\mathaccent#1 } -% will be overloaded later +% will be overloaded later %\def\definetextaccent#1 #2% -% {\setvalue{\string#1}{#2}% will be overloaded +% {\setvalue{\string#1}{#2}% will be overloaded % \setvalue{normaltextaccent\string#1}{#2}} % %\def\donormaltextaccent#1% @@ -1341,9 +1341,9 @@ \definecommand ~ {\buildtextaccent\texttilde} \definecommand " {\buildtextaccent\textdiaeresis} -% some fake ones, name will change into build +% some fake ones, name will change into build -\unexpanded\def\bottomaccent#1#2#3#4#5% down right slantcorrection accent char +\unexpanded\def\bottomaccent#1#2#3#4#5% down right slantcorrection accent char {\leavevmode \vtop {\forgetall @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ \hskip#2\wd0 \hskip-#3\fontdimen1\font % in plain 1ex * dimenless value \vbox to .2ex{\box0\vss}\hidewidth - \crcr}}} + \crcr}}} \def\buildtextmacron {\bottomaccent{.25ex}{0}{15}{\textmacron}} \def\buildtextbottomdot{\bottomaccent{.25ex}{0}{5}{\textbottomdot}} @@ -1367,18 +1367,18 @@ \def\buildtextogonek {\bottomaccent{-.1ex}{.5}{0}{\textogonek}} %\definetextaccent c {\buildtextcedilla} -%\definetextaccent b {\buildtextmacron} +%\definetextaccent b {\buildtextmacron} %\definetextaccent d {\buildtextbottomdot} %\definetextaccent k {\buildtextogonek} \definecommand c {\buildtextcedilla} -\definecommand b {\buildtextmacron} +\definecommand b {\buildtextmacron} \definecommand d {\buildtextbottomdot} \definecommand k {\buildtextogonek} -% math stuff, will change +% math stuff, will change -\def\definemathaccent#1 #2% +\def\definemathaccent#1 #2% {\setvalue{\string#1}{#2}% \setvalue{normalmathaccent\string#1}{#2}} @@ -1401,16 +1401,16 @@ %D Some precautions: \ifx\usepdffontresource\undefined - \def\usepdffontresource #1 {} % this will be defined elsewhere + \def\usepdffontresource #1 {} % this will be defined elsewhere \fi -%D Some day \unknown\ +%D Some day \unknown\ -% \def\useencodingvector #1 % file tag +% \def\useencodingvector #1 % file tag % {\pushmacro\definecharacter % \pushmacro\startencoding % \pushmacro\stopencoding -% \def\definecharacter ##1 ##2 % +% \def\definecharacter ##1 ##2 % % {\doifnumberelse{##2} % {\ifnum##2>127 % \def\!!stringa{##2 }% @@ -1418,12 +1418,12 @@ % \fi} % {}}% % \def\startencoding[##1]{} -% \def\stopencoding{\endinput} +% \def\stopencoding{\endinput} % \readfile{xxxx-#1}\donothing\donothing % \popmacro\stopencoding % \popmacro\startencoding % \popmacro\definecharacter} -% +% % \startregime[ec] % \useencodingvector ec % \stopregime @@ -1457,11 +1457,11 @@ \unexpanded\def\uhandlecharacter#1{\csname#1\endcsname} \def\dontexpandencodedtokens - {\def\dohandleaccent {\uhandleaccent}% - \def\dohandlecommand {\uhandlecommand}% + {\def\dohandleaccent {\uhandleaccent}% + \def\dohandlecommand {\uhandlecommand}% \def\dohandlecharacter{\uhandlecharacter}} -%D Still valid? To be checked: +%D Still valid? To be checked: \def\ignoreencoding {\let\dohandleaccent \doignoreaccent @@ -1472,20 +1472,20 @@ \def\doignorecommand #1{\string#1} \def\doignorecharacter#1{\string#1} -\appendtoks +\appendtoks \ignoreencoding -\to \everycleanupfeatures +\to \everycleanupfeatures -\appendtoks - \keepencodedtokens +\appendtoks + \keepencodedtokens \to \everysafeexpanded -%D We preload several encodings: +%D We preload several encodings: -\useencoding[def,acc,raw,com,cas,mis] % mis shoudl come first +\useencoding[def,acc,raw,com,cas,mis] % mis shoudl come first -\useencoding[ans,il2,ec,tbo,pdf,uc,pol] +\useencoding[ans,il2,ec,tbo,pdf,uc,pol] \setupencoding[\s!default=ec] % was: [\s!default=\s!default] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-bfm.tex b/tex/context/base/font-bfm.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..848f5728f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-bfm.tex @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-bfm, +%D version=2003.11.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Mixed Normal and Bold Math, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / Mixed Bold Math Support} + +%D The following example demonstrates how to use normal, bold, and mixed +%D normal|/|bold math. Since not everyone has the Lucida on his|/|her +%D machine we don't show the result. +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \setupformulas +%D [method=bold] +%D +%D \definetypeface [mainface] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [mainface] [tt] [mono] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [mainface] [ss] [sans] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [mainface] [mm] [math] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [mainface] [mm] [bfmath] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [tt] [mono] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [ss] [sans] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [mm] [boldmath] [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] +%D +%D \switchtobodyfont[mainface] +%D +%D \startlines +%D $\mainface x=10 \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta$ +%D $\boldmath x=10 \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta$ +%D \stoplines +%D +%D \startformula +%D x=12=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[mainface] +%D x=12=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath] +%D x=12=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,8pt] +%D x=8=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,12pt,small] +%D x=12s=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,small] +%D x=s=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,10pt] +%D x=10=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,11pt,small] +%D x=11s=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startformula[boldmath,9pt] +%D x=9=\fontbody \Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \startlines +%D \formula{1=2x} +%D \formula[boldmath]{1=2x} +%D \formula[mainface]{1=2x} +%D \formula[mainface]{1 \theta \Gamma = \bfm 1 \beta \hbox{\sl test}\Gamma \alpha ' x x} +%D \formula[mainface]{1 \theta \Gamma = {\bfm 1 \beta \hbox{\sl test}\Gamma \alpha ' x} x} +%D \stoplines +%D \stoptyping + +\unprotect + +%D \TEX\ has some hard wired expectations about where to look for +%D certain characters. This means that we cannot overload the families +%D 0 upto~3. Also, since we use C upto~F for math as well, we are left +%D with the range 4 upto~B. + +\chardef\mrbffam\itfam \edef\c!mrbf{\c!mr\c!bf} \let\hexmrbffam\hexitfam % 4 it +\chardef\exbffam\slfam \edef\c!exbf{\c!ex\c!bf} \let\hexexbffam\hexslfam % 5 sl +\chardef\mibffam\bffam \edef\c!mibf{\c!mi\c!bf} \let\hexmibffam\hexbffam % 6 bf +\chardef\sybffam\nnfam \edef\c!sybf{\c!sy\c!bf} \let\hexsybffam\hexnnfam % 7 nn +\chardef\mabffam\bsfam \edef\c!mabf{\c!ma\c!bf} \let\hexmabffam\hexbsfam % 8 bs +\chardef\mbbffam\bifam \edef\c!mbbf{\c!mb\c!bf} \let\hexmbbffam\hexbifam % 9 bi +\chardef\mcbffam\scfam \edef\c!mcbf{\c!mc\c!bf} \let\hexmcbffam\hexscfam % A sc +\chardef\mdbffam\scfam \edef\c!mdbf{\c!mc\c!bf} \let\hexmdbffam\hexscfam % B tf % tricky + +%D The next bunch of code looks horrible and tricky but one has to keep in +%D mind that because \TEX\ makes several passes over the math list we need to +%D make sure that grouping is handled well. Later assignments to a family +%D overload previous ones, the last one counts. + +\newtoks \boldmathstrategies +\newtoks \boldsymbstrategies + +\appendtoks + \dosetmathfamily\mrbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mrbf\mrfallback + \dosetmathfamily\mibffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mibf\empty + \dosetskewchar\defaultskewcharmi + \dosetmathfamily\sybffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!sybf\empty + \dosetskewchar\defaultskewcharsy + \dosetmathfamily\exbffam\textface\textface \textface \c!exbf\empty + \dosetmathfamily\mabffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mabf\empty + \dosetmathfamily\mbbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mbbf\empty + \dosetmathfamily\mcbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mcbf\empty +\to \boldmathstrategies + +\appendtoks + \dosetsymbfamily\mrbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mrbf + \dosetsymbfamily\mibffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mibf + \dosetsymbfamily\sybffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!sybf + \dosetsymbfamily\exbffam\textface\textface \textface \c!exbf + \dosetsymbfamily\mabffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mabf + \dosetsymbfamily\mbbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mbbf + \dosetsymbfamily\mcbffam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mcbf +\to \boldsymbstrategies + +%D Here comes the real mess (due to semi||global settings en multiple +%D passes over the math list once the input is expanded. + +\newevery \everyboldfacemath \relax +\chardef \boldfacemathmethod \zerocount + +\appendtoks + \ifcase\boldfacemathmethod \else \the\boldmathstrategies \fi +\to \mathstrategies + +\appendtoks + \ifcase\boldfacemathmethod \else \the\boldsymbstrategies \fi +\to \symbstrategies + +\appendtoks + \let\mrfam\mrbffam \let\c!mr\c!mrbf \let\hexmrfam\hexmrbffam + \let\mifam\mibffam \let\c!mi\c!mibf \let\hexmifam\hexmibffam + \let\syfam\sybffam \let\c!sy\c!sybf \let\hexsyfam\hexsybffam + \let\exfam\exbffam \let\c!ex\c!exbf \let\hexexfam\hexexbffam + \let\mafam\mabffam \let\c!ma\c!mabf \let\hexmafam\hexmabffam + \let\mbfam\mbbffam \let\c!mb\c!mbbf \let\hexmbfam\hexmbbffam + \let\mcfam\mcbffam \let\c!mc\c!mcbf \let\hexmcfam\hexmcbffam +\to \everyboldfacemath + +\appendtoks + \let\mathsubfamily\c!bf +\to \everyboldfacemath + +\appendtoks + \synchronizemath \aftergroup\synchronizemath +\to \everyboldfacemath + +%D \macros +%D {boldfacemath, bfm, autoboldfacemath} +%D +%D These are the user commands, with \type {\bfm} being the most comfortable. + +\def\boldfacemath {\ifcase\boldfacemathmethod\else\the\everyboldfacemath\fi} +\def\bfm {\boldfacemath} % no \let, so that we can redefine +\def\autoboldfacemath{\appendtoks\ifcase\boldfacemathmethod\else\let\bf\boldfacemath\fi\to\everymath} + +%D We hook this feature into the formula mechanism. + +\setupformulas + [\c!methode=\v!normaal] + +\appendtoks + \doifelse{\formulaparameter\c!methode}\v!vet + {\chardef\boldfacemathmethod\plusone} + {\chardef\boldfacemathmethod\zerocount}% +\to \everysetupformulas + +%D Of course this only works when bfmath fonts are set up (see example at +%D the top of this file) and bold math is enabled: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \setupformulas +%D [method=bold] +%D \stoptyping + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex index c69809dbf..a6acf4c09 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ %D %D We can inhibit this slow||downer with: -\def\textonly{\synchronizemathfontsfalse} +\def\textonly{\synchronizemathfontsfalse} % document this \appendtoks \dosettextfamily\c!tf @@ -993,6 +993,7 @@ \dosetmathfamily\mafam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!ma\empty \dosetmathfamily\mbfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mb\empty \dosetmathfamily\mcfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mc\empty +% \dosetmathfamily\mdfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!md\empty \dosetmathfamily\nnfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!nn\empty \to \mathstrategies @@ -1097,6 +1098,7 @@ \dosetsymbfamily\mafam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!ma \dosetsymbfamily\mbfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mb \dosetsymbfamily\mcfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!mc +% \dosetsymbfamily\mdfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface\c!md % also ? \to \symbstrategies \def\dosetsymbfamily#1#2#3#4#5% @@ -1272,7 +1274,7 @@ {\afterassignment\do@fs@scaled\scratchcounter} \def\do@fs@scaled#1\relax - {\scaledfont\number\scratchcounter\s!pt + {\scaledfont\number\scratchcounter\points \scaledfont\localrelativefontsize\scaledfont \ifautofontsize\scaledfont\currentfontbodyscale\scaledfont\fi \scratchcounter\scaledfont % \scaledfont is now pretty large @@ -2088,13 +2090,13 @@ \endETEX -\def\bodyfontcsname% +\def\bodyfontcsname {\csname\bodyfontvariable} -\def\bodyfontinterlinespecs% +\def\bodyfontinterlinespecs {\bodyfontvariable{\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!interlinie}} -\def\bodyfontinterlinespace% +\def\bodyfontinterlinespace {\csname\bodyfontinterlinespecs\endcsname} %D We default all parameters to the main bodyfont size (begin @@ -2262,19 +2264,19 @@ \def\checkbodyfont#1#2#3#4% body style alt size / gdef % #4 can be empty {\def\c!!mm{#2}% \ifx\c!!mm\c!mm % prevents \max and alike (re)defs - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2}{\setcurrentfontstyle {#2}}% \rm - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3}{\setcurrentfontalternative {#3}}% \sl + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2}{\setcurrentfontstyle {#2}}% \rm + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3}{\setcurrentfontalternative {#3}}% \sl \else - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2#4}{\setcurrentfontstylesize {#2}{#4}}% \rma - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3#4}{\setcurrentfontalternativesize {#3}{#4}}% \sla + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2#4}{\setcurrentfontstylesize {#2}{#4}}% \rma + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3#4}{\setcurrentfontalternativesize {#3}{#4}}% \sla \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2#3#4}{\setcurrentfontstylealternativesize{#2}{#3}{#4}}% \rmsla - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2}{\setcurrentfontstyle {#2}}% \rm - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3}{\setcurrentfontalternative {#3}}% \sl - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxstylealternative {#2}}% \rmx - \unexpanded\setgvalue{#2\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxstylealternative {#2}}% \rmxx - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxalternative {#3}}% \slx - \unexpanded\setgvalue{#3\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxalternative {#3}}% \slxx - \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2#3}{\setcurrentfontstylealternative {#2}{#3}}% \rmsl + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2}{\setcurrentfontstyle {#2}}% \rm + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3}{\setcurrentfontalternative {#3}}% \sl + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxstylealternative {#2}}% \rmx + \unexpanded\setgvalue{#2\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxstylealternative {#2}}% \rmxx + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#3\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxalternative {#3}}% \slx + \unexpanded\setgvalue{#3\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxalternative {#3}}% \slxx + \unexpanded\setgvalue {#2#3}{\setcurrentfontstylealternative {#2}{#3}}% \rmsl \fi} \def\dodefinedefaultbodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% sizes styles identifier @@ -2454,11 +2456,11 @@ \def\normalizebodyfontsize#1\to#2% {\scratchdimen#1\relax - \ifcase\fontdigits\advance\scratchdimen.5\s!pt\fi + \ifcase\fontdigits\advance\scratchdimen.5\points\fi \@EA\@EA\@EA\donormalizedbodyfontsize \@EA\WITHOUTPT\the\scratchdimen00\to#2} -\def\donormalizedbodyfontsize#1.#2#3#4\to#5% +\def\donormalizedbodyfontsize#1.#2#3#4\to#5% \points ? {\edef#5% {#1% \ifcase\fontdigits\or @@ -2666,7 +2668,7 @@ \def\dosetsubstitutefont#1#2% #1 = set/switch state {\scratchdimen#2\relax - \advance\scratchdimen .499\s!pt + \advance\scratchdimen .499\points \dimensiontocount\scratchdimen\scratchcounter \advance\scratchcounter \minusone \ifnum\scratchcounter>\plusthree @@ -3190,8 +3192,19 @@ \scriptfont \mrfam\scriptfont \mffam \scriptscriptfont\mrfam\scriptscriptfont\mffam} -\def\domffam#1% - {\csname\ifundefined{#1\s!fam}\c!nn\else#1\fi\s!fam\endcsname} +\beginTEX + + \def\domffam#1% + {\csname\ifundefined{#1\s!fam}\c!nn\else#1\fi\s!fam\endcsname} + +\endTEX + +\beginETEX \ifcsname + + \def\domffam#1% + {\csname\ifcsname#1\s!fam\endcsname#1\else\c!nn\fi\s!fam\endcsname} + +\endETEX \def\mffam {\domffam\fontalternative} @@ -3322,7 +3335,7 @@ {\setvalue{##1}{\switchtobodyfont[#2]}}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} -\def\definebodyfontswitch% +\def\definebodyfontswitch {\dodoubleargument\dodefinebodyfontswitch} %D \macros @@ -3464,7 +3477,7 @@ \setvalue{\@noletter@##1}{#3}}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} -\def\definealternativestyle% +\def\definealternativestyle {\dotripleempty\dodefinealternativestyle} \def\definestyle{\definealternativestyle} @@ -3653,11 +3666,13 @@ \def\dodoemphasiscorrection {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\next}% - \ifdim\ht\scratchbox<.3ex - \expandafter\endgroup - \else + \ifdim\ht\scratchbox=\zeropoint % probably a space \expandafter\dododoemphasiscorrection - \fi} + \else\ifdim\ht\scratchbox<.3ex + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\dododoemphasiscorrection + \fi\fi} \def\dododoemphasiscorrection {\scratchskip\lastskip @@ -3703,17 +3718,10 @@ %D The next emphasis alternatives are for \THANH. They adapt %D their style as good as possible. -\def\emphbf - {\groupedcommand{\bf\def\emphit{\bi}\def\emphsl{\bs}}{}} - -\def\emphit - {\groupedcommand{\it\def\emphbf{\bi}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}} - -\def\emphsl - {\groupedcommand{\sl\def\emphbf{\bs}\def\emphit{\it}}{}} - -\def\emphtf - {\groupedcommand{\tf\def\emphbf{\bf}\def\emphit{\it}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}} +\def\emphbf{\groupedcommand{\bf\def\emphit{\bi}\def\emphsl{\bs}}{}} +\def\emphit{\groupedcommand{\it\def\emphbf{\bi}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}} +\def\emphsl{\groupedcommand{\sl\def\emphbf{\bs}\def\emphit{\it}}{}} +\def\emphtf{\groupedcommand{\tf\def\emphbf{\bf}\def\emphit{\it}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}} %D \startbuffer %D TEXT {\emphbf text \emphit text \emphtf text \emphsl text} TEXT @@ -3769,7 +3777,7 @@ %D different fonts into a collection (typeface) and %D determining optimal baseline distances. %D -%D \showfontstrip \blank \showminimalbaseline +%D \showfontstrip \blanko \showminimalbaseline \fetchruntimecommand \showfontstrip {\f!fontprefix\s!run} \fetchruntimecommand \testminimalbaseline {\f!fontprefix\s!run} @@ -3820,6 +3828,7 @@ \fetchruntimecommand \showfontstyle {\f!fontprefix\s!run} \fetchruntimecommand \showligature {\f!fontprefix\s!run} \fetchruntimecommand \showligatures {\f!fontprefix\s!run} +\fetchruntimecommand \showcharratio {\f!fontprefix\s!run} %D \macros %D {getglyph, symbolicfont} @@ -4300,15 +4309,18 @@ %D New or old? % tzt proper \define... - -\def\tfmath{\tf\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\bfmath{\bf\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\slmath{\sl\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\itmath{\it\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\bsmath{\bs\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\bimath{\bi\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\scmath{\sc\mf\synchronizesymb} -\def\nnmath{\nn\mf\synchronizesymb} +% +% watch out: \synchronizesymb resets the family so we need a second +% \mf (or maybe \mr): messy and to be sorted out + +\def\tfmath{\tf\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\bfmath{\bf\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\slmath{\sl\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\itmath{\it\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\bsmath{\bs\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\bimath{\bi\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\scmath{\sc\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} +\def\nnmath{\nn\mf\synchronizesymb\mf} \def\textmath {\synchronizesymb} @@ -4364,4 +4376,4 @@ %D %D \def\abortiffontnotfound#1% %D {\doiffontpresentelse{#1}{}{\showmessage{\m!fonts}{10}{\truefontname{#1}}\endinput}} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-run.tex b/tex/context/base/font-run.tex index 5f6352a81..ce43591d2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-run.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-run.tex @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ \unprotect \gdef\dosetshowfonttitle#1% - {\tabskip\!!zeropoint - \parindent\!!zeropoint + {\tabskip\zeropoint + \parindent\zeropoint \setlocalhsize \doifelsenothing{#1} {\def\title{[\the\korpsgrootte]}} {\switchtobodyfont[#1]\def\title{[#1]}} - \doifsomething{\fontclass} - {\doifnot{[\fontclass]}{\title} + \doifsomething\fontclass + {\doifnot{[\fontclass]}\title {\edef\title{[\fontclass]\space\title}}}} \gdef\showbodyfont% @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ \stopoverlay \nointerlineskip \vskip2pt - \edef\ascii % \noexpand needed for non etex + \edef\ascii % \noexpand needed for non etex {name: {\noexpand\black\fontname\font }\quad encoding: {\noexpand\black\currentencoding}\quad mapping: {\noexpand\black\currentmapping }\quad @@ -223,52 +223,60 @@ {\hbox{\type{#1}\enspace\red\ruledhbox{\black#1}}} \gdef\showligatures[#1]% - {\bgroup - \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!lokaal]% - \def\show##1{\hbox{\red\ruledhbox{\black##1}}}% - \definefont[\s!dummy][#1]\dummy - \starttabulate[|*{9}{c|}] - \NC\type{ff}\NC\type{fi}\NC\type{fl}\NC\type{ffi}\NC\type{ffl}\NC - \type{``}\NC\type{''}\NC\type{--}\NC\type{---}\NC\NR - \NC\show{ff}\NC\show{fi}\NC\show{fl}\NC\show{ffi}\NC\show{ffl}\NC - \show{``}\NC\show{''}\NC\show{--}\NC\show{---}\NC\NR - \stoptabulate - \egroup} + {\ifx\starttabulate\undefined + \blanko{\tttf \type {\showligatures} is only available in thr english interface}\blanko + \else + \bgroup + \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!lokaal]% + \def\show##1{\hbox{\red\ruledhbox{\black##1}}}% + \definefont[\s!dummy][#1]\dummy + \starttabulate[|*{9}{c|}] + \NC\type{ff}\NC\type{fi}\NC\type{fl}\NC\type{ffi}\NC\type{ffl}\NC + \type{``}\NC\type{''}\NC\type{--}\NC\type{---}\NC\NR + \NC\show{ff}\NC\show{fi}\NC\show{fl}\NC\show{ffi}\NC\show{ffl}\NC + \show{``}\NC\show{''}\NC\show{--}\NC\show{---}\NC\NR + \stoptabulate + \egroup + \fi} \gdef\showfontstrip {\dosingleempty\doshowfontstrip} \gdef\doshowfontstrip[#1]% - {\bgroup - \def\dofontstripa##1##2% - {\tttf\string##1} - \def\dofontstripb##1##2% - {\ruledhbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}} - \def\dofontstripc##1##2% - {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}% - \tt\tfx\the\ht\scratchbox}% - \def\dofontstripd##1##2% - {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}% - \tt\tfx\the\wd\scratchbox}% - \def\fontstrip##1##2##3% - {\NC##2\rm{##3}\NC - ##2\ss{##3}\NC - ##2\tt{##3}\NC - ##2\mathematics{##3}\NC - \tttf##1\NR} - \starttabulate[|c|c|c|c|c|] - \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripa\empty - \TB - \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{xxxx} - \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{12345} - \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{(Agw)} - \TB - \fontstrip{(x height)}\dofontstripc{x} - \fontstrip{(m width)}\dofontstripd{m} - \stoptabulate - \egroup} + {\ifx\starttabulate\undefined + \blanko{\tttf \type {\showfontstrip} is only available in thr english interface}\blanko + \else + \bgroup + \def\dofontstripa##1##2% + {\tttf\string##1} + \def\dofontstripb##1##2% + {\ruledhbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}} + \def\dofontstripc##1##2% + {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}% + \tt\tfx\the\ht\scratchbox}% + \def\dofontstripd##1##2% + {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\switchtobodyfont[#1]##1{##2}}% + \tt\tfx\the\wd\scratchbox}% + \def\fontstrip##1##2##3% + {\NC##2\rm{##3}\NC + ##2\ss{##3}\NC + ##2\tt{##3}\NC + ##2\mathematics{##3}\NC + \tttf##1\NR} + \starttabulate[|c|c|c|c|c|] + \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripa\empty + \TB + \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{xxxx} + \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{12345} + \fontstrip\relax\dofontstripb{(Agw)} + \TB + \fontstrip{(x height)}\dofontstripc{x} + \fontstrip{(m width)}\dofontstripd{m} + \stoptabulate + \egroup + \fi} -\ifx\databox\undefined \newbox\databox \fi +\ifx\databox\undefined \newbox\databox \fi \gdef\testminimalbaseline#1% {\setbox\databox\ruledhbox{#1}% @@ -285,17 +293,21 @@ \noexpand \NC \the\dp\databox \noexpand \NC \ifdim\scratchdimen<\baselineskip < \else\ifdim\scratchdimen=\baselineskip = - \else > \fi\fi + \else > \fi\fi \noexpand \NC \the\baselineskip - \noexpand \NC (\ifdim\scratchdimen>\baselineskip not \fi ok) + \noexpand \NC (\ifdim\scratchdimen>\baselineskip not \fi ok) \noexpand \NC \noexpand \NR }} \gdef\showminimalbaseline - {\starttabulate[||T|T|T|T|T|T|T|T|T|] - \testminimalbaseline{\hbox to 1em{\hss\showstruts\strut\hss}}% - \testminimalbaseline{(/)}% - \testminimalbaseline{$\frac{1}{2}x^2_3$} - \stoptabulate} + {\ifx\starttabulate\undefined + \blanko{\tttf \type {\showminimalbaseline} is only available in thr english interface}\blanko + \else + \starttabulate[||T|T|T|T|T|T|T|T|T|] + \testminimalbaseline{\hbox to 1em{\hss\showstruts\strut\hss}}% + \testminimalbaseline{(/)}% + \testminimalbaseline{$\frac{1}{2}x^2_3$} + \stoptabulate + \fi} \gdef\showkerning#1% {\bgroup @@ -304,4 +316,11 @@ \startMPcode draw textext(\MPstring\s!dummy);\stopMPcode \egroup} -\protect \endinput +\def\showcharratio + {\dowithnextboxcontent + {\switchtobodyfont[10pt]}% + {(\expanded{\withoutpt{\the\nextboxht}},% + \expanded{\withoutpt{\the\nextboxdp}})}% + \hbox} + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex b/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex index baca33983..a9f87e28c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / UNICODE Support} @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ %D characters $>127$, so as long as the two byte characters %D have a first character with code $>127$, we can use active %D characters to handle them. In an optimistic mood, I called -%D this module the \UNICODE\ font module. In the module that -%D handles Chinese, we will see that some more interpretation -%D is involved, which is why the macros handling those -%D characters look ahead. +%D this module the \UNICODE\ font module. In the module that +%D handles Chinese, we will see that some more interpretation +%D is involved, which is why the macros handling those +%D characters look ahead. \startmessages dutch library: fonts 21: het is veiliger om (pdf)eTeX te gebruiken \stopmessages \startmessages english library: fonts - 21: using (pdf)eTeX is more save + 21: using (pdf)eTeX is more save \stopmessages \startmessages german library: fonts @@ -42,22 +42,22 @@ \stopmessages \startmessages norwegian library: fonts - 21: å bruke (pdf)eTeX er tryggere + 21: å bruke (pdf)eTeX er tryggere \stopmessages -\unprotect +\unprotect -%D \macros -%D {handleunicodeflowglyph, uchar, +%D \macros +%D {handleunicodeflowglyph, uchar, %D handleunicodeglyph, insertunicodeglyph, %D unicodeposition, unicodeone, unicodetwo} %D -%D For the moment \UNICODE\ support is rather primitive but -%D nevertheless effective. The reference to \UNICODE\ is not -%D entirely correct, since in many cases one will use \quote -%D {older} mappings, but in principle, \UNICODE\ can be -%D supported. -%D +%D For the moment \UNICODE\ support is rather primitive but +%D nevertheless effective. The reference to \UNICODE\ is not +%D entirely correct, since in many cases one will use \quote +%D {older} mappings, but in principle, \UNICODE\ can be +%D supported. +%D %D We expect each character to come as two eight bit %D characters. Those doubles are handled by making all %D characters in the range $>127$ active, so that they can @@ -67,64 +67,64 @@ %D pair with \type {\string} or \type {\char}, but this was %D not that handy when it came to testing those values. %D Because in principle we are dealing with an encoding, the -%D making active is handled in \type {enco-uni}. -%D -%D There are two commands to handle unicode characters: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D making active is handled in \type {enco-uni}. +%D +%D There are two commands to handle unicode characters: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \handleunicodeflowglyph{number}{character} %D \uchar{number}{number} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The first one can be assigned to an active character, the -%D second one can be used to directly access a glyph. Both -%D command call \type {\handleunicodeglyph} that in turn -%D calls \type {\insertunicodeglyph}. Both can be overruled -%D in specialized modules. The low level command \type -%D {\unicodeglyph} can best be left untouched, which is not +%D +%D The first one can be assigned to an active character, the +%D second one can be used to directly access a glyph. Both +%D command call \type {\handleunicodeglyph} that in turn +%D calls \type {\insertunicodeglyph}. Both can be overruled +%D in specialized modules. The low level command \type +%D {\unicodeglyph} can best be left untouched, which is not %D so much a problem because there is a hook into this macro: -%D \type {\unicodecharcommand}. -%D +%D \type {\unicodecharcommand}. +%D %D In most cases one will redefine \type {\handleunicodeglyph} %D in such a way that it identifies special situations first, %D takes some actions next, calls \type {\insertunicodeglyph}, %D if needed with \type {\unicodecharcommand} changed, and -%D finally does some finishing: -%D -%D \starttyping +%D finally does some finishing: +%D +%D \starttyping %D \def\handleunicodeglyph -%D {take actions based on \unicodeone-two-position cq. \nextglyph +%D {take actions based on \unicodeone-two-position cq. \nextglyph %D redefine \unicodecharcommand if needed -%D expand \insertunicodeglyph +%D expand \insertunicodeglyph %D take some final actions} -%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptyping \newcount\unicodeposition % \def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1#2% % {\def\dohandleunicodeflowglyph{\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphA{#1}{#2}}% % \futurelet\nextglyph\dohandleunicodeflowglyph} -% -% %D The first alternative (A) takes a character as second -% %D argument and is used in the primary handler introduced -% %D earlier. -% +% +% %D The first alternative (A) takes a character as second +% %D argument and is used in the primary handler introduced +% %D earlier. +% % \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphA#1#2% % {\bgroup -% \def\unicodeone{#1}% -% \edef\unicodetwo{\number\expandafter`\string#2}% takes also <128 ! +% \def\unicodeone{#1}% +% \edef\unicodetwo{\number\expandafter`\string#2}% takes also <128 ! % \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax % \handleunicodeglyph % \egroup} -% -% %D The second alternative (B) takes numbers and is used in -% %D the \type {\uchar} command. This command takes two -% %D decimal numbers. -% +% +% %D The second alternative (B) takes numbers and is used in +% %D the \type {\uchar} command. This command takes two +% %D decimal numbers. +% % \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphB#1#2% % {\bgroup -% \def\unicodeone{#1}% -% \def\unicodetwo{#2}% +% \def\unicodeone{#1}% +% \def\unicodetwo{#2}% % \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax % \handleunicodeglyph % \egroup} @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ % {\let\nextglyph\relax % \dodohandleunicodeflowglyphB} -%D The multistep approach is needed to pick up the second -%D token, since this token can have any value and any -%D catcode. +%D The multistep approach is needed to pick up the second +%D token, since this token can have any value and any +%D catcode. %\def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1% % {\bgroup @@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ % {\futurelet\nextglyph\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph} % %\def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph% -% {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% +% {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% % \unicodeposition\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax % \handleunicodeglyph % \egroup} -% the \relax trick prevents eating up the space (needed for +% the \relax trick prevents eating up the space (needed for % korean \def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1#2% @@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ \handleunicodeglyph \egroup} -\unexpanded\def\uchar#1#2% use as standalone glyph +\unexpanded\def\uchar#1#2% use as standalone glyph {\bgroup \let\nextglyph\relax - \edef\unicodeone{#1}% - \edef\unicodetwo{#2}% + \edef\unicodeone{#1}% + \edef\unicodetwo{#2}% % \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax \unicodeposition\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax \handleunicodeglyph @@ -192,105 +192,105 @@ \edef\unicodetwo{#2}% \futurelet\nextglyph\dohandleucflowglyph} -% Alternative, handles [char >127]{number} too. +% Alternative, handles [char >127]{number} too. % % \def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1% % {\bgroup % \edef\unicodeone{#1}% % \futurelet\nexttoken\dohandleunicodeflowglyph} -% +% % \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyph% % {\ifx\nexttoken\bgroup % \expandafter\dohandleunicodeflowglyphA % \else % \expandafter\dohandleunicodeflowglyphB % \fi} -% +% % \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyphA#1% % {\chardef\nexttoken=#1\relax % \dodohandleunicodeflowglyph} -% +% % \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyphB% % {\@EA\afterassignment\@EA\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph % \@EA\chardef\@EA\nexttoken\@EA=\@EA`\string} -% +% % \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph% % {\futurelet\nextglyph\dododohandleunicodeflowglyph} -% -% \def\dododohandleunicodeflowglyph% -% {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% +% +% \def\dododohandleunicodeflowglyph% +% {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% % \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax % \handleunicodeglyph % \egroup} % -% Can be used with (the less byte hungry alternative): +% Can be used with (the less byte hungry alternative): % % sub unirecode % { my ($a,$b) = @_ ; % if ((ord($b)<0x80)&&($b !~ /[a-zA-Z0-9]/)) -% { print "$b" ; ++$recoded ; -% #return "\\uc\{" . ord($a) . "\}\{". ord($b) . "\}" } -% return "$a\{". ord($b) . "\}" } +% { print "$b" ; ++$recoded ; +% #return "\\uc\{" . ord($a) . "\}\{". ord($b) . "\}" } +% return "$a\{". ord($b) . "\}" } % else -% { return "$a$b" } } +% { return "$a$b" } } \def\insertunicodeglyph {\unicodeglyph\unicodeone\unicodetwo} \let\handleunicodeglyph=\insertunicodeglyph -%D One can use the \type {\unicodeposition} in the macros -%D that handle pre and post material. +%D One can use the \type {\unicodeposition} in the macros +%D that handle pre and post material. -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {unicodestyle, unicodecharcommand} %D -%D Each character pair will become one glyph. Because \TEX\ -%D cannot handle fonts with more that 256 characters, we use -%D \TFM\ files for each range. The first character of the pair +%D Each character pair will become one glyph. Because \TEX\ +%D cannot handle fonts with more that 256 characters, we use +%D \TFM\ files for each range. The first character of the pair %D is appended to the name of a font, and the second is used to -%D access the glyph in that font. This means that a particular -%D font is split up in subfonts with names in the range: -%D +%D access the glyph in that font. This means that a particular +%D font is split up in subfonts with names in the range: +%D %D \starttypen %D <filename>80 ... <filename>ff %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D The \type {<filename>} as well as the composed name are %D mapped ones. The next macros take care of this mapping. -%D Let us assume that the next mapping has taken place, -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \definefontsynonym [UnicodeRegular] [gbsong] +%D Let us assume that the next mapping has taken place, +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definefontsynonym [UnicodeRegular] [gbsong] %D \stoptyping -%D +%D %D Let us also assume that we are dealing with the range \type -%D {b1}. Given that a font name results from: -%D -%D \starttyping +%D {b1}. Given that a font name results from: +%D +%D \starttyping %D \truefontname{\truefontname{UnicodeRegular}b1} %D \stoptyping -%D -%D we get \type {gbsongb1}. The outer \type {\truefontname} -%D takes care of additional mapping, so when we say: -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \definefontsynonym [gbsongb1] [gbsong-b1] +%D +%D we get \type {gbsongb1}. The outer \type {\truefontname} +%D takes care of additional mapping, so when we say: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definefontsynonym [gbsongb1] [gbsong-b1] %D \stoptyping -%D -%D the filename used will be \type {gbsong-b1}. From the next -%D definition it will be clear that other fontshapes are also -%D supported. The prefix \type {Unicode} is mapped! %D -%D The command \type {\unicodecharcommand} can be used to -%D handle special cases. At that moment \type {1em} is known. +%D the filename used will be \type {gbsong-b1}. From the next +%D definition it will be clear that other fontshapes are also +%D supported. The prefix \type {Unicode} is mapped! +%D +%D The command \type {\unicodecharcommand} can be used to +%D handle special cases. At that moment \type {1em} is known. \def\unicodestyle {\truefontname\s!Unicode\fontstylesuffix} \let\unicodecharcommand\firstofoneargument -% \unexpanded\def\unicodeglyph#1#2% watch the double mapping +% \unexpanded\def\unicodeglyph#1#2% watch the double mapping % {\bgroup % \bodyfontsize=\unicodescale\bodyfontsize % \font\unicodefont=\truefontname{\truefontname\unicodestyle\lchexnumbers{#1}} @@ -307,12 +307,12 @@ \unicodestrut\unicodefont\unicodecharcommand{\char\unicodetwo\relax}% \egroup} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {currentucharmapping,defineucharmapping} %D -%D A (plane,char) pair can be remapped using a uchar mapping +%D A (plane,char) pair can be remapped using a uchar mapping %D function. The default mapping is to convert the plane to a -%D lowercase hexadecimal number, and leave the number +%D lowercase hexadecimal number, and leave the number %D untouched. The current remapping is kept in a macro. \let\currentucharmapping\s!default @@ -323,9 +323,9 @@ \defineucharmapping{\s!default}#1#2% {\edef\unicodeone{\lchexnumbers{#1}}\edef\unicodetwo{#2}} -%D An example of a remapping is the following: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D An example of a remapping is the following: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \defineucharmapping{GBK}#1#2% %D {\unicodeposition=#1 %D \advance\unicodeposition -129 @@ -334,36 +334,38 @@ %D \advance\unicodeposition-\ifnum#2>127 65\else64\fi %D \dorepositionunicode} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D This maps the GBK vector onto a compact GBK one. The -%D auxiliary macro is defined here as a goody. +%D +%D This maps the GBK vector onto a compact GBK one. The +%D auxiliary macro is defined here as a goody. \def\dorepositionunicode - {\DoDiv\unicodeposition by256to\scratchcounter - \advance\scratchcounter 1 + {\dosetdivision\unicodeposition{256}\scratchcounter + %\DoDiv\unicodeposition by256to\scratchcounter + \advance\scratchcounter \plusone \edef\unicodeone{\ifnum\scratchcounter<10 0\fi\the\scratchcounter}% - \DoMod\unicodeposition by256to\scratchcounter + \dosetmodulo\unicodeposition{256}\scratchcounter + %\DoMod\unicodeposition by256to\scratchcounter \edef\unicodetwo{\the\scratchcounter}} -%D \macros -%D {setunicodestrut, setunicodescale, nextglyph, +%D \macros +%D {setunicodestrut, setunicodescale, nextglyph, %D handleunicodeglyph, insertunicodeglyph} %D -%D A careful analysis of the previous macros, learns that the -%D process of mapping comes down to: -%D +%D A careful analysis of the previous macros, learns that the +%D process of mapping comes down to: +%D %D \startopsomming[opelkaar,n] -%D \som taking care of preceding material (and spacing) -%D \som defining the font at \type {\currentfontscale} $\times$ -%D \type {\unicodescale} $\times$ \type {\bodyfontsize} +%D \som taking care of preceding material (and spacing) +%D \som defining the font at \type {\currentfontscale} $\times$ +%D \type {\unicodescale} $\times$ \type {\bodyfontsize} %D \som inserting a \type {\unicodestrut} -%D \som inserting the character (glyph) +%D \som inserting the character (glyph) %D \som executing some actions afterwards %D \stopopsomming %D -%D The actions before and after placing the glyph, is up to -%D the user supplied handler. This handler (\type -%D {\handleunicodeglpyh}) must, at a certain moment, insert +%D The actions before and after placing the glyph, is up to +%D the user supplied handler. This handler (\type +%D {\handleunicodeglpyh}) must, at a certain moment, insert %D the glyph using \type {\insertunicodeglyph} \def\setunicodescale#1% @@ -386,26 +388,26 @@ \let\unicodestrut\empty \fi\fi} -%D The additional scaling and strut default to: +%D The additional scaling and strut default to: \setunicodescale{1} \setunicodestrut{1}{1} -%D The actual code for the additional actions as well as -%D specific spacing is handled outside these routines. The -%D character after the two that are under treatment is +%D The actual code for the additional actions as well as +%D specific spacing is handled outside these routines. The +%D character after the two that are under treatment is %D available in \type {\nextglyph}. -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {defineunicodefont, setupunicodefont} %D -%D Apart from this rather low level implementation, we also -%D provide a more user friendly alternative. Given that one -%D has defined: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D Apart from this rather low level implementation, we also +%D provide a more user friendly alternative. Given that one +%D has defined: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \defineunicodefont -%D [SimChi] [SimplifiedChinese] +%D [SimChi] [SimplifiedChinese] %D [ \c!schaal=0.85, %D \c!hoogte=1.25, %D \c!diepte=1.00, @@ -413,25 +415,25 @@ %D \c!conversie=\chinesenumber, %D \c!commando=\handlechineseunicodeglyph] %D \stoptypen -%D -%D Together with: -%D -%D \starttypen -%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseRegular] [gbsong] -%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseSlanted] [gbsongsl] +%D +%D Together with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseRegular] [gbsong] +%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseSlanted] [gbsongsl] %D \stoptypen -%D -%D we can now switch to Simplified Chinese by saying \type -%D {SimChi}. Some values can be changed afterwards with %D -%D \starttypen +%D we can now switch to Simplified Chinese by saying \type +%D {SimChi}. Some values can be changed afterwards with +%D +%D \starttypen %D \setupunicodefont[SimChi][...=...] %D \stoptypen %D -%D Specific initializations can be assigned to \type -%D {commands}. +%D Specific initializations can be assigned to \type +%D {commands}. -\beginTEX +\beginTEX \def\unicodeTEXwarning {\writeline\showmessage\m!fonts{21}\empty\writeline @@ -473,14 +475,14 @@ \def\setupunicodefont {\dodoubleempty\dosetupunicodefont} -\def\dosetupunicodefont[#1][#2]% also predefines +\def\dosetupunicodefont[#1][#2]% also predefines {\doifundefined{\??uc#1\c!commando} {\copyparameters [\??uc#1][\??uc\s!default] [\c!hoogte,\c!diepte,\c!schaal,\c!commandos, \c!interlinie,\c!commando,\c!conversie]}% \getparameters[\??uc#1][#2]} - + \def\enableunicodefont#1% {\definefontsynonym[\s!Unicode][\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!file}]% \def\unicodescale {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!schaal}}% @@ -492,16 +494,16 @@ \doifvalue{\??uc#1\c!interlinie}\v!ja\setupinterlinespace\relax \getvalue{\??uc#1\c!commandos}\relax} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {unicodedigits} -%D -%D For convenience we also predefine a number conversion -%D macro: +%D +%D For convenience we also predefine a number conversion +%D macro: \let\unicodedigits\number -%D Because we cannot be sure of the pressence of all font -%D styles, we remap some by default. +%D Because we cannot be sure of the pressence of all font +%D styles, we remap some by default. \definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!Bold] [\s!Unicode\s!Regular] \definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!Slanted] [\s!Unicode\s!Regular] @@ -518,4 +520,4 @@ \c!commando=\insertunicodeglyph, \c!conversie=\number] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex b/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex index 6c77cdf55..5ef34bd58 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ \startJSpreamble {Field} used now -function PresetFields () - { this.syncAnnotScan() } +function PresetFields () + { this.syncAnnotScan() } var visible_field = new Array() ; % no garbage collection ! var visible_fields = 0 ; @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function Hide_Field ( Name ) if (v) { v.hidden = true ; % { v.display = display.hidden ; - v.readonly = true ; + v.readonly = true ; this.dirty = false } } function Do_Vide_Field ( Name, Closable ) @@ -156,16 +156,16 @@ function Do_Vide_Field ( Name, Closable ) visible_field[visible_fields] = Name ; v.hidden = false ; % v.display = display.visible ; - if (Closable) - { v.readonly = false ; - v.value = "On" } + if (Closable) + { v.readonly = false ; + v.value = "On" } this.dirty = false } } function Vide_Field ( Name ) - { Do_Vide_Field(Name,false) } + { Do_Vide_Field(Name,false) } function Vide_Hide_Field ( Name ) - { Do_Vide_Field(Name,true) } + { Do_Vide_Field(Name,true) } function Hide_Fields () { while (visible_fields>0) @@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ function Vide_Hide_Fields ( Name ) % show only one field function Toggle_Hide ( Name ) { var v = this.getField(Name) ; - if (v) - { v.hidden = !v.hidden ; + if (v) + { v.hidden = !v.hidden ; % if v.display == display.hidden - % { v.display = display.visible } - % else - % { v.display = display.hidden } + % { v.display = display.visible } + % else + % { v.display = display.hidden } this.dirty = false } } function Field_On ( Name ) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ function Toggle_Value ( Name ) { if (v.value=="On") { v.value = "Off" } else - { v.value = "On" } } + { v.value = "On" } } this.dirty = false } function Toggle_Read ( Name ) @@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ function Flip_Fields ( Name ) if (v) { v.hidden = !v.hidden ; % if v.display == display.hidden - % { v.display = display.visible } - % else - % { v.display = display.hidden } + % { v.display = display.visible } + % else + % { v.display = display.hidden } v.value = "On" } } } function Forget_Changes () @@ -297,4 +297,4 @@ function Walk_Field ( FieldSet ) \stopJSpreamble -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex index 4a46f8755..7e95f5936 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex @@ -83,7 +83,8 @@ \c!rightquote=\upperrightsinglesixquote, \c!leftquotation=\lowerleftdoubleninequote, \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoublesixquote, - \c!datum={\v!dag,{.},\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}] + \c!datum={\v!dag,{.},\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!status=\v!stop] \installlanguage [\s!sv] diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex index caf6229d7..223531299 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex @@ -206,6 +206,7 @@ %D values are set. \let\preloadedpatterns\empty +\let\preloadedpmessage\empty \def\showpatterns#1% {\getvalue{\??la#1\s!lefthyphenmin}% @@ -213,8 +214,8 @@ \getvalue{\??la#1\s!righthyphenmin} } \def\preloadlanguages - {\doifsomething\preloadedpatterns - {\showmessage\m!linguals{10}\preloadedpatterns}} + {\doifsomething\preloadedpmessage + {\showmessage\m!linguals{10}\preloadedpmessage}} \let\installedlanguages\empty @@ -349,13 +350,15 @@ %\def\patterns##1{\message{#1/#2/#3/#4/##1}\normalpatterns{##1}}% \readsysfile{\truefilename{\f!languageprefix#2.\f!patternsextension}} {\setxvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{#2}% - \xdef\preloadedpatterns - {\preloadedpatterns + \xdef\preloadedpmessage + {\preloadedpmessage \number\normallanguage:\showpatterns{#2}}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#2}\preloadedpatterns \showmessage\m!linguals1{#2,#1,\loadedlanguage}} {\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix#2.\f!patternsextension} {\setxvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{#2}% - \xdef\preloadedpatterns{\preloadedpatterns\showpatterns{#2}}% + \xdef\preloadedpmessage{\preloadedpmessage\showpatterns{#2}}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#2}\preloadedpatterns \showmessage\m!linguals1{#2,#1,\loadedlanguage}} {\showmessage\m!linguals2{#2,#1,\loadedlanguage}}}% \readsysfile{\truefilename{\f!languageprefix#2.\f!hyphensextension}} @@ -370,6 +373,9 @@ \egroup \increment\loadedlanguage} +\def\doifpatternselse#1% + {\expanded{\doifinsetelse{#1}{\preloadedpatterns}}} + %D Since we can only load patterns in ini\TeX, we nil the %D loading before dumping (which saves a bit of memory, but %D strangely enough not in the format). @@ -386,12 +392,24 @@ %D %D \showsetup{\y!setuplanguage} -\def\setuplanguage - {\dodoubleargument\dosetuplanguage} +% \def\setuplanguage +% {\dodoubleargument\dosetuplanguage} + +% \def\dosetuplanguage[#1][#2]% +% {\getparameters[\??la#1][#2]% +% \doif{#1}\currentlanguage\docomplexlanguage} + +\unprotected \def\setuplanguage + {\dodoubleempty\dosetuplanguage} -\def\dosetuplanguage[#1][#2]% - {\getparameters[\??la#1][#2]% - \doif{#1}\currentlanguage\docomplexlanguage} +\def\dosetuplanguage[#1][#2]% handy patch for testing + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters[\??la#1][#2]% + \doif{#1}\currentlanguage\docomplexlanguage + \else + \getparameters[\??la\currentlanguage][#1]% + \docomplexlanguage + \fi} %D The values \type {\c!leftsentence} and \type %D {\c!rightsentence} can be (and are) used to implement @@ -464,7 +482,7 @@ \@EAEAEA\firstofoneargument \else \donetrue - \global\@EA\xdef\csname\??la\currentlanguage\s!patterns\endcsname{#2}% + \@EA\xdef\csname\??la\currentlanguage\s!patterns\endcsname{#2}% \normallanguage\csname\??la\??la#1#2\endcsname\relax % \relax is needed for lookahead problems \@EAEAEA\gobbleoneargument \fi\fi} @@ -480,7 +498,7 @@ \@EAEAEA\firstofoneargument \else \donetrue - \global\@EA\xdef\csname\??la\currentlanguage\s!patterns\endcsname{#2}% + \@EA\xdef\csname\??la\currentlanguage\s!patterns\endcsname{#2}% \normallanguage\thenormallanguage\relax % \relax is needed for lookahead problems \@EAEAEA\gobbleoneargument \fi @@ -845,4 +863,4 @@ \appendtoks\showmessage\m!linguals9\currentlanguage\to\everyjob -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex index 4e3886770..47913874c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Language Head and Label Texts} @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ %D %D This module is dedicated to the grandfather of Tobias %D Burnus, who's extensive languages oriented library helped us -%D a lot in finding the right translations. All those labels +%D a lot in finding the right translations. All those labels %D are collected in files that reflect their common ancestor. %D %D Not all languages can be satisfied with the labeling %D mechanism as provided here. Chinese for instance put a label -%D in front as well as after a part number. This is why the -%D current implementation of labels supports two labels too. +%D in front as well as after a part number. This is why the +%D current implementation of labels supports two labels too. %D \macros %D {setupheadtext, setuplabeltext} @@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ \def\xdosetupsometextprefix[#1][#2=#3]% {\doassignsometextprefix[#1#2][#3,,]} -%D By changing the meaning of \type {\handletextprefix} we -%D can filter the left and right labeltext as well as convert -%D labels to uppercase. +%D By changing the meaning of \type {\handletextprefix} we +%D can filter the left and right labeltext as well as convert +%D labels to uppercase. %D -%D These commands accept all kind of inputs: +%D These commands accept all kind of inputs: %D %D \starttypen %D \setuplabeltext [language] [label=text] @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ %D \setuplabeltext [label=text] %D \setuplabeltext [label=text,label=text,...] %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The last two cases concern the current language. +%D +%D The last two cases concern the current language. %D \macros -%D {headtext, +%D {headtext, %D labeltext, leftlabeltext, rightlabeltext, labeltexts, %D LABELTEXT, LEFTLABELTEXT, RIGHTLABELTEXT, LABELTEXTS} %D @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\LABELTEXTS#1#2{\LEFTLABELTEXT{#1}#2\RIGHTLABELTEXT{#1}} \newif\iflabeltextdone % needs to be reset elsewhere -\newif\iftracelabels % shows missing labels +\newif\iftracelabels % shows missing labels \def\doreporttextprefixerror#1#2#3% {\iftracelabels{\tttf[#2:~#3/#1]~}\fi} @@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ {\bgroup \let\handletextprefix\firstoftwoarguments \let\reporttextprefixerror\gobblethreearguments - \keepencodedtokens % test on multilingual pascal, ok in stretched - %\dontexpandencodedtokens % not usable in token handler + \keepencodedtokens % test on multilingual pascal, ok in stretched + %\dontexpandencodedtokens % not usable in token handler \expanded {\egroup\noexpand\def\noexpand#2% watch out, no \edef {\dogetupsometextprefix{\headlanguage}{#1}{#3}}}} @@ -192,17 +192,17 @@ \endTEX -\ifx\simplifiedcommands\undefined \newtoks\simplifiedcommands \fi - -\appendtoks - \let \headtext \firstofoneargument - \let \labeltext \firstofoneargument - \let \leftlabeltext \firstofoneargument - \let \rightlabeltext \firstofoneargument - \let \HEADTEXT \firstofoneargument - \let \LABELTEXT \firstofoneargument - \let \LEFTLABELTEXT \firstofoneargument - \let \RIGHTLABELTEXT \firstofoneargument +\ifx\simplifiedcommands\undefined \newtoks\simplifiedcommands \fi + +\appendtoks + \let \headtext \firstofoneargument + \let \labeltext \firstofoneargument + \let \leftlabeltext \firstofoneargument + \let \rightlabeltext \firstofoneargument + \let \HEADTEXT \firstofoneargument + \let \LABELTEXT \firstofoneargument + \let \LEFTLABELTEXT \firstofoneargument + \let \RIGHTLABELTEXT \firstofoneargument \to \simplifiedcommands %D \macros @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ %D which expands to {\em something} or {\em iets}, depending on %D de current language. -\def\dotranslate[#1]% don't group! SLOW if really used: speed up +\def\dotranslate[#1]% don't group! SLOW if really used: speed up {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% \doifdefinedelse{\??lg\currentlanguage}% {\getvalue{\??lg\currentlanguage}} @@ -274,4 +274,4 @@ {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% \edef#2{\csname\??lg\currentlanguage\endcsname}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex b/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex index 34aee9cbe..bd87e9f13 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ {\bgroup \setbuffer[pstricks]% \usemodule[pstric]% - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{#2}% + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#2}% % There is probably a nicer way to handle this \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=\bufferprefix dim.tmp \immediate\write\scratchwrite{\dimen0=\the\ht\scratchbox}% @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ \readlocfile{\bufferprefix pstricks-dim.tmp}{}{}% % Since the graphic is put on a page (sigh) by dvips/gs % we need to shift it around a bit. - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\externalfigure[\bufferprefix pstricks.pdf][\c!object=\v!nee]}% - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\lower\ht\scratchbox\hbox{\raise\dimen2\box\scratchbox}}% \wd\scratchbox\dimen0 \ht\scratchbox\dimen2 @@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ \box\scratchbox \egroup}} -\fi +\fi \long\def\dostartPSTRICKS[#1]#2\stopPSTRICKS - {\doifelse{\jobsuffix}{dvi} % will some day move to app as switch + {\doifelse{\jobsuffix}{dvi} % will some day move to app as switch {\hbox{#2}} {\startTEXapplication[#1]{\usemodule[pstric]}#2\stopTEXapplication}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-tryout.tex b/tex/context/base/m-tryout.tex index 0a5374562..23fc56c8c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-tryout.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-tryout.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ %D [ file=m-tryout, %D version=2002.05.10, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Extra Modules, -%D subtitle=Tryout Features, +%D subtitle=Tryout Features, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect -%D The following macros make sure that active colons work well -%D in French, a feature enabled with: -%D +%D The following macros make sure that active colons work well +%D in French, a feature enabled with: +%D %D \starttypen %D \useencoding[ffr] \mainlanguage[fr] -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D This trick will disappear when proved robust. +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This trick will disappear when proved robust. \startmode[activecolon] -\gdef\sectionseparator{-} +\gdef\sectionseparator{-} \gdef\@@filterfirstpart [#1--#2]{#1} \gdef\@@filtersecondpart [#1--#2]{#2} @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ \stopmode -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-fou.tex b/tex/context/base/math-fou.tex index 4d21ff887..9d4fed216 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-fou.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/math-fou.tex @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ \definemathcharacter [91] [nothing] [mr] ["5B] [ex] ["A3] % [ \definemathcharacter [93] [nothing] [mr] ["5D] [ex] ["A4] % ] \definemathcharacter [/] [nothing] [mr] ["2F] [ex] ["B1] + \definemathcharacter [124] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["AF] % | \definemathcharacter [92] [nothing] [sy] ["6E] [ex] ["B2] % \ diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/math-ini.tex index 009c33df0..a18309c74 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/math-ini.tex @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ %D \module %D [ file=math-ini, -%D version=2001.04.12, +%D version=2001.04.12, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Math Macros, -%D subtitle=Basic Macros, +%D subtitle=Basic Macros, %D author={Hans Hagen \& Taco Hoekwater}, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright=\PRAGMA] @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. +% todo: make all definitions global since file loaded only once + %D This module provides namespaces for math fonts, thereby %D permitting mixed usage of math fonts. Although not strictly %D needed, we also provide a family name mapping mechanism as @@ -21,13 +23,13 @@ %D fallback. We've tried to follow a couple of conventions %D from plain and AMS math in order to achieve backward %D compatinility. We also kept an eye on future usage of these -%D modules in the perspective of MathML and unicode fonts. +%D modules in the perspective of MathML and unicode fonts. \unprotect -\def\@ml@{@ml@} % math list (used for collection) +\def\@ml@{@ml@} % math list (used for collection) \def\@mf@{@mf@} % math family -%def\@mh@{@mh@} % math handler (not used) +%def\@mh@{@mh@} % math handler (not used) \def\@mt@{@mt@} % math token \def\@mc@{@mc@} % math collection @@ -45,10 +47,10 @@ \chardef\mathalphacode = 7 \let\mathalphacomm \firstofoneargument \chardef\mathinnercode = 0 \let\mathinnercomm \mathinner \chardef\mathnothingcode= 0 \let\mathnothingcomm \firstofoneargument -\chardef\mathlimopcode = 1 \let\mathlimopcomm \@@mathlimopcomm -\chardef\mathnolopcode = 1 \let\mathnolopcomm \@@mathnolopcomm -\chardef\mathchoicecode = 0 \let\mathchoicecomm \@@mathchoicecomm -\chardef\mathboxcode = 0 \let\mathboxcomm \@@mathboxcomm +\chardef\mathlimopcode = 1 \let\mathlimopcomm \@@mathlimopcomm +\chardef\mathnolopcode = 1 \let\mathnolopcomm \@@mathnolopcomm +\chardef\mathchoicecode = 0 \let\mathchoicecomm \@@mathchoicecomm +\chardef\mathboxcode = 0 \let\mathboxcomm \@@mathboxcomm \chardef\mathaccentcode = 8 \chardef\mathradicalcode= 9 @@ -73,12 +75,12 @@ \endETEX -\beginTEX +\beginTEX \def\dohandlemathtoken#1% {\csname\@mt@ \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\mathcollection#1\endcsname\relax - \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname\relax + \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname\relax \else \nomathcollection \fi @@ -89,12 +91,12 @@ \endTEX -%D Because a command can have a different meaning in math -%D and in text mode, we provide a selector. We also provide +%D Because a command can have a different meaning in math +%D and in text mode, we provide a selector. We also provide %D the pure alternatives as \type {\mathcharacter} and \type -%D {\textcharacter}. +%D {\textcharacter}. -\ifx\dohandlecommand\undefined \wait \fi % troubles ! +\ifx\dohandlecommand\undefined \wait \fi % troubles ! \let\mathcharacter\dohandlemathtoken \let\textcharacter\dohandlecommand % better \dohandletexttoken @@ -124,13 +126,13 @@ \endETEX -\beginTEX +\beginTEX \def\dohandlemathtoken#1% {\csname \ifmmode \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\mathcollection#1\endcsname\relax - \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname\relax + \@EA\ifx\csname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname\characterencoding#1\endcsname \nocharacterencoding \else @@ -153,7 +155,7 @@ \endTEX -%D Now we redefine the text encoding handler. +%D Now we redefine the text encoding handler. \let\dohandlecommand\dohandlemathtoken @@ -167,8 +169,10 @@ \setvalue{\@mf@ #1}{#2}% \fi} -\def\purefamily #1{\csname \truefamily{#1}\s!fam\endcsname} -\def\purefamilyhex#1{\csname hex\truefamily{#1}\s!fam\endcsname} +\let\mathsubfamily\empty + +\def\purefamily #1{\csname \truefamily{#1}\mathsubfamily\s!fam\endcsname} +\def\purefamilyhex#1{\csname hex\truefamily{#1}\mathsubfamily\s!fam\endcsname} \beginETEX \ifcsname @@ -204,13 +208,13 @@ \endTEX -\newif\ifdynamicmathfamilies \dynamicmathfamiliesfalse % true ? +\newif\ifdynamicmathfamilies \dynamicmathfamiliestrue % true per 2003.11.25; needed for mixed bold math \let\normalpurefamilyhex\purefamilyhex -% todo: reset collection (tok legen) en opnieuw laden met true +% todo: reset collection (tok legen) en opnieuw laden met true -\def\definemathsymbol% +\def\definemathsymbol {\dosixtupleempty\dodefinemathsymbol} \def\dodefinemathsymbol[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% @@ -229,7 +233,7 @@ \else\iffourthargument \ifnum\puremathcode{#2}=\mathaccentcode \mathaccent\else\mathchar - \fi + \fi "\ifnum\puremathcode{#2}>7 0\else\puremathcode{#2}\fi \purefamilyhex{#3}\uchexnumbers{#4}\space \fi\fi}% @@ -335,7 +339,7 @@ \setmathcollection{#1}% \the\csname\@ml@\mathcollection\endcsname} -% hook 'm into the font mechanism +% hook 'm into the font mechanism \definefilesynonym[\f!mathprefix\s!default][\f!mathprefix tex] @@ -353,40 +357,46 @@ \fetchruntimecommand \showmathcharacters {\f!mathprefix\s!run} \fetchruntimecommand \showmathtoken {\f!mathprefix\s!run} -%D \macros -%D {ifmathpunctuation, enablemathpunctuation, +\def\resetmathcollection[#1]% + {\def\mathcollection{#1}% + \forgetdoingonce{\f!mathprefix\mathcollection}% + \setmathtoks + \ifx\mathtoks\relax\else\mathtoks\emptytoks\fi} + +%D \macros +%D {ifmathpunctuation, enablemathpunctuation, %D definemathpunctuation} %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \definemathpunctuation . mathperiod textperiod -%D \definemathpunctuation , mathcomma textcomma -%D \stoptypen +%D \definemathpunctuation , mathcomma textcomma +%D \stoptypen \newif\ifmathpunctuation \def\enablemathpunctuation{\mathpunctuationtrue} \def\definemathpunctuation #1 #2 #3 % - {\appendtoks + {\appendtoks \initializemathpunctuation{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \to\everymath} + \to\everymath} -\def\initializemathpunctuation#1#2#3% sloowww +\def\initializemathpunctuation#1#2#3% sloowww {\ifmathpunctuation - \mathcode`#1="8000 + \mathcode`#1="8000 \defineactivecharacter #1 {\dohandlemathpunctuation{#2}{#3}}% \fi} \unexpanded\def\dohandlemathpunctuation#1#2% \if fails in mathml interval {\def\next{\csname\ifx\space\nexttoken#2\else#1\fi\endcsname}% \futurelet\nexttoken\next} - + %D \startbuffer %D \enablemathpunctuationtrue$(1,2) (1, 2) (1{,}2) \hbox{foo, not bar}$ %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \blanko{\getbuffer}\blanko %D needed for sin, cos etc @@ -416,39 +426,39 @@ \definefamilysynonym [default] [3] [ex] \enablemathcollection[default] - \usemathcollection[default] +\enablemathcollection[default] -%D Some goodies: +%D Some goodies: \def\Angstrom{\nomathematics{\Aring}} -%D Bold math: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D Bold math: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \usetypescript [lucida] [texnansi] -%D -%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [rm] [serif] +%D +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [rm] [serif] %D [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] -%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [tt] [mono] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [tt] [mono] %D [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] -%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [ss] [sans] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [ss] [sans] %D [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] -%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [mm] [boldmath] +%D \definetypeface [boldmath] [mm] [boldmath] %D [lucida] [default] [encoding=texnansi] -%D -%D \switchtobodyfont[lucida,10pt] -%D +%D +%D \switchtobodyfont[lucida,10pt] +%D %D \showmathtoken{Gamma} $\Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta$ -%D -%D \switchtobodyfont[boldmath,10pt] -%D +%D +%D \switchtobodyfont[boldmath,10pt] +%D %D \showmathtoken{Gamma} $\Gamma \Delta \alpha \delta \zeta$ -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \protect \endinput -\tracemathcollectiontrue +\tracemathcollectiontrue \input math-tex \page \setupbodyfont[ams] \enablemathcollection[ams] \input math-ams \page diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-run.tex b/tex/context/base/math-run.tex index 3e1cdbf6a..e24acb4d5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-run.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/math-run.tex @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ %D \module %D [ file=math-run, -%D version=2001.23.04, +%D version=2001.23.04, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Math Macros, -%D subtitle=Runtime Macros, +%D subtitle=Runtime Macros, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright=Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect \gdef\showmathcharacters% nearly \showcharacters {\par @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ {%\doifcolorelse{math \purefamilyhex{##3}}{} % {\increment\mathcolor % \definecolor[math \purefamilyhex{##3}][\mathcolor]}% - \setbox0=\hbox spread 1em + \setbox0=\hbox spread 1em {$\getvalue{##1}{}$}% \ifdim\wd0>\dimen0 \dimen0=\wd0 \fi \setbox2=\hbox spread 1em @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 2em \advance\dimen2 2em - \divide \dimen0 by \dimen2 \advance\dimen0 1sp + \divide \dimen0 by \dimen2 \advance\dimen0 1sp \edef\enccols{\number\dimen0} \startcolumns[\c!n=\enccols,\c!afstand=2em] \def\dodefinemathsymbol[##1][##2][##3][##4][##5][##6]% @@ -74,18 +74,18 @@ \gdef\showmathtoken#1% {\starttabulate[|lT|lT|lT|l|] - \NC token \NC #1 \NC \NR - \NC collection \NC \ifcsname\@mt@\mathcollection#1\endcsname - \mathcollection - \else\ifcsname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname + \NC token \NC #1 \NC \NR + \NC collection \NC \ifcsname\@mt@\mathcollection#1\endcsname + \mathcollection + \else\ifcsname\@mt@\nomathcollection#1\endcsname \nomathcollection \else ?% - \fi\fi \NC \NR + \fi\fi \NC \NR \NC visualization \NC \mathematics{\getvalue{#1}} \NC \NR - \NC definition \NC \tttf \@EA\convertcommand + \NC definition \NC \tttf \@EA \convertcommand \csname\@mt@\mathcollection#1\endcsname - \to \ascii \ascii \NC \NR + \to \ascii \ascii \NC \NR \stoptabulate} - + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-tex.tex b/tex/context/base/math-tex.tex index b5d1760b9..5112cdf0b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-tex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/math-tex.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=math-tex, -%D version=2001.04.12, +%D version=2001.04.12, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Math Macros, %D subtitle=Plain Specials, %D author={Hans Hagen \& Taco Hoekwater}, @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect -\mathcode`\ ="8000 \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathcode`\'="8000 +\mathcode`\ ="8000 \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathcode`\'="8000 \definefamilysynonym [default] [lcgreek] [mi] \definefamilysynonym [default] [ucgreek] [mr] \definefamilysynonym [default] [vargreek] [mi] -%definefamilysynonym [default] [blackboard] [mb] % extra font +%definefamilysynonym [default] [blackboard] [mb] % extra font \startmathcollection [default] @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ \definemathsymbol [Mu] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["4D] % M \definemathsymbol [Nu] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["4E] % N \definemathsymbol [Xi] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["04] -\definemathsymbol [Omicron] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["4F] % O +\definemathsymbol [Omicron] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["4F] % O \definemathsymbol [Pi] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["05] \definemathsymbol [Rho] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["52] % R \definemathsymbol [Sigma] [alpha] [ucgreek] ["06] @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ \stopmathcollection -% The \mfunction macro is an alternative for \hbox with a -% controlable font switch. +% The \mfunction macro is an alternative for \hbox with a +% controlable font switch. \startmathcollection[default] @@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ \definemathcharacter [91] [open] [mr] ["5B] % [ \definemathcharacter [92] [ord] [sy] ["6E] % \ \definemathcharacter [93] [close] [mr] ["5D] % ] -\definemathcharacter [123] [open] [sy] ["66] % { -\definemathcharacter [124] [ord] [sy] ["6A] % | -\definemathcharacter [125] [close] [sy] ["67] % } +\definemathcharacter [123] [open] [sy] ["66] % { +\definemathcharacter [124] [ord] [sy] ["6A] % | +\definemathcharacter [125] [close] [sy] ["67] % } \stopmathcollection @@ -178,12 +178,12 @@ \definemathcharacter [<] [nothing] [sy] ["68] [ex] ["0A] \definemathcharacter [>] [nothing] [sy] ["69] [ex] ["0B] \definemathcharacter [/] [nothing] [mr] ["2F] [ex] ["0E] -\definemathcharacter [124] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["0C] % | -\definemathcharacter [92] [nothing] [sy] ["6E] [ex] ["0F] % \ +\definemathcharacter [124] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["0C] % | +\definemathcharacter [92] [nothing] [sy] ["6E] [ex] ["0F] % \ \stopmathcollection -\def\PLAINangle% +\def\PLAINangle {{\vbox{\ialign{$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr \not\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr \noalign{\nointerlineskip} @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ \definemathsymbol [bot] [nothing] [sy] ["3F] \definemathcommand [hbar] {{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}} -\definemathcommand [surd] {{\mathchar"1270}} % ? +\definemathcommand [surd] {{\mathchar"1270}} % ? \definemathcommand [angle] {\PLAINangle} \stopmathcollection @@ -364,22 +364,22 @@ \definemathsymbol [leftharpoondown] [rel] [mi] ["29] \definemathsymbol [rightharpoonup] [rel] [mi] ["2A] \definemathsymbol [rightharpoondown] [rel] [mi] ["2B] -\definemathsymbol [lhook] [rel] [mi] ["2C] +\definemathsymbol [lhook] [rel] [mi] ["2C] \definemathsymbol [rhook] [rel] [mi] ["2D] \stopmathcollection -\def\PLAINldots% +\def\PLAINldots {\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp} -\def\PLAINcdots% +\def\PLAINcdots {\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp} -\def\PLAINvdots% +\def\PLAINvdots {\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} -\def\PLAINddots% +\def\PLAINddots {\mkern1mu\raise7\p@\vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu} @@ -404,16 +404,16 @@ \startmathcollection[default] -\definemathsymbol [acute] [accent] [mr] ["13] -\definemathsymbol [grave] [accent] [mr] ["12] -\definemathsymbol [ddot] [accent] [mr] ["7F] -\definemathsymbol [tilde] [accent] [mr] ["7E] -\definemathsymbol [bar] [accent] [mr] ["16] -\definemathsymbol [breve] [accent] [mr] ["15] -\definemathsymbol [check] [accent] [mr] ["14] -\definemathsymbol [hat] [accent] [mr] ["5E] +\definemathsymbol [acute] [accent] [mr] ["13] +\definemathsymbol [grave] [accent] [mr] ["12] +\definemathsymbol [ddot] [accent] [mr] ["7F] +\definemathsymbol [tilde] [accent] [mr] ["7E] +\definemathsymbol [bar] [accent] [mr] ["16] +\definemathsymbol [breve] [accent] [mr] ["15] +\definemathsymbol [check] [accent] [mr] ["14] +\definemathsymbol [hat] [accent] [mr] ["5E] \definemathsymbol [vec] [accent] [mi] ["7E] % [ord] -\definemathsymbol [dot] [accent] [mr] ["5F] +\definemathsymbol [dot] [accent] [mr] ["5F] \definemathsymbol [widetilde] [accent] [ex] ["65] % [ord] \definemathsymbol [widehat] [accent] [ex] ["62] % [ord] @@ -421,30 +421,30 @@ \startmathcollection[default] -\definemathsymbol [lmoustache] [open] [ex] ["7A] [ex] ["40] -\definemathsymbol [rmoustache] [close] [ex] ["7B] [ex] ["41] +\definemathsymbol [lmoustache] [open] [ex] ["7A] [ex] ["40] +\definemathsymbol [rmoustache] [close] [ex] ["7B] [ex] ["41] \definemathsymbol [lgroup] [open] [mr] ["28] [ex] ["3A] % ? \definemathsymbol [rgroup] [close] [mr] ["29] [ex] ["3B] % ? -\definemathsymbol [arrowvert] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["3C] +\definemathsymbol [arrowvert] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["3C] \definemathsymbol [Arrowvert] [nothing] [sy] ["6B] [ex] ["3D] -\definemathsymbol [bracevert] [nothing] [ex] ["3E] % ? -\definemathsymbol [Vert] [nothing] [sy] ["6B] [ex] ["0D] -\definemathsymbol [vert] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["0C] +\definemathsymbol [bracevert] [nothing] [ex] ["3E] % ? +\definemathsymbol [Vert] [nothing] [sy] ["6B] [ex] ["0D] +\definemathsymbol [vert] [nothing] [sy] ["6A] [ex] ["0C] \definemathsymbol [uparrow] [rel] [sy] ["22] [ex] ["78] \definemathsymbol [downarrow] [rel] [sy] ["23] [ex] ["79] -\definemathsymbol [updownarrow] [rel] [sy] ["6C] [ex] ["3F] -\definemathsymbol [Uparrow] [rel] [sy] ["2A] [ex] ["7E] -\definemathsymbol [Downarrow] [rel] [sy] ["2B] [ex] ["7F] -\definemathsymbol [Updownarrow] [rel] [sy] ["6D] [ex] ["77] -\definemathsymbol [backslash] [nothing] [sy] ["6E] [ex] ["0F] -\definemathsymbol [rangle] [close] [sy] ["69] [ex] ["0B] -\definemathsymbol [langle] [open] [sy] ["68] [ex] ["0A] -\definemathsymbol [rbrace] [close] [sy] ["67] [ex] ["09] -\definemathsymbol [lbrace] [open] [sy] ["66] [ex] ["08] -\definemathsymbol [rceil] [close] [sy] ["65] [ex] ["07] -\definemathsymbol [lceil] [open] [sy] ["64] [ex] ["06] -\definemathsymbol [rfloor] [close] [sy] ["63] [ex] ["05] -\definemathsymbol [lfloor] [open] [sy] ["62] [ex] ["04] +\definemathsymbol [updownarrow] [rel] [sy] ["6C] [ex] ["3F] +\definemathsymbol [Uparrow] [rel] [sy] ["2A] [ex] ["7E] +\definemathsymbol [Downarrow] [rel] [sy] ["2B] [ex] ["7F] +\definemathsymbol [Updownarrow] [rel] [sy] ["6D] [ex] ["77] +\definemathsymbol [backslash] [nothing] [sy] ["6E] [ex] ["0F] +\definemathsymbol [rangle] [close] [sy] ["69] [ex] ["0B] +\definemathsymbol [langle] [open] [sy] ["68] [ex] ["0A] +\definemathsymbol [rbrace] [close] [sy] ["67] [ex] ["09] +\definemathsymbol [lbrace] [open] [sy] ["66] [ex] ["08] +\definemathsymbol [rceil] [close] [sy] ["65] [ex] ["07] +\definemathsymbol [lceil] [open] [sy] ["64] [ex] ["06] +\definemathsymbol [rfloor] [close] [sy] ["63] [ex] ["05] +\definemathsymbol [lfloor] [open] [sy] ["62] [ex] ["04] \definemathsymbol [sqrt] [radical] [sy] ["70] [ex] ["70] @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ \def\PLAINbigg{\@@dobig{1.45}} \def\PLAINBigg{\@@dobig{1.75}} -\startrawmathcollection [default] +\startrawmathcollection [default] \definemathcommand [bigl] [open] [one] {\big} \definemathcommand [bigm] [rel] [one] {\big} @@ -505,19 +505,19 @@ \definemathcommand [r@@t] {\PLAINroot} \definemathcommand [matrix] {\PLAINmatrix} -\definemathcommand [over] {\normalover} % hack, to do +\definemathcommand [over] {\normalover} % hack, to do \stoprawmathcollection -\def\{{\lbrace} -\def\}{\rbrace} +\def\{{\lbrace} +\def\}{\rbrace} -%def\bbd{\fam\purefamily{blackboard}} +%def\bbd{\fam\purefamily{blackboard}} %def\cal{\fam\purefamily{calfamily}} \def\mit{\fam\purefamily{mitfamily}} -\def\Bbb{\blackboard} % conforming amstex +\def\Bbb{\blackboard} % conforming amstex \startmathcollection[default] @@ -530,6 +530,6 @@ \stopmathcollection \definemathpunctuation . mathperiod textperiod -\definemathpunctuation , mathcomma textcomma +\definemathpunctuation , mathcomma textcomma -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex index ee0354d52..dd1f193c3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex @@ -1,24 +1,25 @@ %D \module +%D \module %D [ file=meta-ini, %D version=1999.07.10, -%D title=\METAPOST\ Graphics, -%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D title=\METAPOST\ Graphics, +%D subtitle=Initialization, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -% currently the running color influences the mp graphic in -% pdftex, but this will change [i.e. become optional]; one -% problem is that pdf has no grouping with regards to the -% color +% currently the running color influences the mp graphic in +% pdftex, but this will change [i.e. become optional]; one +% problem is that pdf has no grouping with regards to the +% color \writestatus{loading}{MetaPost Graphics / Initializations} -\unprotect +\unprotect \startmessages dutch library: metapost title: metapost @@ -60,17 +61,17 @@ %D \METAPOST\ inclusion in \CONTEXT. Some basic macros will be %D extended. Since some support is depends on \METAPOST\ %D macros. so let's first preload a few auxiliary \METAPOST\ -%D files. +%D files. -\maxnofMPgraphics = 4000 % metafun disables the 4K boundary +\maxnofMPgraphics = 4000 % metafun disables the 4K boundary -\appendtoks - if unknown context_tool : input mp-tool ; fi ; - if unknown context_spec : input mp-spec ; fi ; - if unknown context_grph : input mp-grph ; fi ; -\to \MPinitializations +\appendtoks + if unknown context_tool : input mp-tool ; fi ; + if unknown context_spec : input mp-spec ; fi ; + if unknown context_grph : input mp-grph ; fi ; +\to \MPinitializations -%D Since we want lables to follow the document settings, we +%D Since we want lables to follow the document settings, we %D also set the font related variables. \appendtoks @@ -78,36 +79,36 @@ defaultscale := \the\bodyfontsize/10pt ; % not good yet \to \MPinitializations -%D In order to support fancy text features (like outline -%D fonts), we set: +%D In order to support fancy text features (like outline +%D fonts), we set: \appendtoks - graphictextformat := "context" ; - graphictextdirective "\the\everyMPTEXgraphic" ; + graphictextformat := "context" ; + graphictextdirective "\the\everyMPTEXgraphic" ; \to \MPinitializations -%D A signal that we're in combines \CONTEXT||\METAFUN mode: +%D A signal that we're in combines \CONTEXT||\METAFUN mode: \appendtoks - string contextversion ; contextversion := "\contextversion" ; + string contextversion ; contextversion := "\contextversion" ; \to \MPinitializations -%D Some safeguards: +%D Some safeguards: \appendtoks \cleanupfeatures \to \everyMPgraphic -%D Another one: +%D Another one: \prependtoks \MPstaticgraphictrue \to \everyoverlay \prependtoks \MPstaticgraphictrue \to \everypagebody %D We save the number of graphics for the sake of \TEXEXEC. -\newcounter\totalnofMPgraphics +\newcounter\totalnofMPgraphics -\def\thenofMPgraphics{\the\nofMPgraphics} % from supp-mps +\def\thenofMPgraphics{\the\nofMPgraphics} % from supp-mps -\appendtoks +\appendtoks \savecurrentvalue\totalnofMPgraphics\thenofMPgraphics \to \everybye @@ -166,49 +167,49 @@ \def\MPrawvar#1#2{\csname#1:#2\endcsname} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {startuniqueMPgraphic, uniqueMPgraphic} %D %D This macros is probably of most use to myself, since I like %D to use graphics that adapt themselves. The next \METAPOST\ -%D kind of graphic is both unique and reused when possible. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D kind of graphic is both unique and reused when possible. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \defineoverlay[example][\uniqueMPgraphic{test}] %D %D \startuniqueMPgraphic {test} -%D draw unitsquare xscaled \overlaywidth yscaled \overlayheight ; -%D \stopuniqueMPgraphic +%D draw unitsquare xscaled \overlaywidth yscaled \overlayheight ; +%D \stopuniqueMPgraphic %D \stoptypen -%D For educational purposes, we show the original version -%D first. This one used a rather simple method for determining -%D the uniqueness. +%D For educational purposes, we show the original version +%D first. This one used a rather simple method for determining +%D the uniqueness. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \long\def\startuniqueMPgraphic#1#2\stopuniqueMPgraphic% %D {\setvalue{\@@MPG#1}% %D {\startreusableMPgraphic{\overlaystamp:#1}#2\stopreusableMPgraphic %D \reuseMPgraphic{\overlaystamp:#1}}} -%D +%D %D \def\uniqueMPgraphic#1% %D {\getvalue{\@@MPG#1}} -%D \stoptypen - +%D \stoptypen + %\def\overlaystamp% watch the \MPcolor, since colors can be redefined % {\overlaywidth:\overlayheight:\overlaydepth % :\MPcolor{\overlaycolor}:\MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor}} - + \def\overlaystamp% watch the \MPcolor, since colors can be redefined {\overlaywidth:\overlayheight:\overlaydepth - :\MPcolor\overlaycolor:\MPcolor\overlaylinecolor} + :\MPcolor\overlaycolor:\MPcolor\overlaylinecolor} %D A better approach is to let additional variables play a role %D in determining the uniqueness. In the next macro, the %D second, optional, argument is used to guarantee the %D uniqueness, as well as prepare variables for passing them to -%D \METAPOST. -%D +%D \METAPOST. +%D %D \starttypen %D \startuniqueMPgraphic{meta:hash}{gap,angle,...} %D \stoptypen @@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ \prepareMPvariables{#2}% \enableincludeMPgraphics \startMPgraphic#3\stopMPgraphic - \ifMPrun \else % see mfun-004 : processing buffer + \ifMPrun \else % see mfun-004 : processing buffer \loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\the\currentMPgraphic}{}% \placeMPgraphic \fi @@ -271,15 +272,15 @@ \long\def\startuseMPgraphic {\dodoublegroupempty\dostartuseMPgraphic} -\long\def\dostartuseMPgraphic#1#2#3\stopuseMPgraphic% +\long\def\dostartuseMPgraphic#1#2#3\stopuseMPgraphic% {\blabelgroup \long\setgvalue{\@@MPG#1}{\handleuseMPgraphic{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \elabelgroup} -\long\def\startusableMPgraphic % redundant but handy +\long\def\startusableMPgraphic % redundant but handy {\dodoublegroupempty\dostartusableMPgraphic} -\long\def\dostartusableMPgraphic#1#2#3\stopusableMPgraphic% +\long\def\dostartusableMPgraphic#1#2#3\stopusableMPgraphic% {\blabelgroup \long\setgvalue{\@@MPG#1}{\handleuseMPgraphic{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \elabelgroup} @@ -327,12 +328,12 @@ {\let\handleuseMPgraphic \thirdofthreearguments \let\handlereusableMPgraphic\thirdofthreearguments} -% todo: each code/page/buffer a var class +% todo: each code/page/buffer a var class -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {startuniqueMPpagegraphic,uniqueMPpagegraphic} %D -%D Experimental. +%D Experimental. \def\MPpageprefix{\doifoddpageelse oe:} @@ -354,19 +355,19 @@ \def\douniqueMPpagegraphic#1#2% {\blabelgroup - \let\overlaystamp\overlaypagestamp + \let\overlaystamp\overlaypagestamp \setupMPvariables[#1][#2]% \getvalue{\@@MPG\MPpageprefix#1}{}% \elabelgroup} -%D One way of defining a stamp is: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D One way of defining a stamp is: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\extendMPoverlaystamp#1% %D {\def\docommando##1% %D {\edef\overlaystamp{\overlaystamp:\MPvariable{##1}}}% %D \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D Since we need to feed \METAPOST\ with expanded dimensions, %D we introduce a dedicated expansion engine. @@ -378,20 +379,31 @@ \doprepareMPvariable{\@@framed\@@meta#1}% \fi} +% \startlines +% \def\xxx{\lineheight} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \def\xxx{2pt} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \def\xxx{2} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \def\xxx{\scratchcounter} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \def\xxx{red} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \def\xxx{0.4} \doprepareMPvariable{xxx} \xxx +% \stoplines + \def\doprepareMPvariable#1% - {\doifelsenothing{\getvalue{#1}} + {\edef\theMPvariable{\getvalue{#1}}% + \doifelsenothing\theMPvariable {\setevalue{#1}{\MPcolor{black}}} - {\edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1}}% - \convertcommand\!!stringa\to\ascii % otherwise problems + {\convertcommand\theMPvariable\to\ascii % otherwise problems \doifcolorelse \ascii % with 2\bodyfontsize - {\setevalue{#1}{\MPcolor{\getvalue{#1}}}} - {% can be aux macro - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\scratchdimen\getvalue{#1}sp}% + {\setevalue{#1}{\MPcolor\theMPvariable}} + {% can be aux macro + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\scratchdimen\theMPvariable sp}% \ifdim\wd\scratchbox=\zeropoint - \scratchcounter\getvalue{#1}\relax - \setevalue{#1}{\the\scratchcounter}% + % \scratchcounter\theMPvariable + % \setevalue{#1}{\the\scratchcounter}% + % also accepts 0.number : + \setevalue{#1}{\number\theMPvariable}% \else - \scratchdimen\getvalue{#1}\relax + \scratchdimen\theMPvariable \setevalue{#1}{\the\scratchdimen}% \fi}}} @@ -411,44 +423,44 @@ %D \macros %D {MPdatafile} %D -%D We redefine a macro from \type {supp-mps.tex}: +%D We redefine a macro from \type {supp-mps.tex}: \def\MPdatafile {\bufferprefix mpd-\the\currentMPgraphic.mpd} -%D \macros -%D {MPrunfile} +%D \macros +%D {MPrunfile} %D -%D This one is more abstract and does not assume knowledge -%D of buffer prefixes. +%D This one is more abstract and does not assume knowledge +%D of buffer prefixes. -\def\MPrunfile#1% +\def\MPrunfile#1% {\bufferprefix mprun.#1} -%D We also have to make sure that \METAPOST\ knows this: +%D We also have to make sure that \METAPOST\ knows this: -\appendtoks +\appendtoks if not known _data_prefix_ : - string _data_prefix_ , _data_suffix_ ; + string _data_prefix_ , _data_suffix_ ; fi ; - _data_prefix_ := "\bufferprefix mpd-" ; - _data_suffix_ := ".mpd" ; -\to \MPinitializations + _data_prefix_ := "\bufferprefix mpd-" ; + _data_suffix_ := ".mpd" ; +\to \MPinitializations %D \macros %D {getMPdata} %D -%D The current data is loaded with: +%D The current data is loaded with: \def\getMPdata {\startreadingfile \readlocfile\MPdatafile\donothing\donothing \stopreadingfile} -%D When we collect graphics in one file, we run into -%D troubles, since \METAPOST\ has a built in limit (of 4) -%D on the number of files it can handle. It's therefore -%D better to collect all data in one file and filter it. +%D When we collect graphics in one file, we run into +%D troubles, since \METAPOST\ has a built in limit (of 4) +%D on the number of files it can handle. It's therefore +%D better to collect all data in one file and filter it. \def\getMPdata {\long\def\MPdata##1##2% @@ -457,14 +469,14 @@ \readlocfile{\MPgraphicfile.mpd}\donothing\donothing \stopreadingfile} -%D We have to enable this mechanism with: +%D We have to enable this mechanism with: -\appendtoks +\appendtoks boolean collapse_data ; collapse_data := true ; - _data_suffix_ := ".mpd" ; % overloads previous one -\to \MPinitializations + _data_suffix_ := ".mpd" ; % overloads previous one +\to \MPinitializations -%D For the moment, the next one is a private macro: +%D For the moment, the next one is a private macro: \def\processMPbuffer {\dosingleempty\doprocessMPbuffer} @@ -474,32 +486,32 @@ {\doprocessMPbuffer[\jobname]} {\bgroup \setnormalcatcodes - %\let\par\empty % oeps, this makes dvi mode graphics hang when not found + %\let\par\empty % oeps, this makes dvi mode graphics hang when not found \!!toksa\emptytoks \def\copyMPbufferline{\expandafter\appendtoks\fileline\to\!!toksa}% \def\dodoprocessMPbuffer##1% {\doprocessfile\scratchread{\TEXbufferfile{##1}}\copyMPbufferline}% \processcommalist[#1]\dodoprocessMPbuffer - \@EA\startMPcode\the\!!toksa\stopMPcode % more efficient + \@EA\startMPcode\the\!!toksa\stopMPcode % more efficient \egroup}} \def\runMPbuffer {\dosingleempty\dorunMPbuffer} -\def\dorunMPbuffer[#1]% processing only - {{\MPruntrue\doprocessMPbuffer[#1]}} +\def\dorunMPbuffer[#1]% processing only + {{\MPruntrue\doprocessMPbuffer[#1]}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {startMPenvironment, resetMPenvironment} %D -%D In order to synchronize the main \TEX\ run and the runs -%D local to \METAPOST, environments can be passed. +%D In order to synchronize the main \TEX\ run and the runs +%D local to \METAPOST, environments can be passed. \ifx\everyMPTEXgraphic\undefined \newtoks\everyMPTEXgraphic -\fi +\fi -%D A more generar of passing environments is: +%D A more generar of passing environments is: \def\startMPenvironment% % second arg gobbles spaces, so {\dodoubleempty\dostartMPenvironment} % that reset gives \emptytoks @@ -512,38 +524,38 @@ \expandafter\appendtoks\ascii\to\everyMPTEXgraphic} \def\resetMPenvironment - {\everyMPTEXgraphic\emptytoks % = is really needed ! + {\everyMPTEXgraphic\emptytoks % = is really needed ! \startMPenvironment \global\loadfontfileoncetrue - \stopMPenvironment} + \stopMPenvironment} \startMPenvironment \global\loadfontfileoncetrue \stopMPenvironment -%D This command takes \type {[reset]} as optional -%D argument. +%D This command takes \type {[reset]} as optional +%D argument. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \startMPenvironment %D \setupbodyfont[pos,14.4pt] %D \stopMPenvironment %D %D \startMPcode -%D draw btex \sl Hans Hagen etex scaled 5 ; +%D draw btex \sl Hans Hagen etex scaled 5 ; %D \stopMPcode -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D The \type {\resetMPenvironment} is a quick way to erase -%D the token list. +%D The \type {\resetMPenvironment} is a quick way to erase +%D the token list. -%D We don't want spurious files, do we? +%D We don't want spurious files, do we? %\def\initializeMPgraphics -% {%\ifx\bufferprefix\empty \else +% {%\ifx\bufferprefix\empty \else % \immediate\openout\MPwrite\MPgraphicfile.mp % \immediate\write\MPwrite{end.}% -% \immediate\closeout\MPwrite +% \immediate\closeout\MPwrite % }%\fi} \def\initializeMPgraphicfile @@ -567,8 +579,8 @@ \fi \egroup} -%D Loading specific \METAPOST\ related definitions is -%D accomplished by: +%D Loading specific \METAPOST\ related definitions is +%D accomplished by: \def\douseMPlibrary#1% {\doifundefined{\c!file\f!javascriptprefix#1} @@ -585,7 +597,7 @@ %D \macros %D {setMPtext, MPtext, MPstring, MPbetex} %D -%D To be documented: +%D To be documented: %D %D \starttyping %D \setMPtext{identifier}{text} @@ -593,51 +605,51 @@ %D \MPtext {identifier} %D \MPstring{identifier} %D \MPbetex {identifier} -%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptyping \def\@@MPT{@MPT@} \def\forceMPTEXgraphic {\long\def\checkMPTEXgraphic##1{\global\MPTEXgraphictrue}} -\def\setMPtext#1#2% todo : #1 must be made : safe +\def\setMPtext#1#2% todo : #1 must be made : safe {%\forceMPTEXgraphic \convertargument#2\to\ascii \dodoglobal\letvalue{\@@MPT#1}\ascii} -\def\MPtext #1{\getvalue{\@@MPT#1}} -\def\MPstring #1{"\getvalue{\@@MPT#1}"} +\def\MPtext #1{\getvalue{\@@MPT#1}} +\def\MPstring #1{"\getvalue{\@@MPT#1}"} \def\MPbetex #1{btex \getvalue{\@@MPT#1} etex} -%D Unfortunately \METAPOST\ does not have \CMYK\ support -%D built in, but by means of specials we can supply the -%D information needed to handle them naturaly. +%D Unfortunately \METAPOST\ does not have \CMYK\ support +%D built in, but by means of specials we can supply the +%D information needed to handle them naturaly. -\newif\ifMPcmykcolors \MPcmykcolorstrue -\newif\ifMPspotcolors \MPspotcolorstrue +\newif\ifMPcmykcolors \MPcmykcolorstrue +\newif\ifMPspotcolors \MPspotcolorstrue \appendtoks - cmykcolors := \ifMPcmykcolors true \else false \fi ; - spotcolors := \ifMPspotcolors true \else false \fi ; -\to \MPinitializations + cmykcolors := \ifMPcmykcolors true \else false \fi ; + spotcolors := \ifMPspotcolors true \else false \fi ; +\to \MPinitializations -%D In order to communicate conveniently with the \TEX\ -%D engine, we introduce some typesetting variables. +%D In order to communicate conveniently with the \TEX\ +%D engine, we introduce some typesetting variables. -% todo : backgroundoffsets +% todo : backgroundoffsets \startuseMPgraphic{init data} color OverlayColor, OverlayLineColor ; % - OverlayWidth := \overlaywidth ; - OverlayHeight := \overlayheight ; - OverlayDepth := \overlayheight ; - OverlayColor := \MPcolor{\overlaycolor} ; + OverlayWidth := \overlaywidth ; + OverlayHeight := \overlayheight ; + OverlayDepth := \overlayheight ; + OverlayColor := \MPcolor{\overlaycolor} ; OverlayLineWidth := \overlaylinewidth ; - OverlayLineColor := \MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor} ; + OverlayLineColor := \MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor} ; % BaseLineSkip := \the\baselineskip ; - LineHeight := \the\baselineskip ; + LineHeight := \the\baselineskip ; BodyFontSize := \the\bodyfontsize ; % TopSkip := \the\topskip ; @@ -649,27 +661,27 @@ % EmWidth := \the\fontdimen6\font ; ExHeight := \the\fontdimen5\font ; - % + % PageNumber := \the\pageno ; RealPageNumber := \the\realpageno ; - LastPageNumber := \lastpage ; + LastPageNumber := \lastpage ; \stopuseMPgraphic -\appendtoks - \includeMPgraphic{init data} +\appendtoks + \includeMPgraphic{init data} \to \MPinitializations \appendtoks \baselineskip1\baselineskip - \lineheight 1\lineheight + \lineheight 1\lineheight \topskip 1\topskip \to \everyMPgraphic -% this will become (more efficient) +% this will become (more efficient) % % \startuseMPgraphic{init data} % tx1 := \the\baselineskip ; -% tx2 := \the\baselineskip ; +% tx2 := \the\baselineskip ; % tx3 := \the\bodyfontsize ; % tx4 := \strutheight ; % tx5 := \strutdepth ; @@ -678,8 +690,8 @@ % tx8 := \the\fontdimen6\font ; % tx9 := \the\fontdimen5\font ; % \stopuseMPgraphic -% -% def map_tx_variables = +% +% def map_tx_variables = % BaseLineSkip := tx1 ; % LineHeight := tx2 ; % BodyFontSize := tx3 ; @@ -689,16 +701,16 @@ % Currentheight := tx7 ; % EmWidth := tx8 ; % ExHeight := tx9 ; -% enddef ; +% enddef ; % -% extra_begin_fig .... +% extra_begin_fig .... -%D Alas, the prologue settings differ per driver. +%D Alas, the prologue settings differ per driver. -\ifx\undefined\MPprologues \def\MPprologues{0} \fi +\ifx\undefined\MPprologues \def\MPprologues{0} \fi -\appendtoks - prologues := \MPprologues ; +\appendtoks + prologues := \MPprologues ; \to \MPinitializations \appendtoks @@ -706,36 +718,36 @@ \def\MPOSTdriver{dvips}% \to \everyresetspecials -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {PDFMPformoffset} %D -%D In \PDF, forms are clipped and therefore we have to take -%D precautions to get this right. Since this is related to -%D objects, we use the same offset as used there. +%D In \PDF, forms are clipped and therefore we have to take +%D precautions to get this right. Since this is related to +%D objects, we use the same offset as used there. \def\PDFMPformoffset{\objectoffset} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {insertMPfile} %D %D Bypassing the special driver and figure mechanism is not %D that nice but saves upto 5\% time in embedding \METAPOST\ %D graphics by using the low level \PDF\ converter directly, %D given of course that we use \PDFTEX. As a result we need to -%D fool around with the object trigger. +%D fool around with the object trigger. \newtoks\everyinsertMPfile %D First we present the reasonable fast alternative that we -%D happily used for some time. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D happily used for some time. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\insertMPfile#1#2% %D {\ifx\undefined\externalfigure %D \message{[insert file #1 here]}% %D \else %D \bgroup -%D \the\everyinsertMPfile +%D \the\everyinsertMPfile %D \externalfigure %D [#1] %D [\c!type=\c!mps,\c!object=\v!nee,% @@ -745,9 +757,9 @@ %D #2]% %D \egroup %D \fi} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D However, on a 1 Gig Pentium, the next alternative saves +%D However, on a 1 Gig Pentium, the next alternative saves %D us 20 seconds run time for the 300 page \METAFUN\ manual: \def\insertMPfile#1#2% @@ -784,21 +796,21 @@ %D optimizations are a bit tricky since we must make sure that %D special resources end up in the (PDF) files. Because the %D \METAPOST\ to \PDF\ can handle objects itself, it is not -%D that complicated. +%D that complicated. -%D We hook a couple of initializations into the graphic -%D macros. +%D We hook a couple of initializations into the graphic +%D macros. -\appendtoks +\appendtoks \let\figuretypes\c!mps - \runutilityfilefalse + \runutilityfilefalse \consultutilityfilefalse \to \everyinsertMPfile -%D One more: (still needed?) +%D One more: (still needed?) -\appendtoks - def initialize_form_numbers = +\appendtoks + def initialize_form_numbers = do_initialize_numbers ; enddef ; \to \MPinitializations @@ -810,36 +822,36 @@ unitsquare xysized(HSize,VSize) enddef ; vardef PageFraction = - if \lastpage>1 : (\realfolio-1)/(\lastpage-1) else : 1 fi - enddef ; + if \lastpage>1 : (\realfolio-1)/(\lastpage-1) else : 1 fi + enddef ; \to \MPinitializations -%D And some more. These are not really needed since we -%D don't use the normal figure inclusion macros any longer. +%D And some more. These are not really needed since we +%D don't use the normal figure inclusion macros any longer. -\appendtoks - \externalfigurepostprocessors\emptytoks % safeguard +\appendtoks + \externalfigurepostprocessors\emptytoks % safeguard \to \everyinsertMPfile %D We also take care of disabling fancy figure features, that -%D can terribly interfere when dealing with symbols, -%D background graphics and running (postponed) graphics. -%D You won't believe me if I tell you what funny side effects -%D can occur. One took me over a day to uncover when -%D processing the screen version of the \METAFUN\ manual. +%D can terribly interfere when dealing with symbols, +%D background graphics and running (postponed) graphics. +%D You won't believe me if I tell you what funny side effects +%D can occur. One took me over a day to uncover when +%D processing the screen version of the \METAFUN\ manual. -%D For my eyes only: +%D For my eyes only: \def\doifelseMPgraphic#1{\doifdefinedelse{\@@MPG#1}} -%D New: +%D New: -% \appendtoks \closeMPgraphicfiles \to \everystoptext +% \appendtoks \closeMPgraphicfiles \to \everystoptext \protect \endinput -% also: +% also: % % linecap := rounded ; -% linejoin := rounded ; +% linejoin := rounded ; % drawoptions () ; diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-nav.tex b/tex/context/base/meta-nav.tex index 41067a998..bb409f7fc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/meta-nav.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/meta-nav.tex @@ -12,23 +12,23 @@ %C details. \startuniqueMPgraphic{navplus}{size,color,type,mode} - color c ; numeric s, t ; path p ; + color c ; numeric s, t ; path p ; t := \MPvar{type} ; c := \MPvar{color} ; s := \MPvar{size} ; - if \MPvar{mode} = 1 : c := .5[c,white] fi ; - if t = 1 : + if \MPvar{mode} = 1 : c := .5[c,white] fi ; + if t = 1 : p := ((0,0)--(1/2,0)--(1,1/3)--(1,1)--(0,1)--(0,0)--cycle) xyscaled (3,4) ; elseif t = 2 : - p := ((0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--(1/2,2/5)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle) + p := ((0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--(1/2,2/5)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle) xyscaled (4,3) ; - else : - p := fullsquare xyscaled (3,3) ; + else : + p := fullsquare xyscaled (3,3) ; fi ; - draw p withpen pencircle scaled (1/2) withcolor .75white ; - fill p withcolor c ; - draw p withpen pencircle scaled (1/3) withcolor .5c ; - currentpicture := currentpicture scaled s ; - currentpicture := currentpicture shifted -center currentpicture ; + draw p withpen pencircle scaled (1/2) withcolor .75white ; + fill p withcolor c ; + draw p withpen pencircle scaled (1/3) withcolor .5c ; + currentpicture := currentpicture scaled s ; + currentpicture := currentpicture shifted -center currentpicture ; \stopuniqueMPgraphic \setupMPvariables @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ [comment-normal] [\uniqueMPgraphic{navplus}{type=1,color=navplus:comment}] \definesymbol - [comment-down] + [comment-down] [\uniqueMPgraphic{navplus}{type=1,color=navplus:comment,mode=1}] \definesymbol @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ [attach-down] [\uniqueMPgraphic{navplus}{type=2,color=navplus:attach,mode=1}] -\unprotect +\unprotect \setupcomment [\c!symbool={comment-normal,comment-down}] -\setupattachments[\c!symbool={attach-normal,attach-down}] +\setupattachments[\c!symbool={attach-normal,attach-down}] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-pag.tex b/tex/context/base/meta-pag.tex index dd1ef6506..65a62f3dc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/meta-pag.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/meta-pag.tex @@ -141,27 +141,27 @@ %D See \type {mp-page.mp} for the definition of the macros: %D %D \startabulatie[|tl|l|p|] -%D \NC ResetTextAreas \NC no arguments \NC +%D \NC ResetTextAreas \NC no arguments \NC %D reset areas on page \NC \NR -%D \NC RegisterTextArea \NC x, y, w, h \NC +%D \NC RegisterTextArea \NC x, y, w, h \NC %D adds area to the list \NC \NR -%D \NC TextAreaX,Y,W,H,XY,WH \NC x and/or y \NC -%D reports offsets and dimensions \NC \NR +%D \NC TextAreaX,Y,W,H,XY,WH \NC x and/or y \NC +%D reports offsets and dimensions \NC \NR %D \stoptabulatie %D -%D The \type {TextArea*} macros can be used to determine -%D overlap. +%D The \type {TextArea*} macros can be used to determine +%D overlap. \newcounter\currentMPtextareadata -\newtoks\MPsavedtextareadata -\newtoks\MPtextareadata -\newtoks\MPlocaltextareadata +\newtoks\MPsavedtextareadata +\newtoks\MPtextareadata +\newtoks\MPlocaltextareadata -% optimaliseren voor herhaling +% optimaliseren voor herhaling \def\registerMPtextarea#1% - {\ifpositioning + {\ifpositioning \bgroup \doglobal\increment\currentMPtextareadata %\hpos{gbd:\currentMPtextareadata}{#1}% @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ \fi} \def\registerMPlocaltextarea#1% - {\ifpositioning + {\ifpositioning \bgroup \doglobal\increment\currentMPtextareadata %\hpos{gbd:\currentMPtextareadata}{#1}% @@ -202,12 +202,15 @@ \to \MPinitializations \startuseMPgraphic{area data} - ResetTextAreas ; + ResetTextAreas ; \the\MPsavedtextareadata - SaveTextAreas ; - ResetTextAreas ; + SaveTextAreas ; + ResetTextAreas ; \the\MPtextareadata \the\MPlocaltextareadata + % maybe tzt somewhere else + path PlainTextArea ; PlainTextArea := + boundingbox(\MPxy{text:\realfolio}--\MPxy{text:\realfolio} shifted (\MPw{text:\realfolio},\MPh{text:\realfolio})) ; \stopuseMPgraphic \appendtoks diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex index 0bf586071..0db0f2201 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex @@ -713,6 +713,12 @@ emptylines: legeregels emptylines setuppagenumbering: stelpaginanummeringin setuppagenumbering stelleseitennummeriernungein nastavcislovanistran impostanumerazionepagina seteazanumerotarepagina + resetnumber: resetnummer resetnumber + resetnumber resetnumber + resetnumber resetnumber + setnumber: setnummer setnumber + setnumber setnumber + setnumber setnumber stelnummerin: stelnummerin setupnumber setupnumber setupnumber impostanumerazione setupnumber @@ -804,9 +810,13 @@ stelnummerin: stelnummerin setupnumber ran ran ran ran % new - defineitemgroup: definieeritemgroep defineitemgroup - defineitemgroup defineitemgroup - defineitemgroup defineitemgroup + headsym: kopsym headsym + headsym headsym + headsym headsym +% new + defineitemgroup: definieeritemgroep defineitemgroup + defineitemgroup defineitemgroup + defineitemgroup defineitemgroup setupitemgroup: stelitemgroepin setupitemgroup setupitemgroup setupitemgroup setupitemgroup setupitemgroup @@ -1826,7 +1836,7 @@ definecolumnbreak: definieerkolomovergang definecolumnbreak % ^ ^ ^ nadenken over \settextvariable vs \setuptextvariable in nl -%D For downward compatibilities sake: +%D For downward compatibilities sake: \startcommands dutch english german czech diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex index 7c26c04f1..0ca131b07 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex @@ -808,6 +808,9 @@ component: component component menu: menu menu menue menu menu meniu + splitsmethode: splitsmethode splitmethod + splitmethod splitmethod + splitmethod splitmethod tekstmethode: tekstmethode textmethod textmethod textmethod textmethod textmethod @@ -1913,6 +1916,9 @@ proces: proces process schuinvet: schuinvet slantedbold geneigtfett sklonenetucne inclinatograssetto inclinataldin + synchroniseer: synchroniseer synchronize + synchronize synchronize + synchronize synchronize italicvet: italicvet italicbold italicfett kurzivnitucne corsivograssetto italicaldin diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex index 9902b6b55..154c604bd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ %D This module implements the multi||lingual interface to %D \CONTEXT. These capabilities concern messages, commands and -%D parameters. Currently the following interfaces are -%D supported: -%D +%D parameters. Currently the following interfaces are +%D supported: +%D %D \starttabulatie[|l|l|c|c|] %D \NC\bf language\NC\bf translator \NC\bf messages\NC\bf interface\NC\NR -%D \NC dutch \NC Hans Hagen \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR -%D \NC english \NC Hans Hagen \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR -%D \NC german \NC Tobias Burnus \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR -%D \NC czech \NC Tom Hudec \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR -%D \NC italian \NC Giuseppe Bilotta \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR -%D \NC norwegian \NC Hans Fredrik Nordhaug\NC yes \NC no \NC\NR +%D \NC dutch \NC Hans Hagen \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR +%D \NC english \NC Hans Hagen \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR +%D \NC german \NC Tobias Burnus \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR +%D \NC czech \NC Tom Hudec \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR +%D \NC italian \NC Giuseppe Bilotta \NC yes \NC yes \NC\NR +%D \NC norwegian \NC Hans Fredrik Nordhaug\NC yes \NC no \NC\NR %D \stoptabulatie \writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Initialization} @@ -196,10 +196,10 @@ \immediate\openin\scratchread=mult-def.tex % may overload the defaults -\ifeof\scratchread % no high level commands yet +\ifeof\scratchread % no high level commands yet \immediate\closein\scratchread -\else - \immediate\closein\scratchread \input mult-def.tex +\else + \immediate\closein\scratchread \input mult-def.tex \fi \ifx\defaultinterface\undefined @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ \def\getinterfacemessage {\ifx\next\stopmessages - \egroup\expandafter\gobbleoneargument + \egroup\expandafter\gobbleoneargument \else \expandafter\addinterfacemessage \fi} @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ \fi} %D \macros -%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,dosetgvalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue} % dogetvalue +%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,dosetgvalue,dosetxvalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue} % dogetvalue %D %D We already defined these auxiliary macros in the system %D modules. Starting with this module however, we have to take @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ %D These macros are called upon quite often and so we optimized %D them a bit. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% %D {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n %D \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#2}% @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ %D \let\donottest\doprocesstest %D \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% %D \fi} -%D +%D %D \def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% %D {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n %D \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#2}% @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ %D \let\donottest\doprocesstest %D \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% %D \fi} -%D +%D %D \def\dosetgvalue#1#2#3% %D {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n %D \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#2}% @@ -554,21 +554,21 @@ %D \let\donottest\doprocesstest %D \@EA\gdef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% %D \fi} -%D -%D \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% +%D +%D \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% %D {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n %D \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#3}% %D \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y -%D \let\donottest\doprocesstest % still needed ? +%D \let\donottest\doprocesstest % still needed ? %D \@EA\def\csname#1#3\endcsname% %D {\csname#2#3\endcsname}% %D \else %D \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y -%D \let\donottest\doprocesstest % still needed ? +%D \let\donottest\doprocesstest % still needed ? %D \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname% %D {\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% %D \fi} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\doresetvalue#1#2% {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{}} @@ -583,8 +583,8 @@ %D considerable profit in further optimization. By expanding %D the embedded \type {\csname} we can reduce the format file %D by about 5\% (60~KB out of 1.9~MB). -%D -%D \starttypen +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% c -> k %D {\p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#3}% %D \let\donottest\doprocesstest @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ %D \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% %D \fi} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D The next alternatives are slightly faster. \beginTEX @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetgvalue#1#2#3% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax @@ -632,8 +632,8 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\gdef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% -% cleaner (not that much faster) don't pass #3 yet: +% +% cleaner (not that much faster) don't pass #3 yet: \def\dosetvalue#1#2% {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n @@ -665,7 +665,17 @@ \@EAEAEA\gdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname \fi} -% so far +\def\dosetxvalue#1#2% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EAEAEA\xdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname + \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EAEAEA\xdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname + \fi} + +% so far \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n @@ -694,7 +704,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname @@ -704,7 +714,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetgvalue#1#2#3% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname @@ -714,8 +724,18 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EA\gdef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% % \fi} -% -% cleaner (not that much faster) don't pass #3 yet: +% +% \def\dosetxvalue#1#2#3% +% {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n +% \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname +% \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y +% \@EA\xdef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% +% \else +% \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y +% \@EA\xdef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% +% \fi} +% +% cleaner (not that much faster) don't pass #3 yet: % % \def\dosetvalue#1#2% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n @@ -726,7 +746,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EAEAEA\def\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetevalue#1#2% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname @@ -736,7 +756,7 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EAEAEA\edef\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname % \fi} -% +% % \def\dosetgvalue#1#2% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname @@ -746,7 +766,17 @@ % \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y % \@EAEAEA\gdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname % \fi} -% +% +% \def\dosetxvalue#1#2% +% {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n +% \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname +% \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y +% \@EAEAEA\xdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname +% \else +% \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y +% \@EAEAEA\xdef\@EA\@EA\csname#1#2\endcsname +% \fi} +% % \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% % {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n % \ifcsname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname @@ -760,8 +790,8 @@ % \csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA % \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% % \fi} -% -% slightly more efficient (but not faster in day to day runs) +% +% slightly more efficient (but not faster in day to day runs) \def\dosetvalue#1#2% {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n @@ -793,22 +823,35 @@ \@EA\gdef\csname#1#2%\endcsname \fi\endcsname} -\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% +\def\dosetxvalue#1#2% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\xdef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname%\endcsname + \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\xdef\csname#1#2%\endcsname + \fi\endcsname} + +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% real tricky expansion, quite unreadable {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n \ifcsname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y - \@EAEAEA\def\@EA\@EA - \csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname - \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + % \@EAEAEA\def\@EA\@EA + % \csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname + % \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname + \@EA\endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% \else \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y - \@EAEAEA\def\@EA\@EA\csname#1#3\endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + %\@EAEAEA\def\@EA\@EA\csname#1#3\endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + \@EA\def\csname#1#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% \fi} \endETEX -%D We can now redefine some messages that will be -%D introduced in the multi||lingual system module. +%D We can now redefine some messages that will be +%D introduced in the multi||lingual system module. \def\showassignerror #1#2{\showmessage\m!check1{#1,#2}\waitonfatalerror} \def\showargumenterror#1#2{\showmessage\m!check2{#1,#2}\waitonfatalerror} @@ -1198,8 +1241,8 @@ %D those reference cards for each language without further %D interference. -%D Anno 2003 I've forgotten why the \type {\c!internal} is -%D still in there; it's probably a left over from an experiment. +%D Anno 2003 I've forgotten why the \type {\c!internal} is +%D still in there; it's probably a left over from an experiment. \let\c!internal!y \string \def\c!internal!n {-} @@ -1357,7 +1400,9 @@ {\doifdefinedelse{#2} {\debuggerinfo{command}{core command #2 redefined as #1}}% {\debuggerinfo{command}{#2 defined as #1}}% - \@EAEAEA\def\@EA\csname\@EA#2\@EA\endcsname + %\@EAEAEA\def\@EA\csname\@EA#2\@EA\endcsname + % \@EA{\csname#1\endcsname}}% + \@EA\def\csname#2\@EA\endcsname % ugly but faster \@EA{\csname#1\endcsname}}% \setinterfacesetupvariable{#1}{#2}}} @@ -1379,7 +1424,7 @@ \newif\ifinterfacetranslation -% for a long time: +% for a long time: % % \def\getinterfaceconstant#1% % {\ifinterfacetranslation @@ -1389,7 +1434,7 @@ % \else % #1% % \fi} -% +% % \def\getinterfacevariable#1% % {\ifinterfacetranslation % \doifdefinedelse{\y!prefix!#1} @@ -1398,8 +1443,8 @@ % \else % #1% % \fi} -% -% more compact +% +% more compact \def\getinterfaceconstant#1% {\ifinterfacetranslation diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex index 4a726a15d..45e9c53c9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex @@ -328,7 +328,8 @@ \def\!!twelvepoint {12pt} \def\!!fourteenpointfour {14.4pt} -\ifx\z@\undefined \newdimen\zeropoint \else \let\zeropoint\z@ \fi +\ifx\z@\undefined \newdimen\zeropoint \else \let\zeropoint\z@ \fi \zeropoint = 0pt +\ifx\p@\undefined \newdimen\onepoint \else \let\onepoint \p@ \fi \onepoint = 1pt \newcount\medcard \medcard\!!medcard % used in font module \newcount\maxcard \maxcard\!!maxcard % used in font module @@ -337,6 +338,28 @@ \thousandpoint=1000pt +%D Another optimization is: + +\let\points\onepoint + +%D A rough test is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\TestMe % 7.75 sec on a P4/2G +%D {\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points +%D \dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points\dimen0=10\points} +%D +%D \def\TestMe % 11.5 sec on a P4/2G +%D {\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt% +%D \dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt\dimen0=10pt} +%D +%D \def\TestMe % 12.5 sec on a P4/2G +%D {\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt% +%D \dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt\dimen0=10\s!pt} +%D +%D \testfeatureonce {500000}{\TestMe} +%D \stoptypen + %D Variables are composed of a command specific tag and a user %D supplied variable (system constant). The first tag \type{ag} %D for instance is available as \type{\??ag} and expands to @@ -644,6 +667,9 @@ \definefileconstant {privateprefix} {p-} \definefileconstant {thirdprefix} {t-} +%definefileconstant {beforeprefix} {b-} +%definefileconstant {afterprefix} {a-} + %D \CONTEXT\ follows different strategies for finding files. %D The macros that are responsible for this 'clever' searching %D make use of two (very important) path specifiers. diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-app.tex b/tex/context/base/page-app.tex index 76a056a50..f3011934a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-app.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-app.tex @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ %D \module -%D [ file=page-app, % from meta-fig +%D [ file=page-app, % from meta-fig %D version=1998.01.15, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, -%D subtitle=Independent page building, +%D subtitle=Independent page building, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Applications} +\writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Applications} -%D The fitting page code is moved from \type {meta-fig} to -%D here. +%D The fitting page code is moved from \type {meta-fig} to +%D here. -\unprotect +\unprotect \def\dostartfittingpage[#1][#2]% - {\pagina % this is kind of tricky! there can be preceding page refs - \bgroup % resulting in a zero height page; test fig-make ! + {\pagina % this is kind of tricky! there can be preceding page refs + \bgroup % resulting in a zero height page; test fig-make ! \dontcomplain \setbox\scratchbox\hbox \bgroup @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ \edef\fittingwd{\the\wd\scratchbox}% \edef\fittinght{\the\ht\scratchbox}% \startlocallayout - \ifdim\fittinght<\lineheight - % write status : too small + \ifdim\fittinght<\lineheight + % write status : too small \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to \lineheight{\vss\box\scratchbox\vss}% \edef\fittinght{\the\lineheight}% \fi @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ \stoplocallayout \egroup} -%D \TEX\ pages (for \METAPOST\ pages, see \type {meta-fig}): +%D \TEX\ pages (for \METAPOST\ pages, see \type {meta-fig}): \presetlocalframed[\??tg] @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ \c!hoogte=\v!passend, \c!kader=\v!uit] -%D Application pages (for an example, see \type {m-pstric}): +%D Application pages (for an example, see \type {m-pstric}): \def\@@texapp{texapp} \def\@@texdim{texdim} @@ -108,26 +108,26 @@ \bgroup \let\f!temporaryextension\c!tex \setbuffer[\@@texapp]% - \starttext - #2% preamble + \starttext + #2% preamble \startTEXpage[#1]% -\topskip\zeropoint + \topskip\zeropoint \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#3}% - \saveTEXapplication02% dimensions + \saveTEXapplication02% dimensions \box\scratchbox \stopTEXpage - \stoptext + \stoptext \endbuffer \egroup \doifelse\jobsuffix{dvi}\donetrue\donefalse \executesystemcommand{texexec \bufferprefix\@@texapp.tex --once --batch}% - \ifdone % eps + \ifdone % eps \executesystemcommand{dvips -E* -o \@@texapp.eps \@@texapp}% - \else % pdf + \else % pdf \executesystemcommand{dvips \bufferprefix\@@texapp}% \executesystemcommand{ps2pdf \bufferprefix\@@texapp.ps \bufferprefix\@@texapp.pdf}% \fi - \restoreTEXapplication % dimensions + \restoreTEXapplication % dimensions \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\expanded{\externalfigure [\bufferprefix\@@texapp.\ifdone eps\else pdf\fi] @@ -140,4 +140,4 @@ \box\scratchbox \egroup} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-bck.tex b/tex/context/base/page-bck.tex index 1c7a6a96f..58bf4922b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-bck.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-bck.tex @@ -96,6 +96,22 @@ %D (On the 824 pages maps bibliography runtime went down from %D 309 to 299 seconds.) +% \def\checkbackground#1% +% {\edef\!!stringe{\??ma#1}% +% \doifelsevaluenothing{\!!stringe\c!achtergrond } +% {\doifelsevaluenothing{\!!stringe\c!voorgrondkleur} +% {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!kader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue +% {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!linkerkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue +% {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!rechterkader}\v!aan\!!doneatrue +% {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!bovenkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue +% {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!onderkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue +% \!!doneafalse}}}}} +% \!!doneatrue} +% \!!doneatrue +% \if!!donea +% \expandafter\setusage\else\expandafter\resetusage +% \fi{\??ma#1}} + \def\checkbackground#1% {\edef\!!stringe{\??ma#1}% \doifelsevaluenothing{\!!stringe\c!achtergrond } @@ -109,8 +125,10 @@ \!!doneatrue} \!!doneatrue \if!!donea - \expandafter\setusage\else\expandafter\resetusage - \fi{\??ma#1}} + \setusage \!!stringe + \else + \resetusage\!!stringe + \fi} \def\ifsomebackgroundfound#1% {\ifusage{\??ma#1}} @@ -131,10 +149,9 @@ \def\addsomebackground#1#2#3#4% area box width height / zero test added {\ifsomebackgroundfound#1\ifdim#3>\zeropoint\ifdim#4>\zeropoint - \setbox#2\vbox\localframed + \setbox#2\vbox\fastlocalframed [\??ma#1] - [\c!component=#1, - \c!strut=\v!nee,\c!offset=\v!overlay, + [\c!component=#1,\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!offset=\v!overlay,% \c!breedte=#3,\c!hoogte=#4] {\dp#2\zeropoint\box#2}% \fi\fi\fi} @@ -188,14 +205,14 @@ \def\addtextbackground#1% {\ifconditional\hiddenbackgroundenabled - \addsomebackground\v!verborgen#1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte % mine ! - \fi + \addsomebackground\v!verborgen#1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte % mine ! + \fi \addsomebackground\v!tekst#1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte} % \def\addtextbackground#1% % {\ifconditional\hiddenbackgroundenabled -% \addsomebackground\v!verborgen #1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte % mine ! -% \fi +% \addsomebackground\v!verborgen #1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte % mine ! +% \fi % \doifbothsidesoverruled % \addsomebackground\v!rechtertekst#1\zetbreedte\teksthoogte % \orsideone @@ -209,8 +226,8 @@ %D As said, these are cached in dedicated boxes. The offsets %D and depth of the page are used for alignment purposes. -\newdimen\pageoffset % bleed -\newdimen\pagedepth +\newdimen\pageoffset % bleed +\newdimen\pagedepth \let\pagebackgroundhoffset = \!!zeropoint \let\pagebackgroundvoffset = \!!zeropoint @@ -227,7 +244,7 @@ %D We need a bit more clever mechanism in order to handle %D layers well. This means that we cannot calculate both %D background at the same time since something may have -%D changed halfway a page. +%D changed halfway a page. \chardef\newrightbackground0 \chardef\newleftbackground 0 @@ -241,24 +258,24 @@ \global\chardef\newleftbackground\plusone \global\setbox\leftbackground\emptybox \global\setbox\rightbackground\emptybox - \fi + \fi \doifbothsides \ifcase\newleftbackground \else - \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty + % \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty \setbackgroundbox\leftbackground\relax \global\chardef\newleftbackground\zerocount \global\chardef\newrightbackground\zerocount \fi \orsideone \ifcase\newleftbackground \else - \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty + % \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty \setbackgroundbox\leftbackground\relax \global\chardef\newleftbackground\zerocount %\global\chardef\newrightbackground\zerocount \fi \orsidetwo \ifcase\newrightbackground \else - \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty + % \showmessage\m!layouts8\empty \setbackgroundbox\rightbackground\doswapmargins \global\chardef\newrightbackground\zerocount \fi @@ -267,7 +284,7 @@ \def\addmainbackground#1% todo: dimension spec {\ifsomebackground - \setbackgroundboxes + \setbackgroundboxes \setbox#1\vbox {\offinterlineskip \doifmarginswapelse @@ -277,7 +294,7 @@ \fi} \def\setbackgroundoffsets - {\ifsomebackground \ifnewbackground + {\ifsomebackground \ifnewbackground \global\let\pagebackgroundhoffset\!!zeropoint \global\let\pagebackgroundvoffset\!!zeropoint \global\let\pagebackgrounddepth \!!zeropoint @@ -321,7 +338,7 @@ \smashbox#1} \def\dodopagebodybackground#1#2% - {\ifdim#2>\zeropoint % added, faster + {\ifdim#2>\zeropoint % added, faster \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to #2 \bgroup\hbox\bgroup \swapmargins @@ -344,10 +361,9 @@ {\ifsomebackgroundfound{#3#4}% \ifdim#2>\zeropoint\relax \ifdim#1>\zeropoint\relax - \localframed + \fastlocalframed [\??ma#3#4] - [\c!component=#3-#4, - \c!breedte=#1,\c!hoogte=#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay] + [\c!component=#3-#4,\c!breedte=#1,\c!hoogte=#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay] {\getvalue{\??ma#3#4\c!commando}}% {\hsize=#1\vsize=#2....} \else \hskip#1% @@ -533,17 +549,17 @@ \let\docommando\relax -%D The hidden layer can be populated by extending the +%D The hidden layer can be populated by extending the %D following comma separated list. This only happens in core -%D modules. +%D modules. -% todo page-2 .. page+2 achter pagina -> bleed +% todo page-2 .. page+2 achter pagina -> bleed % spread-2 .. spread+2 achter spread -> spread (repeat 2 times) \def\enablehiddenbackground {\global\settrue\hiddenbackgroundenabled - \global\somebackgroundtrue - \recalculatebackgrounds} + \global\somebackgroundtrue + \recalculatebackgrounds} \def\disablehiddenbackground {\global\setfalse\hiddenbackgroundenabled} @@ -555,8 +571,8 @@ [\v!verborgen] [\c!achtergrond=\hiddenbackground] -% The next series is used in local (for instance floating) -% backgrounds. +% The next series is used in local (for instance floating) +% backgrounds. \presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!lokaal] @@ -584,16 +600,16 @@ % \noexpand\dodoglobal\dp#1\the\dp#1}% % \dp#1\zeropoint % \redoglobal\setbox#1\hbox -% {\localframed +% {\fastlocalframed % [\??ma\v!lokaal] % [\c!kader=\v!uit, % \c!offset=\v!overlay, % \c!achtergrond=\localbackground]% % {\registerMPlocaltextarea{\box#1}}}% -% \ifdim\naturalfloatdepth>\zeropoint % maybe take difference +% \ifdim\naturalfloatdepth>\zeropoint % maybe take difference % \redoglobal\setbox#1\hbox{\lower\scratchdimen\box#1}% -% \fi -% \doglobal\increment\localpositionnumber % afterwards ! +% \fi +% \doglobal\increment\localpositionnumber % afterwards ! % \next} \def\doaddlocalbackground#1% @@ -602,17 +618,15 @@ \noexpand\redoglobal\ht#1\the\ht#1% \noexpand\dodoglobal\dp#1\the\dp#1}% \dodoglobal\setbox#1\hbox - {\localframed + {\fastlocalframed [\??ma\v!lokaal] - [\c!component=local, - \c!kader=\v!uit, - \c!offset=\v!overlay, + [\c!component=local,\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!offset=\v!overlay,% \c!achtergrond=\localbackground]% {\registerMPlocaltextarea{\box#1}}}% \next - \doglobal\increment\localpositionnumber\relax} % afterwards ! + \doglobal\increment\localpositionnumber\relax} % afterwards ! -% Test how previous macro behaves with depth: +% Test how previous macro behaves with depth: % % \startcolumnset % \input tufte diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-flt.tex b/tex/context/base/page-flt.tex index d410a5ab8..a76d17e63 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-flt.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-flt.tex @@ -255,6 +255,69 @@ \let\floatrotation\!!zerocount +% \def\presetfloatvariables#1#2#3#4% +% {\doifcommonelse +% {#2} +% {\v!links,\v!rechts,\v!binnen,\v!buiten,% +% \v!inlinker,\v!inrechter,\v!inmarge,% +% \v!rugwit,\v!snijwit,% +% \v!binnenmarge,\v!buitenmarge,\v!binnenrand,\v!buitenrand,% +% \v!linkermarge,\v!linkerrand,\v!rechtermarge,\v!rechterrand} +% {\global\parfloattrue} +% {\global\parfloatfalse}% +% \ifbinnenkolommen +% \global\parfloatfalse +% \fi +% \global\sidefloatshift\zeropoint +% \global\sidefloatmaximum\zeropoint +% \global\chardef\sidefloatmethod\getvalue{\??fl#1\c!zijmethode}% +% \global\chardef\textfloatmethod\getvalue{\??fl#1\c!tekstmethode}% +% \global\chardef\sidefloatalign\zerocount +% \globallet\floatrotation\!!zerocount +% \calculatefloatskips{#1}% +% \ifparfloat +% \processaction +% [\getvalue{\??fl#1\c!zijuitlijnen}] +% [\v!hoogte=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusone,% +% \v!regel=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plustwo,% (***) +% \v!diepte=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusthree,% +% \v!grid=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4]% +% \ifcase\sidefloatalign\relax +% \doifinset\v!hoogte{#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusone}% +% \doifinset\v!regel {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plustwo}% +% \doifinset\v!diepte{#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusthree}% +% \doifinset\v!grid {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4}% +% \fi +% \doifinset\v!hoog{#2}{\global\sidefloattopskip \zeropoint}% +% \doifinset\v!laag{#2}{\global\sidefloatbottomskip\zeropoint}% +% \doifinset\v!passend{#2} +% {\global\sidefloattopskip \zeropoint +% \global\sidefloatbottomskip\zeropoint +% \global\floatsideskip \zeropoint}% +% \else +% \processallactionsinset +% [#2] +% [ 90=>\globallet\floatrotation\commalistelement,% +% 180=>\globallet\floatrotation\commalistelement,% +% 270=>\globallet\floatrotation\commalistelement]% +% \fi +% \doifinsetelse\v!geennummer{#2} +% {\global\nofloatnumbertrue} +% {\doifelsevalue{\??kj#1\c!nummer}\v!ja +% {\global\nofloatnumberfalse} +% {\global\nofloatnumbertrue}}% +% \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#4}{} +% {\global\emptyfloatcaptiontrue} +% {\global\emptyfloatcaptionfalse}% +% \doifinsetelse\v!geen{#2} +% {\global\nofloatcaptiontrue} +% {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#4}\v!geen +% {\global\nofloatcaptiontrue} +% {\global\nofloatcaptionfalse}}% +% \ifemptyfloatcaption \ifnofloatnumber +% \global\nofloatcaptiontrue +% \fi \fi} + \def\presetfloatvariables#1#2#3#4% {\doifcommonelse {#2} @@ -281,12 +344,14 @@ [\v!hoogte=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusone,% \v!regel=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plustwo,% (***) \v!diepte=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusthree,% - \v!grid=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4]% + \v!grid=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4,% + \v!halveregel=>\global\chardef\sidefloatalign5]% \ifcase\sidefloatalign\relax - \doifinset\v!hoogte{#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusone}% - \doifinset\v!regel {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plustwo}% - \doifinset\v!diepte{#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusthree}% - \doifinset\v!grid {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4}% + \doifinset\v!hoogte {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusone}% + \doifinset\v!regel {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plustwo}% + \doifinset\v!diepte {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign\plusthree}% + \doifinset\v!grid {#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign4}% + \doifinset\v!halveregel{#2}{\global\chardef\sidefloatalign5}% meant for 'none' \fi \doifinset\v!hoog{#2}{\global\sidefloattopskip \zeropoint}% \doifinset\v!laag{#2}{\global\sidefloatbottomskip\zeropoint}% @@ -1206,7 +1271,7 @@ \def\docheckcaptioncontent#1#2#3#4% {\ifnofloatcaption \else \setbox\tempcaptionbox\hbox - {\trialtypesettingtrue\footnotesenabledfalse\putcompletecaption{#4}{#2}{#3}{0}}% + {\trialtypesettingtrue\notesenabledfalse\putcompletecaption{#4}{#2}{#3}{0}}% % new, \placefigure{\XMLflush{somecaption}}{} passes earlier empty check % so here we misuse the scratch box; actually this means that the previous % test can go away (some day, when i redo this module) @@ -1314,7 +1379,7 @@ \dosetraggedvbox\@@kjkjuitlijnen \setbox\scratchbox\raggedbox % trial run {\hsize\wd\tempfloatbox - \footnotesenabledfalse + \notesenabledfalse \putcompletecaption{#4}{#2}{#3}{0}}% \ifdim\ht\scratchbox>\lineheight % more lines \dosetraggedvbox\@@kjkjuitlijnen @@ -1341,7 +1406,7 @@ {\advance\scratchdimen \captionovershoot \advance\scratchdimen 3em % an average word length \ifdim\scratchdimen<\hsize \hsize\scratchdimen \fi - \footnotesenabledfalse + \notesenabledfalse \putcompletecaption{#4}{#2}{#3}{0}}% \ifdim\ht\scratchbox>\lineheight % at least an average word longer than a line @@ -1972,7 +2037,7 @@ \bgroup \insidefloattrue \getparameters[\??si][#1]% - \resetnummer[\??si]% + \resetnumber[\??si]% \def\floatcaptionsuffix{\nummer[\??si]}% \TABLEcaptionheight=\@@siregels\lineheight % brrr \simplifypagebreak % \page becomes \goodbreak diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-flw.tex b/tex/context/base/page-flw.tex index 65d18c49c..8d69b5d53 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-flw.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-flw.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=page-flw, -%D version=2003.04.19, % from test-002 (1997) profile experiment +%D version=2003.04.19, % from test-002 (1997) profile experiment %D title=\CONTEXT\ OTR Macros, %D subtitle=Text Flows, %D author=Hans Hagen, @@ -13,13 +13,16 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context OTR Macros / Text Flows} -\unprotect +%D This is high experimental and especially flushing may change (proper +%D spacing is the driving force here). + +\unprotect \def\definetextflow {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetextflow} \def\dodefinetextflow[#1][#2]% flow settings - {\iffirstargument + {\iffirstargument \doiftextflowcollectorelse{#1} {\setbox\textflowcollector{#1}\emptybox} {\@EA\newbox\csname\??tx:c:#1\endcsname}% @@ -64,30 +67,30 @@ \unvbox\textflowcollector{#1}% \fi}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput -% Example (dutch) -% +% Example (dutch) +% % \stelpapierformaatin [S6] % \steltolerantiein [soepel,rek] % \stelkleurenin [status=start] % \stelvoetin [strut=nee] % \stelwitruimtein [groot] -% +% % \stellayoutin % [rechterrand=5cm,breedte=passend,marge=0pt,randafstand=1cm, % voet=4cm,voetafstand=1cm,hoofd=0cm] -% -% \stelteksttekstenin[rand][][\flushtextflow{first}] -% \stelvoettekstenin [rand][][\flushtextflow{second}] -% \stelvoettekstenin [\flushtextflow{third}][] -% -% \definetextflow [first] [alfa] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] -% \definetextflow [second] [beta] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] -% \definetextflow [third] [gamma] [breedte=\voethoogte] -% +% +% \stelteksttekstenin[rand][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{alpha}}] +% \stelvoettekstenin [rand][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{beta}}] +% \stelvoettekstenin [\vbox{\flushtextflow{gamma}}][] +% +% \definetextflow [alfa] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] +% \definetextflow [beta] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] +% \definetextflow [gamma] [breedte=\voethoogte] +% % \starttekst -% +% % \dorecurse{50} % {\getrandomnumber{\funny}{0}{8} % \ifcase\funny \starttextflow[alfa] \input tufte.tex \stoptextflow @@ -100,5 +103,5 @@ % \or {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par % \else {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par % \fi} -% -% \stoptekst +% +% \stoptekst
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex b/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex index 8d318b4b0..64eb21949 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ 270=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{270}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{90}, \s!reset=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, \s!unknown=>\checkinstalledpagearrangement\commalistelement]% - % no \s!default=> we can have aaa,,bbb + % no \s!default=> we can have aaa,,bbb \doifcommonelse{#1}{90,270,\v!geroteerd} {\swapmacros\horizontalcutmarks\verticalcutmarks}{}% ugly solution \setuppapersize @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ {\setgvalue{\??pp\??pp#1}} \def\checkinstalledpagearrangement#1% can be empty: aaa,,bbb - {\executeifdefined{\??pp\??pp#1}\donothing} + {\executeifdefined{\??pp\??pp#1}\donothing} \def\dosetuparrangement#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\global\chardef\arrangedpageX #1% @@ -314,6 +314,10 @@ \installpagearrangement 2*2*4 % onother one of Willy Egger {\dosetuparrangement{2}{1}{8}{3}{2}% \pusharrangedpageSIXTEENFOUR\poparrangedpagesAtoH\relax} + +\installpagearrangement 4SIDE + {\dosetuparrangement{1}{2}{4}{2}{3}% + \pusharrangedpageFOURSIDE\poparrangedpagesFOURSIDE\handlearrangedpageTOP} % \def\filluparrangedpages % beware: \realpageno is 1 ahead % {\ifarrangingpages @@ -327,9 +331,9 @@ \def\filluparrangedpages % beware: \realpageno is 1 ahead {\ifarrangingpages - \scratchcounter\realpageno + \scratchcounter\realpageno \advance\scratchcounter \minusone - \dosetmodulo\scratchcounter\arrangedpageT\scratchcounter + \dosetmodulo\scratchcounter\arrangedpageT\scratchcounter \ifcase\scratchcounter\else \advance\scratchcounter \plusone \dostepwiserecurse\scratchcounter\arrangedpageT\plusone @@ -516,10 +520,10 @@ \def\splitoffarrangedpagesTWO {\splittopskip\zeropoint - \global\setbox\arrangedpageA\vsplit\arrangedpageB to \!!onepoint + \global\setbox\arrangedpageA\vsplit\arrangedpageB to \onepoint \scratchdimen\ht\arrangedpageB - \advance\scratchdimen -\!!onepoint - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\!!onepoint + \advance\scratchdimen -\onepoint + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\onepoint \setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\arrangedpageB to \scratchdimen \fi} @@ -597,10 +601,31 @@ \offinterlineskip \unvbox\arrangedpageB \allowbreak - \ht#1=\!!onepoint - \dp#1=\zeropoint + \ht#1\onepoint + \dp#1\zeropoint \vbox{\box#1}}} +\def\poparrangedpagesFOURSIDE + {\bgroup + \gdef\arrangedpageN{2}% + \poparrangedpagesTWO + \let\arrangedpageA\arrangedpageC + \let\arrangedpageB\arrangedpageD + \gdef\arrangedpageN{2}% + \poparrangedpagesTWO + \egroup} + +\def\pusharrangedpageFOURSIDE#1% + {\doglobal\increment\arrangedpageN + \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN + \ifcase\arrangedpageN + \or \handlearrangedpageXandY{#1}000\arrangedpageA % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXandY{#1}000\arrangedpageC % 2 + \or \handlearrangedpageXandY{#1}000\arrangedpageB % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXandY{#1}000\arrangedpageD % 2 + \poparrangedpages + \fi} + %D Willy Egger's sheet simulations: \def\poparrangedpagesAtoH @@ -684,15 +709,15 @@ \fi} % % handy for stickers etc, this way we can treat them as page -% +% % \setuppapersize [XY][A4] % \setuppaper [topspace=5mm,backspace=5mm,dx=1mm,dy=1mm,nx=2,ny=6] % \setuplayout [page] [topspace=5mm,backspace=5mm] -% \setuplayout [page] +% \setuplayout [page] % \setuplayout [location=middle] % \setuparranging [XY] % \showframe -% +% % \starttext \dorecurse{30}{test \recurselevel \page} \stoptext \def\pusharrangedpageXY#1% @@ -700,21 +725,21 @@ \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN \doglobal\increment\arrangedpageM \global\setbox\arrangedpageB\hbox - \ifdim\@@ppbreedte>\zeropoint to \@@ppbreedte \fi + \ifdim\@@ppbreedte>\zeropoint to \@@ppbreedte \fi {\ifvoid\arrangedpageB\else \unhbox\arrangedpageB\hss\hskip\@@ppdx\hss \fi \box#1}% \ifnum\arrangedpageM<\arrangedpageX\else \global\setbox\arrangedpageA\vbox - \ifdim\@@pphoogte>\zeropoint to \@@pphoogte \fi + \ifdim\@@pphoogte>\zeropoint to \@@pphoogte \fi {\offinterlineskip \ifvoid\arrangedpageA\else \unvbox\arrangedpageA\vss\vskip\@@ppdy\vss \fi \box\arrangedpageB}% \doglobal\newcounter\arrangedpageM - \fi + \fi \ifnum\arrangedpageN<\arrangedpageT\else \poparrangedpages \fi} @@ -733,7 +758,7 @@ {\dosetuparrangement\@@ppnx\@@ppny\@@ppxy\!!zerocount\!!zerocount \pusharrangedpageXY\poparrangedpagesXY\relax} -\beginETEX \dimexpr +\beginETEX \dimexpr \definepapersize [XY] @@ -744,7 +769,7 @@ [\c!breedte=\dimexpr(\printpapierbreedte-2\dimexpr(\@@pprugwit)), \c!hoogte =\dimexpr(\printpapierhoogte -2\dimexpr(\@@ppkopwit))] -\endETEX +\endETEX % \definepageshift[test][horizontal][10pt,20pt,30pt,40pt,50pt] % \definepageshift[test][vertical] [10pt,20pt,30pt,40pt,50pt] @@ -1028,6 +1053,7 @@ \hfilneg} \vfil}% \vfilneg}% + \pagina \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \exitloop\fi} \else \doloop @@ -1133,7 +1159,7 @@ \vskip\@@pcoffset \hsize\@@pcbreedte \ifpagecomment - \getbuffer[\v!pagecomment]% + \getbuffer[\v!pagecomment]% \global\pagecommentfalse \fi \vss}% @@ -1221,4 +1247,4 @@ % \starttext \slicepages[slice1.pdf][n=3] \stoptext -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex index 3100aded7..9bf9d5fe3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex @@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ \def\synchronizehsize {\OTRcommand\synchronizehsize} -\def\gotonextpage {\OTRcommand\gotonextpage } -\def\gotonextpageX {\OTRcommand\gotonextpageX} % will become obsolete +\def\gotonextpage {\OTRcommand\gotonextpage } +\def\gotonextpageX{\OTRcommand\gotonextpageX} % will become obsolete % beter een \installotr#1 met #1 = macro en auto test @@ -863,8 +863,13 @@ %D on the baseline, as is the case with preceding pages. %D Also, a \type {\vfil} better than a \type {\vfill}. -\def\eject {\par\penalty-\@M } % == {\par\break} % plain -\def\supereject {\par\penalty-\@MM} % also plain +% to be replaced by \page[now] \page[final] / merged + +% \def\eject {\par\penalty-\@M } % == {\par\break} % plain +% \def\supereject {\par\penalty-\@MM} % also plain + +\def\eject {\par\penalty-\@M \resetpagebreak} % == {\par\break} % plain +\def\supereject {\par\penalty-\@MM\resetpagebreak} % also plain \def\doejectpage {\par\ifdim\pagetotal>\pagegoal\else\normalvfil\fi} \def\ejectpage {\doejectpage\eject} @@ -1025,7 +1030,7 @@ [ \v!concept=>\chardef\conceptmode\plusone,% simple banner \v!file=>\chardef\conceptmode\plustwo,% full banner \v!voorlopig=>\chardef\conceptmode\plustwo % full banner plus - \overfullrule5\s!pt]} % info in the margin + \overfullrule5\points]} % info in the margin \def\versie {\dosingleargument\doversie} @@ -1198,11 +1203,23 @@ \box#1}% \dp#1\zeropoint} -\newif\ifpagebodyornaments \pagebodyornamentstrue +% \newif\ifpagebodyornaments \pagebodyornamentstrue +% +% \appendtoks +% \global\pagebodyornamentstrue +% \to \everyaftershipout + \newif\ifarrangingpages \arrangingpagesfalse +\chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount % 0=on 1=one-off 2=always-off + +\def\pagebodyornamentstrue {\chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount} % for a while +\def\pagebodyornamentsfalse{\chardef\pageornamentstate\plusone} % for a while + \appendtoks - \global\pagebodyornamentstrue + \ifcase\pageornamentstate\or + \chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount + \fi \to \everyaftershipout \let\poparrangedpages\relax @@ -1223,59 +1240,6 @@ \newif\ifsavepagebody \newbox\savedpagebody -% \def\buildpagebody#1#2% -% {\ifsavepagebody\global\setbox\savedpagebody\fi -% \vbox -% {\beginrestorecatcodes -% \forgetall % igv problemen, check: \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen -% \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % new -% \mindermeldingen -% \setbox\pagebox\vbox -% {\offinterlineskip -% \ifpagebodyornaments -% % \getbackgroundbox -% % \getlogobox -% \bgroup % else footnotes get inconsistent font/baseline -% % \doconvertfont\@@lyletter\empty -% \dostartattributes\??ly\c!letter\c!kleur\empty -% \offinterlineskip -% \gettextboxes -% \dostopattributes -% \egroup -% \fi -% \getmainbox#1#2}% including footnotes -% \ifpagebodyornaments -% \addmainbackground \pagebox -% \addlogobackground \pagebox -% \fi -% \buildpagebox \pagebox -% \addstatusinfo \pagebox -% \ifpagebodyornaments -% \addpagebackground \pagebox -% \fi -% \registerpageposition\pagebox -% \ifarrangingpages -% \shiftpaperpagebox \pagebox % \v!papier -% \else -% \clippagebox \pagebox -% \addpagecutmarks \pagebox -% \replicatepagebox \pagebox -% \scalepagebox \pagebox -% \mirrorpaperbox \pagebox -% \rotatepaperbox \pagebox -% \addpagecolormarks \pagebox -% \centerpagebox \pagebox -% \addprintbackground\pagebox -% \mirrorprintbox \pagebox -% \rotateprintbox \pagebox -% \shiftprintpagebox \pagebox % \v!pagina -% \offsetprintbox \pagebox -% \negateprintbox \pagebox -% \fi -% \box\pagebox -% \endrestorecatcodes}% -% \ifsavepagebody\copy\savedpagebody\fi} - % beware, \??ly is used before defined, i.e. bad module design \setuplayout[\c!methode=\v!normaal] @@ -1292,7 +1256,7 @@ \executeifdefined{\??ly\c!methode\@@lymethode}% {\getvalue{\??ly\c!methode\v!normaal}}#1#2% % the finishing touch - \ifpagebodyornaments + \ifcase\pageornamentstate \addpagebackground \pagebox \fi \registerpageposition\pagebox @@ -1321,7 +1285,7 @@ \setvalue{\??ly\c!methode\v!normaal}#1#2% {\setbox\pagebox\vbox {\offinterlineskip - \ifpagebodyornaments + \ifcase\pageornamentstate \bgroup % else footnotes get inconsistent font/baseline \dostartattributes\??ly\c!letter\c!kleur\empty \offinterlineskip @@ -1330,7 +1294,7 @@ \egroup \fi \getmainbox#1#2}% including footnotes - \ifpagebodyornaments + \ifcase\pageornamentstate \addmainbackground \pagebox \addlogobackground \pagebox \fi @@ -1371,7 +1335,7 @@ \dotoks\aftereverypage \resetpagebreak \updatelistreferences - \resetlayoutlines % will go to \aftereverypage + \resetlayouttextlines % will go to \aftereverypage \stopcolorpage \the\everyafterpagebody} @@ -1385,6 +1349,8 @@ \newif\ifpaginageblokkeerd \paginageblokkeerdfalse +\chardef\testpagemethod=0 + \def\testpage {\dodoubleempty\dotestpage} @@ -1403,8 +1369,21 @@ \advance\scratchdimen#2\relax \fi % quite inaccurate, better pagegoal 1pt or so - \ifdim\scratchdimen>.99\pagegoal - \penalty-\!!tenthousand\relax + \ifcase\testpagemethod + \ifdim\scratchdimen>.99\pagegoal + \penalty-\!!tenthousand\relax + \fi + \or + \advance\scratchdimen-\pagegoal + \ifdim\scratchdimen>-\lineheight + \penalty-\!!tenthousand\relax + \fi + \or + \getnoflines\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen-\noflines\lineheight \relax + \ifdim\scratchdimen>-\lineheight + \penalty-\!!tenthousand\relax + \fi \fi \fi \else @@ -1446,7 +1425,7 @@ {\global\paginageblokkeerdfalse} \def\simplifypagebreak - {\def\pagebreak{\goodbreak}} + {\def\dopagebreak[##1]{\goodbreak}} \def\executepagebreakhandler#1% {\edef\@@pagespecification{#1}% @@ -1459,19 +1438,46 @@ \long\def\installpagebreakhandler#1#2% {\long\setvalue{\??pe:#1}{#2}} -\definecomplexorsimple\pagebreak +% \definecomplexorsimple\pagebreak -\def\simplepagebreak - {\flushnotes - \executepagebreakhandler\v!ja} +% \def\simplepagebreak +% {\executepagebreakhandler\v!ja} + +% \def\complexpagebreak[#1]% if empty, do nothing and avoid processing, +% {\flushnotes % see head's; watch how we group +% \doifsomething{#1}{\bgroup\executepagebreakhandlers{#1}\egroup}} + +\def\pagebreak + {\dosingleempty\dopagebreak} -\def\complexpagebreak[#1]% if empty, do nothing and avoid processing, - {\flushnotes % see head's; watch how we group - \doifsomething{#1}{\bgroup\executepagebreakhandlers{#1}\egroup}} +\def\dopagebreak[#1]% so, page ornaments are reset after a pagebreak command, unless set + {\bgroup + \edef\prevrealpageno{\the\realpageno}% + \ifcase\pageornamentstate \or + % disable reset after shipout + \global\chardef\pageornamentstate\plustwo + \fi + \iffirstargument % or if empty i.e. [] + \flushnotes\executepagebreakhandlers{#1}% + \else % so, no pagebreak when \pagebreak[] ! ! ! + \flushnotes\executepagebreakhandler\v!ja + \fi + \ifnum\prevrealpageno<\realpageno + \global\chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount + \fi + \egroup} \def\executepagebreakhandlers#1% {\processcommacommand[#1]\executepagebreakhandler} +\installpagebreakhandler \s!dummy + {\ejectinsert + \gotonextpage + \ejectdummypage} + +\installpagebreakhandler \v!kader + {\page\bgroup\showframe\page[\v!leeg]\egroup} + \installpagebreakhandler \s!unknown {\doifinstringelse{+}\@@pagespecification {\ejectinsert @@ -1492,7 +1498,8 @@ {} % do nothing if empty \installpagebreakhandler \v!reset - {\global\paginageblokkeerdfalse} + {% better not: \global\chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount + \resetpagebreak} \installpagebreakhandler \v!blokkeer {\global\paginageblokkeerdtrue} @@ -1512,7 +1519,9 @@ \fi} \installpagebreakhandler \v!blanko - {\global\pagebodyornamentsfalse} + {\ifcase\pageornamentstate + \global\chardef\pageornamentstate\plusone + \fi} \installpagebreakhandler \v!nee {\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else @@ -1540,10 +1549,8 @@ \installpagebreakhandler \v!leeg {\ejectinsert \gotonextpage - \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\c!status}\v!stop - {\setupheader[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% - \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!voet\c!status}\v!stop - {\setupfooter[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% + \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\c!status}\v!stop{\setupheader[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% + \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!voet \c!status}\v!stop{\setupfooter[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% \ejectdummypage} \installpagebreakhandler \v!links @@ -1568,13 +1575,11 @@ \installpagebreakhandler \v!even {\pagina - \doifoddpageelse - {\resetcurrentsectionmarks\ejectdummypage}\donothing} + \doifoddpageelse{\resetcurrentsectionmarks\ejectdummypage}\donothing} \installpagebreakhandler \v!oneven {\pagina - \doifoddpageelse - \donothing{\resetcurrentsectionmarks\ejectdummypage}} + \doifoddpageelse\donothing{\resetcurrentsectionmarks\ejectdummypage}} \installpagebreakhandler \v!viertal % not yet ok inside columnsets {\ifdubbelzijdig @@ -1606,12 +1611,10 @@ % nb: \executepagebreakhandler\v!hoofd in other ones \installpagebreakhandler \v!hoofd - {\doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\c!status}\v!stop - {\setupheader[\c!status=\v!leeg]}} + {\doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\c!status}\v!stop{\setupheader[\c!status=\v!leeg]}} \installpagebreakhandler \v!voet - {\doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!voet\c!status}\v!stop - {\setupfooter[\c!status=\v!leeg]}} + {\doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!voet \c!status}\v!stop{\setupfooter[\c!status=\v!leeg]}} % \definepagebreak % [chapter] diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex b/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex index 373b65d67..1716614b3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex @@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ \global\printpapierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% \xdef\printpapersize{##1}}}}% \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \!!onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \!!onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\!!onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \!!onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \onepoint \ifcase\paperlandscape\else \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte \fi @@ -535,6 +535,10 @@ % inconsistent specification \fi}}% \else + % beware, when the bodyfont changes (switched) this wil lchange as well; implementing + % a global lineheight is tricky: should we take the bodyfont ils or the one set + % independent of the bodyfont (before or after a layout spec); way too fuzzy, so we + % stick to the current method (after a night of experimenting ...2003/10/13) \global\zethoogte\layoutparameter\c!regels\lineheight % new, cleaner \global\advance\zethoogte-\strutheight @@ -548,8 +552,8 @@ \fi \rugoffset\layoutparameter\c!rugoffset \kopoffset\layoutparameter\c!kopoffset - \global\setdimentoatleast\zetbreedte\!!onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\zethoogte \!!onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\zetbreedte\onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\zethoogte \onepoint % \checkcurrentlayout % here ? \calculatehsizes \calculatevsizes @@ -587,24 +591,44 @@ \appendtoks \checklayout \to \everystarttext +% \def\checkcurrentlayout % public and used in naw, so keep this name +% {\ifundefined{\??ly\realfolio\c!status}% +% \doifoddpageelse\checkcurrentoddlayout\checkcurrentevenlayout +% \else +% \doifvalue{\??ly\realfolio\c!status}\v!start +% {\edef\currentlayout{\realfolio}\recalculatelayout}% +% \fi} + +% \def\checkcurrentoddlayout +% {\ifundefined{\??ly\v!oneven\c!status}\else +% \doifvalue{\??ly\v!oneven\c!status}\v!start +% {\let\currentlayout\v!oneven\recalculatelayout}% +% \fi} + +% \def\checkcurrentevenlayout +% {\ifundefined{\??ly\v!even\c!status}\else +% \doifvalue{\??ly\v!even\c!status}\v!start +% {\let\currentlayout\v!even\recalculatelayout}% +% \fi} + \def\checkcurrentlayout % public and used in naw, so keep this name {\ifundefined{\??ly\realfolio\c!status}% \doifoddpageelse\checkcurrentoddlayout\checkcurrentevenlayout \else \doifvalue{\??ly\realfolio\c!status}\v!start - {\edef\currentlayout{\realfolio}\recalculatelayout}% + {\xdef\currentlayout{\realfolio}\recalculatelayout}% new, global \fi} \def\checkcurrentoddlayout {\ifundefined{\??ly\v!oneven\c!status}\else \doifvalue{\??ly\v!oneven\c!status}\v!start - {\let\currentlayout\v!oneven\recalculatelayout}% + {\globallet\currentlayout\v!oneven\recalculatelayout}% new, global \fi} \def\checkcurrentevenlayout {\ifundefined{\??ly\v!even\c!status}\else \doifvalue{\??ly\v!even\c!status}\v!start - {\let\currentlayout\v!even\recalculatelayout}% + {\globallet\currentlayout\v!even\recalculatelayout}% new, global \fi} \appendtoks \checkcurrentlayout \to \everyaftershipout @@ -634,14 +658,29 @@ {\getparameters[\??ly#1][#2]% \checkforems[#2]}} +% \def\dosetuplayout[#1][#2]% +% {\let\currentlayout\empty +% \ifsecondargument +% \dodosetuplayout[#1][#2]% +% \else\iffirstargument +% \doifassignmentelse{#1} +% {\dodosetuplayout[][#1]} +% {\doifnot{#1}\v!reset{\def\currentlayout{#1}}}% +% \fi\fi +% \recalculatelayout +% \checkcurrentlayout % here ? +% \presetcenterpagebox} + +% global needed for non-doublesided standardmakeup + \def\dosetuplayout[#1][#2]% - {\let\currentlayout\empty + {\globallet\currentlayout\empty % new, global \ifsecondargument \dodosetuplayout[#1][#2]% \else\iffirstargument \doifassignmentelse{#1} {\dodosetuplayout[][#1]} - {\doifnot{#1}\v!reset{\def\currentlayout{#1}}}% + {\doifnot{#1}\v!reset{\xdef\currentlayout{#1}}}% new, global \fi\fi \recalculatelayout \checkcurrentlayout % here ? @@ -835,7 +874,7 @@ {\mirrorpagebodybox{#1}\printmirror} \def\scalepagebox#1% - {\ifdim\@@lyschaal pt=1pt \else + {\ifdim\@@lyschaal\points=\onepoint \else \setbox#1\vbox {\schaal[\c!sx=\@@lyschaal,\c!sy=\@@lyschaal]{\box#1}}% \papierbreedte\@@lyschaal\papierbreedte @@ -847,29 +886,60 @@ \negatecolorbox{#1}% \fi} -\def\pagecutmarksymbol - {\the\realpageno} - -\def\pagecutmarklength - {.5cm} - -\def\addpagecutmarks#1% - {\doif\@@lymarkering\v!aan - {\let\cutmarksymbol\pagecutmarksymbol - \let\cutmarklength\pagecutmarklength - \makecutbox{#1}}} +\def\pagecutmarksymbol {\the\realpageno} +\def\pagecutmarklength {.5cm} +\let\pagecutmarktoptext \empty +\let\pagecutmarkbottomtext \empty + +% \def\addpagecutmarks#1% +% {\doif\@@lymarkering\v!aan +% {\let\cutmarksymbol\pagecutmarksymbol +% \let\cutmarklength\pagecutmarklength +% \makecutbox{#1}}} + +% \def\addpagecolormarks % #1 +% {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!kleur +% {\doaddpagecolormarks\colormarkbox} +% {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!raster +% {\doaddpagecolormarks\rastermarkbox} +% {\gobbleoneargument}}} + +% \def\doaddpagecolormarks#1#2% +% {\let\cutmarksymbol\pagecutmarksymbol +% \let\cutmarklength\pagecutmarklength +% \makecutbox{#2}% +% \ifnum\horizontalcutmarks>2 \chardef\colormarkoffset4 \fi +% \ifnum\verticalcutmarks >2 \chardef\colormarkoffset4 \fi +% #1{#2}} + +\def\extrapagecutmarkbottomtext + {\rlap{\jobname}\hfill\currentdate\space-\space\currenttime\hfill\llap{\realfolio}} + +\def\makepagecutbox % #1 + {\let\cutmarksymbol \pagecutmarksymbol + \let\cutmarklength \pagecutmarklength + \let\cutmarktoptext \pagecutmarktoptext + \let\cutmarkbottomtext\pagecutmarkbottomtext + \makecutbox} + +\def\addpagecutmarks % #1 + {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!aan + \makepagecutbox + {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!tekst + {\let\pagecutmarksymbol\empty + \let\pagecutmarkbottomtext\extrapagecutmarkbottomtext + \makepagecutbox} + \gobbleoneargument}} \def\addpagecolormarks % #1 {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!kleur {\doaddpagecolormarks\colormarkbox} {\doifelse\@@lymarkering\v!raster {\doaddpagecolormarks\rastermarkbox} - {\gobbleoneargument}}} + \gobbleoneargument}} \def\doaddpagecolormarks#1#2% - {\let\cutmarksymbol\pagecutmarksymbol - \let\cutmarklength\pagecutmarklength - \makecutbox{#2}% + {\makepagecutbox{#2}% \ifnum\horizontalcutmarks>2 \chardef\colormarkoffset4 \fi \ifnum\verticalcutmarks >2 \chardef\colormarkoffset4 \fi #1{#2}} @@ -1115,12 +1185,12 @@ %D versions. \def\startlocallayout - {\pushmacro\restorepapersize - \pushmacro\currentlayout} + {\globalpushmacro\restorepapersize + \globalpushmacro\currentlayout} \def\stoplocallayout - {\popmacro\currentlayout - \popmacro\restorepapersize + {\globalpopmacro\currentlayout + \globalpopmacro\restorepapersize \restorepapersize \setuplayout} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lin.tex b/tex/context/base/page-lin.tex index 28c759d3b..1d69d18e1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lin.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lin.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=page-lin, % copied from main-001 -%D version=1997.03.31, +%D version=1997.03.31, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, %D subtitle=Line Numbering, %D author=Hans Hagen, @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Line Numbering} -\unprotect +\unprotect \newif\ifinregels % \newif\ifregelnummersinmarge @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ \global\let\afterfirstobeyedline\relax}}% \def\obeyedline {\par - \let\checkindentation\relax % else problems with odd/even + \let\checkindentation\relax % else problems with odd/even \afterfirstobeyedline \ifdim\lastskip>\zeropoint \globallet\@@rglinesteptoggle\!!zerocount @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ % \def\dobetweenthelines% % {\convertcommand \next \to\!!stringa % very ugly and fuzzy % \convertargument\obeyedline\to\!!stringb % but needed anyway -% \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb % but alas, it fails -% \@@rgtussen % hopelessly in non +% \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb % but alas, it fails +% \@@rgtussen % hopelessly in non % \fi} % etex \def\dobetweenthelines @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ % het gebruik van \setlocalreference scheelt een hash entry -\def\dodoshowlinenumber % for use elsewhere, to be extended +\def\dodoshowlinenumber % for use elsewhere, to be extended {\doschrijfregelnummer \global\advance\linenumber \plusone} @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ \def\stelregelnummerenin {\dosingleargument\dostelregelnummerenin} -\def\dostartnummerenLINE +\def\dostartnummerenLINE {\EveryPar{\schrijfregelnummer}} \def\dostopnummerenLINE @@ -120,20 +120,20 @@ \newevery \everylinenumber \relax \def\dodoschrijfregelnummer - {% beware of em's, the font is already switched ! + {% beware of em's, the font is already switched ! \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\setbox0\hbox{\@@rncommando{\regelweergave}}\vsmashbox0% \ifcase\linenumberlocation - \rlap{\hbox to \@@rnbreedte{\box0\hss}}% was \llap, nog testen !! + \rlap{\hbox to \@@rnbreedte{\box0\hss}}% was \llap, nog testen !! \or \inleftmargin - {\forgetall + {\forgetall \doifelse\@@rnbreedte\v!marge {\hsize\linkermargebreedte}{\hsize\@@rnbreedte}% \alignedline\@@rnuitlijnen\v!rechts{\box0\hskip\@@rnafstand}}% \else \inrightmargin - {\forgetall + {\forgetall \doifelse\@@rnbreedte\v!marge {\hsize\rechtermargebreedte}{\hsize\@@rnbreedte}% \alignedline\@@rnuitlijnen\v!links{\hskip\@@rnafstand\box0}}% @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ % \v!tekst=>\chardef\linenumberlocation0, %\s!unknown=>\chardef\linenumberlocation0, %\s!default=>\chardef\linenumberlocation0]% - \ifcase\linenumberlocation % text + \ifcase\linenumberlocation % text \advance\leftskip \@@rnbreedte\relax \fi \chardef\@@rn@@rnmethod @@ -170,26 +170,26 @@ \v!regel=>\chardef\@@rn@@rnmethod1, \v!tekst=>\chardef\@@rn@@rnmethod2, \v!file=>\chardef\@@rn@@rnmethod3]% - \ifcase\@@rn@@rnmethod % verbatim, line by line + \ifcase\@@rn@@rnmethod % verbatim, line by line \inregelstrue \let\dostartnummeren\dostartnummerenVERB \let\stopregelnummeren\dostopnummerenVERB \def\schrijfregelnummer {\doschrijfregelnummer \global\advance\linenumber \plusone}% - \or % text, line by line + \or % text, line by line \let\dostartnummeren\dostartnummerenLINE \let\stopregelnummeren\dostopnummerenLINE \def\schrijfregelnummer {\doschrijfregelnummer \global\advance\linenumber \plusone}% - \or % text, whole lot + \or % text, whole lot \let\dostartnummeren\dostartnummerenPAR \let\stopregelnummeren\dostopnummerenPAR \def\schrijfregelnummer {\global\advance\linenumber \minusone \doschrijfregelnummer}% - \or % verbatim, selective line by line + \or % verbatim, selective line by line \inregelstrue \let\dostartnummeren\dostartnummerenVERB \let\stopregelnummeren\dostopnummerenVERB @@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ % {\doifinstringelse{--}{#1} % {\labeltext{\v!regels}} % {\labeltext{\v!regel}}} -% +% % \def\inregel#1[#2]% % {\doifelsenothing{#1} % {\in{\inregellabel{\currenttextreference}}[\@@rnprefix#2]} % {\in{#1}[\@@rnprefix#2]}} % -% double labels: +% double labels: \def\inregel#1[#2]% {\doifelsenothing{#1} @@ -389,12 +389,12 @@ [\v!start=>\let\showparagraphnumber\doshowparagraphnumberA, \v!stop=>\let\showparagraphnumber\relax, \v!regel=>\let\showparagraphnumber\doshowparagraphnumberB, - \v!reset=>\global\internalparagraphnumber\zerocount + \v!reset=>\global\internalparagraphnumber\zerocount \let\showparagraphnumber\doshowparagraphnumberA]} \def\dodoshowparagraphnumber {\global\advance\internalparagraphnumber \plusone - \inleftmargin % \tf normalizes em + \inleftmargin % \tf normalizes em {\tf{\doattributes\??ph\c!letter\c!kleur{\the\internalparagraphnumber}}% \kern\@@phafstand}} @@ -410,162 +410,6 @@ \doshowparagraphnumberA \fi} -% new, to be documented - -\newcounter\linenotecounter -\newtoks \collectedlinenotes -\newif \iftracelinenotes - -\appendtoks - \the\collectedlinenotes -\to \everylinenumber - -\appendtoks - \global\collectedlinenotes\emptytoks -\to \beforeeverylinenumbering - -\def\handlelinenote#1#2% - {\bgroup - \expanded{\beforesplitstring#1}\at--\to\linenotelinenumber - \ifnum\linenotelinenumber=\linenumber\relax - % todo: \onlyfootnote{#1}{#2}% == configurable - \setupfootnotes[\c!nummercommando=\gobbleoneargument]% - \footnotetext{#1: #2}% - \fi - \egroup} - -\def\tracedlinenote#1% - {\iftracelinenotes - \hbox to \zeropoint - {\forgetall - \localcolortrue - \hsize\zeropoint - \hss - \vbox to \strutheight{\llap{\red\infofont\setstrut\linenotecounter}\vss}% - {\blue\vl}% - \vbox to \strutheight{\rlap{\red\infofont\setstrut#1}\vss}% - \hss}% - \prewordbreak - \fi} - -\def\linenote#1% - {\doglobal\increment\linenotecounter - \doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:\linenotecounter}% - {\doglobal\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\handlelinenote\@EA - {\currenttextreference}{#1}\to\collectedlinenotes} - \donothing - \tracedlinenote\empty - \expanded{\eenregel[\??rr:\linenotecounter]}} - -\def\startlinenote[#1]#2% - {\doifreferencefoundelse{\??rr:#1}% - {\doglobal\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\handlelinenote\@EA - {\currenttextreference}{#2}\to\collectedlinenotes} - \donothing - \tracedlinenote{#1}% - \startregel[\??rr:#1]} - -\def\stoplinenote[#1]% - {\stopregel[\??rr:#1]} - -% \startbuffer[test] -% \startlinenumbering[100] -% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \startlinenote [well] {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \linenote {oeps} test test test test test test -% test \stoplinenote [well] test test test test test test -% \stoplinenumbering -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[test] \getbuffer[test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [align=left] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [width=1em, -% align=left] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [width=2em, -% distance=.5em, -% align=left] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [width=2em, -% align=middle] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [conversion=romannumerals, -% start=1, -% step=1, -% location=text, -% style=slanted, -% color=blue, -% width=1.5em] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \startnarrower\getbuffer[setup,test]\stopnarrower} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [width=4em, -% left=--, -% right=--, -% align=middle] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup] \getbuffer[setup,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup-1] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [style=\bfxx, -% command=\WatchThis] -% \stopbuffer -% -% \startbuffer[setup-2] -% \def\WatchThis#1% -% {\ifodd\linenumber -% \definecolor[linecolor][red]% -% \else -% \definecolor[linecolor][green]% -% \fi -% \inframed -% [offset=1pt,frame=off,background=color,backgroundcolor=linecolor] -% {#1}} -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup-1,setup-2] \getbuffer[setup-1,setup-2,test]} \page -% -% \startbuffer[setup-1] -% \setuplinenumbering -% [location=inright, -% style=\bfxx, -% command=\WatchThis] -% \stopbuffer -% -% {\typebuffer[setup-1] \getbuffer[setup-1,setup-2,test]} \page - \stelregelnummerenin [\c!methode=, \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, @@ -578,7 +422,7 @@ \c!prefix=, \c!refereren=\v!aan] -% new +% new \stelregelnummerenin [\c!breedte=\ifcase\linenumberlocation2em\else\v!marge\fi, @@ -592,7 +436,7 @@ [\c!status=\v!stop, \c!letter=, \c!kleur=, - \c!afstand=\ifcase\linenumberlocation2em\else\!!zeropoint\fi] + \c!afstand=\ifcase\linenumberlocation2em\else\!!zeropoint\fi] \stelregelsin [\c!voor=\blanko, @@ -600,4 +444,4 @@ \c!tussen=\blanko, \c!inspringen=\v!nee] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-log.tex b/tex/context/base/page-log.tex index 39686727f..58cab81df 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-log.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-log.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Logos} -\unprotect +\unprotect \startmessages dutch library: layouts 7: beeldmerken berekenen @@ -49,60 +49,60 @@ %D interfere with the other ones, but an even more important %D reason is that logos are kind of special in the sense that %D they have a short life span and may change after the first -%D page. +%D page. %D \macros %D {recalculatelogos,addlogobackground} %D %D The interface to the other low level page building routines %D is provided by a macro that signals changes in layout -%D specifications: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D specifications: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \recalculatelogos -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D as well as a simple placement macro: +%D as well as a simple placement macro: %D -%D \starttypen -%D \addlogobackground <box> -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \addlogobackground <box> +%D \stoptypen %D -%D In no way the following boolean switch should be used -%D directly. +%D In no way the following boolean switch should be used +%D directly. \newif\ifnewlogos \def\recalculatelogos - {\global\newlogostrue} + {\global\newlogostrue} -%D The current state of logos is registered in a status -%D variable \type {\logostatus}. -%D +%D The current state of logos is registered in a status +%D variable \type {\logostatus}. +%D %D \starttabulatie[|l|l|l|] -%D \NC 0 \NC don't place \NC remains 0 \NC \NR -%D \NC 1 \NC place now \NC remains 1 \NC \NR -%D \NC 2 \NC calulate and place \NC becomes 1 \NC \NR -%D \NC 3 \NC calculate and place once \NC becomes 2 \NC \NR -%D \stoptabulatie +%D \NC 0 \NC don't place \NC remains 0 \NC \NR +%D \NC 1 \NC place now \NC remains 1 \NC \NR +%D \NC 2 \NC calulate and place \NC becomes 1 \NC \NR +%D \NC 3 \NC calculate and place once \NC becomes 2 \NC \NR +%D \stoptabulatie \chardef\logostatus=0 -\def\addlogobackground#1% todo: dimension spec +\def\addlogobackground#1% todo: dimension spec {\ifcase\logostatus \else \ifcase\logostatus - % no logos to take care of - \or % 1 - \ifnewlogos + % no logos to take care of + \or % 1 + \ifnewlogos \chardef\logostatus2 \setlogoboxes \chardef\logostatus1 \global\newlogosfalse - \fi - \or % 2 + \fi + \or % 2 \setlogoboxes \chardef\logostatus1 - \or % 3 + \or % 3 \setlogoboxes \global\chardef\logostatus2 \fi @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ %D bottom} touch the bounding box of the paper and are %D therefore not the sams as their background adn text %D counterparts. In addition there are {\em left}, {\em right} -%D and {\em middle} areas as well as a {\em page} one. +%D and {\em middle} areas as well as a {\em page} one. \newbox\leftlogos \newbox\rightlogos @@ -137,28 +137,28 @@ \def\dosetlogobox#1#2% {\global\setbox#1\vbox to \papierhoogte - {\dontcomplain % needed here ? - \calculatereducedvsizes % needed here ? + {\dontcomplain % needed here ? + \calculatereducedvsizes % needed here ? \offinterlineskip #2\relax \vskip-\kopwit - \dodosetlogobox\v!boven\blap + \dodosetlogobox\v!boven\blap \vskip\kopwit - \dodosetlogobox\v!hoofd\blap - \vskip\hoofdhoogte + \dodosetlogobox\v!hoofd\blap + \vskip\hoofdhoogte \vskip\hoofdafstand - \dodosetlogobox\v!tekst\blap + \dodosetlogobox\v!tekst\blap \vskip\teksthoogte - \vskip\voetafstand + \vskip\voetafstand \vskip\voethoogte - \dodosetlogobox\v!voet \tlap + \dodosetlogobox\v!voet \tlap \vfilll - \dodosetlogobox\v!onder\tlap - \vskip\kopwit} + \dodosetlogobox\v!onder\tlap + \vskip\kopwit} \smashbox#1} \def\dodosetlogobox#1#2% - {\hbox % width equals \zetbreedte + {\hbox % width equals \zetbreedte {\def\docommando##1% {\donefalse \ifnum\logostatus=3 \ExpandBothAfter @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ \v!links \v!linkermarge \v!linkerrand \od}} -%D The user interface is relatively simple and provides -%D macros for assigning logos to logo areas as well as -%D forcing placement. +%D The user interface is relatively simple and provides +%D macros for assigning logos to logo areas as well as +%D forcing placement. %D %D \showsetup{\y!definelogo} %D \showsetup{\y!placelogos} @@ -233,4 +233,4 @@ {\xdef\requestedlogos{\iffirstargument#1\else\definedlogos\fi}% \global\chardef\logostatus3 } -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lyr.tex b/tex/context/base/page-lyr.tex index bd76ab558..d469c9361 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lyr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lyr.tex @@ -125,12 +125,32 @@ \def\setlayer {\dotripleempty\dosetlayer} -\def\dosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% - {\ifthirdargument - \doifnotvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop{\dodosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]}% - \else - \doifnotvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop{\dodosetlayer[#1][][#2]}% - \fi} +\def\dosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% #4 == box do \fi is ok + {\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop + {\dowithnextbox\donothing\hbox} + {\ifthirdargument + \dodosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% + \else + \dodosetlayer[#1][][#2]% + \fi}} + +% \def\dodosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% #2 = links/rechts +% {\bgroup +% \recalculatebackgrounds +% \recalculatelogos +% \doglobal\increment\currentlayerdata +% \forgetall +% \dontcomplain +% \doifvalue{\??ll#1\c!optie}\v!test\tracelayerstrue +% \iftracelayers\traceboxplacementtrue\fi +% \dowithnextbox % sneller als aparte macro +% {\ifundefined{\@@layerbox#1}% +% \writestatus{layer}{unknown layer #1}% +% \else +% \dododosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% +% \fi +% \egroup} +% \hbox} \def\dodosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% #2 = links/rechts {\bgroup @@ -145,7 +165,19 @@ {\ifundefined{\@@layerbox#1}% \writestatus{layer}{unknown layer #1}% \else - \dododosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]% + \doifelse{#2}\v!even + {\ifodd\realpageno + % discard nextbox + \else + \dododosetlayer[#1][\v!links][#3]% + \fi}% + {\doifelse{#2}\v!oneven + {\ifodd\realpageno + \dododosetlayer[#1][\v!rechts][#3]% + %\else + % discard nextbox + \fi}% + {\dododosetlayer[#1][#2][#3]}}% \fi \egroup} \hbox} @@ -157,6 +189,9 @@ \let\lastlayerxpos\!!zeropoint \let\lastlayerypos\!!zeropoint +\let\lastlayerwd \!!zeropoint +\let\lastlayerht \!!zeropoint +\let\lastlayerdp \!!zeropoint % todo left/right @@ -289,14 +324,17 @@ \doifnotvalue{\layerparameter\c!richting}\v!omgekeerd {\box\csname\@@layerbox#2#1\layerpage\endcsname}% \fi -\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!plaats}\v!grid\donetrue\donefalse -\ifdone - \nextboxht\strutheight - \nextboxdp\strutdepth -\else - \setbox\nextbox\hbox - {\alignedbox[\layerparameter\c!plaats]\vbox{\flushnextbox}}% -\fi + \xdef\lastlayerwd{\the\wd\nextbox}% + \xdef\lastlayerht{\the\ht\nextbox}% % not entirely ok when grid ! + \xdef\lastlayerdp{\the\dp\nextbox}% % not entirely ok when grid ! + \doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!plaats}\v!grid\donetrue\donefalse + \ifdone + \nextboxht\strutheight + \nextboxdp\strutdepth + \else + \setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\alignedbox[\layerparameter\c!plaats]\vbox{\flushnextbox}}% + \fi \ifnum\layerparameter\c!regel=\zerocount\else % no \ifcase, can be negative \advance\@@layerypos \layerparameter\c!regel\lineheight \advance\@@layerypos \topskip @@ -369,18 +407,33 @@ % \vss}% % \fi} +% \unexpanded\def\flushlayer[#1]% +% {\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!dubbelzijdig}\v!ja +% {\doifundefinedelse{\@@layerbox#1}% +% {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]} +% {\doifbothsidesoverruled +% \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!links]% left +% \orsideone +% \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!rechts]% right +% \orsidetwo +% \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!links]% left +% \od}} +% {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]}} + \unexpanded\def\flushlayer[#1]% - {\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!dubbelzijdig}\v!ja - {\doifundefinedelse{\@@layerbox#1}% - {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]} - {\doifbothsidesoverruled - \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!links]% left - \orsideone - \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!rechts]% right - \orsidetwo - \dodoflushlayerB[#1][\v!links]% left - \od}} - {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]}} + {\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!volgende + {\global\letvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!start} % dangerous, stack-built-up + {\doifelsevalue{\??ll#1\c!dubbelzijdig}\v!ja + {\doifundefinedelse{\@@layerbox#1}% + {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]} + {\doifbothsidesoverruled + \dodoflushlayerB\v!links [#1]% left + \orsideone + \dodoflushlayerB\v!rechts[#1]% right + \orsidetwo + \dodoflushlayerB\v!links [#1]% left + \od}} + {\dodoflushlayerA[#1]}}} \def\dodoflushlayerA[#1]% {\doifnotvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop @@ -389,13 +442,22 @@ {\dodoflushlayer0{#1}{#1:\realfolio}} \stopoverlay}} -\def\dodoflushlayerB[#1][#2]% - {\doifnotvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop +% \def\dodoflushlayerB[#1][#2]% +% {\doifnotvalue{\??ll#1\c!status}\v!stop +% {\startoverlay +% {\dodoflushlayer1{#1}{#1}} +% {\dodoflushlayer0{#1}{#1:\realfolio}} +% {\dodoflushlayer1{#1}{#2#1}} +% {\dodoflushlayer0{#1}{#2#1:\realfolio}} +% \stopoverlay}} + +\def\dodoflushlayerB#1[#2]% + {\doifnotvalue{\??ll#2\c!status}\v!stop {\startoverlay - {\dodoflushlayer1{#1}{#1}} - {\dodoflushlayer0{#1}{#1:\realfolio}} - {\dodoflushlayer1{#1}{#2#1}} - {\dodoflushlayer0{#1}{#2#1:\realfolio}} + {\dodoflushlayer1{#2}{#2}} + {\dodoflushlayer0{#2}{#2:\realfolio}} + {\dodoflushlayer1{#2}{#1#2}} + {\dodoflushlayer0{#2}{#1#2:\realfolio}} \stopoverlay}} % \def\dodoflushlayer#1#2#3% @@ -506,7 +568,7 @@ %D register ("somepos-3",0cm,0cm,(-2cm,2cm)) ; %D \stopuseMPgraphic %D -%D \getMLlayer[test]{\useMPgraphic{oeps}} +%D \getMPlayer[test]{\useMPgraphic{oeps}} %D \stoptypen %D %D The last line is equivalent to @@ -570,19 +632,19 @@ \vfill}% \egroup} -\def\resetpositioning% +\def\resetpositioning {\getparameters[\??ps] - [\c!status=\v!start, - \c!eenheid=\s!cm, - \c!factor=1, - \c!schaal=1, - \c!xfactor=\@@psfactor, - \c!yfactor=\@@psfactor, - \c!xschaal=\@@psschaal, - \c!yschaal=\@@psschaal, - \c!xstap=\v!absoluut, - \c!ystap=\v!absoluut, - \c!xoffset=\!!zeropoint, + [\c!status=\v!start,% + \c!eenheid=\s!cm,% + \c!factor=1,% + \c!schaal=1,% + \c!xfactor=\@@psfactor,% + \c!yfactor=\@@psfactor,% + \c!xschaal=\@@psschaal,% + \c!yschaal=\@@psschaal,% + \c!xstap=\v!absoluut,% + \c!ystap=\v!absoluut,% + \c!xoffset=\!!zeropoint,% \c!yoffset=\!!zeropoint]} \def\setuppositioning% @@ -626,7 +688,7 @@ \flushnextbox \hss} \vss}% - \xdef\dopoppositioning% + \xdef\dopoppositioning {\xposition\the\xposition \yposition\the\yposition \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@psxoffset{\@@psxoffset}% @@ -647,5 +709,5 @@ \c!offset=\v!ja, \c!xoffset=\!!zeropoint, \c!yoffset=\!!zeropoint] - -\protect \endinput + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mak.tex b/tex/context/base/page-mak.tex index 4461e021a..229a6ca1b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mak.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mak.tex @@ -13,23 +13,23 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / MakeUp} -\unprotect +\unprotect -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {definemakeup, setupmakeup, startmakeup} -%D +%D %D A makeup is a separate page, like a title page or colofon. %D There is one standard makeup page, but you can define more -%D if needed. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D if needed. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \startstandardmakeup -%D My Fancy Title +%D My Fancy Title %D \stopstandardmakeup -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D The associated commands are: -%D +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The associated commands are: +%D %D \showsetup{\y!definemakeup} %D \showsetup{\y!setupmakeup} %D \showsetup{\y!startmakeup} @@ -40,11 +40,12 @@ \def\dodefinemakeup[#1][#2]% {\getparameters [\??do#1]% - [\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, - \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, - \c!voffset=\!!zeropoint, - \c!hoffset=\!!zeropoint, + [\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, % example in manual + \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, % example in manual + \c!voffset=\!!zeropoint, % example in manual + \c!hoffset=\!!zeropoint, % example in manual \c!commandos=, + \c!setups=, \c!pagina=\v!rechts, \c!dubbelzijdig=\v!leeg, \c!voor=, @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ \c!tekststatus=\v!normaal, \c!hoofdstatus=\v!stop, \c!voetstatus=\v!stop, - \c!paginastatus=\v!stop, + \c!paginastatus=\v!stop, % in manual ! ! ! \c!kleur=, \c!uitlijnen=, #2]% @@ -69,17 +70,17 @@ \def\dosetupmakeup[#1]% {\getparameters[\??do#1]} -%D This will save us some 375 bytes in the format file. +%D This will save us some 375 bytes in the format file. \def\makeupparameter#1{\getvalue{\??do\currentmakeup#1}} %D The \type{\start}||\type{\stop} macros are used for both -%D the direct and indirect way. The parameterless call will -%D build a simple box. +%D the direct and indirect way. The parameterless call will +%D build a simple box. -\newtoks\everymakeup +\newtoks\everymakeup -\appendtoks \postponemarks \to \everymakeup +\appendtoks \postponemarks \to \everymakeup \let\currentmakeup\empty @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ \expandafter \donostartmakeup \fi} -%D The simple case: +%D The simple case: \def\donostartmakeup {\pagina @@ -110,13 +111,13 @@ \def\donostopmakeup {\egroup - \flushmarks % new, here, else empty pages + \flushmarks % new, here, else empty pages \pagina \egroup} -%D The normal one: +%D The normal one: -\newbox\makeupbox +\newbox\makeupbox \def\dodostartmakeup {\doifvaluesomething{\??do\currentmakeup\c!pagina} @@ -124,11 +125,12 @@ \soortpagina[\currentmakeup]% \setsystemmode\v!opmaak \setupmakeuplayout - \makeupparameter\c!commandos + \makeupparameter\c!commandos % hm, what is this one doing here ? \startregistercolor[\makeupparameter\c!kleur]% \global\setbox\makeupbox\vbox to \makeupparameter\c!hoogte \bgroup - \forgetall + \forgetall + \setups[\makeupparameter\c!setups]% \hsize\makeupparameter\c!breedte \doifsomething{\makeupparameter\c!uitlijnen} {\setupalign[\makeupparameter\c!uitlijnen]}% @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ {\endgraf \makeupparameter\c!onder \egroup - \flushmarks % new, here, else empty pages + \flushmarks % new, here, else empty pages \stopregistercolor \doflushmakeup \egroup @@ -162,33 +164,34 @@ \fi} \def\doshipoutmakeup - {\pushmacro\@@pnstatus % new - \makeupparameter\c!voor + {\globalpushmacro\@@pnstatus % new + \makeupparameter\c!voor \vbox{\hbox{\color[\makeupparameter\c!kleur]{\box\makeupbox}}}% - \stelpaginanummerin[\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!paginastatus]% + \stelpaginanummerin[\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!paginastatus]% \setupmakeuplayout \pagina \makeupparameter\c!na - \relax % voor fi + \relax % voor fi \ifdubbelzijdig \ifodd\realpageno\else \processaction [\makeupparameter\c!dubbelzijdig] [ \v!ja=>\null \pagina, - % \verlaagpaginanummer, % new - \v!leeg=>\setupmakeuplayout - \global\pagebodyornamentsfalse - \null\pagina]% - % \verlaagpaginanummer]% % new + % \verlaagpaginanummer, % new + \v!leeg=>{\setupmakeuplayout + \pagina[\v!blanko]% + \null + \pagina}]% + % \verlaagpaginanummer]% % new \fi \fi - % \verlaagpaginanummer % new - \popmacro\@@pnstatus} % new + % \verlaagpaginanummer % new + \globalpopmacro\@@pnstatus} % new %D The text surrounding the main body text can be influenced %D by setting their associated status variables. The -%D connection between them is made by the following macro +%D connection between them is made by the following macro + - \def\setupmakeuplayout {\setupfooter[\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!voetstatus ]% \setupheader[\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!hoofdstatus]% @@ -196,9 +199,9 @@ \setupbottom[\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!onderstatus]% \setuptop [\c!status=\makeupparameter\c!bovenstatus]% % this is needed, but no \setuplayout here; fails in texexec --fig=c - \recalculatelayout} + \recalculatelayout} -%D The standard page template is defined as follows: +%D The standard page template is defined as follows: \definemakeup [\v!standaard] @@ -209,4 +212,16 @@ \c!pagina=\v!rechts, \c!dubbelzijdig=\v!leeg] -\protect \endinput +\definemakeup + [\v!tekst] + [\c!bovenstatus=\v!start, + \c!hoofdstatus=\v!start, + \c!tekststatus=\v!start, + \c!voetstatus=\v!start, + \c!onderstatus=\v!start, + \c!dubbelzijdig=\v!nee, + \c!pagina=, + \c!boven=\pseudostrut, + \c!onder=\obeydepth\vss] + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mar.tex b/tex/context/base/page-mar.tex index 6456e8af3..78118a418 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mar.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mar.tex @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -%D This module is still to be split and documented. +%D This module is still to be split and documented. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Maginal Things} -\unprotect +% todo: compensate distance when setuplayout[textwidth=..] + +\unprotect \newif\iflowinmargin @@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ \fi} \donothing \doifnumberelse\margetekstnummer - {\ifnum\margetekstnummer>25 % to be translated + {\ifnum\margetekstnummer>25 % to be translated \writestatus\m!systems{potential margin stack overflow (\margetekstnummer)}% \fi} \donothing @@ -97,28 +99,29 @@ \begstrut#6\endstrut\endgraf \dostopattributes \@@imna}% - \doif\@@imstapel\v!ja - {\setbox0\vbox{\stackeddown\vbox{\box0}}}% new + \doif\@@imstapel\v!ja + {\def\overlappingmargin{-2\s!sp}% test value, maybe .25\strutboxdp, maybe configurable + \setbox0\vbox{\stackeddown\vbox{\box0}}}% new \ht0\strutht \box0 \egroup #5\relax} %D The stacker permits constructs like: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D +%D \starttypen %D \stelinmargein[stapel=ja] -%D +%D %D \inlinker{test 1}test\break %D \inlinker{test 2}test\break -%D \inlinker{test 1} +%D \inlinker{test 1} %D \input tufte -%D \inlinker{test 1} -%D \inlinker{test 2} +%D \inlinker{test 1} +%D \inlinker{test 2} %D \inlinker{test 3} %D \input tufte -%D \inlinker{test 1} -%D \inlinker{test 2\endgraf test 3} +%D \inlinker{test 1} +%D \inlinker{test 2\endgraf test 3} %D \inlinker{test 4} %D \input tufte %D \inlinker{test 1} @@ -126,7 +129,7 @@ %D \inlinker{test 4\endgraf test 5\endgraf test 6} %D \inlinker{test 7\endgraf test 8\endgraf test 9} %D \input tufte -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\plaatsmargetekstscheider {\ifnum\margincontent>\zerocount @@ -167,21 +170,21 @@ \ht0\zeropoint \dp0\zeropoint \gdef\margestrutheight{\the\strutht}% - %\graphicvadjust{\box0}} % fails in high math lines, let it be - %\hbox{\lower\strutdp\box0}} % alas, wrong lapping, therefore useless + %\graphicvadjust{\box0}} % fails in high math lines, let it be + %\hbox{\lower\strutdp\box0}} % alas, wrong lapping, therefore useless \dopositionmarginbox0} -%D This approach permits us to implement a better mechanism -%D later. We need the \type {\graphicvadjust} in order to -%D handle: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D This approach permits us to implement a better mechanism +%D later. We need the \type {\graphicvadjust} in order to +%D handle: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \inlinker{test} {\red \dorecurse{40}{test }\par} %D {\red \inlinker{test} \dorecurse{40}{test }\par} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The outer margin color is either black or color set as -%D main text color. +%D +%D The outer margin color is either black or color set as +%D main text color. \ifx\dopositionmarginbox\undefined \def\dopositionmarginbox#1{\graphicvadjust{\box#1}} @@ -270,7 +273,7 @@ #2{#6}% \fi]% \rawpagereference\s!mar{#5}% - \flushnotes\egroup % don't forget the group + \flushnotes\egroup % don't forget the group \ignorespaces} \def\inlinker @@ -298,7 +301,7 @@ \let\restoreinterlinepenalty=\relax -\def\flushmargincontents % plural +\def\flushmargincontents % plural {\restoreinterlinepenalty % here? \ifcase\margincontent\else % called quite often, so we \expandafter\doflushmargincontents % speed up the \fi scan by @@ -306,13 +309,21 @@ % for a manual flush in for instance headers +% \def\placemargintexts % to be documented and translated +% {\ifcase\margincontent\else +% \bgroup +% \let\normalvadjust\fakedvadjust +% \doflushmargincontents +% \egroup +% \fi} + \def\placemargintexts % to be documented and translated - {\ifcase\margincontent\else + {\ifcase\margincontent\else \bgroup - \let\normalvadjust\fakedvadjust - \doflushmargincontents + \chardef\graphicvadjustmode\zerocount + \doflushmargincontents \egroup - \fi} + \fi} % \def\doflushmargincontents% % links + rechts % {\bgroup @@ -362,11 +373,11 @@ \getvalue{\??im\recurselevel}% \letgvalue{\??im\recurselevel}\empty \egroup}% -\ifbinnenkolommen - \donetrue % how fuzzy -\else\ifdim\marginheight>\lineheight\relax - \donetrue % how dirty -\else +\ifbinnenkolommen + \donetrue % how fuzzy +\else\ifdim\marginheight>\lineheight\relax + \donetrue % how dirty +\else \donefalse % how needed \fi\fi \ifdone @@ -432,14 +443,14 @@ {\mindermeldingen \setbox0\vtop{\forgetall\strut#1}% \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0 - \vskip-\dimen0 % waarom stond hier een \ ? + \vskip-\dimen0 % waarom stond hier een \ ? \box0}} \def\resetmargincontent % quick hack {\doglobal\newcounter\margincontent} \def\resetmargetitels - {\resetmargincontent} + {\resetmargincontent} %D \macros %D {inleftside,inleftmargin,inrightmargin,inrightside} @@ -450,30 +461,67 @@ %D therefore embed them in some macro's that (force and) %D remove the indentation and restore it afterwards. -% beware: no \hsize is set (yet)! +% beware: no \hsize is set (yet)! + +% \def\inleftmargin#1% +% {\pushindentation +% \llap{#1\hskip\leftskip\hskip\leftmargintextdistance}% +% \popindentation +% \ignorespaces} + +% \def\inrightmargin#1% +% {\pushindentation +% \rlap{\hskip\hsize\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\rightmargintextdistance#1}% +% \popindentation +% \ignorespaces} + +% \def\inleftedge#1% +% {\inleftmargin +% {#1\relax +% \hskip\linkermargebreedte +% \hskip\linkerrandafstand}} + +% \def\inrightedge#1% +% {\inrightmargin +% {\hskip\rechtermargebreedte +% \hskip\rechterrandafstand +% #1}} + +% \hsize added per August 2003: \def\inleftmargin#1% {\pushindentation - \llap{#1\hskip\leftskip\hskip\leftmargintextdistance}% + \llap + {\hsize\linkermargebreedte + #1\relax + \hskip\leftskip + \hskip\linkermargeafstand}% \popindentation \ignorespaces} \def\inrightmargin#1% {\pushindentation - \rlap{\hskip\hsize\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\rightmargintextdistance#1}% + \rlap + {\hskip\hsize + \hskip-\rightskip + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \hsize\rechtermargebreedte + #1}% \popindentation \ignorespaces} \def\inleftedge#1% {\inleftmargin - {#1\relax - \hskip\linkermargebreedte - \hskip\linkerrandafstand}} + {\hsize\linkermargebreedte + #1\relax + \hskip\linkermargebreedte + \hskip\linkerrandafstand}} \def\inrightedge#1% {\inrightmargin {\hskip\rechtermargebreedte \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \hsize\rechtermargebreedte #1}} \let\inleftside \inleftedge @@ -500,16 +548,16 @@ %D \egroup %D New, yet undocumented: -%D -%D used for pascal: %D -%D \starttypen -%D \index {test} test \index {west} west \index {rest} rest -%D +%D used for pascal: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \index {test} test \index {west} west \index {rest} rest +%D %D \startnarrower %D \placeregister[index][alternative=b,command=\atleftmargin] %D \stopnarrower -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\atleftmargin#1% {\pushindentation @@ -566,7 +614,7 @@ {\iffacingpages \ifnum\realpageno>\plusone \bgroup - \global\pagebodyornamentsfalse + \chardef\pageornamentstate\plusone \setbox\facingpage\vbox to \zethoogte {\unvbox\facingpage\vfil}% \myshipout{\buildpagebody\box\facingpage}% @@ -614,4 +662,4 @@ \stelnaastplaatsenin [\c!status=\v!stop] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex b/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex index 4ee48d37d..0aa377f81 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ %D This module is mostly a copy from the original multi column %D routine as implemented in \type {core-mul}. When the main %D OTR macro's were isolated in modules and column sets were -%D introduced, this module became part of the OTR modules. As -%D a result this module is no longer generic. It also needs -%D an overhaul. +%D introduced, this module became part of the OTR modules. As +%D a result this module is no longer generic. It also needs +%D an overhaul. \unprotect -% TO DO ! +% TO DO ! \let\OTRMULsetvsize \OTRONEsetvsize \let\OTRMULsethsize \OTRONEsethsize @@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ \let\OTRMULdobotinsertions \relax \let\OTRMULdosetbothinserts \relax \let\OTRMULflushsavedfloats \relax - + \newtoks \OTRMULoutput \def\OTRMULgotonextpage {\ejectpage} -\def\OTRMULgotonextpageX % will become obsolete +\def\OTRMULgotonextpageX % will become obsolete {\superejectpage} -% check \count<insert> multiplications +% check \count<insert> multiplications -% some day try this in balancing routine +% some day try this in balancing routine % % \ifdim\pagetotal>\pagegoal % \eject % \else % \goodbreak % \fi - + %D The following macro's implement a multi||column output %D routine. The original implementation was based on Donald %D Knuth's implementation, which was adapted by Craig Platt to @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ %D \interface \type{\nofcolumns} \\ %D the number of columns \\ %D \interface \type{\minbalancetoplines} \\ -%D the minimum number op balanced top lines \\ +%D the minimum number op balanced top lines \\ %D \interface \type{\betweencolumns} \\ %D the stuff between columns \\ %D \interface \type{\finaloutput{action}{box}} \\ @@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ %D are applied to columns. The final values are used when %D flushing the columns. -\newtoks\singlecolumnout % remove that one +\newtoks\singlecolumnout % remove that one -%D It's more convenient to use \type {\columnwidth} instead +%D It's more convenient to use \type {\columnwidth} instead %D of messing around with boxes each time. \newdimen\columnwidth @@ -263,9 +263,8 @@ %D The local column width is available in the dimension %D register \type{\localcolumnwidth}, which is calculated as: -\def\setcolumnhsize % beware, this one is available for use in macros - {\setbox0\hbox - {\parindent\zeropoint\betweencolumns}% +\def\setcolumnhsize % beware, this one is available for use in macros + {\setbox0\hbox{\parindent\zeropoint\betweencolumns}% \intercolumnwidth\wd0 \localcolumnwidth\columntextwidth \advance\localcolumnwidth -\leftskip @@ -275,8 +274,8 @@ \advance\localcolumnwidth -\colrightskip % \advance\localcolumnwidth -\nofcolumns\intercolumnwidth - \advance\localcolumnwidth \intercolumnwidth - \divide\localcolumnwidth \nofcolumns + \advance\localcolumnwidth \intercolumnwidth + \divide \localcolumnwidth \nofcolumns \dimen0=\columntextoffset \multiply\dimen0 2 \advance\localcolumnwidth -\dimen0 @@ -284,63 +283,63 @@ \hsize\localcolumnwidth} % we don't do it \global %D Torture test: -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D \startbuffer[b] %D \startkolommen -%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte %D \stopkolommen %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller -%D \input tufte +%D \startsmaller +%D \input tufte %D \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startkolommen \startsmaller -%D \input tufte +%D \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \input tufte %D \stopsmaller \stopkolommen %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] %D \startsmaller \startkolommen -%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte %D \stopkolommen \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startkolommen \startsmaller[left] -%D \input tufte +%D \startkolommen \startsmaller[left] +%D \input tufte %D \stopsmaller \stopkolommen %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] %D \startsmaller[left] \startkolommen -%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte %D \stopkolommen \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller \startkolommen \startsmaller -%D \input tufte +%D \startsmaller \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \input tufte %D \stopsmaller\stopkolommen \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] -%D +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller[left] \startkolommen \startsmaller -%D \input tufte +%D \startsmaller[left] \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \input tufte %D \stopsmaller\stopkolommen \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer -%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] +%D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D \stopbuffer %D %D \start @@ -361,11 +360,11 @@ \ifdim\precolumnboxheight>\zeropoint \global\advance\vsize -\precolumnboxheight \fi - %\getinsertionheights\to\dimen0\\% + %\getinsertionheights\to\dimen0\\% %\global\advance\vsize -\dimen0 \settotalinsertionheight \global\advance\vsize -\totalinsertionheight -%%%\ifgridsnapping % evt altijd, nog testen, testing now, see columned tocs +%%%\ifgridsnapping % evt altijd, nog testen, testing now, see columned tocs \getnoflines\vsize \vsize\noflines\openlineheight \advance\vsize .5\openlineheight % collect enough data @@ -395,14 +394,14 @@ \flushnotes \xdef\precolumndepth{\the\prevdepth}% \begingroup - % new + % new \leftskip1\leftskip \rightskip1\rightskip \edef\colleftskip {\the\leftskip}% \edef\colrightskip{\the\rightskip}% \leftskip\zeropoint \rightskip\zeropoint - % + % \dontshowcomposition %\setcolumntextwidth\relax %\setcolumntextheight\relax @@ -442,7 +441,7 @@ \global\singlecolumnout\output %\global\output{\global\setbox\precolumnbox\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}}% \global\output{\global\setbox\precolumnbox\vbox{\dotopinsertions\unvbox\normalpagebox}}% - \eject % no \holdinginserts=1, can make footnote disappear ! + \eject % no \holdinginserts=1, can make footnote disappear ! \global\precolumnboxheight\ht\precolumnbox \global\output{\continuousmulticolumnsout}% \setcolumnfloats @@ -477,7 +476,7 @@ \dontshowcomposition \doflushcolumnfloat % added recently %\doflushcolumnfloats % no, since it results in wrong top floats - \flushnotes % before start of columns + \flushnotes % before start of columns \par \ifbalancecolumns \global\output{\continuousmulticolumnsout}% @@ -489,7 +488,7 @@ \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in \prevdepth\zeropoint % columns before some noncolumned text text \global\output\singlecolumnout - \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo + \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo \ifvoid\precolumnbox\else \unvbox\precolumnbox \fi @@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ \box\currentcolumnbox}}% \hfil}% \unskip - \hskip\colrightskip}}% new + \hskip\colrightskip}}% new \scratchdimen\zeropoint \dohandleallcolumns {\ifdim-\ht\currenttopcolumnbox<\scratchdimen @@ -602,11 +601,11 @@ \hskip-\columntextwidth \restoretextcolor{\box\scratchbox}}% \postprocesscolumnpagebox % new, acts upon \box\columnpagebox - \ifvoid\precolumnbox + \ifvoid\precolumnbox \else % next some incredible crappy code - \ifgridsnapping - % somehow this junk fails in pascal + \ifgridsnapping + % somehow this junk fails in pascal \scratchdimen\savedpagetotal \advance\scratchdimen -\ht\precolumnbox \advance\scratchdimen -\dp\precolumnbox @@ -620,14 +619,14 @@ \global\precolumnboxheight\zeropoint \setvsize \dosomebreak\nobreak - % wrong, but keep it as a reminder + % wrong, but keep it as a reminder % \ifgridsnapping \else % \scratchdimen\topskip % \advance\scratchdimen -\openstrutheight % \nointerlineskip % \vskip-\scratchdimen % \fi - % so that we don't add it again + % so that we don't add it again \prevdepth\openstrutdepth \nointerlineskip \dp\columnpagebox\zeropoint @@ -720,14 +719,14 @@ \let\postprocesscolumnpagebox=\relax %D \macros -%D {reversecolumnstrue} +%D {reversecolumnstrue} %D -%D We can force the macro that takes care of combining -%D the columns, to flush them in the revere order. Of -%D course, by default we don't reverse. +%D We can force the macro that takes care of combining +%D the columns, to flush them in the revere order. Of +%D course, by default we don't reverse. + +\newif\ifreversecolumns -\newif\ifreversecolumns - %D Here comes the simple splitting routine. It's a bit %D longer than expected because of ragging bottoms or not. %D This part can be a bit shorter but I suppose that I will @@ -757,7 +756,7 @@ \fuzzysnappedbox\unvbox0 \fakecolumnfootnotes{#1}}% \else - \ifcleverfootnotes + \ifclevernotes \columnfootnotecorrection{#1}{\dimen#3}% \setbox0\vsplit#2 to \dimen#3% \global\setbox#1\vbox to \dimen#3% @@ -787,15 +786,15 @@ \def\fakecolumnfootnotes#1% {\relax - \ifcleverfootnotes + \ifclevernotes \ifnum#1=\lastcolumnbox - \fakefootnotes + \fakenotes \fi \fi} \def\columnfootnotecorrection#1#2% {\relax - \ifcleverfootnotes + \ifclevernotes \ifnum#1=\lastcolumnbox\relax \calculatetotalnoteheight \advance#2 -\totalnoteheight @@ -804,7 +803,7 @@ \def\overlaycolumnfootnotes % VERVANGEN !!! {\relax - \ifcleverfootnotes + \ifclevernotes \checknotepresence \ifnotespresent \bgroup @@ -815,7 +814,7 @@ \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight \advance\scratchdimen \topskip \setbox0\hbox - {\lower\scratchdimen\vbox{\placefootnoteinserts}}% + {\lower\scratchdimen\vbox{\placenoteinserts}}% \ht0=\openstrutheight % \strutht \dp0=\openstrutdepth % \strutdp \scratchdimen\ht\lastcolumnbox @@ -850,7 +849,7 @@ {\splitcurrentcolumn from \box\normalpagebox to \dimen0} \setbox\restofpage\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}% \ifinheritcolumns - \ifr@ggedbottom % vreemd + \ifr@ggedbottom % vreemd \dohandleallcolumns {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox\vbox to \ht\firstcolumnbox {\dimen0\dp\currentcolumnbox @@ -907,29 +906,29 @@ \dontshowcomposition \widowpenalty\zerocount \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}% -\ifdim\ht0>\openlineheight % at least one line - \ifnum\minbalancetoplines<2 % balance anyway - \donetrue - \else % check criterium to available lines +\ifdim\ht0>\openlineheight % at least one line + \ifnum\minbalancetoplines<2 % balance anyway + \donetrue + \else % check criterium to available lines \getnoflines{\ht0}% \divide\noflines \nofcolumns \relax \ifnum\noflines<\minbalancetoplines \relax - \dimen0\ht0 + \dimen0\ht0 \advance\dimen0 \ht\firsttopcolumnbox \advance\dimen0 \openlineheight \relax % let's play safe - \ifdim\dimen0>\columntextheight % column exceeding text height + \ifdim\dimen0>\columntextheight % column exceeding text height \donetrue - \else % it seems to fit - \donefalse + \else % it seems to fit + \donefalse \fi \else % balance indeed \donetrue \fi \fi -\else % balancing does not make sense +\else % balancing does not make sense \donefalse \fi -\ifdone % start balancing +\ifdone % start balancing %\ifdim\ht0>\openlineheight \dimen0\ht0 \advance\dimen0 \topskip @@ -943,7 +942,7 @@ \ifgridsnapping \dimen2\lineheight \else - \dimen2=\!!onepoint % RUBISH + \dimen2=\onepoint % RUBISH \dimen2=\spacingfactor\dimen2 \fi \loop @@ -956,14 +955,14 @@ \setbox2\vbox{\unvcopy\firstcolumnbox}% \dimen4\zeropoint \dohandleallcolumns - {\setbox4\vbox + {\setbox4\vbox {\unvcopy\currentcolumnbox %rather new, test this on pdftex-z.tex \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% maybe better in main splitter %\writestatus{balance}{\the\currentcolumnbox: \the\ht4}% \dimen6\ht4 \ifdim\dimen6>\dimen4 \dimen4=\dimen6 \fi}% - \advance\dimen4 -.0005pt % get rid of accurracy problem, pretty new + \advance\dimen4 -.0005pt % get rid of accurracy problem, pretty new \ifnum\count255>100 \donefalse \else\ifdim\dimen4>\ht2 @@ -1167,7 +1166,7 @@ \fi} \def\docolumnroomfloat - {\ifpostponecolumnfloats + {\ifpostponecolumnfloats \global\roomforfloatfalse \else\ifnofloatpermitted \global\roomforfloatfalse @@ -1222,7 +1221,7 @@ % \setbox2=\vbox % {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] % \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}}% -% \advance\dimen0 by \ht2 +% \advance\dimen0 by \ht2 % \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 % \ifnum\count255<\nofcolumns % \advance\count255 by 1 @@ -1280,7 +1279,7 @@ \setbox2=\vbox {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}}% - \advance\dimen0 \ht2 + \advance\dimen0 \ht2 \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 \ifnum\mofcolumns<\nofcolumns \advance\mofcolumns \plusone @@ -1353,7 +1352,7 @@ \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% \else \dogetfloat - \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\finalcolumntextwidth % better somewhere else too + \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\finalcolumntextwidth % better somewhere else too \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \finalcolumntextwidth{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% \fi % otherwise the graphic may disappear \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\hsize @@ -1361,7 +1360,7 @@ \advance\dimen0 \intercolumnwidth \dimen2\hsize \advance\dimen2 \intercolumnwidth - \advance\dimen0 .5pt % hm, why 1 + \advance\dimen0 .5pt % hm, why 1 \advance\dimen2 .5pt % hm, why 2 \divide\dimen0 \dimen2 \count0\dimen0 @@ -1375,7 +1374,7 @@ \advance\dimen0 -\intercolumnwidth \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \dimen0 %{\hss\hbox{\copy\floatbox}\hss}% - {\processaction[\@@bkplaats] % how easy to forget + {\processaction[\@@bkplaats] % how easy to forget [ \v!links=>\copy\floatbox\hss, \v!rechts=>\hss\copy\floatbox, \s!default=>\hss\copy\floatbox\hss, @@ -1421,14 +1420,14 @@ %D \normalizevbox{...} %D \stoptypen -% border case, should fit on one page +% border case, should fit on one page +% +% \startkolommen % -% \startkolommen -% % 1 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{1}} % 2 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{2}} % 3 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{3}} -% +% % \stopkolommen \newif\ifbinnenkolommen @@ -1549,12 +1548,12 @@ \fi \fi} -\installcolumnbreakhandler {MUL} \v!voorkeur +\installcolumnbreakhandler {MUL} \v!voorkeur {\goodbreak} \installcolumnbreakhandler {MUL} \v!ja - {\par % todo: since - {\testrulewidth\zeropoint\ruledvskip\teksthoogte} % we misuse a + {\par % todo: since + {\testrulewidth\zeropoint\ruledvskip\teksthoogte} % we misuse a \penalty-200 % side effect \vskip-\teksthoogte \prevdepth-\thousandpoint} % signals top of column to \blanko @@ -1591,9 +1590,9 @@ \forgetall} % \blanko[\v!blokkeer] \def\stopsimplecolumns - {\removebottomthings + {\removebottomthings \egroup \rigidcolumnbalance\scratchbox \egroup} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-not.tex b/tex/context/base/page-not.tex index 505b1a5c1..ea4c444f7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-not.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-not.tex @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ %D \module -%D [ file=page-not, +%D [ file=page-nnt, %D version=2002.04.16, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, -%D subtitle=Footnotes, +%D subtitle=Footnotes, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] @@ -13,102 +13,58 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Footnotes} -%D Terrible hacks: we need to share save/restore +%D Terrible hacks: we need to share save/restore -%D We've moved some footnote handling to a separate page +%D We've moved some footnote handling to a separate page %D module. The macros below are used in the single and multi -%D column page handlers and permit mixed usage of column and -%D page notes. +%D column page handlers and permit mixed usage of column and +%D page notes. -\unprotect +\unprotect -\installbackupinsertion\footins - -\def\checkbegincolumnfootnotes % should happen inside otr - {\ifcleverfootnotes +\def\checkbegincolumnfootnotes % should happen inside otr + {\ifclevernotes \doflushnotes - \saveinsertionbox\footins + \savenotecontent \else - \eraseinsertionbackup\footins + \erasenotebackup \fi - \saveinsertiondata\footins + \savenotedata \checknotes} \def\checkendcolumnfootnotes - {\restoreinsertiondata\footins % maybe better just \checknotes - \ifcleverfootnotes - \restoreinsertionbox\footins + {\restorenotedata % maybe better just \checknotes + \ifclevernotes + \restorenotecontent \fi} \def\checksinglecolumnfootnotes - {\checknotes} % njet : \restoreinsertiondata\footins - -\def\columnfootins % expands to an insert number - {\ifcleverfootnotes - \backupinsertion\footins - \else - \footins - \fi} - -% wrong place + {\checknotes} % njet : \restorenotedata \newdimen\totalinsertionheight \def\settotalinsertionheight - {\totalinsertionheight\zeropoint - \addinsertionheight\topins \to\totalinsertionheight - \addinsertionheight\botins \to\totalinsertionheight - \addinsertionheight\columnfootins\to\totalinsertionheight} - -% idem - -\def\enablenotes - {\global\count\footins1000 - \global\skip\footins1\baselineskip\relax} - -\def\disablenotes - {\global\count\footins\zerocount - \global\skip\footins \zeropoint} + {\calculatetotalnoteheight + \totalinsertionheight\totalnoteheight + \addinsertionheight\topins\to\totalinsertionheight + \addinsertionheight\botins\to\totalinsertionheight} -% also +% hm -%\def\flushsavedcolumnfootnotes -% {\insert\footins{\unvbox\OTRSETsavedfootnotes}} -% -%\def\savecolumnfootnotes -% {\global\setbox\OTRSETsavedfootnotes\vbox -% {\unvbox\OTRSETsavedfootnotes\box\footins}} - -\newbox\savednotes - -\def\flushsavednotes - {\ifvoid\savednotes\else - \insert\footins{\unvbox\savednotes}% - \fi} - -\def\savenotes - {\global\setbox\savednotes\vbox - {\ifvoid\savednotes\else\unvbox\savednotes\fi - \box\footins}} - -% hm - -\installbackupinsertion\footins - -\def\checkbegincolumnfootnotes % should happen inside otr - {\ifcleverfootnotes +\def\checkbegincolumnfootnotes % should happen inside otr + {\ifclevernotes \doflushnotes - \saveinsertionbox\footins + \savenotecontent \else - \eraseinsertionbackup\footins + \erasenotebackup \fi - \saveinsertiondata\footins + \savenotedata \checknotes} \def\checkendcolumnfootnotes - {\restoreinsertiondata\footins - \ifcleverfootnotes - \restoreinsertionbox\footins + {\restorenotedata + \ifclevernotes + \restorenotecontent \fi} - -\protect \endinput + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-one.tex b/tex/context/base/page-one.tex index f236a411e..c5707a0e7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-one.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-one.tex @@ -73,6 +73,23 @@ % \egroup % \fi} +% \def\OTRONEsetvsize +% {\ifgridsnapping +% \ifcase\layoutlines +% \getrawnoflines\teksthoogte +% \else +% \noflines\layoutlines +% \fi +% \global\vsize\noflines\openlineheight +% \else +% \global\vsize\teksthoogte +% \fi +% \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen +% \global\pagegoal\vsize +% \fi} + +\newdimen\oldvsize + \def\OTRONEsetvsize {\ifgridsnapping \ifcase\layoutlines @@ -85,7 +102,16 @@ \global\vsize\teksthoogte \fi \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen - \global\pagegoal\vsize + \ifdim\oldvsize=\vsize + % let's assume that the layout didn't change + \else + \bgroup + \global\oldvsize\vsize + \advance\vsize-\topinserted + \advance\vsize-\botinserted + \global\pagegoal\vsize + \egroup + \fi \fi} % \def\OTRONEdopagecontents#1#2% \box<n> \unvbox<n> @@ -112,7 +138,7 @@ % \kern\maxdepth % \dobotinsertions % \fi\fi\fi -% \fakefootnotes}% +% \fakenotes}% % \ifbottomnotes % \ifgridsnapping % \getnoflines\teksthoogte @@ -196,7 +222,7 @@ \pushcolor % moved from just after #1#2 \dobotinsertions % added \fi\fi\fi - \fakefootnotes}% + \fakenotes}% \ifbottomnotes \ifgridsnapping \getnoflines\teksthoogte @@ -253,6 +279,48 @@ \fi \egroup} +% \def\OTRONEdodosettopinserts +% {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats +% \dogetfloat +% \ifdim\topinserted=\zeropoint +% \topofinserttrue +% \else +% \topofinsertfalse +% \fi +% \global\advance\topinserted \ht\floatbox +% \global\advance\topinserted \dp\floatbox +% \global\advance\topinserted \floatbottomskip\relax +% \ifdim\topinserted<\teksthoogte\relax +% \xdef\totaltopinserted{\the\topinserted}% +% \insert\topins +% {\forgetall +% \iftopofinsert +% \kern-\lineskip\par +% \prevdepth\maxdimen +% \else +% %\blanko[-\@@bknawit,\@@bkvoorwit]% inserts can't look back +% \betweenfloatblanko +% \fi +% \flushfloatbox +% \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% +% \ifsomefloatwaiting +% \advance\noffloatinserts \plusone +% \else +% \noffloatinserts\noftopfloats\relax +% \fi +% \dofloatflushedinfo +% \else +% \doresavefloat +% \noffloatinserts\noftopfloats\relax +% \fi +% \else +% \ifsomefloatwaiting +% \showmessage\m!floatblocks6{\the\noftopfloats}% +% \fi +% \let\OTRONEdodosettopinserts\relax +% \fi +% \OTRONEdodosettopinserts} + \def\OTRONEdodosettopinserts {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats \dogetfloat @@ -269,6 +337,7 @@ \insert\topins {\forgetall \iftopofinsert + \topskipcorrection % [xx] new: see icare topbleed \kern-\lineskip\par \prevdepth\maxdimen \else @@ -334,12 +403,11 @@ \OTRONEdodosetbotinserts} \def\OTRONEdosetbothinserts - {\ifflushingfloats - \global\topinserted\zeropoint - \global\botinserted\zeropoint - \else - \global\topinserted\zeropoint \OTRONEdosettopinserts - \global\botinserted\zeropoint \OTRONEdosetbotinserts + {\global\topinserted\zeropoint + \global\botinserted\zeropoint + \ifflushingfloats \else + \OTRONEdosettopinserts + \OTRONEdosetbotinserts \fi} % \def\OTRONEdotopinsertions @@ -374,11 +442,23 @@ \global\botinserted\zeropoint \global\nofloatpermittedfalse} +% \def\OTRONEdoflushfloats +% {\global\flushingfloatstrue +% \ifsomefloatwaiting +% \par +% \ifvmode \prevdepth\maxdimen \fi % prevents whitespace +% \OTRONEdodoflushfloats +% \fi +% \global\savednoffloats\zerocount +% \global\somefloatwaitingfalse +% \global\flushingfloatsfalse} + \def\OTRONEdoflushfloats {\global\flushingfloatstrue \ifsomefloatwaiting \par - \ifvmode \prevdepth\maxdimen \fi % prevents whitespace + % if kept, then option and definitely off in gridmode ! ! ! ! + % \ifvmode \prevdepth\maxdimen \fi % prevents whitespace; problematic in icare tests \OTRONEdodoflushfloats \fi \global\savednoffloats\zerocount @@ -492,7 +572,7 @@ \dimen2 .99\pagegoal \or % method 2 : tight - \advance\dimen0 -\!!onepoint + \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint \fi \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 @@ -505,8 +585,11 @@ \def\OTRONEflushsavedfloats {\dosetbothinserts} +% TODO: TEST FIRST, NO CORRECTION NEEDED IN GRID MODE, EVT OPTION + \def\OTRONEsomeherefloat[#1]% spacing between two successive must be better - {\baselinecorrection + {\baselinecorrection % not really needed in grid mode: + %\ifgridsnapping \else \baselinecorrection \fi % ! ! ! test test test ! ! ! ! \doplacefloatbox \doinsertfloatinfo \dochecknextindentation\??bk} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-set.tex b/tex/context/base/page-set.tex index 518da3132..a4e98abc3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-set.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-set.tex @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ % no, extra page \pagebreak % (test on pascal toc) \dostopcolumnset \egroup - \global\footnotelimittrue + \global\notelimittrue % brrr, untested and fuzzy \setvsize \sethsize \ifvoid\OTRfinalpagebox\else diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex b/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex index e61b9ff99..0c2506eac 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ \iftracesidefloats \color[darkgray]% {\baselinerulefalse - \boxrulewidth.5\s!pt + \boxrulewidth.5\points \ruledhbox{\strut\kern\sidefloatwidth}}% \fi \par @@ -385,6 +385,118 @@ \fi +% \def\putsidefloat#1% grid (4) is rather experimental +% {\par +% \witruimte +% % moved here dec 2001 +% {\everypar\emptytoks\forgetall\verticalstrut\vskip-\struttotal}% moved +% \checksidefloatshift +% \ifdim\sidefloatshift=\zeropoint \relax +% \ifnum\sidefloattype=4 +% \global\advance\sidefloatshift\sidefloatextrashift +% \global\sidefloatextrashift\zeropoint +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype=5 +% \global\advance\sidefloatshift\sidefloatextrashift +% \global\sidefloatextrashift\zeropoint +% \fi\fi +% \else +% \ifnum\sidefloattype<4 +% \global\chardef\sidefloattype4 +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype>5 +% \global\chardef\sidefloattype5 +% \fi\fi +% \fi +% \previoussidefloat +% \stallsidefloat +% %\global\setbox\floatbox\hbox +% % {\ifmarginfloat\else\ifrightfloat\else\kern\sidefloatleftshift\fi\fi +% % \hskip\ifrightfloat-\sidefloatextrashift\else\sidefloatshift\fi +% % \vbox{#1\ifnum\sidefloatalign=4 \removedepth\fi}% +% % \kern\ifrightfloat\sidefloatshift\else-\sidefloatextrashift\fi +% % \ifmarginfloat\else\ifrightfloat\kern\sidefloatrightshift\fi\fi}% +% \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox % no \hskip, but \kern here +% {\ifnum\sidefloattype=4 +% \hskip\sidefloatleftshift +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype=1 +% \hskip\sidefloatleftshift +% \fi\fi +% \ifnum\sidefloattype>4 +% \hskip-\sidefloatextrashift +% \else +% \hskip\sidefloatshift +% \fi +% \vbox{#1\ifnum\sidefloatalign=4 \removedepth\fi}% +% \ifnum\sidefloattype>4 +% \kern\sidefloatshift +% \else +% \kern-\sidefloatextrashift +% \fi +% \ifnum\sidefloattype=8 +% \kern\sidefloatrightshift +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype=5 +% \kern\sidefloatrightshift +% \fi\fi}% +% \ifnum\sidefloatalign=4 +% \getnoflines{\ht\floatbox}% +% \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight +% \advance\scratchdimen-\strutdepth +% \getrawnoflines\sidefloattopskip +% \advance\scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight +% % todo: maybe rounding problem here +% % \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox{\lower\lineheight\box\floatbox}% +% \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox{\lower\strutdepth\box\floatbox}% +% \global\ht\floatbox\scratchdimen +% \global\dp\floatbox\zeropoint +% \fi +% \ifcase\sidefloatalign \else +% \global\sidefloattopskip\zeropoint +% \fi +% \scratchdimen +% \ifnum\sidefloattype<4 +% \sidefloattopskip +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype>5 +% \sidefloattopskip +% \else +% \zeropoint +% \fi\fi +% % the top of the box is at the previous baseline +% \ifcase\sidefloatalign +% % 0 normal +% \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth % == \sidefloattopoffset +% \or % 1 height +% \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth % == \sidefloattopoffset +% \or % 2 line +% \or % 3 depth +% \advance\scratchdimen\lineheight +% \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth +% \or % 4 grid +% \scratchdimen\zeropoint +% \fi +% % new +% \global\sidefloatlinesdone\zerocount +% \ifnum\sidefloatsidelines>\zerocount +% \advance\scratchdimen\sidefloatsidelines\lineheight +% \fi +% % new +% \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox +% {\vbox{\vskip\scratchdimen\nointerlineskip\box\floatbox}}% +% \ifnum\sidefloattype<4 +% \global\sidefloattopskip\zeropoint +% \else\ifnum\sidefloattype>5 +% \global\sidefloattopskip\zeropoint +% \fi\fi +% \global\sidefloatdownshift\zeropoint +% \measuresidefloat +% \ifroomforfloat \else +% \tosssidefloat +% \measuresidefloat +% \stallsidefloat +% \fi +% \setsidefloat} + +% externfiguur -> grid =ja|hoogte|diepte|halveregel|passend -> helemaal in details +% stelplaatsblokin -> zijuitlijnen=hoogte|diepte|regel|halveregel|grid -> halveregel in 'details' + \def\putsidefloat#1% grid (4) is rather experimental {\par \witruimte @@ -471,6 +583,8 @@ \advance\scratchdimen\strutdepth \or % 4 grid \scratchdimen\zeropoint + \or + \advance\scratchdimen\strutheight \fi % new \global\sidefloatlinesdone\zerocount @@ -479,7 +593,11 @@ \fi % new \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox - {\vbox{\vskip\scratchdimen\nointerlineskip\box\floatbox}}% + {\vbox + {\vskip\scratchdimen + \nointerlineskip + \box\floatbox + \ifnum\sidefloatalign=5 \vskip-\lineheight \fi}}% \ifnum\sidefloattype<4 \global\sidefloattopskip\zeropoint \else\ifnum\sidefloattype>5 @@ -539,7 +657,7 @@ \dimen2 .99\pagegoal \or % method 2 : tight - \advance\dimen0 -\!!onepoint + \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint \fi \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 @@ -625,7 +743,7 @@ % \iftracesidefloats % \hskip-\sidefloatwidth % \color[darkgray]% -% {\vrule\!!height.5\s!pt\!!depth.5\s!pt\!!width\sidefloatwidth +% {\vrule\!!height.5\points\!!depth.5\points\!!width\sidefloatwidth % %\hskip-.25\bodyfontsize\showstruts\strut\hskip.25\bodyfontsize}% % \llap{\showstruts\strut\hskip.25\bodyfontsize}}% % \fi} @@ -678,7 +796,7 @@ \iftracesidefloats \hskip-\sidefloatwidth \color[darkgray]% - {\vrule\!!height.5\s!pt\!!depth.5\s!pt\!!width\sidefloatwidth + {\vrule\!!height.5\points\!!depth.5\points\!!width\sidefloatwidth %\hskip-.25\bodyfontsize\showstruts\strut\hskip.25\bodyfontsize}% \llap{\showstruts\strut\hskip.25\bodyfontsize}}% \fi} @@ -727,4 +845,4 @@ \kern-\!!counta\baselineskip \penalty\zerocount } -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-spr.tex b/tex/context/base/page-spr.tex index 7ee01cd09..315176a07 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-spr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-spr.tex @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ %D [ file=page-spr, %D version=2002.11.11, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, -%D subtitle=Spreading, +%D subtitle=Spreading, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Spreading} +\writestatus{loading}{Context Page Macros / Spreading} % This module is experimental and not yet official! -\unprotect +\unprotect \newbox\spreadbox \newif \ifinspread @@ -32,28 +32,28 @@ \noindent % content can be < \hsize \dopagecontents#2#3}}% \dp#1\zeropoint - \setbox#1\hbox to \zetbreedte + \setbox#1\hbox to \zetbreedte {\ifinspread \ifvoid\spreadbox \global\setbox\spreadbox\box#1% - \copy\spreadbox\hss % left page + \copy\spreadbox\hss % left page \else - % prevent duplicate writes in normal run + % prevent duplicate writes in normal run \ifarrangingpages \else \ifcase\showspreadmode \global\setbox\spreadbox\null \wd\spreadbox\zetbreedte \ht\spreadbox\teksthoogte \fi \fi - \hss\box\spreadbox % right page + \hss\box\spreadbox % right page \fi \else \hss\box#1\hss % never change the \hss's \fi}} \def\doflushspread - {\ifinspread \ifvoid\spreadbox\else - % this page will be discarded later - \null \pagina + {\ifinspread \ifvoid\spreadbox\else + % this page will be discarded later + \null \pagina \fi \fi } \def\startspread @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ \pagina[\v!links] \egroup} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput % texexec --arr --pdf test % @@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ % \setuppapersize[A4][A3,landscape] % \setuppagenumbering[alternative=doublesided] % \setuparranging[2UP] -% -% \starttext -% +% +% \starttext +% % \dorecurse{3}{\input tufte } -% -% \startspread +% +% \startspread % \dorecurse{10}{\input tufte } % \stopspread -% +% % \dorecurse{3}{\input tufte } -% -% \stoptext +% +% \stoptext
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-txt.tex b/tex/context/base/page-txt.tex index 5b1d21713..44d9ec1f8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-txt.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-txt.tex @@ -21,27 +21,27 @@ %D Interfacing between this and other modules is handled by %D the following macros. The current state of a text line -%D (header, footer, etc.) is checked by: -%D -%D \starttypen -%D \resetlayoutlines -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D The main text box is finished by the following macro: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D (header, footer, etc.) is checked by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \resetlayouttextlines +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The main text box is finished by the following macro: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \getmainbox <box> <\vbox|\unvbox> -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D The text lines are collected with: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The text lines are collected with: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \gettextboxes -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D It is possible to extens the default content of the text -%D areas by appending content to the following token list -%D registers: +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D It is possible to extens the default content of the text +%D areas by appending content to the following token list +%D registers: \newtoks\toptextcontent \newtoks\leftedgetextcontent \newtoks\headertextcontent \newtoks\leftmargintextcontent @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ \newtoks\texttextcontent %D \macros -%D {setuptop, setupheader, setuptext, +%D {setuptop, setupheader, setuptext, %D setupfooter, setupbottom} -%D +%D %D The macros in this module sometimes look a bit more complicated %D than needed, which is a direct result of the fact that their %D ancestors are quite old and upward compatibility is a must. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ %\getparameters[\??tk#1\v!tekst][#2]% \getparameters[\??tk#1][#2]% \fi - %\checkcurrentlayout % no + %\checkcurrentlayout % no \calculatevsizes} \def\setuptop {\dotripleempty\dosetuplayouttext[\v!boven]} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ %D \macros %D {noheaderandfooterlines,notopandbottomlines} -%D +%D %D Although not really needed, the following shortcuts %D sometimes come in handy. %D @@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ \setupbottom[\c!status=\v!leeg]} %D \macros -%D {setuptoptexts, setupheadertexts, setuptexttexts, +%D {setuptoptexts, setupheadertexts, setuptexttexts, %D setupfootertexts, setupbottomtexts} -%D +%D %D The next macros take one or more arguments. The exact setup %D depends on the number of arguments. Although not that %D intuitive, the current scheme evolved out of the original. @@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{\v!paginanummer}{#6} {\@@plaatspaginanummer} {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{\v!datum}{#6} - {\currentdate} - {% #6{}{}{} -> {} needed for macros that look + {\currentdate} + {% #6{}{}{} -> {} needed for macros that look % ahead, like \uniqueMPgraphic \opeenregel\dolimitatetexts{#1#2#5}{#6{}{}{}}}}}}}% \egroup} @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ \def\dolimitatetexts#1#2% {\doifelsevaluenothing{#1}{#2}{\limitatetext{#2}{\getvalue{#1}}{\unknown}}} -%D The placement of text is hooked into the token lists -%D associated to the area at hand. +%D The placement of text is hooked into the token lists +%D associated to the area at hand. \appendtoks \placelayouttextline\v!boven\bovenhoogte \to \toptextcontent \appendtoks \placelayouttextline\v!hoofd\hoofdhoogte \to \headertextcontent @@ -256,28 +256,28 @@ % {\getvalue{\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus}{#1}{#2}} % {\getvalue{\string\placelayouttextline\s!unknown}{#1}{#2}}} % -%\def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 +%\def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 % {\settextlinestatus{#1}% % \doifundefined{\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus} % {\let\textlinestatus\s!unknown}% % \getvalue{\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus}{#1}} % {#2} -% recently bugged +% recently bugged % -% \def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 +% \def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 % {\settextlinestatus{#1}% % \ifundefined{\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus}% % \let\textlinestatus\s!unknown % \fi % \csname\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus\endcsname{#1}} % {#2} -\def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 +\def\placelayouttextline#1% #2 {\settextlinestatus{#1}% \csname\string\placelayouttextline \ifundefined{\string\placelayouttextline\textlinestatus}% \s!unknown \else - \textlinestatus + \textlinestatus \fi \endcsname{#1}} % {#2} @@ -306,10 +306,6 @@ \setvalue{\string\placelayouttextline\s!unknown}#1#2% {\bgroup % new \resettextlinestatus{#1}% - %\setlocallayoutline{#1\textlinestatus}% - %\setlocallayoutline{#1\v!tekst\textlinestatus}% - %\setlocallayoutline{#1\v!marge\textlinestatus}% - %\setlocallayoutline{#1\v!rand\textlinestatus}% \getvalue{\??tk#1\textlinestatus}% \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\textlinestatus}% \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge\textlinestatus}% @@ -317,29 +313,21 @@ \doplacelayouttextline{#1}{#2}% \egroup} -% \def\setlocallayoutline#1% -% {\ifundefined{\??tk#1}\else\getvalue{\??tk#1}\fi} - %D The following macro has to be called after a page %D is flushed. -%\def\resetlayoutline#1% beware: global assignment -% {\doifvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}\v!hoog -% {\resettextlinestatus{#1}% -% \donetrue}} - -\def\resetlayoutline#1% beware: global assignment +\def\resetlayouttextline#1% beware: global assignment {\doifvalue{\??tk#1\c!status}\v!hoog {\resettextlinestatus{#1}% \donetrue}} -\def\resetlayoutlines +\def\resetlayouttextlines {\donefalse - \resetlayoutline\v!boven - \resetlayoutline\v!hoofd - \resetlayoutline\v!tekst - \resetlayoutline\v!voet - \resetlayoutline\v!onder + \resetlayouttextline\v!boven + \resetlayouttextline\v!hoofd + \resetlayouttextline\v!tekst + \resetlayouttextline\v!voet + \resetlayouttextline\v!onder \ifdone \doglobal\calculatevsizes \recalculatebackgrounds @@ -375,6 +363,7 @@ \vskip-\teksthoogte \the\texttextcontent \vskip\teksthoogte + \the\everyendoftextbody \vskip\voetafstand \ifdim\voethoogte>\zeropoint \the\footertextcontent @@ -440,10 +429,10 @@ \box\scratchpagebox} %D The main text area has to be combined with some additional -%D (tracing) information. +%D (tracing) information. \def\settextpagecontent#1#2#3% #2 and #3 will disappear - {\setbox#1\hbox to \zetbreedte + {\setbox#1\hbox to \zetbreedte {\hss % so don't change this \vbox to \teksthoogte {\offinterlineskip @@ -455,12 +444,12 @@ \hss}% \dp#1\zeropoint} -\def\addtextgridlayer#1% tzt run time +\def\addtextgridlayer#1% tzt run time {\ifcase\showgridstate\else % 1=bottom 2=top \setgridbox\scratchbox\zetbreedte\teksthoogte \setbox#1\hbox {\ifcase\showgridstate\or\or\box#1\hskip-\zetbreedte\fi - \bgroup % color + \bgroup % color \startlayoutcomponent{gridcolumns}{grid columns}% \incolortrue \ifcase\layoutcolumns\else @@ -485,9 +474,9 @@ \ifcase\showgridstate\or\hskip-\zetbreedte\box#1\fi}% \fi} -%D The placement of a whole line is handled by the next two +%D The placement of a whole line is handled by the next two %D macros. These are hooked into the general purpose token -%D list registers mentioned before. +%D list registers mentioned before. \def\ignoredlinebreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces} @@ -581,35 +570,35 @@ \stoplayoutcomponent \getvalue{\??tk#2#3\c!na}}} -%D Although it is far better to use backgrounds for this -%D purpose, one can add a rule in the following way. This -%D method makes the rules disappear in case of an empty text -%D line. Consider this a feature. +%D Although it is far better to use backgrounds for this +%D purpose, one can add a rule in the following way. This +%D method makes the rules disappear in case of an empty text +%D line. Consider this a feature. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \setupheadertexts[left][right] -%D +%D %D \setupheader[text][after=\hrule,style=bold] -%D +%D %D \starttext %D \input tufte \page %D \setupheader[state=empty] %D \input tufte \page %D \stoptext -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen -%D The next twosome will be done differently (using an +%D The next twosome will be done differently (using an %D existing auxiliary macro). % \def\@@nmpre#1{\setbox0\hbox{#1}\ifdim\wd0=\zeropoint\else\unhbox0\tfskip\fi} % \def\@@nmpos#1{\setbox0\hbox{#1}\ifdim\wd0=\zeropoint\else\tfskip\unhbox0\fi} -% cleaner +% cleaner \def\@@nmpre#1{\doiftext{#1}{{#1}\tfskip}} \def\@@nmpos#1{\doiftext{#1}{\tfskip{#1}}} -% newer +% newer \def\@@nmprepos#1#2#3#4#5% {\doifelsenothing\@@nmbreedte @@ -619,7 +608,7 @@ \def\@@nmpre{\@@nmprepos\empty\tfskip\relax\hss} \def\@@nmpos{\@@nmprepos\tfskip\empty\hss\relax} -%D This code will move to \type {page-flt.tex}. +%D This code will move to \type {page-flt.tex}. \appendtoks \plaatsrechtermargeblok \hskip-\rechtermargebreedte @@ -629,9 +618,9 @@ \plaatslinkermargeblok \hskip-\linkermargebreedte \to \leftmargintextcontent -%D The next hook will later be used for keeping track of -%D positions, i.e.\ it will provide a proper (page -%D dependent) reference point. +%D The next hook will later be used for keeping track of +%D positions, i.e.\ it will provide a proper (page +%D dependent) reference point. \ifx\undefined\placepositionanchors \def\placepositionanchors{\vskip\teksthoogte} @@ -639,24 +628,24 @@ %D \macros %D {definetext} -%D +%D %D Some macros ago, we implemented the \type {status} option -%D \type {unknown}. This one is used to take care of -%D symbolic texts handlers. +%D \type {unknown}. This one is used to take care of +%D symbolic texts handlers. %D %D \showsetup{\y!definetext} -%D -%D The next example demonstrates how we can use this -%D mechanism to provide page (event) dependent text lines. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D +%D The next example demonstrates how we can use this +%D mechanism to provide page (event) dependent text lines. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \definetext[hoofdstuk][voet][paginanummer] %D \stelkopin[hoofdstuk][hoofd=hoog,voet=hoofdstuk] %D \setupheadertexts[paginanummer] %D \setupfootertexts[links][rechts] %D \hoofdstuk{eerste} \dorecurse{20}{\input tufte \relax} %D \hoofdstuk{tweede} \dorecurse{20}{\input tufte \relax} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\definetext {\doseventupleempty\dodefinetext} @@ -674,8 +663,8 @@ \setvalue{\??tk #2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dosetuptexts[#2][#3]}% \fi\fi\fi\fi} -%D The rest of this file is dedicated to setting up the -%D texts. This code is not that impressive. +%D The rest of this file is dedicated to setting up the +%D texts. This code is not that impressive. \setupheadertexts [\v!tekst] [] [] \setupheadertexts [\v!marge] [] [] @@ -718,15 +707,15 @@ % \resetlayouttekst[#1][\v!rand]} %D We combine a lot of similar settings in a macro that -%D we will later dispose. +%D we will later dispose. \def\dodocommando[#1][#2]% {\getparameters [\??tk#1#2] - [%\c!status=\v!normaal, % moved - \c!voor=, % both global and local are used - \c!na=, % both global and local are used - \c!strut=, % the local one, not (yet) used + [%\c!status=\v!normaal, % moved + \c!voor=, % both global and local are used + \c!na=, % both global and local are used + \c!strut=, % the local one, not (yet) used \c!letter=\getvalue{\??tk#1\c!letter},% hm, got lost \c!kleur=\getvalue{\??tk#1\c!kleur}, % hm, got lost \c!linkertekst=, @@ -734,8 +723,8 @@ \c!rechtertekst=, \c!kantlijntekst=, \c!margetekst=, - \c!breedte=]% - \inheritparameter[\??tk#1#2][\c!linkerletter ][\c!letter ]% + \c!breedte=]% + \inheritparameter[\??tk#1#2][\c!linkerletter ][\c!letter ]% \inheritparameter[\??tk#1#2][\c!rechterletter ][\c!letter ]% \inheritparameter[\??tk#1#2][\c!linkerkleur ][\c!kleur ]% \inheritparameter[\??tk#1#2][\c!rechterkleur ][\c!kleur ]% @@ -757,7 +746,7 @@ \let\dodocommando\relax %D While the header and footer lines are moved away from the -%D main text, the top and bottom lines are centered. +%D main text, the top and bottom lines are centered. \setuptop [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=\vss,\c!na=\vss,\c!strut=] \setupheader[\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=, \c!na=\vss,\c!strut=\v!ja] diff --git a/tex/context/base/plus-rul.tex b/tex/context/base/plus-rul.tex index 8b5652485..15f919fcc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/plus-rul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/plus-rul.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=plus-rul, -%D version=2003.03.16, +%D version=2003.03.16, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Plus Macros, %D subtitle=Ruled Stuff Handling, %D author=Hans Hagen, @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ %D copyright=PRAGMA-ADE] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Plus Macros / Ruled Content Handling} -\unprotect +\unprotect %D \definesidebar[whow][rulecolor=green,distance=] -%D -%D \starttext -%D +%D +%D \starttext +%D %D \input tufte \par -%D \startsidebar +%D \startsidebar %D \input tufte \par %D \input tufte \par %D \startsidebar[whow] @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %D \input tufte \stopsidebar \par %D \input tufte \par %D \input tufte \par -%D \startsidebar +%D \startsidebar %D \input tufte \par %D \input tufte \par %D \input tufte \par @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ %D \input tufte \stopsidebar \par %D \input tufte \par %D \input tufte \par -%D \startsidebar -%D \input tufte -%D \input tufte -%D \input tufte -%D \input tufte -%D \input tufte +%D \startsidebar +%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte +%D \input tufte %D \stopsidebar \newcounter\currentsidebar @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ \definesystemvariable{sr} -\def\setupsidebars +\def\setupsidebars {\dodoubleargument\dosetupsidebars} \def\dosetupsidebars[#1][#2]% @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ {\advance\sidebardistance\@@srafstand} {\sidebardistance\getvalue{\??sr#1\c!afstand}}}% \startpositionoverlay{text-1}% - \expanded{\setMPpositiongraphicrange + \expanded{\setMPpositiongraphicrange {b:side:\currentsidebar}% {e:side:\currentsidebar}% {mpos:bar}% @@ -115,31 +115,31 @@ \startMPpositionmethod{mpos:bar} \startMPpositiongraphic{mpos:bar}{linecolor,linewidth,distance}% StartPage ; - path p ; p := - if \MPp\MPbself=\MPp\MPeself : + path p ; p := + if \MPp\MPbself=\MPp\MPeself : (xpart ulcorner Field[Text][Text],\MPy\MPbself+\MPh\MPbself) -- (xpart llcorner Field[Text][Text],\MPy\MPeself-\MPd\MPeself) ; - elseif RealPageNumber=\MPp\MPbself : + elseif RealPageNumber=\MPp\MPbself : (xpart ulcorner Field[Text][Text],\MPy\MPbself+\MPh\MPbself) -- (llcorner Field[Text][Text]) ; - elseif RealPageNumber=\MPp\MPeself : + elseif RealPageNumber=\MPp\MPeself : (ulcorner Field[Text][Text]) -- (xpart llcorner Field[Text][Text],\MPy\MPeself-\MPd\MPeself) ; - else : + else : (ulcorner Field[Text][Text]) -- (llcorner Field[Text][Text]) ; - fi ; - p := p shifted (-llcorner Field[Text][Text]-(\MPvar{distance},0)) ; - interim linecap := butt ; - draw p - withpen pencircle scaled \MPvar{linewidth} - withcolor \MPvar{linecolor} ; + fi ; + p := p shifted (-llcorner Field[Text][Text]-(\MPvar{distance},0)) ; + interim linecap := butt ; + draw p + withpen pencircle scaled \MPvar{linewidth} + withcolor \MPvar{linecolor} ; StopPage ; \stopMPpositiongraphic \MPpositiongraphic{mpos:bar}{}% \stopMPpositionmethod -%D We now reimplement the margin rules handler defined in +%D We now reimplement the margin rules handler defined in %D \type {core-rul}: %D %D \setupmarginrules[level=5] @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ \let\stopmarginrule\egroup \else \def\@@kadefaultwidth{#1}% - \let\stopmarginrule\dostopmarginrule + \let\stopmarginrule\dostopmarginrule \@EA\startsidebar\@EA[\@EA\v!marge\@EA]% \fi} @@ -180,4 +180,4 @@ {\stopsidebar \egroup} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex b/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex index 9ab0754f5..3a8a556f7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ % constante van phantom in definitie ONE: \setchemicaltextwidth 300 % % it would be interesting to rewrite this module with todays -% experiences and new context functionality, mybe ... +% experiences and new context functionality, mybe ... %D \module %D [ file=ppchtex (m-chemie), @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ %D suggestions={Tobias Burnus, Dirk Kuypers \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. % Deze module ondersteunt het zetten van chemische % (structuur)formules. Hoewel de macro' zijn afgestemd op @@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ \startcommands dutch english german - gotochemical: naarchemie gotochemical zurchemie - setupchemical: stelchemiein setupchemical stellechemieein - startchemical: startchemie startchemical startchemie - stopchemical: stopchemie stopchemical stopchemie - definechemical: definieerchemie definechemical definierechemie - chemical: chemie chemical chemie - toptext: boventekst toptext textueber + gotochemical: naarchemie gotochemical zurchemie + setupchemical: stelchemiein setupchemical stellechemieein + startchemical: startchemie startchemical startchemie + stopchemical: stopchemie stopchemical stopchemie + definechemical: definieerchemie definechemical definierechemie + chemical: chemie chemical chemie + toptext: boventekst toptext textueber bottext: ondertekst bottext textunter midtext: middentekst midtext textmitte @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ \doifundefined{fiverm} % In the more recent LaTeX versions {\font\fiverm=cmr5 } % \fiverm is no longer (pre)defined. -\doifdefinedelse{beginpicture} % PiCTeX +\doifdefinedelse{beginpicture} % PiCTeX {\doifdefinedelse{startMPdrawing} {\chardef\chemicaldrawingmode=2 } % MetaPost - {\chardef\chemicaldrawingmode=0 }} % raw + {\chardef\chemicaldrawingmode=0 }} % raw {\doifdefinedelse{psaxes} {\chardef\chemicaldrawingmode=1 } % PSTricks {\chardef\chemicaldrawingmode=3 }} % unknown @@ -418,24 +418,16 @@ \def\setupchemicalformat[#1]% {\processaction [\getvalue{#1\c!formaat}] - [ \v!klein=>\def\@@localchemicalformat% - {\scriptscriptstyle}, - \v!middel=>\def\@@localchemicalformat% - {\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptscriptstyle\else\scriptstyle\fi}, - \v!groot=>\def\@@localchemicalformat - {\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptstyle\else\textstyle\fi}, - \s!unknown=>\def\@@localchemicalformat% - {\getvalue{#1\c!formaat}}]% + [ \v!klein=>\def\@@localchemicalformat{\scriptscriptstyle}, + \v!middel=>\def\@@localchemicalformat{\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptscriptstyle\else\scriptstyle\fi}, + \v!groot=>\def\@@localchemicalformat{\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptstyle\else\textstyle\fi}, + \s!unknown=>\def\@@localchemicalformat{\getvalue{#1\c!formaat}}]% \processaction [\getvalue{#1\c!tekstformaat}] - [ \v!klein=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle% - {\scriptscriptstyle}, - \v!middel=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle% - {\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptscriptstyle\else\scriptstyle\fi}, - \v!groot=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle% - {\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptstyle\else\textstyle\fi}, - \s!unknown=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle% - {\getvalue{#1\c!tekstformaat}}]% + [ \v!klein=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle{\scriptscriptstyle}, + \v!middel=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle{\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptscriptstyle\else\scriptstyle\fi}, + \v!groot=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle{\ifsmallchemicaltext\scriptstyle\else\textstyle\fi}, + \s!unknown=>\def\@@localchemicalstyle{\getvalue{#1\c!tekstformaat}}]% \processaction [\getvalue{#1\c!schaal}] [ \v!klein=>\def\@@localchemicalscale{500}, @@ -443,7 +435,7 @@ \v!groot=>\def\@@localchemicalscale{750}, \s!unknown=>\def\@@localchemicalscale{\getvalue{#1\c!schaal}}]} -\def\@@currentchemicalformat% +\def\@@currentchemicalformat {\ifinchemical \@@localchemicalformat \else @@ -458,14 +450,14 @@ \setupchemicalformat[\??chemical\s!chemical]% \ignorespaces} -\def\setupchemical% +\def\setupchemical {\dosingleargument\dosetupchemical} -\def\@@dochemicalstyle% % default mapping - {\@@chemicalletter} - -\def\@@dochemicalcolor% % no mapping yet - {} +\def\@@dochemicalstyle% % default mapping + {\@@chemicalletter} + +\def\@@dochemicalcolor% % no mapping yet + {} \def\@@chemicalletter % $inner-style$ % (overloaded) {\@@chemicalchemicalletter} % $$outer-style$$ @@ -473,7 +465,7 @@ \def\@@writechemicalstatus#1#2% {} -\def\@@beginchemicallocalpicture% +\def\@@beginchemicallocalpicture {\ifcase\chemicaldrawingmode \beginpicture \or @@ -481,11 +473,11 @@ \or \pushMPdrawing \startMPdrawing - %prologues := 1 ; - %input mp-tool ; + %prologues := 1 ; + %input mp-tool ; u := 10*\@@chemicalunit; - bboxmargin := 0pt ; - pickup pencircle scaled 2u ; % ??? + bboxmargin := 0pt ; + pickup pencircle scaled 2u ; % ??? \stopMPdrawing \beginpicture \fi} @@ -500,8 +492,8 @@ \setbox2=\hbox {\MPshiftdrawingtrue\MPstaticgraphictrue\getMPdrawing}% \wd2=\!!zeropoint\ht2=\!!zeropoint\dp2=\!!zeropoint - \put {\box2} at 0 0 - \endpicture + \put {\box2} at 0 0 + \endpicture \popMPdrawing \fi} @@ -554,11 +546,11 @@ \or \setcoordinatesystem units <\@@chemicalunit,\@@chemicalunit> % \startMPdrawing - %input mp-tool ; - %prologues := 1 ; + %input mp-tool ; + %prologues := 1 ; u := 10*#1; - bboxmargin := 0pt ; - pickup pencircle scaled 2u ; % ??? + bboxmargin := 0pt ; + pickup pencircle scaled 2u ; % ??? \stopMPdrawing \fi} @@ -581,10 +573,10 @@ d := 50u ; dd := 10u ; draw (x1,0)--(x2,0) ; draw (0,y1)--(0,y2) ; - for i=d step -d until x1: draw (i,dd)--(i,-dd) ; endfor ; - for i=d step d until x2: draw (i,dd)--(i,-dd) ; endfor ; - for i=d step -d until y1: draw (-dd,i)--(dd,i) ; endfor ; - for i=d step d until y2: draw (-dd,i)--(dd,i) ; endfor ; + for i=d step -d until x1: draw (i,dd)--(i,-dd) ; endfor ; + for i=d step d until x2: draw (i,dd)--(i,-dd) ; endfor ; + for i=d step -d until y1: draw (-dd,i)--(dd,i) ; endfor ; + for i=d step d until y2: draw (-dd,i)--(dd,i) ; endfor ; \stopMPdrawing \fi} @@ -596,7 +588,7 @@ \setplotsymbol({\vrule\!!height\!!widtha\!!width\!!widtha})% \fi} -% Something for Dirk: +% Something for Dirk: \newcount \currentchemical @@ -624,7 +616,7 @@ % {\bgroup % \writestatus{ppchtex}{saving dimensions in ppchtex.dim}% % \def\docommando##1##2##3% -% {\immediate\write\scratchwrite +% {\immediate\write\scratchwrite % {\noexpand\setchemicaldimensions{##1}{##2}{##3}}}% % \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=ppchtex.dim % \scratchcounter=0 @@ -637,10 +629,10 @@ % \egroup} % %\def\loadchemicaldimensions% oh, how nice it would be to use -% {\bgroup % one of the context read commands +% {\bgroup % one of the context read commands % \global\currentchemical=0 % \immediate\openin\scratchread=./ppchtex.dim -% \ifeof\scratchread +% \ifeof\scratchread % \immediate\closein\scratchread % \global\skipchemicalfalse % \else @@ -678,7 +670,7 @@ \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=2 \resetMPdrawing \fi - % + % \doif{\@@chemicalvariant}{2} {\@@setsecondchemicalplotsymbol}% % @@ -760,7 +752,7 @@ {-\the\!!counta}{\the\!!countb} {-\the\!!countc}{\the\!!countd}}}% \doifelse{\@@chemicaloptie}{\v!test} - {\def\@@writechemicalstatus##1##2% + {\def\@@writechemicalstatus##1##2% {\convertargument##2\to\ascii \writestatus{##1}{\ascii}}} {\def\@@writechemicalstatus##1##2{}}% @@ -811,7 +803,7 @@ \fi \dimen0=\ht0 \advance\dimen0 by \dp0 - \inchemicalfalse % enables \chemie{} in text + \inchemicalfalse % enables \chemie{} in text \setbox4=\alignedchemical\themidtext \setbox6=\alignedchemical\thetoptext \setbox8=\alignedchemical\thebottext @@ -824,8 +816,8 @@ \vss}% disables the depth \wd0=0pt \wd4=0pt \ht2=\ht0 \dp2=\dp0 - \ht4=\ht0 \dp4=\dp0 - %\setchemicaldimensions{\wd2}{\ht2}{\dp2}% + \ht4=\ht0 \dp4=\dp0 + %\setchemicaldimensions{\wd2}{\ht2}{\dp2}% \@@chemicalborder{\box0\box4\box2}% text on top of chemicals \endgroup %\fi @@ -864,8 +856,8 @@ \checkchemicaldirection{#1}{#2}% \!!counta=-\horchemical\edef\chemicalxoffset{\the\!!counta}% \!!countb=-\verchemical\edef\chemicalyoffset{\the\!!countb}% - \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 + % njet \else \setcoordinatesystem point at {\the\horchemical} {\the\verchemical} \fi} @@ -875,8 +867,8 @@ \verchemical=0 \edef\chemicalxoffset{0}% \edef\chemicalyoffset{0}% - \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 + % njet \else \setcoordinatesystem point at 0 0 \fi} @@ -885,8 +877,8 @@ {%\writestatus{ppchtex}{restoring \the\horchemical,\the\verchemical}% \edef\chemicalxoffset{\the\horchemical}% \edef\chemicalyoffset{\the\verchemical}% - \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 + % njet \else \setcoordinatesystem point at {\the\horchemical} {\the\verchemical} \fi} @@ -993,9 +985,9 @@ \def\undochemicaloffset{}}% \fi} -\def\processchemicalphantom#1#2% +\def\processchemicalphantom#1#2% {\setbox0=\hbox - {\def\splitoff##1????{##1}% + {\def\splitoff##1????{##1}% $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@localchemicalformat\splitoff#2}$}% \dimen0=.25\wd0 \divide\dimen0 by \@@localchemicalscale @@ -1052,15 +1044,15 @@ {\def\chemicalangle{#1}} \def\dosetchemicalrotation#1#2% - {\ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + {\ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 + % njet \else \startrotation by {#1} {#2} %% \stoprotation (t.b.v. testen) \fi} \def\doresetchemicalrotation% - {\ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + {\ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 + % njet \else \stoprotation \fi} @@ -1095,22 +1087,22 @@ \setchemicallocation{}% \else \iffixedchemicaltext - \!!counta=#2 + \!!counta#2 \else \!!counta=\chemicalrotation - \advance\!!counta by -1 - \multiply\!!counta by #2 - \advance\!!counta by #1 + \advance\!!counta -1 + \multiply\!!counta #2 + \advance\!!counta #1 \fi \getfromcommalist[#3][\the\!!counta]% \setchemicallocation\commalistelement \fi \ifchemicalpicture - \let\chemicaltext=\relax + \let\chemicaltext\relax \else - \advance\txtchemical by 1 + \advance\txtchemical 1 \getfromcommalist[#4][\txtchemical]% - \let\chemicaltext=\commalistelement + \let\chemicaltext\commalistelement \fi \fi \fixedchemicaltextfalse} @@ -1290,7 +1282,7 @@ \or % 3 : unrotated line \put {\stoprotation \setcoordinatesystem point at 0 0 - \plot 0 0 {\!!counte} {\!!countf} /} + \plot 0 0 {\!!counte} {\!!countf} /} [\chemicallineposition] at {\!!counta} {\!!countb} \else % 4 : dashed line @@ -1348,7 +1340,7 @@ shifted z0 ; \or % 3 : unrotated line % nog \chemicalineposition: t/b - draw (origin--z3) + draw (origin--z3) shifted (z1 rotatedaround(origin,-\chemicalangle)) shifted z0 ; \else @@ -1380,7 +1372,7 @@ x2 := \MPdivten[\the\!!countc]u ; y2 := \MPdivten[\the\!!countd]u ; filldraw (( - \ifnum\chemicalangle>180 + \ifnum\chemicalangle>180 z1--z2 \else\ifnum\chemicalangle<90 z1--(z2 shifted (-2u,+2u))--(z2 shifted (+2u,-2u)) @@ -1425,7 +1417,7 @@ x2 := \MPdivten[\the\!!countc]u ; y2 := \MPdivten[\the\!!countd]u ; filldraw ((z1--(z2 rotatedaround(z1,5))--(z2 rotatedaround(z1,-5)) - --cycle) rotatedaround(origin,-\chemicalangle)) + --cycle) rotatedaround(origin,-\chemicalangle)) shifted z0 ; \stopMPdrawing \account{#1}{#2}% @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ \startMPdrawing x0 := \MPdivten[\chemicalxoffset]u ; y0 := \MPdivten[\chemicalyoffset]u ; - draw + draw (((30.0u,0)--(50.0u,0){up}..(55.0u,7.5u).. (60.0u,0)..(65.0u,-7.5u)..(70.0u,0).. (75.0u,7.5u)..(80.0u,0)..(85.0u,-7.5u)..{up} @@ -1587,10 +1579,10 @@ r := \MPdivten[#3]*2u; x0 := \MPdivten[\chemicalxoffset]u ; y0 := \MPdivten[\chemicalyoffset]u ; - draw ((subpath (#1/45,#2/45) of (fullcircle scaled (r))) + draw ((subpath (#1/45,#2/45) of (fullcircle scaled (r))) rotatedaround (origin,\chemicalangle+150)) shifted z0 \ifchemicaldotted dashed withdots \fi ; - \stopMPdrawing + \stopMPdrawing \fi \egroup} @@ -1659,7 +1651,7 @@ \@@beginchemicallocalpicture % alternatief: gewoon accounting, en zelf l,r afhandelen \ifnum\chemicaldrawingmode=1 - % njet + % njet \else \accountingon \let\nomoreaccounting=\accountingoff @@ -1671,7 +1663,7 @@ \def\skipchemical% {\dodoubleargument\doskipchemical} -\def\complexchemical% met \expandafter +\def\complexchemical% met \expandafter {\ifinchemical \expandafter\dochemical \else @@ -1700,8 +1692,8 @@ \disablechemicalspecials \unexpandedprocessallactionsinset [#1] - [ HIGH=>\sethighsubscripts, - LOW=>\setlowsubscripts, + [ HIGH=>\sethighsubscripts, + LOW=>\setlowsubscripts, PLUS=>\chemicalsign{+}, GIVES=>\chemicalsinglearrow{#2}{#3}, EQUILIBRIUM=>\chemicaldoublearrow{#2}{#3}, @@ -1727,7 +1719,7 @@ % \egroup} \def\dosimplechemicalA#1#2#3% % evt: {#1,\relax} - {\let\chemicalspace=\relax + {\let\chemicalspace=\relax \@EA\dosimplechemical\@EA{\@@chemicalchemicaloffset,#1}{#2}{#3}% \egroup} @@ -1825,14 +1817,15 @@ \def\localdodochemical[#1][#2]% {\@@writechemicalstatus{ppchtex}{[#1][#2]}% %\bgroup % koppelen en afmetingen gaat fout, vandaar: - \advance\levchemical by 1 + \advance\levchemical 1 \letvalue{\??chemical\s!unknown\the\levchemical}\unknownchemical \setevalue{\??chemical\c!tekst\the\levchemical}{\the\txtchemical}% \txtchemical=0 \dodochemical[#1][#2]% - \@EA\txtchemical\@EA\csname\??chemical\c!tekst\the\levchemical\endcsname + % \@EA\txtchemical\@EA\csname\??chemical\c!tekst\the\levchemical\endcsname + \txtchemical\csname\??chemical\c!tekst\the\levchemical\endcsname \@EA\let\@EA\unknownchemical\csname\??chemical\s!unknown\the\levchemical\endcsname - \advance\levchemical by -1 + \advance\levchemical -1 %\egroup \ignorespaces} @@ -1880,7 +1873,7 @@ \def\dochemicaltop#1#2#3#4% {\vbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor \baselineskip=\chemicaltfraction\baselineskip \lineskip0pt \halign {#1###2\cr @@ -1889,7 +1882,7 @@ \def\dochemicalbottom#1#2#3#4% {\vtop - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor \baselineskip=\chemicalbfraction\baselineskip \lineskip0pt \halign {#1###2\cr @@ -1898,19 +1891,19 @@ \def\chemicalleft#1#2% {\hbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor $\@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptscriptstyle#1}$% $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat\hskip\chemicallfraction em#2}$}} \def\chemicalright#1#2% {\hbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat#2\hskip\chemicalrfraction em}$% $\@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptscriptstyle#1}$}} \def\chemicalcentered#1% {\setbox0=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptscriptstyle#1}$}% - \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat C}$}% + \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat C}$}% \dimen0=.5\ht2 \advance\dimen0 by -.5\ht0 \advance\dimen0 by \dp0 @@ -1918,13 +1911,13 @@ \def\chemicalleftcentered#1#2% {\hbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor \chemicalcentered{#1}% $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat\hskip\chemicallfraction em#2}$}} \def\chemicalrightcentered#1#2% {\hbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat#2\hskip\chemicalrfraction em}$% \chemicalcentered{#1}}} @@ -1942,7 +1935,7 @@ \def\chemicalsmashedleft#1% {\hbox\bgroup - \@@dochemicalcolor + \@@dochemicalcolor \setbox0=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat C}$}% \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat#1}$}% \wd2=\wd0 @@ -1951,7 +1944,7 @@ \def\chemicalsmashedmiddle#1% {\hbox\bgroup - \@@dochemicalcolor + \@@dochemicalcolor \setbox0=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat C}$}% \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat#1}$}% \hbox{\hskip-.5\wd2\hskip.5\wd0\box2} @@ -1959,7 +1952,7 @@ \def\chemicalsmashedright#1% {\hbox\bgroup - \@@dochemicalcolor + \@@dochemicalcolor \setbox0=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat C}$}% \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@currentchemicalformat#1}$}% \hbox to \wd0{\hskip-\wd2\hskip\wd0\box2}% @@ -1970,7 +1963,7 @@ \def\chemicalforever#1#2% {\bgroup \setbox0=\hbox - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor $\@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptscriptstyle\hskip-.15em#2}$}% \wd0=0pt \big#1_{\hskip.1em\box0}% @@ -2055,7 +2048,7 @@ \@@chemicalpostponed} {\getpredefinedchemical{#1}}]} -\newcount\chemicalstack % tzt \newwounter +\newcount\chemicalstack % tzt \newwounter \setvalue{\s!chemical\c!x1}{0} \setvalue{\s!chemical\c!y1}{0} @@ -2099,7 +2092,7 @@ {\setbox0=\hbox{$#1+$}% \raise\dp0\hbox{$#1#2$}}} -\def\chemicalinnersign#1% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor +\def\chemicalinnersign#1% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor {\chemicalraise{\@@localchemicalstyle}{#1}} \def\chemicaloutersign#1% @@ -2108,14 +2101,14 @@ \def\chemicalsingleinnerarrow#1#2% {\chemicalraise{\@@localchemicalstyle}{\longrightarrow}} -\def\chemicaldoubleinnerarrow#1#2% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor +\def\chemicaldoubleinnerarrow#1#2% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor {\chemicalinnerclip {\lower.2ex\hbox {\setbox0=\hbox{$\@@localchemicalstyle\longrightarrow$}% \setbox2=\hbox{$\@@localchemicalstyle\longleftarrow$}% \wd0=0pt\raise\ht0\box0\box2}}} -\def\chemicaltwintipinnerarrow#1#2% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor +\def\chemicaltwintipinnerarrow#1#2% todo: \@@chemicaltextcolor {\chemicalinnerclip {\setbox0=\hbox{\chemicalraise{\@@localchemicalstyle}{\longrightarrow}}% \setbox2=\hbox{\chemicalraise{\@@localchemicalstyle}{\longleftarrow}}% @@ -2184,7 +2177,7 @@ \def\chemicalsinglepicturearrow#1% {\lower.5ex\hbox - {\@@dochemicalstyle + {\@@dochemicalstyle $\chemicalspace \buildrel \@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptstyle\quad#1\quad}% @@ -2194,7 +2187,7 @@ \def\chemicaldoublepicturearrow#1% {\lower.5ex\hbox - {\@@dochemicalstyle + {\@@dochemicalstyle $\chemicalspace \buildrel \@@dochemicalstyle{\scriptstyle\quad#1\quad}% @@ -2209,11 +2202,11 @@ \def\somechemicalbond% {\hrule width \wd0 height .4pt} -\def\dochemicalbonds#1#2#3% todo: \@@chemicaltextletter +\def\dochemicalbonds#1#2#3% todo: \@@chemicaltextletter {{\setbox0=\hbox {${\@@localchemicalstyle M}$}% \vbox to \ht0 - {\@@dochemicalcolor + {\@@dochemicalcolor \hsize\wd0 \vskip.1\wd0#1\vfill#2\vfill#3\vskip.1\wd0}}} @@ -2604,7 +2597,7 @@ CCD##4##5=>\processchemicaldottsegment{CC}{##4##5}, \setchemicaltextelement ZN 468 350 \setchemicaltextelement RN 860 625 % 1.25 Z \setchemicaltextelement RTN 785 728 % .12 / 103 75 - \setchemicaltextelement RBN 935 522 + \setchemicaltextelement RBN 935 522 % \def\processchemical[##1##2##3##4]% {\processaction @@ -2731,8 +2724,8 @@ RT##3##4=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4}{#1}{0}{}, % \setchemicaltextelement ZN 589 350 \setchemicaltextelement RN 1083 625 % 1.25 Z - \setchemicaltextelement RTN 1008 755 % .12 / 130 75 - \setchemicaltextelement RBN 1158 495 + \setchemicaltextelement RTN 1008 755 % .12 / 130 75 + \setchemicaltextelement RBN 1158 495 % \def\processchemical[##1##2##3##4##5]% {\processaction @@ -2795,7 +2788,7 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, Z##2##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{Z}{##2##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, \s!unknown=>\unknownchemical{##1##2##3##4##5}]}} -\def\executechemicalSEVEN[#1]% incomplete ! +\def\executechemicalSEVEN[#1]% incomplete ! {\setchemicalname SEVEN % \setchemicalmaximum 7 @@ -2818,7 +2811,7 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, \setchemicalangle 6 257.143 - - - \setchemicalangle 7 308.571 - - - % - \setchemicaltranslate 1 - - + \setchemicaltranslate 1 - - \setchemicaltranslate 2 - - \setchemicaltranslate 3 - - \setchemicaltranslate 4 - - @@ -3238,7 +3231,7 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, \putrule from {#1} {#2} to {#3} {#4} \or \psline(#1,#2)(#3,#4)% - \or + \or \bgroup \!!counta=#1\!!countb=#2\!!countc=#3\!!countd=#4\relax \global\MPdrawingdonetrue @@ -3279,7 +3272,7 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, \dimen0=\scratchcounter\dimen0 \vcenter to \dimen0{} \dimen2=\@@chemicalunit - \dimen2=\@@chemicalrechts\dimen0 + \dimen2=\@@chemicalrechts\dimen0 \vcenter{\leftskip1em\hsize\dimen2\relax\strut#2\strut}% \right.$]}% @@ -3351,35 +3344,35 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, \noalign{\vskip.5ex}% $\@@dochemicalstyle{\@@localchemicalformat#2}$\cr}}} -%D Here are a couple of \CONTEXT\ goodies: +%D Here are a couple of \CONTEXT\ goodies: %D %D \startopsomming -%D \som styles hooked into \CONTEXT\ style mechanism +%D \som styles hooked into \CONTEXT\ style mechanism %D \som support for color and rulethickness (mp mode only) -%D \som position tracking +%D \som position tracking %D \stopopsoming -\ifCONTEXT +\ifCONTEXT \def\setchemicalattributes - {\scratchdimen\@@chemicalchemicallijndikte + {\scratchdimen\@@chemicalchemicallijndikte \def\chemicalattributes {withpen pencircle scaled \the\scratchdimen\space - withcolor }% + withcolor }% \doifelsenothing\@@chemicalchemicallijnkleur {\edef\chemicalattributes{\chemicalattributes black}} {\edef\chemicalattributes {\chemicalattributes \MPcolor{\@@chemicalchemicallijnkleur}}}% \startMPdrawing - drawoptions (\chemicalattributes) ; + drawoptions (\chemicalattributes) ; \stopMPdrawing} \let\@@chemicalkleur\empty -\def\@@dochemicalcolor - {\doifsomething\@@chemicalkleur{\color[\@@chemicalkleur]}} +\def\@@dochemicalcolor + {\doifsomething\@@chemicalkleur{\color[\@@chemicalkleur]}} -\def\@@dochemicalstyle +\def\@@dochemicalstyle {\doconvertfont\@@chemicalletter} \setupchemical @@ -3394,6 +3387,6 @@ RT##3##4##5=>\processchemicaltextelement{RN}{##3##4##5}{#1}{0}{}, #2% \egroup} -\fi +\fi \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/regi-utf.tex b/tex/context/base/regi-utf.tex index 0e33ebb58..2a441f19d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/regi-utf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/regi-utf.tex @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ %D [ file=regi-utf, %D version=2002.12.03, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, -%D subtitle=UTF-8, +%D subtitle=UTF-8, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright=PRAGMA-ADE] @@ -11,35 +11,35 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -%D This regime activates the characters $>192$ and let them +%D This regime activates the characters $>192$ and let them %D handle \UTF\ encoded content streams. This regime runs on -%D top of the \type {unic} modules. We use an active inspector +%D top of the \type {unic} modules. We use an active inspector %D instead of a active token handler because here we don't want %D the \type {{}}. We only support this in \ETEX. \beginTEX - \expandafter \endinput + \expandafter \endinput \endTEX -\unprotect +\unprotect \startregime[utf] \dostepwiserecurse{192}{223}{1} - {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited + {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited {\noexpand\utftwouniglph{\recurselevel}}}% }%\letvalue{\@@univector\recurselevel}\gobbleoneargument} \dostepwiserecurse{224}{239}{1} - {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited + {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited {\noexpand\utfthreeuniglph{\recurselevel}}}% }%\letvalue{\@@univector\recurselevel}\gobbetwoarguments} \dostepwiserecurse{240}{247}{1} - {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited + {\expanded{\defineactiveinspector{\recurselevel} % space delimited {\noexpand\utffouruniglph{\recurselevel}}}% }%\letvalue{\@@univector\recurselevel}\gobblethreearguments} \stopregime -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex index deed0a7f5..34cfa06df 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \unprotect @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ \logo [IBM] {ibm} \logo [IMAGEMAGICK]{ImageMagick} \logo [INRSTEX] {inrs\TeX} -\logo [IRCNET] {IRCnet} +\logo [IRCNET] {IRCnet} \logo [JAVASCRIPT] {Java\-Script} \logo [JAVA] {Java} \logo [JPEG] {jpeg} @@ -137,13 +137,14 @@ \logo [RELAXNG] {Relax\kern.125emNG} \logo [RUBY] {Ruby} \logo [RGB] {rgb} +\logo [SCITE] {SciTE} \logo [SGML] {sgml} \logo [SI] {si} \logo [SQL] {sql} \logo [TABLE] {\TaBlE} \logo [TCPIP] {tcp/ip} -\logo [TDS] {tds} % no sc te -\logo [TETEX] {te\TeX} % no sc te +\logo [TDS] {tds} % no sc te +\logo [TETEX] {te\TeX} % no sc te \logo [TEXADRES] {\TeX adress} \logo [TEXBASE] {\TeX base} \logo [TEXEDIT] {\TeX edit} @@ -167,13 +168,13 @@ \logo [TUGBOAT] {Tug\-Boat} \logo [TUGNEWS] {Tug\-News} \logo [TUG] {tug} -\logo [UNICODE] {Uni\-code} -\logo [UNIX] {unix} +\logo [UNICODE] {Uni\-code} +\logo [UNIX] {unix} \logo [URI] {uri} \logo [URL] {url} \logo [USA] {usa} -\logo [USENET] {usenet} -\logo [UTF] {utf} +\logo [USENET] {usenet} +\logo [UTF] {utf} \logo [WDT] {wdt} \logo [WEBC] {web2c} \logo [WEB] {web} diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-fnt-02.tex b/tex/context/base/s-fnt-02.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e7171a32 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-fnt-02.tex @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +% output=pdftex modes=demo + +% nice example: +% +% \usemodule[s-fnt-02] +% +% \usetypescriptfile[type-ghz.tex] +% +% \usetypescript [sans] [optima,optima-nova] [texnansi] +% +% \setvariables +% [glyphs] +% [name-1=OptimaLT, +% name-2=OptimaNovaLT-Regular] +% +% \starttext +% +% \setups[show-glyphs] +% +% \stoptext +% +% see end, for other example (or run texexec s-fnt-02 --mode=demo) + +\setvariables + [glyphs] + [frame=on, + name-1=cmr10, + name-2=cmtt10, + map-1=, + map-2=] + +\setuppapersize[S4][S4] + +\setupcolors[state=start] + +\setuplayout[page] + +\definecolor[Gray] [s=.2] +\definecolor[ColorNone][s=1,t=.5,a=1] +\definecolor[ColorOne] [r=1,t=.5,a=1] +\definecolor[ColorTwo] [g=1,t=.5,a=1] +\definecolor[BackOne] [b=1,t=.5,a=1] +\definecolor[BackTwo] [r=1,g=1,t=.5,a=1] + +\setupbackgrounds + [page] + [background=color, + backgroundcolor=Gray] + +\startsetups[show-glyphs] + + \doifnothing{\getvariable{glyphs}{name-1}}{\endinput} + \doifnothing{\getvariable{glyphs}{name-2}}{\endinput} + + \doifsomething{\getvariable{glyphs}{map-1}}{\loadmapfile[\getvariable{glyphs}{map-1}]} + \doifsomething{\getvariable{glyphs}{map-2}}{\loadmapfile[\getvariable{glyphs}{map-2}]} + + \definefont[FontOne][\getvariable{glyphs}{name-1} at 280pt] + \definefont[FontTwo][\getvariable{glyphs}{name-2} at 280pt] + + \dostepwiserecurse{0}{255}{1} + {\doiffontcharelse{\getvariable{glyphs}{name-1}}{\recurselevel} + {\doiffontcharelse{\getvariable{glyphs}{name-2}}{\recurselevel} + {\startstandardmakeup + \boxrulewidth=2pt + \setbox 0=\hbox{\white\ruledhbox{\FontOne \char\recurselevel}} + \setbox 2=\hbox{\white\ruledhbox{\FontTwo \char\recurselevel}} + \setbox 4=\hbox{\FontOne \ColorOne \char\recurselevel} + \setbox 6=\hbox{\FontTwo \ColorTwo \char\recurselevel} + \setbox 8=\hbox{\BackOne \ruledhbox{\FontOne \phantom{\char\recurselevel}}} + \setbox10=\hbox{\BackTwo \ruledhbox{\FontTwo \phantom{\char\recurselevel}}} + \vfill + \doifelse{\getvariable{glyphs}{frame}}{on} % too many box calculations when off, but who cares + {\hbox{\dostepwiserecurse{0}{10}{2}{\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\recurselevel\hss}\hskip-\hsize}}} + {\hbox{\dostepwiserecurse{4} {6}{2}{\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\recurselevel\hss}\hskip-\hsize}}} + \vfill + \tttf + \setstrut + \hbox to \hsize{\strut\hss + {\ColorOne \getvariable{glyphs}{name-1}}\quad + {\ColorTwo \getvariable{glyphs}{name-2}}\quad + {\ColorNone char \recurselevel }\hss} + \stopstandardmakeup} + {}} + {}} + +\stopsetups + +\doifnotmode{demo}{\endinput} + +\starttext + + \setups[show-glyphs] + +\stoptext
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-mod-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-mod-01.tex index bb901bf93..5bb42c988 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-mod-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-mod-01.tex @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D This module looks like crap, is not documented, will -%D change, and used to be called modu-*.tex. +%D This module looks like crap, is not documented, will +%D change, and used to be called modu-*.tex. -\input s-mod-00.tex +\usemodule[mod-00] \unprotect \setupbodyfont [10pt,ams] -\mainlanguage +\mainlanguage [en] \setupwhitespace @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ \setupfootertexts [\v!marge] - [\tt\Modulefile][] + [\tt\Modulefile][] \stopmode @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ \setupfootertexts [\v!marge] - [\tt\Modulefile][] - [\tt\Modulefile][] + [\tt\Modulefile][] + [\tt\Modulefile][] \stopnotmode @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ \startnotmode[color] - \setupcolors + \setupcolors [\c!conversie=\v!altijd] \setuptyping @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ \c!kleur=, \c!letter=] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-mod-02.tex b/tex/context/base/s-mod-02.tex index c65bad451..6eabe7329 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-mod-02.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-mod-02.tex @@ -8,29 +8,29 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D This module looks like crap, is not documented, will -%D change, and used to be called modu-*.tex. +%D This module looks like crap, is not documented, will +%D change, and used to be called modu-*.tex. % Macro's -\input s-mod-00.tex +\usemodule[mod-00] -% todo: internationalize + setups +% todo: internationalize + setups \stelkopin[paragraaf][expansie=commando] \def\complexmodule[#1]% redefined - {\startglobaal % i.v.m. \bgroup in \startdocumentation + {\startglobaal % i.v.m. \bgroup in \startdocumentation \getparameters[Module][#1] - \stopglobaal % i.v.m. \bgroup in \startdocumentation + \stopglobaal % i.v.m. \bgroup in \startdocumentation \paragraaf{\Modulesubtitle} \SchrijfLijstenWeg} \def\stopmodule% redefined - {\pagina + {\pagina \bepaalregisterkenmerken [index] [criterium=paragraaf] @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ \MaakLijstMetGroups \plaatsinhoud[criterium=hoofdstuk,niveau=paragraaf]} -% Layout +% Layout \stelkorpsin [9pt,ams] @@ -153,11 +153,14 @@ \stelsetupin [verwijzing=3] -\definieerkleur [texprettyone] [r=.8, g=0, b=0] % red -\definieerkleur [texprettytwo] [r=0, g=.6, b=0] % green +\definieerkleur [AchtergrondKleur] [s=.6] +\definieerkleur [ButtonKleur] [r=.2,g=.2,b=.6] +\definieerkleur [TekstKleur] [r=.6,g=.2,b=.2] -\definieerkleur [AchtergrondKleur] [s=.5] % [r=1,g=1,b=.7] -\definieerkleur [ButtonKleur] [s=.85] % [r=.1,g=.5,b=.8] +\definieerkleur [colorprettyone] [r=.6,g=.0,b=.0] % red +\definieerkleur [colorprettytwo] [r=.0,g=.6,b=.0] % green +\definieerkleur [colorprettythree] [r=.0,g=.0,b=.6] % blue +\definieerkleur [colorprettyfour] [r=.6,g=.6,b=.0] % yellow \stelinteractiein [status=start, @@ -169,14 +172,14 @@ \stelachtergrondenin [pagina] [achtergrond=kleur, - kleur=AchtergrondKleur, - offset=2.5pt] % this offset influences the menus! + achtergrondkleur=AchtergrondKleur, + offset=2.5pt] % this offset influences the menus! \stelachtergrondenin [tekst,voet] [tekst,linkermarge] [achtergrond=kleur, - kleur=wit] + achtergrondkleur=wit] \stelsubpaginanummerin [wijze=perparagraaf, @@ -240,24 +243,24 @@ \def\TitelBlad#1% {\startstandaardopmaak - \definefont[GrootFont] [SansBold at 72pt] - \definefont[MiddelFont][Sans at 32pt] - \definefont[KleinFont] [Sans at 24pt] + \definefont[GrootFont] [SansBold at 72pt] + \definefont[MiddelFont][Sans at 32pt] + \definefont[KleinFont] [Sans at 24pt] \startkleur[AchtergrondKleur] - \vskip12pt + \vskip12pt \regelmidden{\GrootFont\setstrut\strut Con\TeX t} - \vskip24pt - \regelmidden{\MiddelFont\setstrut\strut #1} + \vskip24pt + \regelmidden{\MiddelFont\setstrut\strut #1} \vskip24pt \regelmidden{\KleinFont\setstrut\strut Hans Hagen} \vfilll - \regelmidden{\KleinFont\setstrut\strut PRAGMA ADE} - \vskip24pt + \regelmidden{\KleinFont\setstrut\strut PRAGMA ADE} + \vskip24pt \regelmidden{\KleinFont\setstrut\strut www.pragma-ade.nl --- \currentdate} - \vskip12pt + \vskip12pt \stopkleur \stopstandaardopmaak} - + \def\ColofonBlad% {\startmode[atpragma] \pagina @@ -271,9 +274,9 @@ \PlaatsPragmaLogo[ADE] \vfill \startsmaller[3*midden] - This is the official documentation of \CONTEXT\ version + This is the official documentation of \CONTEXT\ version \kenmerkdatum, a \TEX\ macropackage developed by J.~Hagen - \& A.F.~Otten, who both hold the copyrights. + \& A.F.~Otten, who both hold the copyrights. \stopsmaller \vfill \pagina @@ -297,40 +300,39 @@ \stellijstin [FileNames] [commando=\FileNameEntry, + na=\endgraf, variant=geen] \stellijstin [FileGroups] [commando=\FileGroupEntry, - na=\hss, + na=\hss, variant=geen] \def\FileNameEntry#1#2#3% - {\strut\hbox{#2}} + {\strut\hbox{#2}\endgraf} \def\FileGroupEntry#1#2#3% - {\strut#2} + {\strut#2\endgraf} \def\MaakLijstMetItems% {\setbox\LijstMetItems=\vbox {\ss\bf - \stelinteractiein[kleur=ButtonKleur] - \plaatslijst[GroupItems][criterium=hoofdstuk]}} + \plaatslijst[GroupItems][kleur=ButtonKleur,contrastkleur=wit,criterium=hoofdstuk]}} \def\MaakLijstMetNames% - {\setbox\LijstMetNames=\vbox + {\setbox\LijstMetNames=\vbox {\hsize\rechterrandbreedte - \ss\bf\stelinterliniein - \stelinteractiein[kleur=ButtonKleur] + \ss\bf\stelinterliniein \startsimplecolumns[afstand=10pt] - \plaatslijst[FileNames][criterium=hoofdstuk] + \plaatslijst[FileNames][kleur=ButtonKleur,contrastkleur=wit,criterium=hoofdstuk] \stopsimplecolumns}} \def\MaakLijstMetGroups% {\setbox\LijstMetGroups=\hbox to \tekstbreedte {\ss\bf \stelinteractiein[kleur=ButtonKleur]% - \plaatslijst[FileGroups][criterium=alles]\unskip\unskip}} + \plaatslijst[FileGroups][kleur=ButtonKleur,contrastkleur=wit,criterium=alles]\unskip\unskip}} \setbox\LijstMetGroups=\hbox{} @@ -344,6 +346,7 @@ [status=start, kader=uit, kleur=AchtergrondKleur, + contrastkleur=wit, letter=\ss\bf, hoogte=15pt, offset=0pt, @@ -353,7 +356,7 @@ \startinteractiemenu[rechts] \boxofsize \vbox \teksthoogte \voetafstand \voethoogte 5pt - \bgroup + \bgroup \copy\LijstMetNames \vfill \but [\FileGroup:inhoud] local contents \\ @@ -396,7 +399,7 @@ \stelvoettekstenin [marge] [\tt\Modulefile] - [] + [] \stelvoettekstenin [tekst] @@ -408,4 +411,4 @@ \steltolerantiein [zeersoepel] -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/setupb.tex b/tex/context/base/setupb.tex index 3822dad26..4dfda5fa1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/setupb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/setupb.tex @@ -814,9 +814,21 @@ [\c!oneargument!] [] \variable + [\c!tekstcommando] + [\c!oneargument!] + [] + \variable [\c!splitsen] [\v!soepel,\v!streng,\v!zeerstreng,\c!number!] [\v!soepel] + \variable + [\c!tekstletter] + [\v!normaal,\v!vet,\v!schuin,\v!vet\v!schuin,\v!type,\v!kap,\v!klein...,\c!command!] + [] + \variable + [\c!tekstkleur] + [\c!identifier!] + [] \inheritvariables [\y!framed] [] @@ -3255,7 +3267,7 @@ [] \variable [\c!markering] - [\v!aan,\v!uit,\v!kleur,\v!raster] + [\v!aan,\v!uit,\v!kleur,\v!raster,\v!tekst] [\v!uit] \variable [\c!plaats] @@ -5420,6 +5432,10 @@ [\c!onbekendeverwijzing] [\v!leeg,\v!geen] [\v!leeg] + \variable + [\c!variant] + [a,b,A,B] + [a] \stopsetup \startsetup @@ -7446,6 +7462,10 @@ [\c!rotatie] [\c!number!] [90] + \variable + [\c!plaats] + [\v!normaal,\v!hoog,\v!passend,\v!ruim,\v!diepte] + [\v!normaal] \inheritvariables [\y!setupframed] [] diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex index 78fb734f4..150d4bdb1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex @@ -8,24 +8,24 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \unprotect %D \macros -%D {dostartobject, +%D {dostartobject, %D dostopobject, %D doinsertobject} %D -%D Reuse of object is not supported by the \DVI\ format. We -%D therefore just duplicate them using boxes. +%D Reuse of object is not supported by the \DVI\ format. We +%D therefore just duplicate them using boxes. \startspecials[tex] \newbox\DVIobjects \newcounter\DVIobjectcounter -\definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% +\definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% {\setbox\nextbox=\vbox\bgroup \def\dodostopobject% {\egroup @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ \setbox\nextbox\hbox{\box\nextbox} \wd\nextbox\zeropoint \dp\nextbox\zeropoint - \ht\nextbox=\!!onepoint + \ht\nextbox\onepoint \allowbreak \box\nextbox}% \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\DVIobjectcounter}}} @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ \splittopskip\zeropoint \setbox0=\copy\DVIobjects \dimen0=\DVIobjectreference pt - \advance\dimen0 -\!!onepoint + \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint \setbox2=\vsplit0 to \dimen0 - \ifdim\ht0>\!!onepoint - \setbox0=\vsplit0 to \!!onepoint + \ifdim\ht0>\onepoint + \setbox0\vsplit0 to \onepoint \fi \unvbox0\setbox0=\lastbox\unhbox0 \egroup} @@ -64,24 +64,24 @@ %D dosetpositionwhd, %D dosetpositionplus} %D -%D The next specials only identify a position. It is up to +%D The next specials only identify a position. It is up to %D a \DVI\ postprocessing utility to merge the right commands -%D into the utility file. Since in \CONTEXT, we only deal -%D with relative positions, the reference point is not so -%D important. +%D into the utility file. Since in \CONTEXT, we only deal +%D with relative positions, the reference point is not so +%D important. +%D +%D The postprocessor should translate the specials into +%D commands and append these to \type {jobname.tuo} using the +%D format: %D -%D The postprocessor should translate the specials into -%D commands and append these to \type {jobname.tuo} using the -%D format: -%D %D \starttypen -%D \pospxy {identifier}{page}{x}{y} +%D \pospxy {identifier}{page}{x}{y} %D \pospxywhd {identifier}{page}{x}{y}{w}{h}{d} %D \pospxyplus{identifier}{page}{x}{y}{w}{h}{d}{list} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The postprocessor should, of course, provide the \type -%D {page}, \type {x}, and \type {y} values. +%D +%D The postprocessor should, of course, provide the \type +%D {page}, \type {x}, and \type {y} values. \definespecial\dosetposition#1% {\special{pos:pxy "#1"}} @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ \definespecial\dosetpositionplus#1#2#3#4#5% {\special{pos:pxyplus "#1" #2 #3 #4 #5}} -%D The next special tells the position postprocessor what -%D page dimensions were used. +%D The next special tells the position postprocessor what +%D page dimensions were used. \let\flushDVIpositionpapersize\relax @@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ % {\xdef\flushDVIpositionpapersize% % {\special{pos:papersize #1 #2}% % \global\noexpand\let\noexpand\flushDVIpositionpapersize\relax}} -% +% % \appendtoksonce % \ifspecialbasedsettings % \ifpositioning\installprogram{dvipos \jobname}\fi % \fi % \to \everystoptext % -% less tokens: +% less tokens: \definespecial\dosetpositionpapersize#1#2% {\xdef\flushDVIpositionpapersize% diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex index 7b6a4b6fc..993d60235 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ \def\doPDFfilestreamobject class #1 name #2 file #3 source #4% {} -\def\doPDFattachfile#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% +\def\doPDFattachfile#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\bgroup % title width height color symbol file \edef\PDFfile{#8}\convertcommand\PDFfile\to\PDFfile % beware: the symbol may (indirectly) use the file @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ \def\enablePDFdocencoding {\enablecoding[pdfdoc] - \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% redundant ? + \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% redundant ? \simplifycommands} \long\def\sanitizePDFdocencoding#1\to#2% @@ -2435,14 +2435,53 @@ %D four elements of the transform matrix. We only support some %D fixed angles. The \type{q}'s take care of grouping. -\def\doPDFstartrotation#1% +% The original: +% +% \def\doPDFstartrotation#1% +% {\PDFcode{q}% +% \processaction +% [#1] +% [ 90=>\PDFcode{ 0 1 -1 0 0 0 cm}, +% 180=>\PDFcode{-1 0 0 -1 0 0 cm}, +% 270=>\PDFcode{ 0 -1 1 0 0 0 cm}, +% 360=>\PDFcode{ 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm}]} +% +% We cannot directly pass an angle, but have to calculate +% factors (rx and ry). As in the \METAPOST\ to \PDF\ +% converter module we need to compensate the deformation +% by setting (sx and sy). +% +% Optimized but bigger: +% +% \def\doPDFstartrotation#1% +% {\PDFcode{q}% +% \processaction +% [#1] +% [ 0=>\PDFcode{ 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm}, +% 90=>\PDFcode{ 0 1 -1 0 0 0 cm}, +% 180=>\PDFcode{-1 0 0 -1 0 0 cm}, +% 270=>\PDFcode{ 0 -1 1 0 0 0 cm}, +% 360=>\PDFcode{ 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm}, +% #1=>%\calculatecos{#1}% already calculated in core macro +% %\calculatesin{#1}% already calculated in core macro +% \edef\cos{\calculatedcos{#1}}% +% \edef\sin{\calculatedsin{#1}}% +% \PDFcode{\cos \space % cos +% \sin \space % sin +% \negated\sin\space % -sin +% \cos \space % cos +% 0 0 cm}]} +% +% Since the sine and cosine values are preset and rounded we +% can use the next alternative without running into inaccuracies. + +\def\doPDFstartrotation#1% grouped {\PDFcode{q}% - \processaction - [#1] - [ 90=>\PDFcode{ 0 1 -1 0 0 0 cm}, - 180=>\PDFcode{-1 0 0 -1 0 0 cm}, - 270=>\PDFcode{ 0 -1 1 0 0 0 cm}, - 360=>\PDFcode{ 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm}]} + \calculatecos{#1}% already calculated in core macro + \calculatesin{#1}% already calculated in core macro + \edef\cos{\calculatedcos{#1}}% + \edef\sin{\calculatedsin{#1}}% + \PDFcode{\cos\space\sin\space\negated\sin\space\cos\space0 0 cm}} \def\doPDFstoprotation {\PDFcode{Q}} @@ -2602,24 +2641,24 @@ {\ifx\PDFtextlayers\empty \else \driverreferenced \doPDFarrayobject class PDF name textlayers data {\PDFtextlayers}% \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDF}{textlayers}\!!stringa - \ifx\PDFhidelayers\empty + \ifx\PDFvidelayers\empty \def\!!stringb{[null]}% \else - \driverreferenced \doPDFarrayobject class PDF name hidelayers data {\PDFhidelayers}% - \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDF}{hidelayers}\!!stringb + \driverreferenced \doPDFarrayobject class PDF name videlayers data {\PDFvidelayers}% + \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDF}{videlayers}\!!stringb \fi - \ifx\PDFvidelayers\empty + \ifx\PDFhidelayers\empty \def\!!stringc{[null]}% \else - \driverreferenced \doPDFarrayobject class PDF name videlayers data {\PDFvidelayers}% - \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDF}{videlayers}\!!stringc + \driverreferenced \doPDFarrayobject class PDF name hidelayers data {\PDFhidelayers}% + \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDF}{hidelayers}\!!stringc \fi \doPDFaddtocatalog {/OCProperties << % display in menu /D << /Order \!!stringa - /On \!!stringb - /Off \!!stringc >> + /ON \!!stringb + /OFF \!!stringc >> % used properties /OCGs \!!stringa >>}% \globallet\flushPDFtextlayers\relax diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex index bf062854b..ed8ae3ac1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -% method = auto +% method = auto % % \definefileinsertion{tpd}{auto}#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% -% {\executesystemcommand{t:/ruby/pstopdf.rb #2}% +% {\executesystemcommand{t:/ruby/pstopdf.rb #2}% % \dodoinsertfile{tpd}{pdf}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}} - + % \let\PDFdestvoffset\zeropoint % \newbox\pdfdestbox -% +% % \def\doPDFdestination name #1% % {\ifdim\PDFdestvoffset=\zeropoint\relax % \pdfdest name {#1}\PDFpageviewkey @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ % \ht\pdfdestbox\zeropoint % \box\pdfdestbox % \fi} -% +% % \def\PDFdestvoffset{2\lineheight} % {1.5\strutht} %D \macros @@ -88,20 +88,32 @@ \newcount\pdflastximagepages \pdflastximagepages=1 \fi -%D And: +%D And: -\ifx\pdfpageresources\undefined +\ifx\pdfpageresources\undefined \newtoks\pdfpageresources \fi %D In order to get high quality \METAPOST\ inclusion, we set -%D the number of digits to~5 (prevents rounding errors). +%D the number of digits to~5 (prevents rounding errors). \ifx\pdfdecimaldigits\undefined \newcount\pdfdecimaldigits \fi -\pdfdecimaldigits=5 +\pdfdecimaldigits=5 + +\ifx\pdfoptionpdfinclusionerrorlevel\undefined + \newcount\pdfoptionpdfinclusionerrorlevel +\fi + +\pdfoptionpdfinclusionerrorlevel=0 + +\ifx\pdfoptionpdfminorversion\undefined + \newcount\pdfoptionpdfminorversion +\fi + +\pdfoptionpdfminorversion=4 % %D Why are the Acrobat viewers so buggy? To prevent font cache % %D mismatches, we say: @@ -210,8 +222,8 @@ \definefileinsertion{tpd}{mps}#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% {\hbox {%\convertMPcolors{#1}% plugged in supp-mpe - \scratchdimen#3\s!pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\xscale - \scratchdimen#4\s!pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\yscale + \scratchdimen#3\points \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\xscale + \scratchdimen#4\points \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\yscale \convertMPtoPDF{#1}\xscale\yscale \global\let\PDFimagereference\empty}} @@ -477,7 +489,7 @@ %D \macros %D {dostarttransparency,dostoptransparency} %D -%D For transparency, we need to implement a couple of +%D For transparency, we need to implement a couple of %D auxiliary macros. If needed, we will generalize tham later. \definespecial\dostarttransparency{\doPDFstarttransparency} @@ -487,24 +499,24 @@ \def\@@PDT{@PDT@} -\newcount\PDFcurrenttransparency \PDFcurrenttransparency=0 % -1 +\newcount\PDFcurrenttransparency \PDFcurrenttransparency=0 % -1 \def\assignPDFtransparency#1#2% {\def\PDFtransparencyidentifier{/Tr#1}% - \def\PDFtransparencyreference{#2 0 R}} + \def\PDFtransparencyreference{#2 0 R}} -\def\presetPDFtransparency#1#2% - {\initializePDFtransparency +\def\presetPDFtransparency#1#2% + {\initializePDFtransparency \executeifdefined{\@@PDT#1:#2}{\dopresetPDFtransparency{#1}{#2}}} -\def\dopresetPDFtransparency#1#2% +\def\dopresetPDFtransparency#1#2% {\global\advance\PDFcurrenttransparency \plusone \immediate\pdfobj{\PDFtransparancydictionary{#1}{#2}{}}% \edef\PDFtransparencyidentifier{/Tr\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}% \edef\PDFtransparencyreference {\the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% \setxvalue{\@@PDT#1:#2}% {\noexpand\assignPDFtransparency{\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}{\the\pdflastobj}}% - \appendtoPDFdocumentextgstates + \appendtoPDFdocumentextgstates {\PDFtransparencyidentifier\space \PDFtransparencyreference\space}} @@ -730,11 +742,11 @@ \def\dodostopobject {\egroup \ifx\PDFimagereference\empty - % We also flush page resources, since shared - % resources end up there; otherwise transparencies - % won't work in xforms; some day I will optimize - % this. - \immediate\pdfxform + % We also flush page resources, since shared + % resources end up there; otherwise transparencies + % won't work in xforms; some day I will optimize + % this. + \immediate\pdfxform resources {\currentPDFresources\the\pdfpageresources}% \nextbox \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty @@ -866,10 +878,10 @@ % \pdfsavepos % \doTPDsetposition % \egroup} -% +% % \definespecial\dosetposition#1% % {\doTPDsetposition{\pospxy}{#1}{}} -% +% % \definespecial\dosetpositionwhd#1#2#3#4% % {\doTPDsetposition{\pospxywhd}{#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}}} @@ -918,14 +930,14 @@ \newif\ifsharePDFactions \sharePDFactionstrue -% hm, due to some stupid optimization this feature has been -% disabled for some time, watch out \lastPDFaction is to be +% hm, due to some stupid optimization this feature has been +% disabled for some time, watch out \lastPDFaction is to be % persistent \ifnum\pdftexversion>13 \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% - {\ifcollectreferenceactions + {\ifcollectreferenceactions \xdef\lastPDFaction{#3}% \else \ifsharePDFactions @@ -935,7 +947,7 @@ \immediate\pdfobj{<<#3>>}% \xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% \else - % leave \lastPDFaction untouched + % leave \lastPDFaction untouched \fi \else \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% @@ -948,11 +960,11 @@ /A \lastPDFaction}% \fi} - % less #2 passing - + % less #2 passing + \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% {\xdef\lastPDFcontent{#3}% - \ifcollectreferenceactions + \ifcollectreferenceactions \global\let\lastPDFaction\lastPDFcontent \else \ifsharePDFactions @@ -962,7 +974,7 @@ \immediate\pdfobj{<<\lastPDFcontent>>}% \xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% \else - % leave \lastPDFaction untouched + % leave \lastPDFaction untouched \fi \else \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<\lastPDFcontent>>}% @@ -978,7 +990,7 @@ \else \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% - {\ifcollectreferenceactions + {\ifcollectreferenceactions \xdef\lastPDFaction{#3}% \else \ifsharePDFactions @@ -988,7 +1000,7 @@ \immediate\pdfobj{<<#3>>}% \xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% \else - % leave \lastPDFaction untouched + % leave \lastPDFaction untouched \fi \else \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% @@ -1139,9 +1151,9 @@ \appendtoPDFdocumentextgstates{/GSpositive \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% \global\let\initializePDFnegative\relax} -%D File embedding. Storing the stream identifier is needed -%D to get access to the number. When typeset, the user can -%D use feed this number to \type {pdftosrc} and filter the +%D File embedding. Storing the stream identifier is needed +%D to get access to the number. When typeset, the user can +%D use feed this number to \type {pdftosrc} and filter the %D file from the \PDF\ file. \let\PDFlaststreamobject\s!unknown @@ -1153,7 +1165,7 @@ \doPDFdictionaryobject class {#1} name {#2} data {/Type /Filespec /F (#3) /EF <</F \PDFlaststreamobject\space0 R>>}} -\def\doPDFfilestreamidentifier#1% +\def\doPDFfilestreamidentifier#1% {\doifsomething{#1} {\doPDFgetobjectreference{PDFFS}{#1}\PDFobjectreference \@EA\beforesplitstring\PDFobjectreference\at{ }\to\PDFlaststreamobject diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex index a0e26d29e..9a8e36874 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex @@ -19,38 +19,40 @@ \unprotect -%D First a couple of hacks to make this module loadable -%D in plain \TEX. +% watch this: \setbox4\emptybox \wd4\onepoint \the\wd4, no dimensions for void -\ifx\myalloc@\undefined % seems like we're not in context - \def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\fi +%D First a couple of hacks to make this module loadable +%D in plain \TEX. + +\ifx\myalloc@\undefined % seems like we're not in context + \def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} +\fi \ifx \scratchbox\undefined \newbox \scratchbox \fi \ifx\globalscratchbox\undefined \newbox\globalscratchbox \fi -\ifx\normalhbox \undefined \let\normalhbox \hbox \fi -\ifx\normalvbox \undefined \let\normalvbox \vbox \fi -\ifx\normalvtop \undefined \let\normalvtop \vtop \fi -\ifx\normalvcenter\undefined \let\normalvcenter\vcenter \fi +\ifx\normalhbox \undefined \let\normalhbox \hbox \fi +\ifx\normalvbox \undefined \let\normalvbox \vbox \fi +\ifx\normalvtop \undefined \let\normalvtop \vtop \fi +\ifx\normalvcenter\undefined \let\normalvcenter\vcenter \fi %D \macros %D {strutdp,strutht,strutwd} %D -%D The next shortcuts save memory and keying. The width is -%D normally zero points (if not, you're in trouble). These -%D shortcuts can be used like a dimension, opposite to the -%D core macros \type {\strutdepth} and alike, which are +%D The next shortcuts save memory and keying. The width is +%D normally zero points (if not, you're in trouble). These +%D shortcuts can be used like a dimension, opposite to the +%D core macros \type {\strutdepth} and alike, which are %D values. \def\strutdp{\dp\strutbox} \def\strutht{\ht\strutbox} -\def\strutwd{\wd\strutbox} +\def\strutwd{\wd\strutbox} %D \macros %D {resetbox, emptybox} %D -%D Let's start with an easy one. The next macro hides the +%D Let's start with an easy one. The next macro hides the %D ugly \type {@} in \type {\voidb@x}. \def\emptybox {\box\voidb@x} @@ -95,8 +97,8 @@ {\ht#1\zeropoint \dp#1\zeropoint} -%D The next implementation is less sensitive for spurious -%D spaces. +%D The next implementation is less sensitive for spurious +%D spaces. \newcount\registercount @@ -153,7 +155,7 @@ % % The best: -\def\dosomesmash#1% (begin|end)group ipv (b|e)group ? +\def\dosomesmash#1% (begin|end)group ipv (b|e)group ? {\bgroup\dowithnextbox{#1\nextbox\flushnextbox\egroup}} \def\hsmash {\dosomesmash\hsmashbox\normalhbox} @@ -161,14 +163,14 @@ \def\hsmashed{\dosomesmash\smashbox \normalhbox} \def\vsmashed{\dosomesmash\smashbox \normalvbox} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {smashedhbox,smashedvbox} -%D -%D Also handy (all dimensions zeroed): -%D +%D +%D Also handy (all dimensions zeroed): +%D %D \starttypen -%D \smashedhbox to ... {...} -%D \smashedvbox to ... {...} +%D \smashedhbox to ... {...} +%D \smashedvbox to ... {...} %D \stoptypen \def\dosmashedbox#1% @@ -178,12 +180,12 @@ \def\smashedhbox{\dosmashedbox\hbox} \def\smashedvbox{\dosmashedbox\vbox} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {smash} %D -%D This smash alternative takes an optional arg [whdtb] as -%D well as is potentially catcode safer. It is needed by the -%D math module (although the \type {\leavevmode} is not added +%D This smash alternative takes an optional arg [whdtb] as +%D well as is potentially catcode safer. It is needed by the +%D math module (although the \type {\leavevmode} is not added %D here). \def\smash @@ -192,7 +194,7 @@ \def\dosmash {\ifx\nexttoken[\@EA\dodosmash\else\@EA\donosmash\fi} -\def\donosmash +\def\donosmash {\dodosmash[hd]} \def\dodosmash[#1]% @@ -208,17 +210,17 @@ \fi\fi \next} -\def\mathsm@sh#1#2% redefined plain macro +\def\mathsm@sh#1#2% redefined plain macro {\finsm@sh{$\m@th#1{#2}$}} -\def\makesm@sh#1% redefined plain macro (handles t b h d w) +\def\makesm@sh#1% redefined plain macro (handles t b h d w) {\if#1w\nextboxwd\zeropoint\else \if#1h\nextboxht\zeropoint\else \if#1d\nextboxdp\zeropoint\else \if#1t\nextboxht\zeropoint\else \if#1b\nextboxdp\zeropoint\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -\def\finsm@sh % redefined plain macro +\def\finsm@sh % redefined plain macro {\dowithnextbox {\@EA\handletokens\@@smash\with\makesm@sh\flushnextbox}\normalhbox} @@ -231,9 +233,9 @@ %D \stoptabulatie %D \macros -%D {phantom, hphantom, vphantom, mathstrut} +%D {phantom, hphantom, vphantom, mathstrut} %D -%D The next implementation of \type {\phantom} cum suis does +%D The next implementation of \type {\phantom} cum suis does %D not grab an argument in the non||math case, which is better. \def\phantom {\ph@nt\nextbox\nextbox\nextbox} @@ -241,8 +243,8 @@ \def\hphantom{\ph@nt\voidb@x\voidb@x\nextbox} %D Due to a complicated call to \type {\mathpallete} and -%D thereby \type {\mathchoice}, the next macro looks ugly. -%D We also take care of non||braced arguments. +%D thereby \type {\mathchoice}, the next macro looks ugly. +%D We also take care of non||braced arguments. \def\ph@nt#1#2#3% {\def\doph@nt @@ -268,12 +270,12 @@ % used in table % -% \let\ifv@\undefined \let\v@true\undefined \let\v@false\undefined -% \let\ifh@\undefined \let\h@true\undefined \let\h@false\undefined +% \let\ifv@\undefined \let\v@true\undefined \let\v@false\undefined +% \let\ifh@\undefined \let\h@true\undefined \let\h@false\undefined -\let\finph@nt\undefined +\let\finph@nt\undefined -%D We also define plain's \type {\mathstrut}. +%D We also define plain's \type {\mathstrut}. \def\mathstrut{\vphantom{(}} @@ -300,24 +302,24 @@ %D \getboxheight \someheight \of \box \tempbox %D \stoptypen %D -%D The implementation is rather stupid: +%D The implementation is rather stupid: %D %D \starttypen %D \def\getboxheight#1\of#2\box#3% %D {#1\ht#3\advance#1\dp#3\relax} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The next alternative is slightly more clever, since -%D it accepts \type {{12}} as well as \type {12} as box +%D +%D The next alternative is slightly more clever, since +%D it accepts \type {{12}} as well as \type {12} as box %D number. -\def\getboxheight#1\of#2\box#3% +\def\getboxheight#1\of#2\box#3% {\def\next{#1\ht\registercount\advance#1\dp\registercount}% \afterassignment\next\registercount=#3} -%D For a long time the following three macros were part of +%D For a long time the following three macros were part of %D the grid snapping core module, but it makes more sense to -%D have them here so that users can see them. +%D have them here so that users can see them. %D %D \macros %D {getnoflines, getrawnoflines} @@ -331,8 +333,8 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D Er wordt gedeeld door \type{\openlineheight} en een hoogte -%D van~0pt komt overeen met 0~regels. The raw alternative -%D does not round. +%D van~0pt komt overeen met 0~regels. The raw alternative +%D does not round. \newcount\noflines \newdimen\noflinesheight @@ -345,20 +347,20 @@ \divide\noflinesheight \openlineheight \noflines\noflinesheight #1\ifdim\noflines\openlineheight=#2\relax \else - \advance\noflines\ifdim#2>\zeropoint\plusone\else\minusone\fi + \advance\noflines\ifdim#2>\zeropoint\plusone\else\minusone\fi \fi\fi \fi} -\def\getnoflines {\dogetnoflines\iftrue } % compensated -\def\getrawnoflines{\dogetnoflines\iffalse} % no compensation +\def\getnoflines {\dogetnoflines\iftrue } % compensated +\def\getrawnoflines{\dogetnoflines\iffalse} % no compensation %D \macros %D {determinenoflines} -%D -%D The next macro determines the number of lines and -%D returns it it \type {\noflines}. The macro works +%D +%D The next macro determines the number of lines and +%D returns it it \type {\noflines}. The macro works %D reasonable well as long as the content can be unboxed. -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \determinenoflines{test\\test} %D \determinenoflines{\bfd test\\test} @@ -367,7 +369,7 @@ \def\determinenoflines {\bgroup - \forgetall + \forgetall \let\crlf\endgraf \let\\\endgraf \dowithnextbox @@ -400,9 +402,18 @@ % \egroup#3% % \fi} +% \def\doiftextelse#1% +% {\bgroup +% \setbox0\normalhbox{#1}% +% \ifdim\wd0>\zeropoint +% \egroup\@EA\firstoftwoarguments +% \else +% \egroup\@EA\secondoftwoarguments +% \fi} + \def\doiftextelse#1% {\bgroup - \setbox0\normalhbox{#1}% + \setbox0\normalhbox{\ignorespaces#1\removeunwantedspaces}% \ifdim\wd0>\zeropoint \egroup\@EA\firstoftwoarguments \else @@ -492,13 +503,13 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D This alternative also accepts \type{\box0} and alike, but -%D we don't really need this functionality now. +%D we don't really need this functionality now. %D \macros %D {nextboxht,nextboxwd,nextboxdp,flushnextbox} %D -%D The next couple of shortcuts saves us memory as well as -%D \type {{}}'s in passing parameters. +%D The next couple of shortcuts saves us memory as well as +%D \type {{}}'s in passing parameters. \def\nextboxht{\ht\nextbox} \def\nextboxwd{\wd\nextbox} @@ -509,32 +520,32 @@ %D \macros %D {dowithnextboxcontent} %D -%D But, occasionally we do need to pass some local settings -%D without wanting to use additional grouping. Therefore we -%D provide: +%D But, occasionally we do need to pass some local settings +%D without wanting to use additional grouping. Therefore we +%D provide: %D %D \starttypen %D \dowithnextboxcontent{inside}{after}{box content} %D \stoptypen %D -%D {\em todo: Search source for potential usage!} +%D {\em todo: Search source for potential usage!} -\long\def\dowithnextboxcontent#1#2% inside, after +\long\def\dowithnextboxcontent#1#2% inside, after {\long\def\dodowithnextbox{#2}% \def\dododowithnextbox{#1\aftergroup\dodowithnextbox}% \afterassignment\dododowithnextbox \setbox\nextbox} -%D Now we can redefine \type {\dowithnextbox} as follows: +%D Now we can redefine \type {\dowithnextbox} as follows: \def\dowithnextbox {\dowithnextboxcontent\empty} %D \macros -%D {llap, rlap, tlap, blap, clap} +%D {llap, rlap, tlap, blap, clap} %D -%D Some well known friends, but we implement them our own -%D way. +%D Some well known friends, but we implement them our own +%D way. \def\rlap{\begingroup\dowithnextbox{\normalhbox to \zeropoint {\flushnextbox\normalhss}\endgroup}\normalhbox} @@ -689,7 +700,9 @@ \def\shapesignal{.12345678pt} -\def\reshapebox#1% +% todo: in etex lastnode + +\def\reshapebox#1% {\doreshapebox {#1}% {\penalty\shapepenalty}% @@ -752,8 +765,8 @@ {\setbox\oldshapebox\normalvbox \bgroup \reshapingboxtrue - \the\everyshapebox - \normalhbox to \shapesignal{\strut\hss}% plus \strut + \the\everyshapebox + \normalhbox to \shapesignal{\strut\hss}% plus \strut \prevdepth\strutdp} % never \nointerlineskip \def\endofshapebox% @@ -793,7 +806,7 @@ \scratchdimen\dp\newshapebox \unvbox\newshapebox % \prevdepth=0pt and \dp\newshapebox depend on last line - \kern-\scratchdimen % ?? + \kern-\scratchdimen % ?? % now \prevdepth=0pt \ifdone \kern\strutdp @@ -811,8 +824,8 @@ %D This one is used in \type{\framed}. % The kern fails on for instance: -% -% \omlijnd[offset=0pt,hoogte=8mm,uitlijnen={rechts,laho}]{\bfa test} +% +% \omlijnd[offset=0pt,hoogte=8mm,uitlijnen={rechts,laho}]{\bfa test} \def\innerflushshapebox {\ifdim\ht\newshapebox=\zeropoint\relax \else @@ -834,10 +847,10 @@ %D \macros %D {shapedhbox} %D -%D When constructing a new box, using the content of \type -%D {\shapebox}, one can best use \type {\shapedhbox} instead +%D When constructing a new box, using the content of \type +%D {\shapebox}, one can best use \type {\shapedhbox} instead %D of \type {\normalhbox}, since it manages the height and depth of -%D the line. +%D the line. \def\shapedhbox {\dowithnextbox @@ -848,6 +861,7 @@ %D \macros %D {hyphenatedword, +%D hyphenatedpar, %D dohyphenateword} %D %D The next one is a tricky one. \PLAIN\ \TEX\ provides @@ -888,37 +902,63 @@ {\bgroup \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox {\mindermeldingen - \widowpenalty\zerocount - \clubpenalty\zerocount + \widowpenalty \zerocount % not really needed + \clubpenalty \zerocount % not really needed + \brokenpenalty \zerocount + \hyphenpenalty \zerocount + \exhyphenpenalty \zerocount + \doublehyphendemerits\zerocount + \finalhyphendemerits \zerocount + \adjdemerits \zerocount \setbox0\normalvbox - {\hsize\zeropoint \ #3}% - \ifnum#1>0 + {\hsize\zeropoint \space + \ifnum#1=\minusone + \obeyspaces + \obeylines + \def\obeyedspace{\hskip\zeropoint\hbox to \onepoint{}\hskip\zeropoint}% + \let\obeyedline \obeyedspace + \def\next{#3}\scantokens{\next}% + \else + #3% + \fi}% + \ifnum#1>\zerocount \dorecurse{#1} {\setbox2\normalhbox {\splittopskip\openstrutheight \vsplit0 to \baselineskip}}% #2% \fi - \loop - \setbox2\normalhbox - {\splittopskip\openstrutheight - \vsplit0 to \baselineskip}% - \normalhbox - {\unhbox2 - \setbox2\lastbox - \normalvbox - {\unvbox2 - \setbox2\lastbox - \normalhbox{\unhbox2}}}% - \ifdim\ht0>\zeropoint - \repeat}% - \ht\scratchbox\strutht - \dp\scratchbox\strutdp - \box\scratchbox + \doloop + {\setbox2\normalhbox + {\splittopskip\openstrutheight + \vsplit0 to \baselineskip}% + \setbox2\normalhbox + {\unhbox2 + \setbox2\lastbox + \normalvbox + {\unvbox2 + \setbox2\lastbox + \normalhbox{\unhbox2}}}% + \ifnum#1=\minusone\ifdim\wd2=\onepoint\space\else\box2\allowbreak\fi\else\box2\fi + \ifdim\ht0=\zeropoint\exitloop\fi}% + \removeunwantedspaces}% + \ifnum#1>\zerocount + \ht\scratchbox\strutht + \dp\scratchbox\strutdp + \box\scratchbox + \else + \unhbox\scratchbox + \fi \egroup} -\def\hyphenatedword% - {\dohyphenateword{0}{}} +\def\hyphenatedword{\dohyphenateword\zerocount\empty} +\def\hyphenatedpar {\dohyphenateword\minusone \empty} + +%D You may want to give the following call a try: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hyphenatedpar{\readfile{zapf}{}{}}\endgraf +%D \stoptypen %D \macros %D {doboundtext} @@ -945,7 +985,7 @@ % \else % #1\relax % \fi} -% +% % \def\doboundtext#1#2#3% % {\normalhbox % {\setbox0=\normalhbox{#1}% @@ -999,15 +1039,15 @@ \ifx\fakecompoundhyphen\undefined \let\fakecompoundhyphen\relax \fi -%D The simple alternative is as follows: +%D The simple alternative is as follows: %D %D \starttypen %D \unexpanded\def\limitatetext% -%D {\bgroup % evt \setstrut +%D {\bgroup % evt \setstrut %D \forgetall %D \fakecompoundhyphen % dangerous ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! %D \dowithnextbox\dolimitatetext\normalhbox} -%D +%D %D \def\dolimitatetext#1#2% %D {\doifelsenothing{#1} %D {\unhbox\nextbox} @@ -1023,7 +1063,7 @@ %D \veryraggedright %D \strut\unhcopy\nextbox}% %D \ifdim\nextboxht>\strutht \else -%D \setbox\scratchbox\null % overfull and not split +%D \setbox\scratchbox\null % overfull and not split %D \fi %D \setbox\nextbox=\normalvbox % if omitted: missing brace reported %D {\splittopskip=\openstrutheight @@ -1037,28 +1077,28 @@ %D \unhbox\nextbox %D \fi}% %D \egroup} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D %D The next alternative accepts a negative width. A negative %D value crops the beginning. The macro thereby becomes less -%D readable, which is why we kept the original here too. +%D readable, which is why we kept the original here too. \unexpanded\def\limitatetext% - {\bgroup % evt \setstrut - \forgetall % otherwise indentation and so - %\def\limitatetext##1##2##3{##1}% \def ! + {\bgroup % evt \setstrut + \forgetall % otherwise indentation and so + %\def\limitatetext##1##2##3{##1}% \def ! \let\limitatetext\firstofthreearguments \fakecompoundhyphen % dangerous ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! \dowithnextbox\dolimitatetext\normalhbox} - + \def\dolimitatetext#1#2% {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\unhbox\nextbox} {\widowpenalty\zerocount \clubpenalty\zerocount \scratchdimen#1\relax - \ifdim\scratchdimen<\zeropoint\relax % we'll take the last line - \donefalse + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\zeropoint\relax % we'll take the last line + \donefalse \scratchdimen-\scratchdimen \else \donetrue @@ -1075,10 +1115,10 @@ \ifdone \else \parfillskip\zeropoint \rightskip\zeropoint - \hskip\zeropoint \!!plus 1\!!fill % \hsize - \fi + \hskip\zeropoint \!!plus 1\!!fill % \hsize + \fi \unhcopy0}% - \ifdim\nextboxht>\strutht + \ifdim\nextboxht>\strutht \setbox\nextbox\normalvbox % if omitted: missing brace reported {\splittopskip\openstrutheight \ifdone @@ -1106,13 +1146,13 @@ \fi}% \egroup} -%D We can also limit a text with more control: -%D -%D \startbuffer -%D \limitatetext {\input tufte } {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} -%D \limitatetext {ton en hans} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} -%D \limitatetext {ton en hans zijn eikels} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} -%D \limitatetext {ton} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} +%D We can also limit a text with more control: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \limitatetext {\input tufte } {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} +%D \limitatetext {ton en hans} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} +%D \limitatetext {ton en hans zijn eikels} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} +%D \limitatetext {ton} {2cm,5mm} {\unknown} %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer \getbuffer @@ -1124,10 +1164,10 @@ \def\speciallimitatetext#1#2#3#4% text left right placeholder {%\dontleavehmode \bgroup - %\def\speciallimitatetext##1##2##3##4{##1}% \def ! + %\def\speciallimitatetext##1##2##3##4{##1}% \def ! \let\speciallimitatetext\firstoffourarguments \setbox0\normalhbox - {\nohyphens + {\nohyphens \normallimitatetext{#1}{+#2}{}#4% \normallimitatetext{#1}{-#3}{}}% \setbox2\normalhbox @@ -1135,7 +1175,7 @@ \ifdim\wd2<\wd0 #1\else\unhbox0\fi \egroup} -\def\limitatetext#1#2#3% \expanded added 2003/01/16 +\def\limitatetext#1#2#3% \expanded added 2003/01/16 {\expanded{\beforesplitstring#2}\at,\to\leftlimit \expanded{\aftersplitstring #2}\at,\to\rightlimit \ifx\rightlimit\empty @@ -1237,31 +1277,31 @@ {\hskip\currentspaceskip} %D In order to prevent problems with nested isolated words, we -%D do process them, but only split at the outermost level. +%D do process them, but only split at the outermost level. \newskip\isolatedlastskip \def\processisolatedwords#1#2% todo: vbox ipv hbox ivm afbreken! - {\bgroup % todo: doloop + {\bgroup % todo: doloop \fakecompoundhyphen \mindermeldingen \forgetall \widowpenalty\zerocount \clubpenalty\zerocount \def\processisolatedwords##1##2{##2{##1}}% we split only once - \global\let\localbetweenisolatedwords\betweenisolatedwords + \global\let\localbetweenisolatedwords\betweenisolatedwords \setbox0\normalhbox % we default to spaces, but from inside out - {\ignorespaces#1% \localbetweenisolatedwords can be overruled + {\ignorespaces#1% \localbetweenisolatedwords can be overruled \global\isolatedlastskip\lastskip}% \setbox2\normalvbox - {%\hyphenpenalty10000 % this one fails in \url breaking, + {%\hyphenpenalty10000 % this one fails in \url breaking, \lefthyphenmin\maxcard % but this trick works ok, due to them \righthyphenmin\maxcard % total>63, when no hyphenation is done \hsize\zeropoint \unhcopy0}% == #1 \ifdim\ht0=\ht2 \isolatedwordsfalse - #2{\unhbox0}% == #2{#1} % was \unhcopy0 + #2{\unhbox0}% == #2{#1} % was \unhcopy0 \else \isolatedwordstrue \setbox0\normalhbox @@ -1271,16 +1311,16 @@ {\splittopskip\openstrutheight \vsplit2 to \baselineskip}% \normalhbox - {\unhbox4\unskip % recently added + {\unhbox4\unskip % recently added \setbox4\lastbox - \normalvbox % outer \normalhbox needed - {\unvbox4 % for nested use + \normalvbox % outer \normalhbox needed + {\unvbox4 % for nested use \setbox4\lastbox \normalhbox{#2{\normalhbox {\unhbox4 \unskip\unpenalty % remove end of line stuff - \global\dimen1\lastkern}}}}}% - \ifdim\ht2>\zeropoint\relax + \global\dimen1\lastkern}}}}}% + \ifdim\ht2>\zeropoint\relax \ifdim\dimen1=\compoundbreakpoint \allowbreak \else @@ -1299,8 +1339,8 @@ %D material. An example can be found in the \type {\url} %D macro. The innermost setting is used. In the url case, it %D means that either very small spaces are used or no spaces -%D at all. So, the innermost settings are used, while the -%D outermost split takes place. +%D at all. So, the innermost settings are used, while the +%D outermost split takes place. \def\setbetweenisolatedwords#1% {\gdef\localbetweenisolatedwords{#1}} @@ -1333,7 +1373,7 @@ %D and footers and|/|or margin material. \def\sbox% in handleiding, voorbeeld \inlinker{xx} \extern.. - {\normalvbox\bgroup % new ! ! ! + {\normalvbox\bgroup % new ! ! ! \dowithnextbox {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox {\strut @@ -1347,12 +1387,12 @@ %D \macros %D {struttedbox} -%D +%D %D This boxing macro limits the height and depth to those of -%D a strut. +%D a strut. \def\struttedbox - {\normalhbox\bgroup % new ! ! ! + {\normalhbox\bgroup % new ! ! ! \dowithnextbox {\nextboxdp\strutdepth \nextboxht\strutheight @@ -1364,11 +1404,11 @@ %D {topskippedbox} %D %D This macro compensates the difference between the topskip -%D and strutheight. Watch how we preserve the depth when it +%D and strutheight. Watch how we preserve the depth when it %D equals strutdepth. \def\topskippedbox - {\normalhbox\bgroup + {\normalhbox\bgroup \dowithnextbox {\edef\next {\ifdim\strutdepth=\nextboxdp\nextboxdp\the\nextboxdp\fi}% @@ -1536,21 +1576,21 @@ \def\rigidcolumnbalance#1% {\ifnum\rigidcolumns=1 % tzt ook h/d correctie - \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi#1\relax + \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi#1\relax \else \normalvbox {\forgetall \dontcomplain \setbox\rigidcolumnbox\normalvbox {\line{}\goodbreak\unvbox#1\removebottomthings}% - \splittopskip\openstrutheight + \splittopskip\openstrutheight \setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \zeropoint \ifcase\rigidcolumnlines\relax - \scratchdimen\ht\rigidcolumnbox - \divide\scratchdimen \rigidcolumns - \getnoflines\scratchdimen + \scratchdimen\ht\rigidcolumnbox + \divide\scratchdimen \rigidcolumns + \getnoflines\scratchdimen \else - \noflines\rigidcolumnlines % to be sure + \noflines\rigidcolumnlines % to be sure \fi \scratchdimen\noflines\lineheight \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \savedrigidhsize @@ -1558,7 +1598,7 @@ {\setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \scratchdimen \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth \setbox\scratchbox\normalvtop - \ifalignrigidcolumns to + \ifalignrigidcolumns to \ifstretchrigidcolumns\vsize\else\scratchdimen\fi \fi {\unvbox\scratchbox}% @@ -1650,13 +1690,13 @@ % \box0 % \egroup} -\def\convertvboxtohbox% +\def\convertvboxtohbox {\setvboxtohbox \makehboxofhboxes \setbox0\normalhbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes}% \noindent\unhbox0\par} -\def\makehboxofhboxes% +\def\makehboxofhboxes {\setbox0\normalhbox{}% \loop % \doloop { .. \exitloop .. } \setbox2\lastbox @@ -1664,7 +1704,7 @@ \setbox0\normalhbox{\box2\unhbox0}% \repeat} -\def\removehboxes% +\def\removehboxes {\setbox0\lastbox \ifhbox0 {\removehboxes}\unhbox0 @@ -2020,17 +2060,17 @@ \egroup} \normalhbox} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {lhbox,mhbox,rhbox} %D -%D A few more boxes. +%D A few more boxes. \def\lhbox{\dowithnextbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\flushnextbox\hss }}\normalhbox} \def\mhbox{\dowithnextbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\hss\flushnextbox\hss}}\normalhbox} \def\rhbox{\dowithnextbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\hss\flushnextbox }}\normalhbox} -\let\lefthbox =\lhbox -\let\midhbox =\mhbox +\let\lefthbox =\lhbox +\let\midhbox =\mhbox \let\righthbox=\rhbox %D \macros @@ -2111,7 +2151,7 @@ \setbox\fakedboxcursor\normalhbox {\vrule\!!width\zeropoint\!!height\zeropoint\!!depth\zeropoint} -\def\boxcursor % overloaded in core-vis +\def\boxcursor % overloaded in core-vis {\iftraceboxplacement \bgroup \scratchdimen2pt @@ -2122,7 +2162,7 @@ \!!height\scratchdimen \!!depth \scratchdimen \hss}% - \smashedbox\scratchbox + \smashedbox\scratchbox \egroup \else \copy\fakedboxcursor @@ -2183,7 +2223,7 @@ % {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% % \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 \ht0 % \boxcursor\hskip-.5\wd0\lower\dimen0\box0}} - + \def\bottombox#1% {\normalhbox {\setbox0\placedbox{#1}% @@ -2260,10 +2300,10 @@ \def\middlebox#1% {\normalhbox{\setbox0\placedbox{#1}\boxoffset=-.5\wd0\rightbox{\box0}}} -%D \macros -%D {toplinebox} +%D \macros +%D {toplinebox} %D -%D See core-tbl.tex for an example of its usage: +%D See core-tbl.tex for an example of its usage: \def\toplinebox {\dowithnextbox @@ -2278,32 +2318,32 @@ \fi}% \tbox} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {initializeboxstack,savebox,foundbox} %D -%D At the cost of some memory, but saving box registers, we -%D have implemented a box repository. +%D At the cost of some memory, but saving box registers, we +%D have implemented a box repository. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \initializeboxstack{one} -%D +%D %D \savebox{one}{a}{test a} %D \savebox{one}{p}{test p} %D \savebox{one}{q}{test q} -%D +%D %D \normalhbox{a:\foundbox{one}{a}} \par %D \normalhbox{q:\foundbox{one}{q}} \par %D \normalhbox{p:\foundbox{one}{p}} \par %D \normalhbox{x:\foundbox{one}{x}} \par %D \normalhbox{y:\foundbox{two}{a}} \par -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen -% a first version +% a first version % % \def\@@stackbox{boxstack:b:} % \def\@@stackmax{boxstack:m:} % \def\@@stacktag{boxstack:t:} -% +% % \def\initializeboxstack#1% % {\ifundefined{\@@stackbox#1}% % \@EA\newbox\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname @@ -2312,8 +2352,8 @@ % \fi % % actually we should erase the old values % \setgvalue{\@@stackmax#1}{0}} -% -% \def\savebox#1#2% stack name +% +% \def\savebox#1#2% stack name % {\dowithnextbox % {\doifdefined{\@@stackbox#1} % {\@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname\@@stackmax#1\endcsname @@ -2321,14 +2361,14 @@ % \global\setbox\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname=\normalvbox % {\forgetall % \setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox{\flushnextbox} -% \ht\scratchbox=\!!onepoint +% \ht\scratchbox=\onepoint % \dp\scratchbox=\zeropoint % \unvbox\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname % \offinterlineskip % \allowbreak % \box\scratchbox}}}% % \normalvbox} -% +% % \def\foundbox#1#2% % {\normalvbox % {\doifdefined{\@@stackbox#1} @@ -2336,16 +2376,16 @@ % {\setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox % {\splittopskip\zeropoint % \setbox0=\copy\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname -% \dimen0=\getvalue{\@@stacktag#2}pt -% \advance\dimen0 by -\!!onepoint +% \dimen0=\getvalue{\@@stacktag#2}pt +% \advance\dimen0 by -\onepoint % \setbox2=\vsplit0 to \dimen0 -% \ifdim\ht0>\!!onepoint -% \setbox0=\vsplit0 to \!!onepoint +% \ifdim\ht0>\onepoint +% \setbox0=\vsplit0 to \onepoint % \fi % \unvbox0\setbox0=\lastbox\unvbox0}% % \unvbox\scratchbox}}}} -\beginTEX \newbox +\beginTEX \newbox \def\@@stackbox{boxstack:b:} \def\@@stackmax{boxstack:m:} @@ -2372,7 +2412,7 @@ \global\setbox\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname\normalvbox {\forgetall \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox{\flushnextbox} - \ht\scratchbox\!!onepoint + \ht\scratchbox\onepoint \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint \unvbox\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname \offinterlineskip @@ -2387,11 +2427,11 @@ {\setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox {\splittopskip\zeropoint \setbox0\copy\csname\@@stackbox#1\endcsname - \dimen0=\getvalue{\@@stacktag#1:#2}\s!pt - \advance\dimen0 -\!!onepoint + \dimen0=\getvalue{\@@stacktag#1:#2}\points + \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint \setbox2\vsplit0 to \dimen0 - \ifdim\ht0>\!!onepoint - \setbox0\vsplit0 to \!!onepoint + \ifdim\ht0>\onepoint + \setbox0\vsplit0 to \onepoint \fi \unvbox0\setbox0\lastbox\unvbox0}% \unvbox\scratchbox}}}} @@ -2414,7 +2454,7 @@ \def\initializeboxstack#1% {\def\docommando##1{\setstackbox{#1}{##1}{}}% - \ifcsname\@@stacklst#1\endcsname + \ifcsname\@@stacklst#1\endcsname \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\@@stacklst#1}]\docommando \fi \setgvalue{\@@stacklst#1}{}} @@ -2454,7 +2494,7 @@ %D \macros %D {removebottomthings, removelastskip} %D -%D A funny (but rather stupid) one, plus a redefinition. +%D A funny (but rather stupid) one, plus a redefinition. \def\removebottomthings {\dorecurse5{\unskip\unkern\unpenalty}} @@ -2464,9 +2504,9 @@ %D \macros %D {makestrutofbox} -%D -%D This macro sets the dimensions of a box to those of a -%D strut. +%D +%D This macro sets the dimensions of a box to those of a +%D strut. \def\domakestrutofbox {\ht\registercount\strutht @@ -2479,18 +2519,18 @@ %D \macros %D {raisebox,lowerbox} %D -%D Some more box stuff, related to positioning (under -%D construction). Nice stuff for a tips and tricks maps -%D article. +%D Some more box stuff, related to positioning (under +%D construction). Nice stuff for a tips and tricks maps +%D article. %D -%D \starttypen -%D \raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test} -%D \raisebox50pt\normalhbox{test} -%D \hsmash{\raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test}} -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test} +%D \raisebox50pt\normalhbox{test} +%D \hsmash{\raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test}} +%D \stoptypen -\def\doraiselowerbox#1#2% a nice trick us used to accept - {\def\next % both direct and {} dimensions +\def\doraiselowerbox#1#2% a nice trick us used to accept + {\def\next % both direct and {} dimensions {\dowithnextbox {\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{#1\scratchdimen\flushnextbox}% \nextboxht\strutht @@ -2575,36 +2615,36 @@ \flushnextbox} \normalhbox} -%D New: +%D New: \def\setdimentoatleast#1#2% {\ifdim#1>\zeropoint\else#1=#2\fi} -%D We need'm raw. +%D We need'm raw. -\ifx \normalhbox \undefined \let \normalhbox = \hbox \fi -\ifx \normalvbox \undefined \let \normalvbox = \vbox \fi -\ifx \normalvtop \undefined \let \normalvtop = \vtop \fi -\ifx \normalvcenter \undefined \let \normalvcenter = \vcenter \fi +\ifx \normalhbox \undefined \let \normalhbox = \hbox \fi +\ifx \normalvbox \undefined \let \normalvbox = \vbox \fi +\ifx \normalvtop \undefined \let \normalvtop = \vtop \fi +\ifx \normalvcenter \undefined \let \normalvcenter = \vcenter \fi -%D And even rawer: +%D And even rawer: -\let\naturalhbox \normalhbox -\let\naturalvbox \normalvbox +\let\naturalhbox \normalhbox +\let\naturalvbox \normalvbox %let\naturalvtop \normalvtop -\beginOMEGA dir +\beginOMEGA dir \def\naturalhbox{\normalhbox dir TLT} \def\naturalvbox{\normalvbox dir TLT} %def\naturalvtop{\normalvtop dir TLT} -\endOMEGA +\endOMEGA -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {vcenter} %D -%D Also new: tex mode \type {\vcenter}. +%D Also new: tex mode \type {\vcenter}. \let\verynormalvcenter \vcenter % since \vcenter can be visualized @@ -2615,7 +2655,7 @@ \prependtoks \let\vcenter\normalvcenter \to \everymath -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {frozenhbox} %D %D A not so well unhboxable bxo can be made with: @@ -2623,4 +2663,4 @@ \def\frozenhbox {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextbox{\hbox{\hbox{\flushnextbox}}\egroup}\hbox} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex index 396718e6b..8d7655f06 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D \TEX\ operates on files, so one wouldn't wonder that there %D is a separate module for file support. In \CONTEXT\ files @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ %D %D When dealing with files we can load them as a whole, using %D the \type{\input} primitive or load them on a line||by||line -%D basis, using \type{\read}. Writing is always done line by +%D basis, using \type{\read}. Writing is always done line by %D line, using \type{\write}. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Files} @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ \unprotect \ifx\undefined\f!pathseparator - \def\f!pathseparator{/} + \def\f!pathseparator{/} \def\f!currentpath {.} \def\f!parentpath {..} \fi -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {normalwrite, normalimmediate} %D -%D We save a few primitives first. +%D We save a few primitives first. \let\normalwrite\write \let\normalimmediate\immediate @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ %D \popendofline %D \stoptypen %D -%D Just to be sure, we save the current meaning of \type{^^M} -%D in \type{\poppedendofline}. +%D Just to be sure, we save the current meaning of \type{^^M} +%D in \type{\poppedendofline}. \chardef\poppedendofline\catcode`\^^M @@ -78,24 +78,24 @@ %D %D We define a scratch file for reading. Keep in mind that %D the number of files is limited to~16, so use this one when -%D possible. We also define a scratch output file. +%D possible. We also define a scratch output file. \ifx\undefined\scratchread \newread \scratchread \fi \ifx\undefined\scratchwrite \newwrite\scratchwrite \fi -%D \macros -%D {unlinkfile} +%D \macros +%D {unlinkfile} %D %D Sometimes we want to make sure a file is deleted, so here -%D is a macro that does the job. It's named after the \PERL\ -%D one. +%D is a macro that does the job. It's named after the \PERL\ +%D one. -\def\unlinkfile#1% +\def\unlinkfile#1% {\immediate\openout\scratchwrite=#1\immediate\closeout\scratchwrite} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {writeln} -%D +%D %D This saves a few tokens: \def\writeln#1{\write#1{}} @@ -115,17 +115,17 @@ %D \macros %D {doprocessfile,fileline,fileprocessedtrue,dofinishfile} %D -%D The next macro offers a framework for processing files on a -%D line by line basis. -%D +%D The next macro offers a framework for processing files on a +%D line by line basis. +%D %D \starttypen %D \doprocessfile \identifier {name} \action %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D The first argument can for instance be \type{\scratchread}. %D The action must do something with \type{\fileline}, which -%D holds the current line. One can halfway step out using -%D \type{\dofinishfile} and ise \type{\iffileprocessed} to +%D holds the current line. One can halfway step out using +%D \type{\dofinishfile} and ise \type{\iffileprocessed} to %D see if indeed some content was found. \newif\iffileprocessed @@ -153,35 +153,35 @@ \expandafter\doprocessline \fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {pathplusfile,assignfullfilename,sanitizefilename} -%D +%D %D Use \type{\pathplusfile} to compose a full file name, like -%D in: +%D in: %D %D \starttypen %D \pathplusfile{path}{file} %D \stoptypen %D -%D By default, this expands into {\tt \pathplusfile{path}{file}}. +%D By default, this expands into {\tt \pathplusfile{path}{file}}. \def\pathplusfile#1#2{#1\f!pathseparator#2} -%D This one constructs a filename from a (possible empty) -%D path and filename. +%D This one constructs a filename from a (possible empty) +%D path and filename. \def\assignfullfilename#1#2\to#3% {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\edef#3{#2}} {\edef#3{#1\f!pathseparator#2}}} -%D For the moment, we limit sanitizing to taking care of -%D active \type {/}. +%D For the moment, we limit sanitizing to taking care of +%D active \type {/}. -\bgroup % todo: _ cleanup - -\catcode`\/=\@@active -\catcode`\:=\@@active +\bgroup % todo: _ cleanup + +\catcode`\/=\@@active +\catcode`\:=\@@active \gdef\sanitizefilename#1\to#2% {\bgroup @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ \chardef\kindoffile=0 % 0=normal 1=full path spec (or http) \def\checkfilename#1% - {\doifinstringelse{@@/}{@@#1}% unix: /full/path + {\doifinstringelse{@@/}{@@#1}% unix: /full/path {\chardef\kindoffile\plusone} {\doifinstringelse{:/}{#1}% windows: e:/full/path or http:// {\chardef\kindoffile\plusone} @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ %D Many \TEX\ implementations have laid out some strategy for %D locating files. This can lead to unexpected results, %D especially when one loads files that are not found in the -%D current directory. Let's give an example of this. In -%D \CONTEXT\ illustrations can be defined in an external file. +%D current directory. Let's give an example of this. In +%D \CONTEXT\ illustrations can be defined in an external file. %D The resizing macro first looks if an illustration is defined -%D in the local definitions file. When no such file is found, -%D it searches for a global file and when this file is not -%D found either, the illustration itself is scanned for +%D in the local definitions file. When no such file is found, +%D it searches for a global file and when this file is not +%D found either, the illustration itself is scanned for %D dimensions. One can imagine what happens if an adapted, -%D localy stored illustration, is scaled according to +%D localy stored illustration, is scaled according to %D dimensions stored somewhere else. %D %D When some \TEX\ implementation starts looking for a file, it @@ -248,25 +248,25 @@ %D We first present an earlier implementation of %D \type{\readfile}. This command backtracks parent %D directories, upto a predefined level. Users can change this -%D level, but we default to~3. +%D level, but we default to~3. %D %D \starttypen %D \def\maxreadlevel {3} %D \stoptypen %D -%D This is a pseudo \COUNTER. +%D This is a pseudo \COUNTER. %D -%D We use \type{\normalinput} instead of \type{\input} -%D because we want to be able to redefine the original -%D \type{\input} when needed, for instance when loading third -%D party libraries. +%D We use \type{\normalinput} instead of \type{\input} +%D because we want to be able to redefine the original +%D \type{\input} when needed, for instance when loading third +%D party libraries. \newevery \everybeforereadfile \EveryBeforeReadFile \newevery \everyafterreadfile \EveryAfterReadFile \let \everyreadfile \everybeforereadfile -\ifx\normalinput\undefined \let\normalinput\input \fi +\ifx\normalinput\undefined \let\normalinput\input \fi \newif\iftracefiles @@ -277,39 +277,39 @@ % \checkfilename\readfilename % \ifcase\kindoffile % \iftracefiles\writestatus\m!systems{searching for \readfilename\space on #1}\fi -% % not a full path or url, check for existence +% % not a full path or url, check for existence % \doifelsenothing{#1} % {\def\next{\redoreadfile\readfilename{#3}{#4}}}% % {\def\next{\redoreadfile{\pathplusfile{#1}{\readfilename}}{#3}{#4}}}% % \else -% % a full path or url, no further checking done +% % a full path or url, no further checking done % \iftracefiles\writestatus\m!systems{assuming present \readfilename}\fi % \def\next{#3\dodoreadfile}% % \fi % \next} -\newconditional\trackfilenames \settrue\trackfilenames +\newconditional\trackfilenames \settrue\trackfilenames \let\trackedfilename\empty \def\doreadfile#1#2#3#4% {\sanitizefilename#2\to\readfilename - \let\trackedfilename\readfilename + \let\trackedfilename\readfilename \ifconditional\trackfilenames \ifundefined{fn..\trackedfilename}\donetrue\else\donefalse\fi \else \donetrue - \fi + \fi \ifdone \checkfilename\readfilename \ifcase\kindoffile \iftracefiles\writestatus\m!systems{searching for \readfilename\space on #1}\fi - % not a full path or url, check for existence + % not a full path or url, check for existence \doifelsenothing{#1} {\def\next{\redoreadfile\readfilename{#3}{#4}}}% {\def\next{\redoreadfile{\pathplusfile{#1}{\readfilename}}{#3}{#4}}}% \else - % a full path or url, no further checking done + % a full path or url, no further checking done \doiffileexistselse\readfilename {\iftracefiles\writestatus\m!systems{located \readfilename}\fi \def\next{#3\dodoreadfile}}% @@ -336,12 +336,12 @@ % \def\next{#3}% % \fi % \else -% \immediate\closein\scratchread +% \immediate\closein\scratchread % \edef\readfilename{#1}% % \iftracefiles\writestatus\m!systems{#1 located}\fi % \def\next{#2\dodoreadfile}% % \fi -% \next} +% \next} \def\redoreadfile#1#2#3% {\doiffileexistselse{#1}% @@ -356,20 +356,20 @@ \else \def\next{#3}% \fi}% - \next} + \next} -% \def\dodoreadfile % we provide hooks, for instance for \enableXML -% {\the\everybeforereadfile +% \def\dodoreadfile % we provide hooks, for instance for \enableXML +% {\the\everybeforereadfile % \normalinput\readfilename\relax -% \the\everyafterreadfile} +% \the\everyafterreadfile} -\def\dodoreadfile % we provide hooks, for instance for \enableXML +\def\dodoreadfile % we provide hooks, for instance for \enableXML {\ifconditional\trackfilenames \setxvalue{fn..\trackedfilename}{\readfilename}% \fi - \the\everybeforereadfile + \the\everybeforereadfile \normalinput\readfilename\relax - \the\everyafterreadfile} + \the\everyafterreadfile} \def\readfile% #1% {\let\readlevel\maxreadlevel @@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ %D \macros %D {readjobfile,readlocfile,readsysfile, %D readfixfile,readsetfile} -%D -%D This implementation honnors the third situation, but we +%D +%D This implementation honnors the third situation, but we %D still can get unwanted files loaded and/or can get involved %D in extensive searching. %D @@ -393,12 +393,12 @@ %D backtracks~\readlevel\ directories, including the current %D one. -\def\readjobfile#1% current path, no backtracking +\def\readjobfile#1% current path, no backtracking {\newcounter\readlevel %\doreadfile{\pathplusfile{\f!currentpath}{#1}}} \doreadfile\f!currentpath{#1}} -\def\readlocfile#1% current path, backtracking +\def\readlocfile#1% current path, backtracking {\let\readlevel\maxreadlevel %\doreadfile{\pathplusfile{\f!currentpath}{#1}}} \doreadfile\f!currentpath{#1}} @@ -407,26 +407,26 @@ %D \type{\readsysfile} is not bound to the current directory %D and obeys the \TEX\ implementation. -% \def\readsysfile#1% current path, obeys tex search +% \def\readsysfile#1% current path, obeys tex search % {\let\readlevel\maxreadlevel % %\doreadfile{#1}} % \doreadfile\empty{#1}} -\def\readsysfile#1% current path, obeys tex search +\def\readsysfile#1% current path, obeys tex search {\newcounter\readlevel %\doreadfile{#1}} \doreadfile\empty{#1}} %D Of the last two, \type{\readfixfile} searches on the %D directory specified and backtracks too, while -%D \type{\readsetfile} does only search on the specified path. +%D \type{\readsetfile} does only search on the specified path. -\def\readfixfile#1#2% specified path, backtracking +\def\readfixfile#1#2% specified path, backtracking {\let\readlevel\maxreadlevel %\doreadfile{\pathplusfile{#1}{#2}}} \doreadfile{#1}{#2}} -\def\readsetfile#1#2% specified path, no backtracking +\def\readsetfile#1#2% specified path, no backtracking {\newcounter\readlevel %\doreadfile{\pathplusfile{#1}{#2}}} \doreadfile{#1}{#2}} @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ {\readjobfile{#1}{#2} {\readsysfile{#1}{#2}{#3}}}} -%D So now we've got ourselves five file loading commands: +%D So now we've got ourselves five file loading commands: %D %D \starttypen %D \readfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} @@ -501,9 +501,9 @@ %D \doiffileelse {filename} {before loading} {not found} %D \stoptypen %D -%D We use \type{\next} here, because we want to close the -%D file first. We also provide the alternatives: -%D +%D We use \type{\next} here, because we want to close the +%D file first. We also provide the alternatives: +%D %D \starttypen %D \doiflocfileelse {filename} {before loading} {not found} %D \stoptypen @@ -546,11 +546,11 @@ %D \macros %D {doonlyonce, doinputonce, doendinputonce} -%D +%D %D Especially macropackages need only be loaded once. %D Repetitive loading not only costs time, relocating registers %D often leads to abortion of the processing because \TEX's -%D capacity is limited. One can prevent multiple execution and +%D capacity is limited. One can prevent multiple execution and %D loading by using one of both: %D %D \starttypen @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ %D \doendinputonce{filename} %D \stoptypen %D -%D This command obeys the standard method for locating files. +%D This command obeys the standard method for locating files. \long\def\doonlyonce#1#2% {\doifundefined{@@@#1@@@}{\setgvalue{@@@#1@@@}{}#2}} @@ -570,21 +570,24 @@ \def\doendinputonce#1% {\doifdefined{@@@#1@@@}\endinput} +\def\forgetdoingonce#1% + {\global\letbeundefined{@@@#1@@@}} + %D \macros %D {doifparentfileelse} %D -%D The test \type{\doifelse{\jobname}{filename}} does not give -%D the desired result, simply because \type{\jobname} expands -%D to characters with \CATCODE~12, while the characters in -%D \type{filename} have \CATCODE~11. So we can better use: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D The test \type{\doifelse{\jobname}{filename}} does not give +%D the desired result, simply because \type{\jobname} expands +%D to characters with \CATCODE~12, while the characters in +%D \type{filename} have \CATCODE~11. So we can better use: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \doifparentfileelse{filename}{yes}{no} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D Since \TEXEXEC\ (and thereby \CONTEXT) supports renaming of %D the outputfile, we also need to check on that alternative -%D name. +%D name. \ifx\outputfilename\undefined \def\outputfilename{\jobname} \fi @@ -593,10 +596,10 @@ {\doifsamestringelse{#1}{\jobname.\c!tex}{#2} {\doifsamestringelse{#1}{\outputfilename}{#2}{#3}}}} -\def\normalless {<} % geen \let ! -\def\normalmore {>} % geen \let ! -\def\normalequal {=} % geen \let ! -\def\normaldblquote{"} % geen \let ! +\def\normalless {<} % geen \let ! +\def\normalmore {>} % geen \let ! +\def\normalequal {=} % geen \let ! +\def\normaldblquote{"} % geen \let ! \newcounter\readingfilelevel @@ -608,9 +611,9 @@ \ifx\\\undefined \let\\\relax \fi -%D This changing catcodes is a direct result from the fact -%D that we support some long standing conventions with -%D regards to active characters (german ", polish /, +%D This changing catcodes is a direct result from the fact +%D that we support some long standing conventions with +%D regards to active characters (german ", polish /, %D french : and ;). \def\startreadingfile% beter een every en \setnormalcatcodes @@ -643,51 +646,51 @@ {\getvalue{\string\readingfilelevel::\readingfilelevel}% \doglobal\decrement\readingfilelevel} -%% % gebruikt voor normale (!) files, will change to proper +%% % gebruikt voor normale (!) files, will change to proper %% % installer maybe combined with verb module push/popper -%% -%% \def\startreadingfile% beter een every +%% +%% \def\startreadingfile% beter een every %% {\doglobal\increment\readingfilelevel %% \setxvalue{popfilecharacters::\readingfilelevel}% %% {%\expnormalcatcodes %% \expspecialcatcodes}% %% %\setnormalcatcodes %% \setspecialcatcodes} -%% +%% %% \def\stopreadingfile% %% {\getvalue{popfilecharacters::\readingfilelevel}% %% \doglobal\decrement\readingfilelevel} -%% +%% %% \ifx\\\undefined \let\\\relax \fi %% \ifx\!\undefined \let\!\relax \fi %% \ifx\?\undefined \let\?\relax \fi -%% +%% %% \def\expnormalcatcodes% %% {\catcode`\noexpand\!=\the\catcode`\! \catcode`\noexpand\?=\the\catcode`\?% -%% \catcode`\noexpand\&=\the\catcode`\& +%% \catcode`\noexpand\&=\the\catcode`\& %% \catcode`\noexpand\#=\the\catcode`\# \catcode`\noexpand\$=\the\catcode`\$% %% \catcode`\noexpand\%=\the\catcode`\% \catcode`\noexpand\\=\the\catcode`\\% %% \catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^ \catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_% %% \catcode`\noexpand\{=\the\catcode`\{ \catcode`\noexpand\}=\the\catcode`\}} -%% +%% %% \def\setnormalcatcodes% %% {%\ifcase\protectionlevel %% \catcode`\!=\@@other \catcode`\?=\@@other %% %\else %% % \catcode`\!=\@@letter \catcode`\?=\@@letter %% %\fi -%% \catcode`\&=\@@alignment -%% \catcode`\#=\@@parameter \catcode`\$=\@@mathshift +%% \catcode`\&=\@@alignment +%% \catcode`\#=\@@parameter \catcode`\$=\@@mathshift %% \catcode`\%=\@@comment \catcode`\\=\@@escape -%% \catcode`\^=\@@superscript \catcode`\_=\@@subscript +%% \catcode`\^=\@@superscript \catcode`\_=\@@subscript %% \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup} -%% +%% %% \def\expspecialcatcodes% %% {\catcode`\noexpand/=\the\catcode`/% %% \catcode`\noexpand"=\the\catcode`"% %% \catcode`\noexpand<=\the\catcode`<% %% \catcode`\noexpand>=\the\catcode`>} -%% +%% %% \def\setspecialcatcodes% %% {\catcode`/=\@@other %% \catcode`"=\@@other diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex index 4cbdf359f..2da73e625 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \unprotect -%D This module implements some typographics tricks that can +%D This module implements some typographics tricks that can %D be fun when designing document layouts. The examples use %D macros that are typical to \CONTEXT, but non \CONTEXT\ -%D users can use the drop caps and first line treatment +%D users can use the drop caps and first line treatment %D macros without problems. This module will be extended %D when the need for more of such tricks arises. @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ %D \macros %D {DroppedCaps, DroppedString, DroppedIndent, DroppedLines} -%D +%D %D \startbuffer -%D \DroppedCaps -%D {\color[green]} {cmbx12} -%D {2.2\baselineskip} {2pt} {\baselineskip} {2} +%D \DroppedCaps +%D {\color[green]} {cmbx12} +%D {2.2\baselineskip} {2pt} {\baselineskip} {2} %D Let's start %D \stopbuffer %D %D \haalbuffer with dropped caps, those blown up first %D characters of a paragraph. It's hard to implement a general -%D mechanism that suits all situations, but dropped caps are so +%D mechanism that suits all situations, but dropped caps are so %D seldomly used that we can permit ourselves a rather user %D unfriendly implementation. %D @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ %D natural position in the encoding vector. %D %D \startbuffer -%D \DroppedCaps -%D {\color[red]} {cmbx12} -%D {\baselineskip} {0pt} {0pt} {1} +%D \DroppedCaps +%D {\color[red]} {cmbx12} +%D {\baselineskip} {0pt} {0pt} {1} %D This simple %D \stopbuffer %D @@ -69,26 +69,26 @@ %D \typebuffer %D %D \startbuffer -%D \DroppedCaps -%D {\color[red]} {cmbx12} -%D {2\baselineskip} {0pt} {\baselineskip} {2} -%D Is this ugly +%D \DroppedCaps +%D {\color[red]} {cmbx12} +%D {2\baselineskip} {0pt} {\baselineskip} {2} +%D Is this ugly %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \haalbuffer example the third argument tells -%D this macro that we want a dropped capital scaled to the -%D baseline distance. The two zero point arguments are the +%D +%D \haalbuffer example the third argument tells +%D this macro that we want a dropped capital scaled to the +%D baseline distance. The two zero point arguments are the %D horizontal and vertical offsets and the last arguments -%D determines the hanging indentation. In this paragraph we -%D set the height to two times the baselinedistance and use -%D two hanging lines: -%D +%D determines the hanging indentation. In this paragraph we +%D set the height to two times the baselinedistance and use +%D two hanging lines: +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D Here, the first character is moved down one baseline. Here %D we also see why the horizontal offset is important. The %D first example (showing the~L) sets this to a few points and -%D also used a slightly larger height. +%D also used a slightly larger height. %D %D Of course common users (typist) are not supposed to see this %D kind of fuzzy definitions, but fortunately \TEX\ permits us @@ -97,15 +97,15 @@ %D %D \startbuffer %D \def\MyDroppedCaps% -%D {\DroppedCaps -%D {\color[green]} {cmbx12} +%D {\DroppedCaps +%D {\color[green]} {cmbx12} %D {5\baselineskip} {3pt} {3\baselineskip} {4}} %D %D \MyDroppedCaps The implementation %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \haalbuffer of the general macro is rather simple and only %D depends on the arguments given and the dimensions of the %D strut box. We explicitly load the font, which is no problem @@ -113,16 +113,16 @@ %D combined some arguments, like the height, vertical offset %D and the number of lines, but the current implementation %D proved to be the most flexible. One should be aware of the -%D fact that the offsets depend on the design of the glyphs -%D used. +%D fact that the offsets depend on the design of the glyphs +%D used. \let\DroppedIndent\!!zeropoint \def\DroppedLines{0} \def\DroppedString% {ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ} -% \def\DroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% -% {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinstringelse{#7}{\DroppedString} % +% \def\DroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% +% {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinstringelse{#7}{\DroppedString} % % {\ifvmode % this one is \EveryPar save, precede by \par if needed % \vskip#6\baselineskip % \penalty-200 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ % \hskip-\DroppedIndent % \vbox{\forgetall\box0}% % \nobreak -% \ignorespaces} % Could be a one character word ! +% \ignorespaces} % Could be a one character word ! % {\edef\DroppedIndent{0pt}% % \edef\DroppedLines {\number\maxdimen}% % #7}} @@ -196,10 +196,10 @@ % \globaldropcaps\edef\DroppedLines{\number\maxdimen}% % \globaldropcaps\chardef\DroppedStatus3 % \def\next{#7}}% -% \let\globaldropcaps\global +% \let\globaldropcaps\global % \next} -\chardef\DropMode=0 % 1 == marginhang +\chardef\DropMode=0 % 1 == marginhang \def\DroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% does not yet handle accented chars {\convertargument #7\to\asciia @@ -248,20 +248,20 @@ \globaldropcaps\edef\DroppedLines{\number\maxdimen}% \globaldropcaps\chardef\DroppedStatus3 \def\next{#7}}% - \let\globaldropcaps\global + \let\globaldropcaps\global \next} %D Before we go to the next topic, we summarize this command: %D %D \starttypen -%D \DroppedCaps -%D {command} {font} +%D \DroppedCaps +%D {command} {font} %D {height} {hoffset} {voffset} {lines} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D Sometimes you need to make sure that the global settings are -%D kept local, as in: -%D +%D kept local, as in: +%D % %D \startbuffer % %D \defineparagraphs[SomePar][n=2,rule=on] % %D \setupparagraphs [SomePar][1][width=.5\textwidth] @@ -270,26 +270,26 @@ %D \definieeralineas[SomePar][n=2,rule=on] %D \stelalineasin [SomePar][1][width=.5\textwidth] %D \stelalineasin [SomePar][2][width=.5\textwidth] -%D +%D %D \startSomePar %D \localdropcaps\NiceDroppedCaps{}{cmr12}{0pt}{2}Here we need %D to explicitly keep the hanging indentation local, like it or -%D not. +%D not. %D \SomePar %D \localdropcaps\NiceDroppedCaps{}{cmr12}{0pt}{2}Here we need %D to explicitly keep the hanging indentation local, like it or -%D not. +%D not. %D \stopSomePar %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer \getbuffer -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {AutoDroppedCaps, CheckDroppedCaps} %D %D {\em To be documented.} -% example usage +% example usage % % \def\bpar{\ifvmode\CheckDroppedCaps\fi} % \def\epar{\ifhmode\par\fi\CheckDroppedCaps} @@ -307,17 +307,17 @@ \EveryPar{\doAutoDroppedCaps}} \let\AutoDroppedNext\relax - + \def\doAutoDroppedCaps {\ifcase\DroppedStatus % done - \let\next\relax + \let\next\relax \or % starting - % \ifnum\lastprevgraf>0 % tricky, probably a wrong par + % \ifnum\lastprevgraf>0 % tricky, probably a wrong par % \globaldropcaps\chardef\DroppedStatus=3 % and inhibits dropped % \let\next\relax % caps after titles and more than once - % \else % so let's nill this rubishly code fragment + % \else % so let's nill this rubishly code fragment \def\next{\NiceDroppedCaps{}{\@@dcfont}{.125em}{\@@dcn}}% - % \fi % and hope for the best + % \fi % and hope for the best \or % doing \global\advance\droppedlines \lastprevgraf \ifnum\droppedlines=\zerocount @@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ \fi \next} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {LineDroppedCaps, NiceDroppedCaps} %D -%D To save definitions, we also provide: +%D To save definitions, we also provide: %D %D \starttypen %D \LineDroppedCaps {command} {font} {hoffset} {lines} %D \NiceDroppedCaps {command} {font} {hoffset} {lines} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The first command scales the font to the exact height, while -%D the second command scales the font to a nice 2.5 times the -%D line height, a value that gives a pleasant grayness. +%D The first command scales the font to the exact height, while +%D the second command scales the font to a nice 2.5 times the +%D line height, a value that gives a pleasant grayness. -\def\DoLineDroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5% compensation command font offset lines +\def\DoLineDroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5% compensation command font offset lines {\scratchcounter#5% \advance\scratchcounter \minusone \scratchdimen\scratchcounter\baselineskip @@ -398,15 +398,15 @@ %D \haalbuffer %D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D Before we explain the third and fourth argument, we show the -%D implementation. Those who know a bit about the way \TEX\ +%D implementation. Those who know a bit about the way \TEX\ %D treats tokens, will probably see in one glance that this %D alternative works all right for most text||only situations %D in which there is enough text available for the first line, %D but that more complicated things will blow. One has to live %D with that. A workaround is rather trivial but obscures the -%D principles used. +%D principles used. \def\TreatFirstLine#1#2#3#4% before, after, first, next {\leavevmode @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ \@EA\grabfirstline \else\ifdim\wd2>\hsize \hbox to \hsize{\strut\unhbox0}#2\egroup - \break##1\ + \break##1\ \egroup \else \setbox0\box2 @@ -444,19 +444,19 @@ %D \getrandomfloat\FunnyB{0}{1}% %D \definecolor[FunnyColor][r=\FunnyR,g=\FunnyG,b=\FunnyB]% %D \color[FunnyColor]} -%D +%D %D \TreatFirstLine {\bf} {} {\FunnyCommand} {\FunnyCommand} -%D The third and fourth argument can be used to gain special +%D The third and fourth argument can be used to gain special %D effects on the individual words. Of course one needs ... %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \haalbuffer -%D to know a bit more about the macro package used to get real -%D nice effects, but this example probably demonstrates the -%D principles well. -%D +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D to know a bit more about the macro package used to get real +%D nice effects, but this example probably demonstrates the +%D principles well. +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D Like in dropped caps case, one can hide such treatments in a %D macro, like: %D @@ -465,38 +465,38 @@ %D {\TreatFirstLine{\bf}{}{\FunnyCommand}{\FunnyCommand}} %D \stoptypen -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {reshapebox} -%D -%D \startbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer %D \beginofshapebox -%D When using \CONTEXT, one can also apply this funny command -%D to whole lines by using the reshape mechanism. Describing -%D this interesting mechanism falls outside the scope of this -%D module, so we only show the trick. This is an example of -%D low level \CONTEXT\ functionality: it's all there, and it's -%D stable, but not entirely meant for novice users. +%D When using \CONTEXT, one can also apply this funny command +%D to whole lines by using the reshape mechanism. Describing +%D this interesting mechanism falls outside the scope of this +%D module, so we only show the trick. This is an example of +%D low level \CONTEXT\ functionality: it's all there, and it's +%D stable, but not entirely meant for novice users. %D \endofshapebox -%D +%D %D \reshapebox{\FunnyCommand{\box\shapebox}} \flushshapebox %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \haalbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer %D -%D This mechanism permits hyphenation and therefore gives -%D better results than the previously discussed macro -%D \type{\TreatFirstLine}. +%D This mechanism permits hyphenation and therefore gives +%D better results than the previously discussed macro +%D \type{\TreatFirstLine}. %D \macros %D {TreatFirstCharacter} %D %D \startbuffer -%D \TreatFirstCharacter{\bf\color[green]} Just to be +%D \TreatFirstCharacter{\bf\color[green]} Just to be %D \stopbuffer %D -%D \haalbuffer complete we also offer a very simple one +%D \haalbuffer complete we also offer a very simple one %D character alternative, that is not that hard to understand: \def\TreatFirstCharacter#1#2% command, character @@ -523,9 +523,9 @@ %D \startbuffer %D \StackCharacters{CONTEXT}{}{\vskip.2ex}{\FunnyCommand} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D Such a stack looks like: -%D +%D %D \startregelcorrectie %D \hbox to \hsize %D {$\hss\bfd @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ %D \vcenter{\StackCharacters{CONTEXT}{}{\vskip.2ex}{\FunnyCommand}} %D \hss$} %D \stopregelcorrectie -%D +%D %D and is typeset by saying: %D %D \typebuffer @@ -560,18 +560,18 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D \startbuffer[a] -%D \processtokens -%D {\hbox to .5\hsize\bgroup} {\hfill} +%D \processtokens +%D {\hbox to .5\hsize\bgroup} {\hfill} %D {\egroup} {\space} {LET'S HAVE} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \processtokens -%D {\vbox\bgroup\raggedcenter\hsize1em} +%D \processtokens +%D {\vbox\bgroup\raggedcenter\hsize1em} %D {\vskip.25ex} {\egroup} {\strut} {FUN} %D \stopbuffer %D -%D This macro is able to typeset: +%D This macro is able to typeset: %D %D \leavevmode\hbox to \hsize %D {$\hfil\hfil @@ -586,24 +586,24 @@ %D \typebuffer[b] %D \macros -%D {NormalizeFontHeight, NormalizeFontWidth, +%D {NormalizeFontHeight, NormalizeFontWidth, %D TheNormalizedFontSize} %D %D Next we introduce some font manipulation macros. When we %D want to typeset some text spread in a well defined area, it %D can be considered bad practice to manipulate character and %D word spacing. In such situations the next few macros can be -%D of help: -%D +%D of help: +%D %D \starttypen %D \NormalizeFontHeight \name {sample text} {height} {font} %D \NormalizeFontWidth \name {sample text} {width} {font} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D These are implemented using an auxilliary macro: \def\NormalizeFontHeight{\NormalizeFontSize\ht} -\def\NormalizeFontWidth {\NormalizeFontSize\wd} +\def\NormalizeFontWidth {\NormalizeFontSize\wd} % \def\NormalizeFontSize#1#2#3#4#5% % {\bgroup @@ -624,9 +624,9 @@ % \egroup % \expandafter\font\expandafter#2\fontname\font\relax} % -% the familiar struggle with accuracy forces us to use: +% the familiar struggle with accuracy forces us to use: -\def\NormalizeFontSize#1#2#3#4#5% +\def\NormalizeFontSize#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup \dimen0=#4% #4 can be \ht0 or so \setbox0\hbox{\definedfont[#5 at 5pt]#3}% 10pt @@ -646,62 +646,62 @@ \egroup \expandafter\font\expandafter#2\fontname\font\relax} -%D Afterwards, we have access to the calculated size by: +%D Afterwards, we have access to the calculated size by: \let\TheNormalizedFontSize\!!zeropoint -%D Extra: +%D Extra: -\def\WidthSpanningText#1#2#3% text width font +\def\WidthSpanningText#1#2#3% text width font {\hbox{\NormalizeFontWidth\temp{#1}{#2}{#3}\temp\the\everydefinedfont#1}} %D Consider for instance: -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D \NormalizeFontHeight \tmp {X} {2\baselineskip} {cmr10} -%D +%D %D {\tmp To Be Or Not To Be} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D This shows up as (we also show the baselines): -%D +%D %D {\showbaselines\haalbuffer} -%D +%D %D The horizontal counterpart is: -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D \NormalizeFontWidth \tmp {This Line Fits} {\hsize} {cmr10} -%D +%D %D \hbox{\tmp This Line Fits} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D -%D The calculated font scale is avaliable in the macro -%D \type{\NormalizedFontSize}. +%D +%D The calculated font scale is avaliable in the macro +%D \type{\NormalizedFontSize}. %D %D \startregelcorrectie %D \ruledhbox{\haalbuffer} %D \stopregelcorrectie %D -%D One can of course combine these macros with the ones +%D One can of course combine these macros with the ones %D described earlier, like in: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \NormalizeFontHeight {text} \DroppedFont {2\baselineskip} {cmbx12} -%D +%D %D \def\NicelyDroppedCaps -%D {\DroppedCaps -%D {\kleur[groen]} -%D {\DroppedFont} -%D {2pt} -%D {\baselineskip} +%D {\DroppedCaps +%D {\kleur[groen]} +%D {\DroppedFont} +%D {2pt} +%D {\baselineskip} %D {2}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D It's up to the reader to test this one. +%D It's up to the reader to test this one. \unexpanded\def\FirstNCharacters#1#2% \FirstNCharacters{3}{fr{\"o}beln} {\bgroup @@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ \handletokens#2\with\docommando \egroup} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {FittingText} %D -%D First used in Pascal (demo-bbv): -%D +%D First used in Pascal (demo-bbv): +%D %D \startbuffer %D \ruledvbox{\FittingText{3cm}{1cm}{Serif}{24pt}{1pt}{1} %D {\veryraggedright -%D \hangindent1em\hangafter1\relax +%D \hangindent1em\hangafter1\relax %D \begstrut \dorecurse{8}{Bram Marta }\unskip \endstrut}} %D %D \ruledvbox{\FittingText{3cm}{1cm}{Serif}{24pt}{1pt}{1} @@ -735,19 +735,19 @@ %D \getbuffer %D \stoplinecorrection -% #1 width #2 height #3 font #4 size #5 step #6 interlinie #7 text +% #1 width #2 height #3 font #4 size #5 step #6 interlinie #7 text -\long\def\FittingText#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% +\long\def\FittingText#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% {\bgroup \forgetall \dontcomplain \setuptolerance[\v!zeersoepel]% == \tolerance4500 - \hsize#1% + \hsize#1% \def\\{\softbreak}% \!!heighta#4% \!!heightb#2% \doloop - {\ifdim\!!heighta>\!!onepoint + {\ifdim\!!heighta>\onepoint \expanded{\definefont[\s!dummy][#3 at \the\!!heighta][\c!interlinie=#6]}% \getvalue\s!dummy \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{#7\endgraf}% @@ -760,14 +760,14 @@ \global\dimen1\hsize \reshapebox {\setbox\shapebox\hbox{\unhbox\shapebox}% - \ifdim\wd\shapebox>\dimen1 + \ifdim\wd\shapebox>\dimen1 \global\dimen1\wd\shapebox \fi}% - \ifdim\dimen1>\hsize + \ifdim\dimen1>\hsize \advance\!!heighta-#5% \else \exitloop - \fi + \fi \fi \else \exitloop @@ -776,25 +776,25 @@ \unvbox\scratchbox \egroup} -%D New: +%D New: -% \font width gap font spec text +% \font width gap font spec text -\def\NormalizeFontWidthSpread#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\NormalizeFontWidthSpread#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\global\setfalse\NFSpread \scratchdimen#3% \scratchdimen-.5\scratchdimen \advance\scratchdimen#2\relax - \NormalizeFontWidth + \NormalizeFontWidth #1% {\def\+{\global\settrue\NFSpread\gobbleuntil\relax}% - \def\\{\gobbleuntil\relax}% newline + \def\\{\gobbleuntil\relax}% newline \setupspacing #6\relax}% {\scratchdimen}% {#4}% \ifconditional\NFSpread - % de gap valt in de binding + % de gap valt in de binding \else \definefont[\strippedcsname#1][#4 #5]% \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex index 777c99454..460cb02f1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ {\ifx,\nextnext \def\nextnextnext{\afterassignment\egroup\let\next=}% \else - \let\nextnext=\relax + \let\nextnext\relax \fi} %D The macro \type{\checkbeforediscretionary} takes care of @@ -1350,13 +1350,17 @@ \flushurl\splitafter:% \else\if#1.% \flushurl\splitafter.% + \else\if#1(% + \flushurl\splitbefore(% + \else\if#1)% + \flushurl\splitafter)% \else \ifx\savedurl\empty\else \splitbefore\savedurl \let\savedurl\empty \fi #1% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} %D When Joop Susan asked (on the \CONTEXT\ mailing list) how %D to handle url's passed as argument, the following solutions diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex index a5865f9c4..5503f371f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D Some support modules are more or less independant. This %D module, which is not part of plain \CONTEXT, provides the @@ -17,20 +17,20 @@ \ifx \undefined \writestatus \else \expandafter \endinput \fi -\ifx \undefined \pdfoutput \chardef\pdfoutput=0 \fi +\ifx \undefined \pdfoutput \chardef\pdfoutput=0 \fi %D Because \LATEX\ has no safe package loading mechanism, we -%D need to take care of possible interference. +%D need to take care of possible interference. -\def\StartLatexHack% +\def\StartLatexHack% {\edef\StopLatexHack - {\catcode`\noexpand/=\the\catcode`/ + {\catcode`\noexpand/=\the\catcode`/ \catcode`\noexpand:=\the\catcode`: \catcode`\noexpand;=\the\catcode`; \catcode`\noexpand"=\the\catcode`" - \catcode`\noexpand<=\the\catcode`< + \catcode`\noexpand<=\the\catcode`< \catcode`\noexpand>=\the\catcode`>}% - \catcode`/=12 \catcode`:=12 \catcode`;=12 + \catcode`/=12 \catcode`:=12 \catcode`;=12 \catcode`"=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 } %D This hack is needed especially for \LATEX\ users who use @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %D pointing that out and testing). Potentially active \type %D {?}'s and \type {!}'s are less dangerous since they are %D handled by the \type {\protect} and \type {\unprotect} -%D macros. +%D macros. \StartLatexHack @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ \expandafter\gobblecontextobject \fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {beginETEX,beginTEX} %D %D Outside \CONTEXT\ we will not be \ETEX||aware. @@ -160,15 +160,16 @@ \ifnocontextobject \scratchread \do \newread \scratchread \fi \ifnocontextobject \scratchwrite \do \newwrite \scratchwrite \fi -\ifnocontextobject \zeropoint \do \newdimen \zeropoint \fi -\ifnocontextobject \zerocount \do \chardef \zerocount=0 \fi -\ifnocontextobject \plusone \do \chardef \plusone =1 \fi +\ifnocontextobject \zeropoint \do \let \zeropoint \z@ \fi +\ifnocontextobject \onepoint \do \let \onepoint \p@ \fi +\ifnocontextobject \zerocount \do \chardef \zerocount =0 \fi +\ifnocontextobject \plusone \do \chardef \plusone =1 \fi \ifnocontextobject \minusone \do \newcount \minusone \fi \ifnocontextobject \thousandpoint \do \newdimen \thousandpoint \fi -\thousandpoint=1000pt -\minusone = -1 +\thousandpoint=1000pt +\minusone = -1 \ifnocontextobject \emptytoks \do \newtoks \emptytoks \fi @@ -203,10 +204,10 @@ \def\s!pt{pt} \def\s!bp{bp} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {@EA,expanded,expandoneargafter,expandtwoargsafter} %D -%D Also needed: +%D Also needed: \let\@EA=\expandafter \let\@@expanded\empty @@ -278,9 +279,9 @@ \ifnocontextobject \smashbox \do \def\smashbox#1% - {\wd#1=\!!zeropoint - \ht#1=\!!zeropoint - \dp#1=\!!zeropoint} + {\wd#1\zeropoint + \ht#1\zeropoint + \dp#1\zeropoint} \fi @@ -361,10 +362,10 @@ \ifnocontextobject \forgetall \do - \def\forgetall% - {\parskip\!!zeropoint - \leftskip\!!zeropoint - \parindent\!!zeropoint + \def\forgetall + {\parskip\zeropoint + \leftskip\zeropoint + \parindent\zeropoint \everypar{}} \fi @@ -393,9 +394,9 @@ \scratchdimen=.996264\scratchdimen \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}}} - \def\ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints#1#2% + \def\ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints#1#2% {\scratchdimen=#1sp - \scratchdimen=.996264\scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=.996264\scratchdimen \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen \advance\scratchcounter by 32768 \divide\scratchcounter by 65536 @@ -421,7 +422,7 @@ \closein#1\relax \else \fileprocessedtrue - \gdef\dofinishfile% + \gdef\dofinishfile% {\closein#1\relax \global\let\doprocessline\relax}% \gdef\doprocessline% @@ -449,9 +450,9 @@ \def\dospecials {\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$% \do\#\do\^\do\_\do\&\do\%% - \do\~\do\^^A\do\^^K} - -\fi + \do\~\do\^^A\do\^^K} + +\fi \ifnocontextobject \uncatcodespecials \do @@ -475,8 +476,8 @@ \catcode`\==\@@other \catcode`\<=\@@other \catcode`\>=\@@other \catcode`\"=\@@other \catcode`\'=\@@other \catcode`\`=\@@other \catcode`\:=\@@other \catcode`\;=\@@other - \catcode`\,=\@@other \catcode`\.=\@@other \catcode`\~=\@@other - \catcode`\(=\@@other \catcode`\)=\@@other + \catcode`\,=\@@other \catcode`\.=\@@other \catcode`\~=\@@other + \catcode`\(=\@@other \catcode`\)=\@@other \catcode`\{=\@@other \catcode`\}=\@@other \catcode`\\=\@@other \catcode`\%=\@@other } @@ -513,19 +514,19 @@ %D \macros %D {dostepwiserecurse, dorecurse, doloop, exitloop} -%D -%D The next loop macro is a real weak one, and does not offer -%D the full \CONTEXT\ functionality, let alone nesting, but -%D for simple purposes, its behaviour is acceptable. +%D +%D The next loop macro is a real weak one, and does not offer +%D the full \CONTEXT\ functionality, let alone nesting, but +%D for simple purposes, its behaviour is acceptable. \newcount\recursecounter -\def\dostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% very weak and rubishly version +\def\dostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% very weak and rubishly version {\ifnum#2<#1\relax\else\dodostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\fi} -\def\dodostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% very weak and rubishly version +\def\dodostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% very weak and rubishly version {\recursecounter=#1\relax - \loop + \loop \edef\recurselevel{\the\recursecounter}% #4\relax \ifnum\recursecounter<#2\relax @@ -541,12 +542,12 @@ \def\exitloop% {\recursecounter=\maxdimen} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifundefined,doifdefined,doifundefined, %D doifdefinedelse,doifundefinedelse} %D -%D These alteratives are not robust but suitable for simple -%D usage. The official ones are a bit faster. +%D These alteratives are not robust but suitable for simple +%D usage. The official ones are a bit faster. \ifnocontextobject \doifdefined \do @@ -570,18 +571,18 @@ %D \macros %D {doifinstringelse} %D -%D It seems like we end up with more and more macros here. -%D Sigh. +%D It seems like we end up with more and more macros here. +%D Sigh. \ifnocontextobject \doifinstringelse \do \def\p!doifinstringelse#1#2% {\def\pp!doifinstringelse##1#1##2##3\war% {\csname if\if##2@fals\else tru\fi e\endcsname}% - \expanded{\pp!doifinstringelse#2#1@@\noexpand\war}} + \expanded{\pp!doifinstringelse#2#1@@\noexpand\war}} \long\def\doifinstringelse#1#2#3#4% - {\edef\@@@instring{#1}% + {\edef\@@@instring{#1}% \@EA\p!doifinstringelse\@EA{\@@@instring}{#2}#3\else#4\fi} \fi @@ -589,31 +590,31 @@ %D \macros %D {twodigitrounding} %D -%D We don't support rounding outside \CONTEXT. Sorry. +%D We don't support rounding outside \CONTEXT. Sorry. \def\twodigitrounding#1{#1} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {lineheight} %D -%D In \CONTEXT\ we have \type{\lineheight}, which in many -%D cases matches \type {\baselineskip}. +%D In \CONTEXT\ we have \type{\lineheight}, which in many +%D cases matches \type {\baselineskip}. \ifnocontextobject \lineheight \do \def\lineheight{\baselineskip} -\fi +\fi -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {dohandletokens} %D -%D The following macro is the simplified version, but good -%D enough for day to day hacks. +%D The following macro is the simplified version, but good +%D enough for day to day hacks. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \dohandletokens some text\with\somemacro -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \ifnocontextobject \dohandletokens \do @@ -632,7 +633,7 @@ \fi -%D Very reduced: +%D Very reduced: \long\def\appendtoks#1\to#2% {\scratchtoks{#1}\expanded{#2{\the#2\the\scratchtoks}}} @@ -649,11 +650,11 @@ \immediate\closein\scratchread \next} -%D New. +%D New. \let\donothing\empty -%D Also new: +%D Also new: \def\letempty #1{\let#1\empty} \def\globalletempty#1{\global\let#1\empty} @@ -661,7 +662,7 @@ \def\letvalueempty #1{\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\empty} \def\letgvalueempty#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\empty} -%D Sigh +%D Sigh \def\settrue #1{\chardef#1\zerocount} \def\setfalse#1{\chardef#1\plusone} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex index 3d92961f9..a964b450e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ %C details. % fuzzy and complicating is the fact that we need to support -% context as well as mptopdf, so we cannot fall back on the -% special drivers and color module (although there may be -% good reasons to use a smaller context instead); also, -% shading is handled here while it should move to the special +% context as well as mptopdf, so we cannot fall back on the +% special drivers and color module (although there may be +% good reasons to use a smaller context instead); also, +% shading is handled here while it should move to the special % driver - to do! %D This module is still experimental and deals with some @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ %D \METAPOST strips trailing zeros, we have to padd the string. \newif\ifMPcmykcolors -\newif\ifMPspotcolors +\newif\ifMPspotcolors \ifx\normalhandleMPrgbcolor\undefined % in case we reload this module @@ -308,14 +308,14 @@ % \writestatus{MPtoPDF}{unknown direct special}% \fi} -\def\dointerceptMPcmykcolor +\def\dointerceptMPcmykcolor {\revokeMPtransparencyspecial \@EA\ifx\csname\@@MPSK\number\MPrgbnumber\lastMPbvalue\endcsname\relax\else \@EA\@EA\@EA\setMPcmyk\csname\@@MPSK\number\MPrgbnumber\lastMPbvalue\endcsname \normalhandleMPcmykcolor \fi} -\def\dointerceptMPspotcolor +\def\dointerceptMPspotcolor {\revokeMPtransparencyspecial \@EA\ifx\csname\@@MPSP\number\MPrgbnumber\lastMPbvalue\endcsname\relax\else \@EA\@EA\@EA\setMPspot\csname\@@MPSP\number\MPrgbnumber\lastMPbvalue\endcsname @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ \fi} \def\handleMPrgbcolor - {\resetMPcolor + {\resetMPcolor \ifcase\MPspecialversion \normalhandleMPrgbcolor \else @@ -331,18 +331,18 @@ \ifnum\MPrgbnumber\lastMPrvalue=\MPspecialsignal\relax \interceptMPcmykcolor \else - \revokeMPtransparencyspecial + \revokeMPtransparencyspecial \normalhandleMPrgbcolor \fi \fi} \def\handleMPgraycolor - {\resetMPcolor + {\resetMPcolor \ifcase\MPspecialversion \else \revokeMPtransparencyspecial \fi \normalhandleMPgraycolor} \def\handleMPcmykcolor - {\resetMPcolor + {\resetMPcolor \ifcase\MPspecialversion \else \revokeMPtransparencyspecial \fi \normalhandleMPcmykcolor} @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ \appendtoks \invokeMPshadespecial \to \invokeMPspecials %D We need to convert the \CMYK\ specials into colors, because -%D we have to do it twice, we define a macro. +%D we have to do it twice, we define a macro. % \def\checkMPshadingcolor#1#2#3#4#5% % {\edef\tempMPrvalue{\csname\@@MP0#1\endcsname}% @@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ % \ifx\tempMPgvalue\tempMPbvalue % \tempMPbvalue % \fi -% \fi +% \fi % \fi}% -% \edef#4% todo : spotcolors +% \edef#4% todo : spotcolors % {\ifnum\MPrgbnumber\tempMPrvalue=\MPspecialsignal\space % \ifMPcmykcolors\getvalue{\@@MPSK\number\MPrgbnumber\tempMPbvalue}\fi % \fi}} @@ -584,26 +584,26 @@ \global\let\MPresolvedcolor\!!zerocount \ifnum\MPrgbnumber\tempMPrvalue=\MPspecialsignal\relax \ifcase\MPrgbnumber\tempMPgvalue - \or % 1 = cmyk + \or % 1 = cmyk \ifMPcmykcolors \expanded{\resolveMPcmykcolor\getvalue{\@@MPSK\number\MPrgbnumber\tempMPbvalue}}\end \fi - \or % 2 = spot + \or % 2 = spot \ifMPspotcolors \expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor\getvalue{\@@MPSP\number\MPrgbnumber\tempMPbvalue}}\end \fi - \or - % 3 = rgb transparency - % to do + \or + % 3 = rgb transparency + % to do \or % 4 == cmyk transparency - % \ifMPcmykcolors - % to do - % \fi + % \ifMPcmykcolors + % to do + % \fi \or % 5 == spot transparency % \ifMPspotcolors - % to do + % to do % \fi \fi \else @@ -620,10 +620,10 @@ \let#4\MPresolvedcolor \let#5\MPresolvedspace} -%D We also need to make sure that we have two \RGB\ or -%D \CMYK colors, since we have to set the colorspace. +%D We also need to make sure that we have two \RGB\ or +%D \CMYK colors, since we have to set the colorspace. -\def\setMPshadingcolors#1#2#3#4#5#6% color space +\def\setMPshadingcolors#1#2#3#4#5#6% color space {\checkMPshadingcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}\MPshadeAc\MPshadeAs \checkMPshadingcolor{#4}{#5}{#6}\MPshadeBc\MPshadeBs \ifx\MPshadeAs\MPshadeBs @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ \fi \let\MPshadeC\MPshadeAs \else - % different color spaces + % different color spaces \def\MPshadeA{1}% \def\MPshadeB{1}% \let\MPshadeC\MPgrayspace @@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ %D The reason why this macro is a bit complicates is that we %D handle black and white situations (otherwise we would have -%D to use \CMYK\ b/w in case of a \CMYK\ shade). +%D to use \CMYK\ b/w in case of a \CMYK\ shade). -%D Here are the special handlers: +%D Here are the special handlers: \defineMPspecial{30} {\startMPshading{14}% type 2 @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ % % better, since xform reuse -\def\handleMPfigurespecial#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% todo : combine with ext fig +\def\handleMPfigurespecial#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% todo : combine with ext fig {\vbox to \zeropoint {\vss \hbox to \zeropoint @@ -815,12 +815,12 @@ %D {\CMYK\ support disabled, %D conversion to \RGB.} %D {\setupcolors[cmyk=nee,status=start]\haalbuffer[cmyk]} -%D +%D %D \plaatsfiguur %D {\CMYK\ support enabled, %D no support in \METAPOST.} %D {\setupcolors[cmyk=ja,mpcmyk=nee,status=start]\haalbuffer[cmyk]} -%D +%D %D \plaatsfiguur %D {\CMYK\ support enabled, %D no conversion to \RGB, @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ {\ifMPcmykcolors \setxvalue{\@@MPSK\gMPs1}{\gMPs2 \gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5 }% \fi} - + \def\setMPcmyk#1 #2 #3 #4 % {\setvalue{\@@MP01}{#1}% \setvalue{\@@MP02}{#2}% @@ -857,11 +857,11 @@ \def\checkMPspot#1#2% {\expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2}\end \ifx\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace - \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% + \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% \doifinstringelse\MPspotspacespec\currentMPcolorspaces \donothing\registerMPcolorspace \fi} - + %D This special (number 50) passes positions to a tex file. %D This method uses a two||pass approach an (mis|)|used the %D context positioning macros. In \type {core-pos} we will @@ -974,16 +974,16 @@ \def\PDFtransparencyspec {\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPgrayspace \MPresolvedcolor\space g \MPresolvedcolor\space G% - \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPrgbspace + \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPrgbspace \MPresolvedcolor\space rg \MPresolvedcolor\space RG% - \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPcmykspace + \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPcmykspace \MPresolvedcolor\space k \MPresolvedcolor\space K% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\empty\else - /\MPresolvedspace\space cs \MPresolvedcolor\space sc + /\MPresolvedspace\space cs \MPresolvedcolor\space sc /\MPresolvedspace\space CS \MPresolvedcolor\space SC% - \fi\fi\fi\fi} + \fi\fi\fi\fi} -\defineMPspecial{3} % rgb +\defineMPspecial{3} % rgb {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs6}% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% \expanded{\resolveMPrgbcolor\gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5}\end @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ {\PDFtransparencyreference}% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} -\defineMPspecial{4} % cmyk +\defineMPspecial{4} % cmyk {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs7}% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% \expanded{\resolveMPcmykcolor\gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5 \gMPs6}\end @@ -1003,12 +1003,12 @@ {\PDFtransparencyreference}% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} -%\defineMPspecial{5} % spot +%\defineMPspecial{5} % spot % {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs5}% % \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% % \expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor\gMPs3 \gMPs4}\end % \ifx\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace -% \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% +% \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% % \doifinstringelse\MPspotspacespec\currentMPcolorspaces % \donothing\registerMPcolorspace % \fi @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ % {\PDFtransparencyreference}% % {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} -\defineMPspecial{5} % spot +\defineMPspecial{5} % spot {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs5}% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% \checkMPspot{\gMPs3}{\gMPs4}% @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ {\PDFtransparencyreference}% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} -% beware: for the moment only supported in pdftex; needs a cleanup! +% beware: for the moment only supported in pdftex; needs a cleanup! \def\registerMPcolorspace {\doifobjectreferencefoundelse{PDFCS}\MPspotspace @@ -1036,8 +1036,8 @@ \xdef\currentMPcolorspaces {\currentMPcolorspaces\MPspotspacespec\PDFobjectreference\space}} \donothing} - -%D We need to add resource specifications! + +%D We need to add resource specifications! \appendtoks \global\let\currentMPcolorspaces\empty @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ \let\revokeMPtransparencyspecial\relax -\appendtoks +\appendtoks \revokeMPtransparencyspecial \to \MPstopresources @@ -1171,14 +1171,14 @@ \edef\PDFtransparencyreference{\getvalue{\@@MPSTO#1:#2} 0 R}} \def\PDFtransparencydictionary#1#2#3% type fraction extras - {<</Type /ExtGState + {<</Type /ExtGState /ca #2 /CA #2 - /BM /\ifcase#1 Normal\or Normal\or Multiply\or Screen\or - Overlay\or SoftLight\or HardLight\or ColorDodge\or - ColorBurn\or Darken\or Lighten\or Difference\or + /BM /\ifcase#1 Normal\or Normal\or Multiply\or Screen\or + Overlay\or SoftLight\or HardLight\or ColorDodge\or + ColorBurn\or Darken\or Lighten\or Difference\or Exclusion\else Compatible\fi #3>>} - + \fi \appendtoks @@ -1195,17 +1195,17 @@ %D In all cases, we need to keep track of the resources %D used. -%D A few auxiliary macros: +%D A few auxiliary macros: \def\MPgrayspace{DeviceGray} \def\MPrgbspace {DeviceRGB} \def\MPcmykspace{DeviceCMYK} \let\MPspotspace\MPgrayspace -\def\MPcmykBlack{0 0 0 0} -\def\MPcmykWhite{0 0 0 1} +\def\MPcmykBlack{0 0 0 0} +\def\MPcmykWhite{0 0 0 1} -\ifCONTEXT +\ifCONTEXT \def\startMPcolorresolve {\bgroup @@ -1222,21 +1222,21 @@ {\global\let\MPspotspace\empty \xdef\MPresolvedspace{##1}% \xdef\MPresolvedcolor{##2}% - \global\let\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace}% signal + \global\let\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace}% signal \dostartgraycolormode\!!zerocount} % kind of hackery initialization \let\stopMPcolorresolve\egroup - + \def\resolveMPrgbcolor#1 #2 #3\end {\startMPcolorresolve \execcolorR#1:#2:#3:0:0\od \stopMPcolorresolve} - + \def\resolveMPcmykcolor#1 #2 #3 #4\end {\startMPcolorresolve \execcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4:0:0\od \stopMPcolorresolve} - + \def\resolveMPgraycolor#1\end {\startMPcolorresolve \execcolorS#1:0:0\od @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ \def\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2\end {\startMPcolorresolve \execcolorP#1:#2:0:0\od - \stopMPcolorresolve} + \stopMPcolorresolve} \else @@ -1256,11 +1256,11 @@ \def\resolveMPrgbcolor#1 #2 #3\end {\global\let\MPresolvedspace\MPrgbspace \xdef\MPresolvedcolor{#1 #2 #3}} - + \def\resolveMPcmykcolor#1 #2 #3 #4\end {\global\let\MPresolvedspace\MPcmykspace \xdef\MPresolvedcolor{#1 #2 #3 #4}} - + \def\resolveMPgraycolor#1\end {\global\let\MPresolvedspace\MPgrayspace \xdef\MPresolvedcolor{#1}} % should be inverted diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex index 34d484946..725f3138a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex @@ -8,23 +8,23 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D Remark: due to the lack of \type {\clearmark}, the \ETEX\ -%D dedicated mechanism is not yet operational. +%D Remark: due to the lack of \type {\clearmark}, the \ETEX\ +%D dedicated mechanism is not yet operational. %D This module has deverted so much from the original that I -%D can probably rewrite it to a more efficient one now and +%D can probably rewrite it to a more efficient one now and %D I will do so. %D There are 256 \COUNTERS, \DIMENSIONS, \SKIPS, \MUSKIPS\ and %D \BOXES, 16~in- and output buffers, but there is only one %D \MARK. In TugBoat~8 (1987, no~1) Jim Fox presents a set of %D macros that can be used to mimmick multiple marks. We -%D gladly adopt them here. I may rewrite this module from +%D gladly adopt them here. I may rewrite this module from %D scratch some day, since some low level \CONTEXT\ commands -%D can be used. +%D can be used. %D %D This module was changed on behalf of \ETEX. The main %D extension is that \type{\get..} and alike is used instead of @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ \let\normalsplitbotmark = \splitbotmark \let\normalsplitfirstmark = \splitfirstmark -\beginETEX \marks cum suis +\beginETEX \marks cum suis \let\normalmarks = \marks \let\normaltopmarks = \topmarks @@ -53,18 +53,18 @@ \unprotect -%D We start with the presetting the interface macros. -%D +%D We start with the presetting the interface macros. +%D %D \starttabulatie[|||] -%D \NC \type{\getmarks} \NC sets the marks to their values \NC \NR -%D \NC \type{\getallmarks} \NC sets all marks to their values \NC \NR -%D \NC \type{\getsplitmarks} \NC sets the splitmarks to their values\NC \NR -%D \NC \type{\getallsplitmarks} \NC sets all splitmarks to their values\NC \NR -%D \NC \type{\setmarks} \NC synchronizes topmarks (\ETEX) \NC \NR +%D \NC \type{\getmarks} \NC sets the marks to their values \NC \NR +%D \NC \type{\getallmarks} \NC sets all marks to their values \NC \NR +%D \NC \type{\getsplitmarks} \NC sets the splitmarks to their values\NC \NR +%D \NC \type{\getallsplitmarks} \NC sets all splitmarks to their values\NC \NR +%D \NC \type{\setmarks} \NC synchronizes topmarks (\ETEX) \NC \NR %D \stoptabulatie %D -%D Later we will overload these, dependent of the brand of -%D \TEX\ that we use. +%D Later we will overload these, dependent of the brand of +%D \TEX\ that we use. \let \getmarks \gobbleoneargument \let \getallmarks \relax @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ %D %D We can force expansion of marks with the following switch. -\newif\ifexpandmarks \expandmarkstrue % hm, true indeed ? +\newif\ifexpandmarks \expandmarkstrue % hm, true indeed ? \beginTEX @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ %D command name constructors of Jim. This alternative leads to %D a more readable source (we hope). -\def\makemarknames#1% kan genest werken +\def\makemarknames#1% kan genest werken {\bgroup \escapechar=-1 \xdef\markname{\string#1}% @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ %D make calls from outside the output routine a bit more %D robust. -\let\domark\relax % saves a restore on the stack +\let\domark\relax % saves a restore on the stack \def\definenewmark#1#2% {\bgroup @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ \noexpand\domark \the\currentmarker{#2}}% \else - \!!toksb\@EA{#2}% one level, why ? handy for cs + \!!toksb\@EA{#2}% one level, why ? handy for cs \setxvalue\marklist {\the\!!toksa \noexpand\domark @@ -290,36 +290,36 @@ %D found, this macro is reassigned and from then on serves %D in building the new list. -% Although the next couple of macros are already defined -% in syst-gen.tex, we repeat them here. +% Although the next couple of macros are already defined +% in syst-gen.tex, we repeat them here. -\let\normalfi \fi % replaces \@fi +\let\normalfi \fi % replaces \@fi \let\normalelse \else % replaces \@else -\let\normalor \or % replaces \@or +\let\normalor \or % replaces \@or % Hm, resetting \!!toksa got lost and took me a half a day to -% trace down ([] showed up in the pagebody); I really have +% trace down ([] showed up in the pagebody); I really have % to clean up this messy module (write it from scratch). -\newif\ifnofirstmarker % an auxiliary switch +\newif\ifnofirstmarker % an auxiliary switch \def\getmarks#1% {\bgroup \makemarknames{#1}% \edef\topmarker{0\normaltopmark}% \edef\botmarker{0\normalbotmark}% - \!!toksa\emptytoks - \!!toksb\emptytoks - \nofirstmarkertrue - % does more worse than good + \!!toksa\emptytoks + \!!toksb\emptytoks + \nofirstmarkertrue + % does more worse than good \let\fi\relax \let\or\relax \let\else\relax % \let\domark\doscanmarks - \getvalue{\marklist}\lastmark + \getvalue\marklist\lastmark %\message{markstatus : [\the\!!toksa\the\!!toksb\the\!!toksc]}% - \long\setxvalue{\marklist}{\the\!!toksa\the\!!toksb\the\!!toksc}% + \long\setxvalue\marklist{\the\!!toksa\the\!!toksb\the\!!toksc}% \egroup} \def\getsplitmarks#1% @@ -328,10 +328,10 @@ % \@EA\let\@EA\savedmarklist\@EA\csname\marklist\endcsname \edef\topmarker{0\normalsplitfirstmark}% \edef\botmarker{0\normalsplitbotmark}% - \!!toksa\emptytoks - \!!toksb\emptytoks + \!!toksa\emptytoks + \!!toksb\emptytoks \nofirstmarkertrue - % does more worse than good + % does more worse than good \let\fi\relax \let\or\relax \let\else\relax @@ -369,30 +369,30 @@ \def\doscanmarks% {\afterassignment\dodoscanmarks\scratchcounter=} -\long\def\dorecovermarks#1\lastmark% nice trick +\long\def\dorecovermarks#1\lastmark% nice trick {\!!toksc{\domark#1}} -\def\lastmark% rest of trick +\def\lastmark% rest of trick {\!!toksc\emptytoks} \endTEX -%D The \ETEX\ way of doing things \unknown +%D The \ETEX\ way of doing things \unknown -\beginETEX \marks cum suis +\beginETEX \marks cum suis -\newtoks \listofmarks +\newtoks \listofmarks -\def\@@prk{prk:} -\def\@@mrk{mrk:} -\def\@@trk{trk:} -\def\@@frk{frk:} -\def\@@brk{brk:} +\def\@@prk{prk:} +\def\@@mrk{mrk:} +\def\@@trk{trk:} +\def\@@frk{frk:} +\def\@@brk{brk:} \def\@@crk{crk:} -%D We will use two state variables per mark, one to signal -%D that a new mark value is set, and one to trigger (on the -%D next page) the setting of the top mark. +%D We will use two state variables per mark, one to signal +%D that a new mark value is set, and one to trigger (on the +%D next page) the setting of the top mark. \def\checkedtopmarks #1{\csname\@@trk\string#1\endcsname} \def\checkedfirstmarks#1{\csname\@@frk\string#1\endcsname} @@ -406,20 +406,20 @@ \@EA\normalmarks\csname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname{\realfolio}% \ifexpandmarks\@EA\setexpandedmark\else\@EA\setnormalmark\fi#1} -\def\setexpandedmark#1#2% % marks expand anyway +\def\setexpandedmark#1#2% % marks expand anyway {\@EA\xdef\csname\@@crk\string#1\endcsname{#2}% - \normalmarks#1{#2}} + \normalmarks#1{#2}} -\def\setnormalmark#1#2% using a tok prevents unwanted expansion in mark - {\scratchtoks{#2}% +\def\setnormalmark#1#2% using a tok prevents unwanted expansion in mark + {\scratchtoks{#2}% \@EA\xdef\csname\@@crk\string#1\endcsname{\the\scratchtoks}% - \normalmarks#1{\the\scratchtoks}} % one level expansion + \normalmarks#1{\the\scratchtoks}} % one level expansion -\def\checktopmark#1% +\def\checktopmark#1% {%\writestatus{marks}{checking \string#1}\wait \ifcase\csname\@@mrk\string#1\endcsname\else\dochecktopmark#1\fi} -%\def\dochecktopmark#1% +%\def\dochecktopmark#1% % {\ifcase0\@EA\normalfirstmarks\csname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname\else % \@EA\ifx\csname\@@frk\string#1\endcsname\empty % \@EA\gdef\csname\@@frk\string#1\endcsname{\normalfirstmarks#1}% @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ \fi \fi} -%\def\resetmark#1% we cannot use \normalmarks#1{} +%\def\resetmark#1% we cannot use \normalmarks#1{} % {\global\@EA\chardef\csname\@@mrk\string#1\endcsname\zerocount % \@EA\normalmarks\csname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname{0}% % \global\@EA\let\csname\@@trk\string#1\endcsname\empty @@ -458,28 +458,28 @@ \global\@EA\let\csname\@@crk\string#1\endcsname\empty} \def\definenewmark#1% - {\ifcsname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname\else % this is etex -) - \newmarks#1\doglobal\appendtoks\checktopmark#1\to\listofmarks - \@EA\newmarks\csname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname % status mark + {\ifcsname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname\else % this is etex -) + \newmarks#1\doglobal\appendtoks\checktopmark#1\to\listofmarks + \@EA\newmarks\csname\@@prk\string#1\endcsname % status mark \fi \global\@EA\mathchardef\csname\@@mrk\string#1\endcsname\zerocount \global\@EA\let\csname\@@crk\string#1\endcsname\empty - \@EA\gdef\csname\@@trk\string#1\endcsname{\normaltopmarks #1}% + \@EA\gdef\csname\@@trk\string#1\endcsname{\normaltopmarks #1}% \@EA\gdef\csname\@@frk\string#1\endcsname{\normalfirstmarks#1}% \@EA\gdef\csname\@@brk\string#1\endcsname{\normalbotmarks #1}} -\let \newmark \definenewmark -\let \newpersistentmark \newmarks % \definenewmark +\let \newmark \definenewmark +\let \newpersistentmark \newmarks % \definenewmark \let \normalsetmark \setmark \def\getallmarks{\the\listofmarks} % \def\setallmarks{\the\listofmarks} -%D In \type {page-ini} or \type {core-mar} we should say: +%D In \type {page-ini} or \type {core-mar} we should say: %D -%D \starttypen -%D \appendtoks \getallmarks \to \everybeforepagebody -%D \appendtoks \setallmarks \to \everyafterpagebody -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \appendtoks \getallmarks \to \everybeforepagebody +%D \appendtoks \setallmarks \to \everyafterpagebody +%D \stoptypen \let\getcurrentmark \thecurrentmarks \let\gettopmark \checkedtopmarks @@ -488,13 +488,13 @@ \let\getsplitbottommark \normalsplitbotmarks \let\getsplitfirstmark \normalsplitfirstmarks -\let\getbotmark \getbottommark +\let\getbotmark \getbottommark \let\getsplitbotmark \normalsplitbotmarks \let\getsplittopmark \normalsplitfirstmarks \endETEX -%D A couple of goodies: +%D A couple of goodies: \let\getbotmark \getbottommark \let\getsplitbotmark\getsplitbottommark @@ -525,27 +525,27 @@ %D mechanism. In \ETEX\ we can however directly access more %D marks than we will ever need. -%D Resetting marks in not compatible with the old method. -%D Here a node is inserted, which can interfere badly. In -%D fact, a real \type {\clearmarks\name} is needed. +%D Resetting marks in not compatible with the old method. +%D Here a node is inserted, which can interfere badly. In +%D fact, a real \type {\clearmarks\name} is needed. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\resetmark#1{\marks#1{}} %D \stoptypen %D %D A possible macro solution is presented here. When discussing %D \type {\clearmarks} on the \ETEX\ discussion list, Chris -%D Rowley suggested to use a reset flag. Unfortunately this -%D is not enough since we need to keep track of both set and +%D Rowley suggested to use a reset flag. Unfortunately this +%D is not enough since we need to keep track of both set and %D reset state then. This means that we must postpone resetting -%D to the page following the set, and as a result we need +%D to the page following the set, and as a result we need %D another auxiliary macro. The current solution is the best -%D I could come up with so far, especially given that we -%D need a fast mechanism. +%D I could come up with so far, especially given that we +%D need a fast mechanism. -%D For those who want to know the story behind resetting -%D marks, here are some examples of interference -%D +%D For those who want to know the story behind resetting +%D marks, here are some examples of interference +%D %D \startbuffer %D \setbox0=\vbox{test} %D \unvbox0\setbox0=\lastbox @@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ %D One final advice. Use marks with care. When used in globally %D assigned boxes, the list can grow quite big, and processing -%D can slow down considerably. This drawback is removed in -%D \ETEX\ mode. +%D can slow down considerably. This drawback is removed in +%D \ETEX\ mode. \beginTEX @@ -591,8 +591,8 @@ \let\rawgettopmark \gettopmark \let\rawgetfirstmark \getfirstmark \let\rawgetbotmark \getbotmark -\let\rawgetsplitbotmark \normalsplitbotmark -\let\rawgetsplitfirstmark\normalsplitfirstmark +\let\rawgetsplitbotmark \normalsplitbotmark +\let\rawgetsplitfirstmark\normalsplitfirstmark \let\rawgetsplittopmark \normalsplitfirstmark \endTEX @@ -605,9 +605,9 @@ \let\rawgettopmark \normaltopmarks \let\rawgetfirstmark \normalfirstmarks \let\rawgetbotmark \normalbotmarks -\let\rawgetsplitbotmark \normalsplitbotmarks -\let\rawgetsplitfirstmark\normalsplitfirstmarks -\let\rawgetsplittopmark \normalsplitfirstmarks +\let\rawgetsplitbotmark \normalsplitbotmarks +\let\rawgetsplitfirstmark\normalsplitfirstmarks +\let\rawgetsplittopmark \normalsplitfirstmarks \endETEX diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex index 882196750..73ba3311b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex @@ -245,8 +245,8 @@ % 0,= % 0,== second = results in delta(00,=) -% 0,- is invalid, should be = but we try to catch this error -% 0,-- is invalid, but catched as == +% 0,- is invalid, should be = +% 0,-- is invalid, should be == \def\digitzeroamount {\digitsgn\zeroamount diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex index 8cec1c646..aed57b32e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. % This method is not that accurate with small files that use % penshapes. I tried several methods but so far I could not % come up with a better alternative. \TEX's real calculation % options are simply to simple. Using \ETEX's expression -% mechanism does not lead to better results. +% mechanism does not lead to better results. -% beware, we cannot use \zeropoint here since it may be -% defined in the range \dimen 0 - 20 which we happen to use -% as scratch registers ; inside context we may consider -% using dedicated registers +% beware, we cannot use \zeropoint here since it may be +% defined in the range \dimen 0 - 20 which we happen to use +% as scratch registers ; inside context we may consider +% using dedicated registers %D These macros are written as generic as possible. Some %D general support macro's are loaded from a small module @@ -28,18 +28,20 @@ %D use a matrix transformation macro written by Tanmoy %D Bhattacharya. Thanks to extensive testing by Sebastian %D Ratz I was able to complete this module within reasonable -%D time. This module has support for \METAPOST\ extensions +%D time. This module has support for \METAPOST\ extensions %D built in. +% some optimizations are possible, but we need to be generic + %D First we take care of non||\CONTEXT\ use: \ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \relax \fi -\ifx \undefined \convertMPtoPDF \else \expandafter \endinput \fi -\ifx \undefined \StartLatexHack \else \StartLatexHack \fi +\ifx \undefined \convertMPtoPDF \else \expandafter \endinput \fi +\ifx \undefined \StartLatexHack \else \StartLatexHack \fi %D This module handles some \PDF\ conversion and insertions %D topics. By default, the macros use the \PDFTEX\ primitive -%D \type{\pdfliteral} when available. +%D \type{\pdfliteral} when available. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / PDF} @@ -53,40 +55,40 @@ \fi \fi -%D First we define a handy constant: +%D First we define a handy constant: \bgroup \catcode`\%=\@@other \xdef\letterpercent{\string%} \egroup -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {pdfimage,pdfimages,pdfclippedimage} %D %D Starting with pdftex version 14, images are included more -%D natural to the form embedding. This enables alternative -%D images to be embedded. +%D natural to the form embedding. This enables alternative +%D images to be embedded. %D %D \starttypen %D \pdfimage <optional dimensions> {file} %D \pdfimages <optional dimensions> {high res file} {low res file} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The first one replaces the pre||version||14 original, -%D while the latter provides alternative images. -%D -%D The next macro is dedicated to Maarten Gelderman, who -%D needed to paste prepared \PDF\ pages into conference +%D The first one replaces the pre||version||14 original, +%D while the latter provides alternative images. +%D +%D The next macro is dedicated to Maarten Gelderman, who +%D needed to paste prepared \PDF\ pages into conference %D proceedings. -%D +%D %D \starttypen -%D \pdfclippedimage <optional dimensions> {file} {l} {r} {t} {b} +%D \pdfclippedimage <optional dimensions> {file} {l} {r} {t} {b} %D \stoptypen \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined % no \m!systems for the sake of latex \writestatus{systems}{Why not use pdf(e)TeX binaries?} - \protect - \expandafter\endinput -\fi + \protect + \expandafter\endinput +\fi -\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 \def\pdfimage#1#% {\dopdfimage{#1}} @@ -101,38 +103,38 @@ \def\dopdfimages#1#2#3% {\immediate\pdfximage#1{#2}% \immediate\pdfobj - {[ << /Image \the\pdflastximage\space0 R + {[ << /Image \the\pdflastximage\space0 R /DefaultForPrinting true >> ]}% - \immediate\pdfximage#1 + \immediate\pdfximage#1 attr {/Alternates \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}{#3}% \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage} - \def\pdfclippedimage#1#% specs {file}{left}{right}{top}{bottom} + \def\pdfclippedimage#1#% specs {file}{left}{right}{top}{bottom} {\dopdfclippedimage{#1}} - \def\dopdfclippedimage#1#2#3#4#5#6% + \def\dopdfclippedimage#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\bgroup \pdfximage#1{#2}% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\pdfrefximage\pdflastximage}% \hsize\wd\scratchbox - \advance\hsize -#3 - \advance\hsize -#4 + \advance\hsize -#3 + \advance\hsize -#4 \vsize\ht\scratchbox - \advance\vsize -#5 - \advance\vsize -#6 + \advance\vsize -#5 + \advance\vsize -#6 \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to \vsize {\vskip-#5\hbox to \hsize{\hskip-#3\box\scratchbox\hss}}% \pdfxform\scratchbox \pdfrefxform\pdflastxform \egroup} -%D If you want to save a few hash entries, you may prefer the -%D less readable alternatives, like: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D If you want to save a few hash entries, you may prefer the +%D less readable alternatives, like: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\pdfimage#1#% This one is less readable but needs no additional -%D {\bgroup % hash entry for the second stage macro. +%D {\bgroup % hash entry for the second stage macro. %D \def\pdfimage##1% %D {\immediate\pdfximage##1{#2}% %D \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage\egroup}} @@ -201,7 +203,7 @@ %D dimensions. Beware: the user supplied values are not the %D bounding box ones! -% this will become obsolete +% this will become obsolete \newif\ifPDFmediaboxprefered @@ -270,7 +272,7 @@ %D \forgetall %D \scratchcounter=0 %D \let\stopPDFtoPDF=\dostopPDFtoPDF} -%D +%D %D \def\dostopPDFtoPDF% %D {\ifnum\scratchcounter<0 \scratchcounter=1 \fi %D \message{(\the\scratchcounter\space lines)]}% @@ -284,10 +286,10 @@ %D \PDFcode{\PDFxscale\space 0 0 \PDFyscale\space 0 0 cm}% %D \box0 %D \PDFcode{Q}}} -%D +%D %D \def\stopPDFtoPDF% %D {\message{[PDF to PDF \PDFfilename\space not found]}} -%D +%D %D \def\convertPDFtoPDF#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% %D {\bgroup %D \def\PDFfilename{#1}% @@ -305,21 +307,21 @@ {\message{[PDF to PDF use \string\PDFcode instead]}% \vbox{use the direct method instead}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {dogetPDFmediabox} %D %D The next macro can be used to find the mediabox of a \PDF\ -%D illustration. +%D illustration. %D %D \starttypen %D \dogetPDFmediabox %D {filename} -%D {new dimen}{new dimen}{new dimen}{new dimen} +%D {new dimen}{new dimen}{new dimen}{new dimen} %D \stoptypen %D -%D Beware of dimen clashes: this macro uses the 5~default -%D scratch registers! When no file or mediabox is found, the -%D dimensions are zeroed. +%D Beware of dimen clashes: this macro uses the 5~default +%D scratch registers! When no file or mediabox is found, the +%D dimensions are zeroed. \def\dogetPDFmediabox#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup @@ -328,8 +330,8 @@ \uncatcodespecials \endlinechar=-1 \def\checkPDFtypepage##1/Type /Page##2##3\done% - {\ifx##2\relax - \else\if##2s% accept /Page and /Pages + {\ifx##2\relax + \else\if##2s% accept /Page and /Pages \let\doprocessPDFline\findPDFmediabox \else \let\doprocessPDFline\findPDFmediabox @@ -347,7 +349,10 @@ \doprocessfile\scratchread{#1}\doprocessPDFline \egroup \ifx\PDFxoffset\undefined - #2=\!!zeropoint #3=\!!zeropoint #4=\!!zeropoint #5=\!!zeropoint + #2\zeropoint + #3\zeropoint + #4\zeropoint + #5\zeropoint \else #2=\PDFxoffset bp #3=\PDFyoffset bp #4=\PDFwidth #5=\PDFheight \fi} @@ -361,11 +366,11 @@ %D uses. We don't define irrelevant ones, because these are %D skipped anyway. -%D The converter can be made a bit faster by replacing the -%D two test macros (the ones with the many \type {\if's}) by -%D a call to named branch macros (something \typ {\getvalue -%D {xPSmoveto}}. For everyday documents with relatively -%D small graphics the gain in speed can be neglected. +%D The converter can be made a bit faster by replacing the +%D two test macros (the ones with the many \type {\if's}) by +%D a call to named branch macros (something \typ {\getvalue +%D {xPSmoveto}}. For everyday documents with relatively +%D small graphics the gain in speed can be neglected. \def \PScurveto {curveto} \def \PSlineto {lineto} @@ -392,17 +397,17 @@ \def \PSconcat {concat} \def \PSdtransform {dtransform} -\def \PSnfont {nfont} % was needed for TUG98 proceedings +\def \PSnfont {nfont} % was needed for TUG98 proceedings \def \PSspecial {special} % extensions to MetaPost - -%D A previous version set \type {%} to ignore, which -%D simplified the following definitions. At the start of -%D conversion the percent character was made active again. -%D Because the whole graphic is one paragraph (there are no -%D empty lines) this does not give the desired effect. This -%D went unnoticed untill Scott Pakin sent me a test file -%D percent characters in a string. So, from now on we have -%D to prefix the following strings with percentages. + +%D A previous version set \type {%} to ignore, which +%D simplified the following definitions. At the start of +%D conversion the percent character was made active again. +%D Because the whole graphic is one paragraph (there are no +%D empty lines) this does not give the desired effect. This +%D went unnoticed untill Scott Pakin sent me a test file +%D percent characters in a string. So, from now on we have +%D to prefix the following strings with percentages. \edef \PSBoundingBox {\letterpercent\letterpercent BoundingBox:} \edef \PSHiResBoundingBox {\letterpercent\letterpercent HiResBoundingBox:} @@ -499,7 +504,7 @@ \def\dogMPa#1% {\@EAEAEA\do\csname\@@MP0\number#1\endcsname} -\def\setMPkeyword#1 % +\def\setMPkeyword#1 % {\expandafter\def\csname\@@MP\the\nofMPsegments0\endcsname{#1}% \advance\nofMPsegments1 \nofMParguments0 } @@ -510,9 +515,9 @@ %D When we reset the stack, we can assume that all further %D comment is to be ignored and handled in strings. %D By redefining the reset macro after the first call, we -%D save some run time. Only use this macro after all -%D comments are processed and use the simple alternative -%D when dealing with comments. +%D save some run time. Only use this macro after all +%D comments are processed and use the simple alternative +%D when dealing with comments. \def\doresetMPstack {\nofMParguments0 } @@ -568,7 +573,7 @@ \gdef\setMPspecials| B\setnaturalcatcodes \catcode`\\=\@@escape - \catcode`\%=\@@active + \catcode`\%=\@@active \catcode`\[=\@@active \catcode`\]=\@@active \catcode`\{=\@@active @@ -589,9 +594,9 @@ \def\9B\octalMPcharacter9EE \egroup -%D We use the comment symbol as a sort of trigger. Beware! -%D The whole graphic is seen as on eparagraph, which means -%D that we cannot change the catcodes in between. +%D We use the comment symbol as a sort of trigger. Beware! +%D The whole graphic is seen as on eparagraph, which means +%D that we cannot change the catcodes in between. \bgroup \catcode`\%=\@@active @@ -621,23 +626,23 @@ %D speed up the conversion by handling the \type{path} %D seperately. -\def\@EAEAEA{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter} % to be sure +\def\@EAEAEA{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter} % to be sure \def\dohandleMPsequence#1% {\ifdone - \ifcase\lccode`#1\relax + \ifcase\lccode`#1\relax \@EAEAEA\dohandleMPsequenceA \else \@EAEAEA\dohandleMPsequenceB \fi \else \@EA\dohandleMPsequenceC - \fi#1} + \fi#1} %\def\dohandleMPsequenceA#1 % % {\setMPargument{#1}% % \handleMPsequence} - + \let\dohandleMPsequenceA\setMPsequence \def\dohandleMPsequenceB#1 % @@ -682,7 +687,7 @@ \PDFcode{\gMPa1 M}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSfshow - \PDFcode{n}% + \PDFcode{n}% \handleMPfshow \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetlinecap @@ -707,24 +712,24 @@ \handleMPgraphic % {#1}% \handleMPsequence} -%D Since colors are not sensitive to transformations, they -%D are sometimes used for signaling. Therefore, we handle them -%D separately. The next macro can be redefined if needed. +%D Since colors are not sensitive to transformations, they +%D are sometimes used for signaling. Therefore, we handle them +%D separately. The next macro can be redefined if needed. \def\handleMPrgbcolor - {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 rg + {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 rg \!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 RG}} \def\handleMPcmykcolor - {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 \!MPgMPa4 k + {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 \!MPgMPa4 k \!MPgMPa1 \!MPgMPa2 \!MPgMPa3 \!MPgMPa4 K}} \def\handleMPgraycolor - {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 g + {\PDFcode{\!MPgMPa1 g \!MPgMPa1 G}} \def\handleMPspotcolor - {\PDFcode{0 g + {\PDFcode{0 g 0 G}} %D Beginning and ending the graphics is taken care of by the @@ -754,7 +759,7 @@ \else\ifx\somestring\PSMetaPostSpecial \let\handleMPsequence\handleMPspecialcomment \else - \letMPargument\somestring % {#1}% + \letMPargument\somestring % {#1}% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} \let\handleMPgraphic=\handleMPbegingraphic @@ -768,7 +773,7 @@ %D ExactBoundingBox: llx lly ucx ucy %D \stoptypen %D -%D The original as well as the recalculated dimensions are +%D The original as well as the recalculated dimensions are %D saved for later use. \newif\ifskipemptyMPgraphic \skipemptyMPgraphicfalse @@ -789,7 +794,7 @@ \dimen0=\MPxscale\dimen0 \xdef\MPwidth{\the\dimen0}% \advance\dimen2 #5bp - \xdef\MPyshift{\the\dimen2}% unscaled + \xdef\MPyshift{\the\dimen2}% unscaled \dimen2=\MPyscale\dimen2 \xdef\MPheight{\the\dimen2}% \chardef\currentMPboundingbox=#1\relax @@ -798,13 +803,13 @@ \let\handleMPsequence\dohandleMPsequence \let\next\handleMPsequence \ifskipemptyMPgraphic - \ifdim\MPheight=\!!zeropoint\relax\ifdim\MPwidth=\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\MPheight=\zeropoint\relax\ifdim\MPwidth=\zeropoint\relax \def\next{\endinput\finishMPgraphic}% \fi\fi \fi \next} -%D Unless defined otherwise, we simply ignore specialcomments. +%D Unless defined otherwise, we simply ignore specialcomments. \def\handleMPspecialcomment {\doresetMPstack @@ -822,9 +827,9 @@ \let\handleMPsequence\dohandleMPsequence \handleMPsequence} -%D The same applies to the special extensions. +%D The same applies to the special extensions. -\def\handleMPspecialcommand +\def\handleMPspecialcommand {\doresetMPstack \let\handleMPsequence\dohandleMPsequence \handleMPsequence} @@ -854,14 +859,14 @@ \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\obeyMPspecials \edef\size{\gMPa\nofMParguments}% - \ifx\size\PSnfont % round font size (to pt) + \ifx\size\PSnfont % round font size (to pt) \advance\nofMParguments -1 \expandafter\scratchdimen\gMPa\nofMParguments pt\relax \ifdim\scratchdimen<1pt \def\size{1pt}% \else - \advance\scratchdimen .5pt - \def\size##1.##2\relax{\def\size{##1pt}}% + \advance\scratchdimen .5pt + \def\size##1.##2\relax{\def\size{##1pt}}% \expandafter\size\the\scratchdimen\relax \fi \else @@ -869,7 +874,7 @@ \fi \advance\nofMParguments -1 %\font\temp=\gMPa\nofMParguments\space at \size - \let\temp\relax % to be sure + \let\temp\relax % to be sure \setMPfshowfont{\gMPa\nofMParguments}\size \advance\nofMParguments -1 \temp @@ -878,13 +883,13 @@ \def\do(##1){##1}% \dogMPa1% \else - % we need to catch ( a ) (a a a) (\123 \123 \123) etc + % we need to catch ( a ) (a a a) (\123 \123 \123) etc \scratchcounter=1 - \def\dodo##1% Andreas Fieger's bug: (\304...) - {\edef\!!stringa{##1\empty\empty}% and another one: ( 11) -> \ifx 11 + \def\dodo##1% Andreas Fieger's bug: (\304...) + {\edef\!!stringa{##1\empty\empty}% and another one: ( 11) -> \ifx 11 \ifx\!!stringa\MPspacechar\MPspacechar\else\expandafter##1\fi}% \def\do(##1{\dodo{##1}}% - \dogMPa\scratchcounter\MPspacechar + \dogMPa\scratchcounter\MPspacechar \let\do\relax \loop \advance\scratchcounter 1 @@ -895,7 +900,7 @@ \dogMPa\scratchcounter \fi \unskip}}% - % + % % this fails in latest pdftex's % % \dimen0=\lastMPmoveY bp @@ -911,16 +916,16 @@ % \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\hskip\lastMPmoveX bp\raise\lastMPmoveY bp\box\scratchbox}% - \ht\scratchbox\!!zeropoint - \dp\scratchbox\!!zeropoint - \wd\scratchbox\!!zeropoint + \ht\scratchbox\zeropoint + \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint + \wd\scratchbox\zeropoint \box\scratchbox \egroup} %D You could consider the following definition to be the most -%D natural one. +%D natural one. -% \def\MPspacechar{\space} % normal case +% \def\MPspacechar{\space} % normal case \def\MPspacechar{\char32\relax} % old solution does not work with math @@ -930,13 +935,13 @@ %D account and the \citeer {natural} space. This only happens in %D labels, since \type {btex}||\type {etex} thingies don't have %D spaces. This phenomena showed up when preparing the -%D \METAFUN\ manual, where Palatino fonts are used. We can -%D safely assume that \METAPOST\ considers \type {\char32} to -%D be the space. +%D \METAFUN\ manual, where Palatino fonts are used. We can +%D safely assume that \METAPOST\ considers \type {\char32} to +%D be the space. \def\MPspacechar{\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\char32}\kern\wd\scratchbox} -%D Well, this does not work with math fonts, so: +%D Well, this does not work with math fonts, so: \def\MPspacechar{\char32\relax} @@ -963,7 +968,7 @@ \egroup} %D The \type{setlinewidth} commands looks a bit complicated. There are -%D two alternatives, that result in a similar look in both +%D two alternatives, that result in a similar look in both %D $x$- and $y$-dorection. As John Hobby says: %D %D \startsmaller \switchtobodyfont[ss] @@ -990,7 +995,7 @@ %D so we can use this one to trigger setting the linewidth. \def\handleMPdtransform - {\ifdim\gMPa1pt>\!!zeropoint + {\ifdim\gMPa1pt>\zeropoint \PDFcode{\gMPa1 w}% \def\next##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5 ##6 {\handleMPsequence}% \else @@ -1117,15 +1122,19 @@ %D we converted them to pure points, simply because those can %D be converted back. -\def\MPconcatfactor{256} +\mathchardef\MPconcatfactor=256 % beware don't remove spaces before it + +% \def\doMPreducedimen#1 +% {\count0\MPconcatfactor +% \advance\dimen#1 \ifdim\dimen#1>\zeropoint .5\else -.5\fi\count0 +% \divide\dimen#1 \count0\relax} \def\doMPreducedimen#1 - {\count0=\MPconcatfactor - \advance\dimen#1 \ifdim\dimen#1>\!!zeropoint .5\else -.5\fi\count0 - \divide\dimen#1 \count0\relax} + {\advance\dimen#1 \ifdim\dimen#1>\zeropoint .5\else -.5\fi\MPconcatfactor + \divide\dimen#1 \MPconcatfactor} -% too inaccurate (see old pragma logo) -% +% too inaccurate (see old pragma logo) +% % \def\doMPreducedimen#1 % {\count0=\MPconcatfactor % \divide\dimen#1 \count0\relax} @@ -1142,18 +1151,18 @@ \dimen10=\gMPs6 pt \doMPreducedimen10 } % t_y \def\presetMPscale - {\dimen 0=\gMPs1 pt \doMPreducedimen 0 - \dimen 2=\!!zeropoint - \dimen 4=\!!zeropoint - \dimen 6=\gMPs2 pt \doMPreducedimen 6 - \dimen 8=\!!zeropoint - \dimen10=\!!zeropoint} + {\dimen 0=\gMPs1 pt \doMPreducedimen 0 + \dimen 2=\zeropoint + \dimen 4=\zeropoint + \dimen 6=\gMPs2 pt \doMPreducedimen 6 + \dimen 8=\zeropoint + \dimen10=\zeropoint} \def\noMPtranslate % use this one grouped - {\dimen 8=\!!zeropoint % t_x - \dimen10=\!!zeropoint} % t_y + {\dimen 8=\zeropoint % t_x + \dimen10=\zeropoint} % t_y -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\doMPconcat#1#2#3#4% %D {\dimen12=#1 pt \doMPreducedimen12 % p_x %D \dimen14=#3 pt \doMPreducedimen14 % p_y @@ -1192,12 +1201,12 @@ %D % %D \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\dimen18}}% % p_x^\prime %D \edef#4{\withoutpt{\the\dimen12}}} % p_y^\prime -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen -%D The following optimization resulted from some tests by -%D and email exchanges with Sanjoy Mahajan. +%D The following optimization resulted from some tests by +%D and email exchanges with Sanjoy Mahajan. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\doMPconcat#1#2#3#4% %D {\dimen12=#1 pt \doMPreducedimen12 % p_x %D \dimen14=#3 pt \doMPreducedimen14 % p_y @@ -1244,9 +1253,9 @@ %D % %D \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\dimen18}}% % p_x^\prime %D \edef#4{\withoutpt{\the\dimen12}}} % p_y^\prime -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D But, this one is still too inaccurate, so we now have: +%D But, this one is still too inaccurate, so we now have: % \def\doMPconcat#1#2#3#4% % {\dimen12=#1pt % p_x @@ -1306,24 +1315,26 @@ % \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\dimen18}}% % p_x^\prime % \edef#4{\withoutpt{\the\dimen12}}} % p_y^\prime -%D We cannot use \type {\beginETEX} here since in plain we -%D get \type {\outer} problems, sigh. +%D We cannot use \type {\beginETEX} here since in plain we +%D get \type {\outer} problems, sigh. -% \beginTEX +% \beginTEX -\def\MPcriteriumA {512pt} % scale -\def\MPcriteriumB {2pt} % scale +\def\MPcriteriumA {512pt} % scale +\def\MPcriteriumB {2pt} % scale % \endTEX % % \ifx\MPcriteriumA\undefined -% +% % \newdimen\MPcriteriumA \MPcriteriumA=512pt % \newdimen\MPcriteriumB \MPcriteriumB= 2pt -% +% % \fi +% one day i'll rewrite this to etex's \dimexpr (internally double precission) + \def\doMPconcat#1#2#3#4% {\dimen12=#1pt % p_x \dimen14=#3pt % p_y @@ -1338,7 +1349,7 @@ \fi\fi \fi\fi \fi\fi - \ifcase\MPfactor0 + \ifcase\MPfactor0 \chardef\MPfactor1 \ifdim\dimen12<\MPcriteriumA\ifdim\dimen12>-\MPcriteriumA \ifdim\dimen14<\MPcriteriumA\ifdim\dimen14>-\MPcriteriumA @@ -1397,7 +1408,7 @@ % \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\dimen18}}% % p_x^\prime \edef#4{\withoutpt{\the\dimen12}}} % p_y^\prime - + %D The following explanation of the conversion process was %D posted to the \PDFTEX\ mailing list by Tanmoy. The original %D macro was part of a set of macro's that included sinus and @@ -1563,7 +1574,7 @@ %D Again matrix notation comes in handy (i.e. someone has %D already solved the problem for us): we need the inverse %D transformation matrix. The inverse transformation matrix can -%D be calculated very easily: +%D be calculated very easily: %D %D \plaatsformule %D \startformule @@ -1640,7 +1651,7 @@ \flushMPpath \closeMPpath \finishMPpath - \fi + \fi \let\handleMPsequence\dohandleMPsequence \resetMPstack \nofMPsegments0 @@ -1651,19 +1662,19 @@ %D unprintable on a Hewlett Packard printer (from Acrobat %D $v<=5$). Who is to blame, the driver of the OS layer in %D between, is hard to determine, so we add an additional -%D check. -%D +%D check. +%D %D \starttypen -%D clip currentpicture to origin -- cycle ; -%D setbounds currentpicture to fullsquare scaled 5cm ; +%D clip currentpicture to origin -- cycle ; +%D setbounds currentpicture to fullsquare scaled 5cm ; %D \stoptypen \def\checkMPpath - {\ifcase\finiMPpath + {\ifcase\finiMPpath \ifnum\nofMPsegments<3 % n is one ahead \message{omitting zero clip path}% - \nofMPsegments0 - \fi + \nofMPsegments0 + \fi \fi} %D In \PDF\ the \type{cm} operator must precede the path @@ -1707,7 +1718,7 @@ \else\ifx\somestring\PSmoveto \setMPkeyword3 \else\ifx\somestring\PSclip - % \chardef\finiMPpath0 % already + % \chardef\finiMPpath0 % already \let\handleMPsequence\processMPpath \else\ifx\somestring\PSgsave \chardef\finiMPpath3 @@ -1747,50 +1758,50 @@ %D \convertMPtoPDF{mp-pra-1.eps}{.5}{.5} %D \stoptypen -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {makeMPintoPDFobject,lastPDFMPobject} %D %D For experts there are a few more options. When attributes -%D are to be added, the code must be embedded in an object -%D accompanied with the appropriate directives. One can +%D are to be added, the code must be embedded in an object +%D accompanied with the appropriate directives. One can %D influence this process with \type {\makeMPintoPDFobject}. %D -%D This option defaults to~0, because \CONTEXT\ takes care -%D of objects at another level, which saves some bytes. +%D This option defaults to~0, because \CONTEXT\ takes care +%D of objects at another level, which saves some bytes. %D %D \starttabulatie[|l|l|p|] %D \NC 0 \NC never \NC don't use an object \NC\NR %D \NC 1 \NC always \NC always use an object \NC\NR %D \NC 2 \NC optional \NC use object when needed \NC\NR -%D \stoptabulatie -%D -%D The last object number used is avaliable in the macro +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D The last object number used is avaliable in the macro %D \type {\lastPDFMPobject}. \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 \def\lastPDFMPobject{0} -%D The additional code needed can be made available in the +%D The additional code needed can be made available in the %D (global) macro \type {\currentPDFresources}. -\let\currentPDFresources\empty +\let\currentPDFresources\empty \newtoks\everyMPtoPDFconversion \def\convertMPtoPDF#1#2#3% {\bgroup - \ifx\pdfdecimaldigits\undefined\else \pdfdecimaldigits=5 \fi % new + \ifx\pdfdecimaldigits\undefined\else \pdfdecimaldigits=5 \fi % new \setbox\scratchbox\vbox\bgroup \forgetall \offinterlineskip \startMPresources - \doprocessMPtoPDFfile{#1}{#2}{#3}} % {#1}{0#2}{0#3} would be saver + \doprocessMPtoPDFfile{#1}{#2}{#3}} % {#1}{0#2}{0#3} would be saver -\def\processMPtoPDFfile % file xscale yscale +\def\processMPtoPDFfile % file xscale yscale {\bgroup \let\finishMPgraphic\egroup \doprocessMPtoPDFfile} -\def\doprocessMPtoPDFfile#1#2#3% file xscale yscale +\def\doprocessMPtoPDFfile#1#2#3% file xscale yscale {\setMPspecials \the\everyMPtoPDFconversion \catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline @@ -1800,29 +1811,29 @@ \xdef\MPyscale{#3}% \donefalse \let\handleMPsequence\dohandleMPsequence - \message{[MP to PDF]}% was: [MP to PDF #1] but there is a (#1) anyway + \message{[MP to PDF]}% was: [MP to PDF #1] but there is a (#1) anyway \input#1\relax} % strange rounding/clip in pdftex/viewer -% +% % \def\finishMPgraphic % {\stopMPresources % \egroup -% \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 % for the moment -% \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 +% \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 % for the moment +% \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 % \fi\fi % \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or\or\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty\else -% \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=1 +% \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=1 % \fi\fi % \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox % {\forgetall % \hbox % {\PDFcode{q \MPxscale\space 0 0 \MPyscale\space \MPxoffset\space \MPyoffset\space cm}% -% \lower\MPyshift\box\scratchbox % unscaled shift +% \lower\MPyshift\box\scratchbox % unscaled shift % \PDFcode{Q}}}% % \ht\scratchbox\MPheight % \wd\scratchbox\MPwidth -% \dp\scratchbox\!!zeropoint +% \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint % \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject % \box\scratchbox % \or @@ -1842,42 +1853,42 @@ % \dimen0=\MPllx bp % \dimen2=\MPlly bp % \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\hskip-\dimen0\raise-\dimen2\box\scratchbox}% -% \ht\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint -% \dp\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint -% \wd\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint +% \ht\scratchbox=\zeropoint +% \dp\scratchbox=\zeropoint +% \wd\scratchbox=\zeropoint % \hbox % {\PDFcode{q \MPxscale\space 0 0 \MPyscale\space 0 0 cm}% % \lower\MPshift\box\scratchbox % \PDFcode{Q}}}% -% \let\PDFMPformoffset\!!zeropoint +% \let\PDFMPformoffset\zeropoint \def\PDFMPformoffset - {\ifx\objectoffset\undefined\!!zeropoint\else\objectoffset\fi} + {\ifx\objectoffset\undefined\zeropoint\else\objectoffset\fi} \def\finishMPgraphic {\stopMPresources \egroup - \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 % for the moment - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject0 + \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 % for the moment + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject0 \fi\fi \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or\or\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty\else - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject1 + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject1 \fi\fi - \setbox\scratchbox\vbox + \setbox\scratchbox\vbox {\forgetall - \hbox + \hbox {\PDFcode{q \MPxscale\space 0 0 \MPyscale\space \MPxoffset\space \MPyoffset\space cm}% - \lower\MPyshift\box\scratchbox % unscaled shift + \lower\MPyshift\box\scratchbox % unscaled shift \PDFcode{Q}}}% \ht\scratchbox\MPheight \wd\scratchbox\MPwidth - \dp\scratchbox\!!zeropoint\relax + \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint\relax \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject \box\scratchbox \or \scratchdimen\PDFMPformoffset\relax - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\!!zeropoint % compensate for error + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint % compensate for error \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox spread 2\scratchdimen {\forgetall \vss @@ -1889,8 +1900,8 @@ \fi \immediate\pdfxform resources{\currentPDFresources}\scratchbox \xdef\lastPDFMPobject{\the\pdflastxform}% - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\!!zeropoint % compensate for error - \vbox to \MPheight + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint % compensate for error + \vbox to \MPheight {\forgetall \vss\hbox to \MPwidth{\hss\pdfrefxform\lastPDFMPobject\hss}\vss}% \else @@ -1903,12 +1914,12 @@ \egroup \endinput} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {deleteMPgraphic, %D startMPresources, %D stopMPresources} -%D -%D Here are a few hooks for \CONTEXT\ specific things. +%D +%D Here are a few hooks for \CONTEXT\ specific things. \ifx\deleteMPgraphic\undefined \def\deleteMPgraphic#1{} @@ -1922,14 +1933,14 @@ %D \macros %D {twodigitMPoutput} %D -%D We can limit the precision to two digits after the comma -%D by saying: +%D We can limit the precision to two digits after the comma +%D by saying: %D %D \starttypen %D \twodigitMPoutput %D \stoptypen %D -%D This option only works in \CONTEXT\ combined with \ETEX. +%D This option only works in \CONTEXT\ combined with \ETEX. \def\twodigitMPoutput {\let\!MP \twodigitrounding @@ -1944,6 +1955,6 @@ %D does all the calculations. Converting other \POSTSCRIPT\ %D files would drive both me and \TEX\ crazy. -\ifx\undefined\StopLatexHack \else \StopLatexHack \fi +\ifx\undefined\StopLatexHack \else \StopLatexHack \fi -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex index fc056813b..7e55988f0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex @@ -8,39 +8,39 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Third Party Macros / Random Number Generation} %D \macros -%D {getrandomcount, getrandomdimen, +%D {getrandomcount, getrandomdimen, %D getrandomfloat, getrandomnumber, %D setrandomseed, getrandomseed} -%D +%D %D This module load Donald Arseneau's generic file %D \type{random.tex}. A small shell is needed because we -%D redefine some \TEX\ primitives. We also use different names +%D redefine some \TEX\ primitives. We also use different names %D for the two generators and add an extra one. -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \getrandomcount \countregister {minimum} {maximum} %D \getrandomdimen \dimenregister {minimum} {maximum} %D \getrandomnumber \macroname {minimum} {maximum} %D \getrandomfloat \macroname {minimum} {maximum} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D %D Of course the file \type{random.tex} needs to be present. -%D To prevent name clashes, the \CONTEXT\ distribution +%D To prevent name clashes, the \CONTEXT\ distribution %D contains a copy in \type {thrd-ran.tex}. %D -%D The randomseed can be set by: +%D The randomseed can be set by: %D %D \starttypen %d \setrandomseed{number>0} %D \stoptypen %D -%D and get by: +%D and get by: %D %D \starttypen %D \getrandomseed\randomseed @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ \def\normalnextrandom {\bgroup - \let\time \normaltime + \let\time \normaltime \let\day \normalday - \let\month\normalmonth + \let\month\normalmonth \let\year \normalyear \verynormalnextrandom \egroup} @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ \egroup} % avoid scratch dimens 0 and 2 (already recoded in third-ran - % - % \unprotect - % + % + % \unprotect + % % \def\setrandim#1#2#3% dimen register, minimum length, maximum length % {\scratchdimen#2\edef\!!stringa{\number\scratchdimen}% % \scratchdimen#3\edef\!!stringb{\number\scratchdimen}% % \setrannum\ranval\!!stringa\!!stringb % #1\ranval\s!sp\relax} - % - % \protect + % + % \protect \fi @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ \edef#1{\the\scratchcounter}} \def\getrandomfloat#1#2#3% - {\getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{#2\s!pt}{#3\s!pt}% + {\getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{#2\points}{#3\points}% \edef#1{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} \unexpanded \def\setrandomseed#1% diff --git a/tex/context/base/symb-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/symb-mis.tex index e4f342fa7..10defdc4c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/symb-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/symb-mis.tex @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ %D copyright=PRAGMA-ADE] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect %D We predefine some common symbols and conversions that will -%D be understood by many commands. +%D be understood by many commands. \definesymbol [\v!geen] [] \definesymbol [bullet] [\mathematics{\bullet}] @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ \definesymbol [star] [\mathematics{\star}] \definesymbol [triangle] [\mathematics{\triangleright}] \definesymbol [circle] [\mathematics{\circ}] -\definesymbol [medcircle] [\hbox{\setsmallbodyfont\raise\!!onepoint\hbox{$\bigcirc$}}] +\definesymbol [medcircle] [\hbox{\setsmallbodyfont\raise\onepoint\hbox{$\bigcirc$}}] \definesymbol [bigcircle] [\mathematics{\bigcirc}] \definesymbol [square] [\mathematics{\square}] \definesymbol [diamond] [\mathematics{\diamond}] @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ \definesymbol [7] [{\symbol[bigcircle]}] \definesymbol [8] [{\symbol[square]}] -%D Special hyperlinks, namely those to pages or navigational -%D properties, are associated with symbols. +%D Special hyperlinks, namely those to pages or navigational +%D properties, are associated with symbols. \definesymbol [\v!eerstepagina] [\gotobegincharacter] \definesymbol [\v!vorigepagina] [\gobackwardcharacter] @@ -61,19 +61,19 @@ \definesymbol [\v!achteruit] [{\symbol[\v!vorigepagina]}] \definesymbol [\v!vooruit] [{\symbol[\v!volgendepagina]}] -%D The next two symbols (\symbol[P] and \symbol[S]) are -%D variations in their math counterparts. The following ones -%D {\em do} scale. +%D The next two symbols (\symbol[P] and \symbol[S]) are +%D variations in their math counterparts. The following ones +%D {\em do} scale. -% todo : hook this into \textsection +% todo : hook this into \textsection \definesymbol[S][\getglyph{MathSymbol}{\char"78}] \definesymbol[P][\getglyph{MathSymbol}{\char"7B}] %D These symbols are taken from the Computer Moders Roman %D symbol set or, when present, from the additional symbols of -%D the American Mathematical Society. Of course one can use -%D his or her own symbols by redefining them. +%D the American Mathematical Society. Of course one can use +%D his or her own symbols by redefining them. \def\dogotocharacter#1#2#3% {\ifx#1\undefined#2\else#3\fi} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ {\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleleft {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\triangleleft}}% \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0 - \kern-.11ex\box0} + \kern-.11ex\box0} {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\blacktriangleleft}}% \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% \hbox{\lower.03ex\box2\kern-.35ex\box0}}}} @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ {\hbox {\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleright {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\triangleright}}% - \copy0\kern-.11ex - \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0} + \copy0\kern-.11ex + \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0} {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\blacktriangleright}}% \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% \hbox{\box0\kern-.35ex\lower.03ex\box2}}}} @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ \def\gobackjumpcharacter% {\hbox{\gobackwardcharacter\kern-.5em\gobackwardcharacter}} -%D The next two symbols are for Daniel Flipo: +%D The next two symbols are for Daniel Flipo: \definesymbol [Numero] [N\high{\nocap{o}\kern.2em}] \definesymbol [numero] [n\high{\nocap{o}\kern.2em}] @@ -132,4 +132,4 @@ \def\Numero{\symbol[Numero]} \def\numero{\symbol[numero]} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex index 14c5beccc..2550ffc53 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex @@ -2855,8 +2855,11 @@ \endETEX -\let\pushmacro\globalpushmacro -\let\popmacro \globalpopmacro +% \let\pushmacro\globalpushmacro +% \let\popmacro \globalpopmacro + +\let\pushmacro\localpushmacro +\let\popmacro \localpopmacro %D \macros %D {setlocalhsize} @@ -3251,7 +3254,16 @@ \@EA\dostripcharacter\!!stringa#1\end \dodoglobal\let#3\!!strippedstring} -\def\stripspaces\from#1\to#2% +\def\stripspaces\from#1\to#2% will become \unspacestring#1\from#2 + {\stripcharacter{ }\from#1\to#2} + +%D \macros +%D {unspacestring} +%D +%D The next macro does the same but is more compatible with other macros, +%D like \type {\convert...}. + +\def\unspacestring#1\to#2% {\stripcharacter{ }\from#1\to#2} %D \macros @@ -3469,10 +3481,10 @@ %D However, we want to handle all situations, like: %D %D \startbuffer -%D \processseparatedlist[{aap noot}] [ ]{\def\xxx} \show\xxx -%D \processseparatedlist[{aap} {noot}][ ]{\def\xxx} \show\xxx -%D \processseparatedlist[aap {noot}] [ ]{\def\xxx} \show\xxx -%D \processseparatedlist[aap noot] [ ]{\def\xxx} \show\xxx +%D \processseparatedlist[{aap noot}] [ ]{\def\xxx} \convertcommand\xxx\to\ascii {\tttf\ascii} +%D \processseparatedlist[{aap} {noot}][ ]{\def\xxx} \convertcommand\xxx\to\ascii {\tttf\ascii} +%D \processseparatedlist[aap {noot}] [ ]{\def\xxx} \convertcommand\xxx\to\ascii {\tttf\ascii} +%D \processseparatedlist[aap noot] [ ]{\def\xxx} \convertcommand\xxx\to\ascii {\tttf\ascii} %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer \getbuffer @@ -3600,11 +3612,11 @@ %D They remove braces and backslashes and give us something to %D sort. -\def\untexsomething% +\def\untexsomething {\begingroup \catcode`\{=\@@ignore \catcode`\}=\@@ignore - \escapechar=\minusone + \escapechar\minusone \dountexsomething} \long\def\dountexsomething#1#2\to#3% @@ -3680,7 +3692,7 @@ \def\dontleavehmode {\ifhmode\else \ifmmode\else - {\mathsurround\z@\everymath\emptytoks$ $}% + {\mathsurround\zeropoint\everymath\emptytoks$ $}% \fi \fi} %D \macros @@ -4343,7 +4355,7 @@ %D \filterfromvalues{xx}{1} %D \stoptypen %D -%D I'll implement this when I'm in \quotation {writing dirty +%D I'll implement this when I'm in \citaat {writing dirty %D macros mood}. \def\filterfromvalue#1#2#3% value max n diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex index cbf7b6ce5..ebc24ea16 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex @@ -2828,18 +2828,12 @@ \fi \fi} -\def\doassign[#1][#2]% - {\p!doassign\dosetvalue[#1][#2==\relax]} - -\def\doeassign[#1][#2]% - {\p!doassign\dosetevalue[#1][#2==\relax]} - -\def\undoassign[#1][#2]% - {\p!doassign\doresetvalue[#1][#2==\relax]} +\def\doassign [#1][#2]{\p!doassign\dosetvalue [#1][#2==\relax]} +\def\doeassign [#1][#2]{\p!doassign\dosetevalue [#1][#2==\relax]} +\def\undoassign[#1][#2]{\p!doassign\doresetvalue[#1][#2==\relax]} \def\doassignempty[#1][#2=#3]% - {\doifundefined{#1#2} - {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\ifundefined{#1#2}\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{#3}\fi} %D \macros %D {getparameters,geteparameters,getgparameters, @@ -3944,8 +3938,8 @@ %D We will see some real applications of this command in the %D core modules. -\def\definestartstopcommand#1#2#3#4% can be done with \expanded - {\def\!stringa{#3}% +\def\definestartstopcommand#1#2#3#4% can be done with \expanded ot better, toks + {\def\!stringa{#3}% % but let's keep this unuded one crappy \def\!stringb{\e!start#2}% \def\!stringc{#4}% \def\!stringd{\e!stop#2}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex index 13a3f64be..183ad8cb4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D Code from this module will move. For instance to +%D Code from this module will move. For instance to %D syst-dat.tex (datastructures). \unprotect -% moved from core-ntb +% moved from core-ntb \def\v!oddeven#1{\ifodd#1\v!oneven\else\v!even\fi} @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ {\global\advance\nofprofiled\plusone \csname\string#1\string#1\endcsname}} -% pretty ugly but fast +% pretty ugly but fast % \copycsname xxx\endcsname\csname ..\endcsname @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ % another one, add an item to a commalist -\def\addvalue#1#2% cs item +\def\addvalue#1#2% cs item {\ifundefined{#1}\@EA\let\csname#1\endcsname\empty\fi \expanded{\addtocommalist{#2}\@EA\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}} @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ \def\setobeyedlccode#1{\lccode#1\obeyedlccode} \def\obeylccodes - {\let\withcharacter\setownlccode + {\let\withcharacter\setownlccode \the\withlowercharacters \let\withcharacter\setobeyedlccode \the\withminorcharacters @@ -126,47 +126,47 @@ \def\unspaceafter#1#2% {\edef\ascii{\dounspaced#2\end}\@EA#1\@EA{\ascii}} -% etex, much faster +% etex, much faster % % \def\unspaceargument#1\to#2% % {\scratchcounter\catcode'32\catcode32=\@@ignore -% \scantokens{\edef#2{#1}}% +% \scantokens{\edef#2{#1}}% % \catcode32=\scratchcounter} \def\unspaceafter#1#2% {\edef\ascii{\dounspaced#2\end}\@EA#1\@EA{\ascii}} -% this will replace loadfile once and alike !!! todo +% this will replace loadfile once and alike !!! todo \def\@flg@{@flg@} \def\setflag#1% - {\@EA\dodoglobal\@EA\chardef\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\zerocount} + {\@EA\dodoglobal\@EA\chardef\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\zerocount} \def\resetflag#1% - {\@EA\dodoglobal\@EA\chardef\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\plusone} + {\@EA\dodoglobal\@EA\chardef\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\plusone} \let\ifflagged\ifcase \def\flag#1{\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname} \def\doifelseflagged#1% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\relax + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\relax \@EA\secondoftwoarguments - \else\ifcase\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname + \else\ifcase\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname \@EAEAEA\firstoftwoarguments \else \@EAEAEA\secondoftwoarguments - \fi\fi} + \fi\fi} \def\doifnotflagged#1% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\relax + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname\relax \@EA\firstofoneargument - \else\ifcase\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname - \@EAEAEA\gobbleoneargument + \else\ifcase\csname\@flg@#1\endcsname + \@EAEAEA\gobbleoneargument \else \@EAEAEA\firstofoneargument - \fi\fi} + \fi\fi} \def\inheritparameter[#1]#2[#3]#4[#5]% tag tokey fromkey % [bypasses k!prefix] {\@EAEAEA\def\@EA\csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA @@ -176,21 +176,21 @@ % \setarrayelement{test}{1}{qq} % \arrayelement{test}{1} % \arraylength{test} -% +% % \def\buildarray[#1][#2]% -% {\scratchcounter=0 +% {\scratchcounter=0 % \def\docommando##1% -% {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 +% {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 % \setvalue{@@aa#1\the\scratchcounter}{##1}}% % \processcommalist[#2]\docommando % \setevalue{@@aa#1}{\the\scratchcounter}}% -% +% % \def\setarrayelement#1#2{\setvalue{@@aa#1#2}} % \def\arrayelement #1#2{\getvalue{@@aa#1#2}} % \def\arraylength #1{\getvalue{@@aa#1}} % \newsignal\junksignal -% +% % \def\setjunksignal% % {\ifhmode % \hskip\junksignal @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ % \else % \let\removejunkspaces\relax % \fi} -% +% % \def\doremovejunkspaces% % {\doloop{\ifdim\lastskip=\junksignal\unskip\else\exitloop\fi}} @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ \def\doifnonzeropositiveelse#1% {\begingroup\afterassignment\dodoifnonzeropositiveelse\scratchcounter=0#1\relax\empty\end} -% here ? +% here ? \def\dosetrawvalue #1#2#3{\@EA \def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}} \def\dosetrawevalue#1#2#3{\@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}} @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ \def\getrawgparameters {\dogetparameters\dosetrawgvalue} \def\getrawxparameters {\dogetparameters\dosetrawxvalue} -\def\globalgetrawparameters{\dogetparameters\dosetrawgvalue} % obsolete +\def\globalgetrawparameters{\dogetparameters\dosetrawgvalue} % obsolete \def\splitskip#1% {\scratchskip\zeropoint \!!plus 1pt \!!minus 1pt @@ -262,15 +262,15 @@ % \def\minimaxskip#1#2% % {\splitskip#2\relax % \scratchdimen=#2\relax -% #2=\scratchdimen +% #2=\scratchdimen % \advance#2 by #1\relax} -% +% % \def\maximizeskip% % {\minimaxskip{-\dimen4}} -% +% % \def\maximizeskip% % {\minimaxskip{\dimen2}} -% +% % \def\maximizespacing% % {\maximizeskip\blankoskipamount % \maximizeskip\parskip @@ -378,17 +378,17 @@ %D {adddimenregister,adddimenmacro} %D %D Instead of using numerous \type {\advance}'s, one can use -%D the next macros to add|/|subtract a series of dimensions -%D to a register or macro. +%D the next macros to add|/|subtract a series of dimensions +%D to a register or macro. %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \adddimenregister 10pt 5pt \papierbreedte \to \somedimen %D \adddimenmacro 10pt 5pt \papierbreedte \to \bagger %D \stoptypen \newdimen\dimentoaddto -\def\adddimenregister#1\to#2% will be obsolete once full etex +\def\adddimenregister#1\to#2% will be obsolete once full etex {\begingroup #2=\zeropoint \dimentoaddto\zeropoint @@ -410,25 +410,25 @@ %D \macros %D {freezedimenmacro} %D -%D This macro is use as: +%D This macro is use as: %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \freezedimenmacro\linkermargeafstand -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen \def\freezedimenmacro#1% {\scratchdimen#1\edef#1{\the\scratchdimen}} -%D The next one is slower: +%D The next one is slower: %D %D \starttypen -%D \def\freezedimenmacro#1{\edef#1{\the\dimexpr(#1)}} -%D \stoptypen +%D \def\freezedimenmacro#1{\edef#1{\the\dimexpr(#1)}} +%D \stoptypen % \newcount\rawrecursecounter -% +% % \def\rawrecurselevel{\the\rawrecursecounter}% -% +% % \def\dorawrecurse#1#2% % {\rawrecursecounter\plusone % \let\oldrecurselevel\recurselevel @@ -442,6 +442,16 @@ % \fi}% % \dodorawrecurse} +%D The next macro negates a macro (dimension or number, or actually, whatever. +%D It's a typical example of \if usage: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \if-\whatever \else-\whatever\fi => else => -whatever +%D \if--\whatever\else-\whatever\fi => then => whatever +%D \stoptypen + +\def\negated#1{\if-#1\else-#1\fi} % does only work in macros or text + % This permits things like ^\index{hans}^, where hans is % duplicated in the text. @@ -499,15 +509,15 @@ \endETEX -%D Very handy, more efficient than \type{{}}, and more readable -%D than \type {\empty}. +%D Very handy, more efficient than \type{{}}, and more readable +%D than \type {\empty}. \let\donothing\empty -% The following macros are used in XML handling. +% The following macros are used in XML handling. -\long\def\dowithstringed#1#2#3#4% " ' space - {\if#4"\@EA#1\else\if#4'\@EAEAEA#2\else\@EAEAEA#3\fi\fi#4} +\long\def\dowithstringed#1#2#3#4% " ' space + {\if#4"\@EA#1\else\if#4'\@EAEAEA#2\else\@EAEAEA#3\fi\fi#4} \def\unstringed {\dowithstringed\unstringdouble\unstringsingle\unstringnothing} @@ -541,12 +551,12 @@ \ifx#3\relax \@EAEAEAEAEAEA\@@if@@equal@@false \else\ifx#1#3% - % go on + % go on \else \@EAEAEAEAEAEA\@@if@@equal@@false \fi\fi \fi - \@@ifequal#2\@@and} + \@@ifequal#2\@@and} \long\def\@@if@@equal@@true #1\@@then#2#3{#2} \long\def\@@if@@equal@@false#1\@@then#2#3{#3} @@ -559,9 +569,9 @@ \let\notexpanded\empty \@@expanded} -% for Simon ; watch how we make them fully expandable (i.e. +% for Simon ; watch how we make them fully expandable (i.e. % no \type {\relax}es) popping up - + \def\@@dothenumber#1\relax#2\end{#1} \def\@@thenumber#1{\@EA\@@dothenumber\number#1\relax\end} @@ -569,22 +579,22 @@ \def\doifnum#1#2% {\ifnum#1=\@@thenumber{#2} % space needed \expandafter\firstofoneargument - \else - \expandafter\gobbleoneargument + \else + \expandafter\gobbleoneargument \fi} \def\doifnotnum#1#2% {\ifnum#1=\@@thenumber{#2} % space needed \expandafter\gobbleoneargument - \else - \expandafter\firstofoneargument + \else + \expandafter\firstofoneargument \fi} \def\doifelsenum#1#2% {\ifnum#1=\@@thenumber{#2} % space needed \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments - \else - \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments \fi} % \edef\xxxx{\doifnum{1}{2}{no}} \show \xxxx @@ -596,4 +606,4 @@ \def\appendvalue #1{\@EA\appended\@EA \def\csname#1\endcsname} \def\appendgvalue#1{\@EA\appended\@EA\gdef\csname#1\endcsname} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/thrd-trg.tex b/tex/context/base/thrd-trg.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60986c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/thrd-trg.tex @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +%D In order to support rotation over arbitrary angles, we need a sine +%D and cosine calculator. For this purpose we borrow a few macros by +%D David Carlisle (his trig package). Because local variables are +%D used, I patched the macros a bit. Also, I used a few different names +%D for variabels and macros and use existing auxiliary macros. + +\unprotect + +\chardef \@iv = 4 +\chardef \@xc = 90 % was \nin@ty +\chardef \@clxx = 180 +\chardef \@lxxi = 71 +\mathchardef \@mmmmlxviii = 4068 +\mathchardef \@xvi@k = 16384 + +\chardef \tr@coeffz = 72 +\chardef \tr@coefb = 42 +\mathchardef \tr@coefc = 840 +\mathchardef \tr@coefd = 5040 + +\def\tg@series + {\!!dimena\@lxxi\!!dimena + \divide\!!dimena\@mmmmlxviii + \edef\!!stringa{\withoutpt{\the\!!dimena}}% + \!!dimena\!!stringa\!!dimena + \edef\!!stringb{\withoutpt{\the\!!dimena}}% + \divide\!!dimena\tr@coeffz + \advance\!!dimena\minusone\onepoint + \!!dimena\!!stringb\!!dimena + \advance\!!dimena \tr@coefb\onepoint + \!!dimena\!!stringb\!!dimena + \advance\!!dimena -\tr@coefc\onepoint + \!!dimena\!!stringb\!!dimena + \advance\!!dimena \tr@coefd\onepoint + \!!dimena\!!stringa\!!dimena + \divide\!!dimena \tr@coefd} + +\def\tg@reduce#1#2% + {\!!dimena#1#2\@xc\onepoint + \advance\!!dimena#2-\@clxx\onepoint + \!!dimena-\!!dimena + \tg@@sin} + +\def\tg@@sin + {\ifdim\tg@reduce>+\else\ifdim\tg@reduce<-\else + \tg@series + \fi\fi} + +%D Calculating a sine is a two step process: first a value is +%D calculated, and afterwards it can be used. This saves redundant +%D calculations. + +\def\calculatesin#1% + {{\expandafter\ifx\csname sin \number#1\endcsname\relax + \!!dimena#1\onepoint + \tg@@sin + \expandafter\xdef\csname sin \number#1\endcsname{\withoutpt{\the\!!dimena}}% + \fi}} + +\def\calculatecos#1% + {{\expandafter\ifx\csname cos \number#1\endcsname\relax + \!!dimena\@xc\onepoint + \advance\!!dimena-#1\onepoint + \tg@@sin + \expandafter\xdef\csname cos \number#1\endcsname{\withoutpt{\the\!!dimena}}% + \fi}} + +\def\calculatetan#1% + {{\expandafter\ifx\csname tan \number#1\endcsname\relax + \calculatesin{#1}% + \calculatecos{#1}% + \!!dimena\calculatedcos{#1}\onepoint + \divide\!!dimena\@iv + \!!dimenb\calculatedsin{#1}\onepoint + \!!dimenb\@xvi@k\!!dimenb + \divide\!!dimenb\!!dimena + \expandafter\xdef\csname tan \number#1\endcsname{\withoutpt{\the\!!dimenb}}% + \fi}} + +%D The results are accessed with: + +\def\calculatedsin#1{\csname sin \number#1\endcsname} +\def\calculatedcos#1{\csname cos \number#1\endcsname} +\def\calculatedtan#1{\csname tan \number#1\endcsname} + +%D A more save implementation would be: + +\def\calculatedsin#1{\executeifdefined{sin \number#1}\!!zerocount} +\def\calculatedcos#1{\executeifdefined{cos \number#1}\!!plusone} +\def\calculatedtan#1{\executeifdefined{tan \number#1}\!!zerocount} + +%D A few values are predefined, although, on todays systems there +%D is no real reason for that. I've added the 270 ones and changed +%D the -90 tan. Also, I prefer text (\type {\!!..} instead of +%D counters \type {\..}. + +\expandafter\let\csname sin 0\endcsname\!!zerocount +\expandafter\let\csname cos 0\endcsname\!!plusone +\expandafter\let\csname sin 90\endcsname\!!plusone +\expandafter\let\csname cos 90\endcsname\!!zerocount +\expandafter\let\csname sin 180\endcsname\!!zerocount +\expandafter\let\csname cos 180\endcsname\!!minusone +\expandafter\let\csname sin 270\endcsname\!!minusone +\expandafter\let\csname cos 270\endcsname\!!zerocount + +\expandafter\let\csname sin -90\endcsname\!!minusone +\expandafter\let\csname cos -90\endcsname\!!zerocount + +\expandafter\def\csname tan 90\endcsname{\writestatus\m!systems{infinite tan +90}} +\expandafter\def\csname tan -90\endcsname{\writestatus\m!systems{infinite tan -90}} + +%D Usage: \type {\calculatesin{10}} and \type {\calculatedsin{10}} + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-enc.tex b/tex/context/base/type-enc.tex index fd3bdc746..e8c1e6e2b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-enc.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-enc.tex @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ % Free fonts. +% beter \typefacethree dan \typefaceencoding ! ! ! ! ! ! ander sgeen selectie op bv ec % Computer & Latin Modern Roman (DEK/AMS/BJ) @@ -116,80 +117,80 @@ % Regular - \definefontsynonym [cmr5] [cork-lmr5] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr6] [cork-lmr6] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr7] [cork-lmr7] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr8] [cork-lmr8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr9] [cork-lmr9] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr10] [cork-lmr10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr12] [cork-lmr12] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmr17] [cork-lmr17] [encoding=cork] - - \definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [cork-lmbx5] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [cork-lmbx6] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [cork-lmbx7] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [cork-lmbx8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [cork-lmbx9] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [cork-lmbx10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [cork-lmbx12] [encoding=cork] - - \definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [cork-lmro10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [cork-lmro12] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [cork-lmro8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [cork-lmro9] [encoding=cork] - - \definefontsynonym [cmti7] [cork-lmri7] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmti8] [cork-lmri8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmti9] [cork-lmri9] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmti10] [cork-lmri10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmti12] [cork-lmri12] [encoding=cork] - - \definefontsynonym [cmb10] [cork-lmb10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbsl10] [cork-lmbo10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [cork-lmbxo10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [cork-lmbxi10] [encoding=cork] - - \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [cork-lmcsc10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmcscsl10][cork-lmcsco10] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmr5] [cork-lmr5] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr6] [cork-lmr6] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr7] [cork-lmr7] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr8] [cork-lmr8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr9] [cork-lmr9] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr10] [cork-lmr10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr12] [cork-lmr12] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmr17] [cork-lmr17] [encoding=ec] + + \definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [cork-lmbx5] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [cork-lmbx6] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [cork-lmbx7] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [cork-lmbx8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [cork-lmbx9] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [cork-lmbx10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [cork-lmbx12] [encoding=ec] + + \definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [cork-lmro10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [cork-lmro12] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [cork-lmro8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [cork-lmro9] [encoding=ec] + + \definefontsynonym [cmti7] [cork-lmri7] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmti8] [cork-lmri8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmti9] [cork-lmri9] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmti10] [cork-lmri10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmti12] [cork-lmri12] [encoding=ec] + + \definefontsynonym [cmb10] [cork-lmb10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbsl10] [cork-lmbo10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [cork-lmbxo10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [cork-lmbxi10] [encoding=ec] + + \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [cork-lmcsc10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmcscsl10][cork-lmcsco10] [encoding=ec] % Mono - \definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [cork-lmtt8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [cork-lmtt9] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [cork-lmtt10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [cork-lmtt12] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [cork-lmtt8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [cork-lmtt9] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [cork-lmtt10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [cork-lmtt12] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [cork-lmtti10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [cork-lmtto10] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [cork-lmtti10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [cork-lmtto10] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [cork-lmvtt10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmvtti10] [cork-lmvtto] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [cork-lmvtt10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmvtti10] [cork-lmvtto] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [cork-lmcsc10] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [cork-lmcsc10] [encoding=ec] % Sans - \definefontsynonym [cmss8] [cork-lmss8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmss9] [cork-lmss9] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmss10] [cork-lmss10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmss12] [cork-lmss12] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmss17] [cork-lmss17] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmss8] [cork-lmss8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmss9] [cork-lmss9] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmss10] [cork-lmss10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmss12] [cork-lmss12] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmss17] [cork-lmss17] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [cork-lmsso10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [cork-lmsso12] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [cork-lmsso17] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [cork-lmsso8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [cork-lmsso9] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [cork-lmsso10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [cork-lmsso12] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [cork-lmsso17] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [cork-lmsso8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [cork-lmsso9] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [cork-lmssq8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssqb8] [cork-lmssqbx8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssqbi8] [cork-lmssqbo8] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [cork-lmssqo8] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [cork-lmssq8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssqb8] [cork-lmssqbx8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssqbi8] [cork-lmssqbo8] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [cork-lmssqo8] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [cork-lmssbx10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [cork-lmssdc10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssbi10] [cork-lmssbo10] [encoding=cork] - \definefontsynonym [cmssdi10] [cork-lmssdo10] [encoding=cork] + \definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [cork-lmssbx10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [cork-lmssdc10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssbi10] [cork-lmssbo10] [encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [cmssdi10] [cork-lmssdo10] [encoding=ec] \stoptypescript @@ -756,64 +757,64 @@ \definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [lhvtt10] [encoding=lcy] \stoptypescript -\starttypescript [all] [computer-modern] [ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmb10] [ecrb1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [ecbx1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [ecbx1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [ecbx0500] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [ecbx0600] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [ecbx0700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [ecbx0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [ecbx0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [ecbl1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [ecbi1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [eccc1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmdunh10] [ecdh1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmff10] [ecff1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmfi10] [ecfi1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmfib8] [ecfb0800] [encoding=ec] - %\definefontsynonym [cminch] [ecinch00] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [ecit1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr10] [ecrm1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr12] [ecrm1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr17] [ecrm1700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr5] [ecrm0500] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr6] [ecrm0600] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr7] [ecrm0700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr8] [ecrm0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmr9] [ecrm0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [ecsl1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [ecsl1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [ecsl0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [ecsl0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [ecst1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmss10] [ecss1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmss12] [ecss1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmss17] [ecss1700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmss8] [ecss0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmss9] [ecss0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [ecsx1000] [encoding=ec] - %\definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [ecssdc1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [ecsi1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [ecsi1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [ecsi1700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [ecsi0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [ecsi0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [ecss0800] [encoding=ec] % ssq->ss - \definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [ecsi0800] [encoding=ec] % ssq->ss - \definefontsynonym [cmtcsc10] [ectc1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmti10] [ecti1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmti12] [ecti1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmti7] [ecti0700] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmti8] [ecti0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmti9] [ecti0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [ectt1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [ectt1200] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [ectt0800] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [ectt0900] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmu10] [ecui1000] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [ecvt1000] [encoding=ec] -\stoptypescript +% \starttypescript [all] [computer-modern] [ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmb10] [ecrb1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [ecbx1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [ecbx1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [ecbx0500] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [ecbx0600] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [ecbx0700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [ecbx0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [ecbx0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [ecbl1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [ecbi1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [eccc1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmdunh10] [ecdh1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmff10] [ecff1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmfi10] [ecfi1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmfib8] [ecfb0800] [encoding=ec] +% %\definefontsynonym [cminch] [ecinch00] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [ecit1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr10] [ecrm1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr12] [ecrm1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr17] [ecrm1700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr5] [ecrm0500] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr6] [ecrm0600] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr7] [ecrm0700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr8] [ecrm0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmr9] [ecrm0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [ecsl1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [ecsl1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [ecsl0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [ecsl0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [ecst1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmss10] [ecss1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmss12] [ecss1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmss17] [ecss1700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmss8] [ecss0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmss9] [ecss0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [ecsx1000] [encoding=ec] +% %\definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [ecssdc1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [ecsi1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [ecsi1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [ecsi1700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [ecsi0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [ecsi0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [ecss0800] [encoding=ec] % ssq->ss +% \definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [ecsi0800] [encoding=ec] % ssq->ss +% \definefontsynonym [cmtcsc10] [ectc1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmti10] [ecti1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmti12] [ecti1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmti7] [ecti0700] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmti8] [ecti0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmti9] [ecti0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [ectt1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [ectt1200] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [ectt0800] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [ectt0900] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmu10] [ecui1000] [encoding=ec] +% \definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [ecvt1000] [encoding=ec] +% \stoptypescript \starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern] [default] \definefontsynonym [ComputerModern] [cmr10] @@ -886,8 +887,8 @@ % Fourier (Utopia) \starttypescript [math] [fourier] [default,ec] - % \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Letters] [futr8t] [encoding=ec] - \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Letters] [futmi] + \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Letters] [futr8t] [encoding=ec] + %\definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Letters] [futmi] \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Letters-Italic] [futmii] \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Symbols] [futsy] \definefontsynonym [Fourier-Math-Extension] [fourier-mex] @@ -1044,7 +1045,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [Bookman-LightSlanted] [\typefaceencoding-ubkl8a-slanted-167] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] \definefontsynonym [Bookman-DemiBoldSlanted] [\typefaceencoding-ubkd8a-slanted-167] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] - \definefontsynonym [Bookman-Light-Caps] [\typefaceencoding-ubkl8a-capitalized-800] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Bookman-Light-Caps] [\typefaceencoding-ubkl8a-capitalized-800] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] \stoptypescript % Chancery (URW) @@ -1053,6 +1054,18 @@ \definefontsynonym [Chancery] [\typefaceencoding-uzcmi8a] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] \stoptypescript +% New Century Schoolbook (URW) + +\starttypescript [serif] [schoolbook] [ec,texnansi,8r] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-Roman] [\typefaceencoding-uncr8a] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-Italic] [\typefaceencoding-uncri8a] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-Bold] [\typefaceencoding-uncb8a] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-BoldItalic] [\typefaceencoding-uncbi8a] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-RomanSlanted] [\typefaceencoding-uncr8a-slanted-167] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-BoldSlanted] [\typefaceencoding-uncb8a-slanted-167] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [Schoolbook-Roman-Caps] [\typefaceencoding-uncr8a-capitalized-800] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] +\stoptypescript + % Utopia (Adobe) \starttypescript [serif] [utopia] [ec,texnansi] @@ -1150,7 +1163,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-AltDemiItalic] [lbmdo] \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Arrows-Demi] [lbmad] \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Extension] [lbme] - \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Demibold] [lbmd] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-DemiBold] [lbmd] \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-DemiItalic] [lbmdi] \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Symbol-Demi] [lbmsd] \stoptypescript diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-exa.tex b/tex/context/base/type-exa.tex index 0e0455605..46d1811cc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-exa.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-exa.tex @@ -13,126 +13,180 @@ %D A couple of goodies: -\starttypescript [modern] [ec,il2,pl0,default] +\starttypescript [modern] [texnansi,ec,il2,pl0,default] -\definetypeface [modern] [rm] [serif] [computer-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [modern] [ss] [sans] [computer-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [modern] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [modern] [mm] [math] [computer-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [rm] [serif] [latin-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [ss] [sans] [latin-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [tt] [mono] [latin-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [mm] [math] [latin-modern] [computer-modern] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [modern-base] [texnansi,ec,il2,pl0,default] + + \definetypeface [modern] [rm] [serif] [computer-modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [ss] [sans] [computer-modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modern] [mm] [math] [computer-modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [postscript] [texnansi,ec,8r] -\definetypeface [postscript] [rm] [serif] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [postscript] [mm] [math] [times] [default] -\definetypeface [postscript] [ss] [sans] [helvetica] [default] [rscale=.9,encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [postscript] [tt] [mono] [courier] [default] [rscale=1.1,encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [postscript] [rm] [serif] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [postscript] [mm] [math] [times] [default] + \definetypeface [postscript] [ss] [sans] [helvetica] [default] [rscale=.9,encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [postscript] [tt] [mono] [courier] [default] [rscale=1.1,encoding=\typescripttwo] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [times] [texnansi,ec,8r] -\definetypeface [times] [rm] [serif] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [times] [ss] [sans] [helvetica] [default] [rscale=.9,encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [times] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [default] [rscale=1.1] -\definetypeface [times] [mm] [math] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [times] [rm] [serif] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [times] [ss] [sans] [helvetica] [default] [rscale=.9,encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [times] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [default] [rscale=1.1] + \definetypeface [times] [mm] [math] [times] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + +% \usemathcollection[default] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [palatino] [texnansi,ec,8r] -\definetypeface [palatino] [rm] [serif] [palatino] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [palatino] [mm] [math] [palatino] [default] [encoding=default] -\definetypeface [palatino] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [default] [rscale=1.075,encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [palatino] [rm] [serif] [palatino] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [palatino] [mm] [math] [palatino] [default] [encoding=default] + \definetypeface [palatino] [tt] [mono] [computer-modern] [default] [rscale=1.075,encoding=\typescripttwo] + +% \usemathcollection[default] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [fourier] [ec] -\definetypeface [fourier] [rm] [serif] [fourier] [default] [encoding=ec] -\definetypeface [fourier] [mm] [math] [fourier] [default] [encoding=default] -\definetypeface [fourier] [tt] [mono] [latin-modern] [default] [rscale=1.070,encoding=ec] + \definetypeface [fourier] [rm] [serif] [fourier] [default] [encoding=ec] + \definetypeface [fourier] [mm] [math] [fourier] [default] [encoding=default] + \definetypeface [fourier] [tt] [mono] [latin-modern] [default] [rscale=1.070,encoding=ec] -\usemathcollection[fou] + \usemathcollection[fou] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [lucida,lucidabfm] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \definetypeface [lucida] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [lucida] [ss] [sans] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [lucida] [tt] [mono] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [lucida] [hw] [handwriting] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [lucida] [texnansi,ec,8r] -\definetypeface [lucida] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [lucida] [ss] [sans] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [lucida] [tt] [mono] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [lucida] [mm] [math] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] -\definetypeface [lucida] [hw] [handwriting] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [lucida] [mm] [math] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + +\stoptypescript -\usemathcollection[lbr] +\starttypescript [lucidaboldmath] [texnansi,ec,8r] + +\definetypeface [lucidaboldmath] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] % needed ? +\definetypeface [lucidaboldmath] [ss] [sans] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] % needed ? +\definetypeface [lucidaboldmath] [tt] [mono] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] % needed ? +\definetypeface [lucidaboldmath] [mm] [boldmath] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [lucidabfm,lucidaboldmath] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \definetypeface [lucida] [mm] [bfmath] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [lucidaboldmath] [mm] [bfmath] [lucida] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [lucida,lucidabfm,lucidaboldmath] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \usemathcollection[lbr] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [serif] [hanging] [pure] -\setupfontsynonym [Serif] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBold] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifItalic] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [Serif] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBold] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [handling=pure] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [sans] [hanging] [pure] -\setupfontsynonym [Sans] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBold] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SansSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SansItalic] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [Sans] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBold] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SansSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SansItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [handling=pure] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [mono] [hanging] [pure] -\setupfontsynonym [Mono] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBold] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoItalic] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [Mono] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBold] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoItalic] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [handling=pure] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [handling=pure] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [serif] [hanging] [thanh] -\setupfontsynonym [Serif] [handling=normal] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBold] [handling=bold] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [handling=slanted] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifItalic] [handling=italic] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] -\setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] + \setupfontsynonym [Serif] [handling=normal] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBold] [handling=bold] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [handling=slanted] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifItalic] [handling=italic] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] + \setupfontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [sans] [hanging] [thanh] -\setupfontsynonym [Sans] [handling=normal] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBold] [handling=bold] -\setupfontsynonym [SansSlanted] [handling=slanted] -\setupfontsynonym [SansItalic] [handling=italic] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] -\setupfontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] + \setupfontsynonym [Sans] [handling=normal] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBold] [handling=bold] + \setupfontsynonym [SansSlanted] [handling=slanted] + \setupfontsynonym [SansItalic] [handling=italic] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] + \setupfontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [mono] [hanging] [thanh] -\setupfontsynonym [Mono] [handling=normal] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBold] [handling=bold] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [handling=slanted] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoItalic] [handling=italic] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] -\setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] + \setupfontsynonym [Mono] [handling=normal] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBold] [handling=bold] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [handling=slanted] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoItalic] [handling=italic] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [handling=boldslanted] + \setupfontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [handling=bolditalic] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [serif] [simple] [name] + + \definefontsynonym [Simple] [cmvtt10] + \setupfontsynonym [Simple] [handling=pure] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [modernvariable] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \definetypeface [modernvariable] [rm] [serif] [simple] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modernvariable] [ss] [sans] [modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modernvariable] [tt] [mono] [modern] [default] [encoding=\typescripttwo] + \definetypeface [modernvariable] [mm] [math] [modern] [default] \stoptypescript diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-fsf.tex b/tex/context/base/type-fsf.tex index f71fd77ad..4e5a1be9b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-fsf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-fsf.tex @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ \starttypescript [serif] [garamond] [texnansi,ec,8r] - \loadmapfile[\typefaceencoding-fontsite-opus.map] + \loadmapfile[\typefaceencoding-fontsite-garamond.map] \definefontsynonym [FSGaramond] [\typefaceencoding-garamond] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] \definefontsynonym [FSGaramondSmCaps] [\typefaceencoding-garasc] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ \stoptypescript -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-ghz.tex b/tex/context/base/type-ghz.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56e39318e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/type-ghz.tex @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +% run texfont from currentpath with the fonts on subpath fontsite/500 + +% texfont --en=texnansi --ve=linotype --co=optima type-ghz.dat +% texfont --en=texnansi --ve=linotype --co=optima-nova type-ghz.dat +% texfont --en=texnansi --ve=linotype --co=palatino type-ghz.dat + +% optima + +\starttypescript [sans] [optima] [name] + + \definefontsynonym [Sans] [OptimaLT] + \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [OptimaLT-Italic] + \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [OptimaLT-Bold] + \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [OptimaLT-BoldItalic] + + \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [SansItalic] + \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [SansBoldItalic] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [sans] [optima,optima-nova] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \loadmapfile[\typefaceencoding-linotype-optima.map] + + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT] [\typefaceencoding-lte50019] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-Italic] [\typefaceencoding-lte52401] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-Bold] [\typefaceencoding-lte50021] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-BoldItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte54379] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-Medium] [\typefaceencoding-lte53505] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-MediumItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte53506] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-DemiBold] [\typefaceencoding-lte53507] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-DemiBoldItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte53508] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-Black] [\typefaceencoding-lte53509] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-BlackItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte53510] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-ExtraBlack] [\typefaceencoding-lte53511] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaLT-ExtraBlackItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte53512] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + +\stoptypescript + +% optima nova + +\starttypescript [sans] [optima-nova] [name] + + \definefontsynonym [Sans] [OptimaNovaLT-Regular] + \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [OptimaNovaLT-Italic] + \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [OptimaLT-Bold] + \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [OptimaLT-BoldItalic] + + \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [SansItalic] + \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [SansBoldItalic] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [sans] [optima-nova] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \loadmapfile[\typefaceencoding-linotype-optima-nova.map] + + \definefontsynonym [OptimaNovaLT-Regular] [\typefaceencoding-lt55483] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym [OptimaNovaLT-Italic] [\typefaceencoding-lt55486] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + +\stoptypescript + +% palatino + +\starttypescript [serif] [palatino] [name] + + \definefontsynonym [Serif] [PalatinoLT-Roman] + \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [PalatinoLT-Italic] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [PalatinoLT-Bold] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [PalatinoLT-BoldItalic] + + \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [SerifItalic] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [SerifBoldItalic] + + \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [Palatino-SC] + +\stoptypescript + +\starttypescript [serif] [palatino] [texnansi,ec,8r] + + \loadmapfile[\typefaceencoding-linotype-palatino.map] + + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Roman] [\typefaceencoding-lte50001] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Italic] [\typefaceencoding-lte50002] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Bold] [\typefaceencoding-lte50003] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-BoldItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte50004] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Light] [\typefaceencoding-lte52168] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-LightItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte52169] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Medium] [\typefaceencoding-lte52170] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-MediumItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte52171] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-Black] [\typefaceencoding-lte52172] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[PalatinoLT-BlackItalic] [\typefaceencoding-lte52173] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[Palatino-BoldItalicOsF] [\typefaceencoding-pobio] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[Palatino-BoldOsF] [\typefaceencoding-pobos] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + \definefontsynonym[Palatino-ItalicOsF] [\typefaceencoding-poios] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + + \definefontsynonym[Palatino-SC] [\typefaceencoding-posc] [encoding=\typefaceencoding] + +\stoptypescript + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/type-ini.tex index effbf2f53..d2ef37410 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-ini.tex @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ \let\@@typescripttwo \empty \let\typescripttwo \empty \let\@@typescriptthree\empty \let\typescriptthree\empty -\unexpanded\def\usetypescript% +\unexpanded\def\usetypescript {\dotripleempty\dousetypescript} \def\dousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]% @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ {\pushmacro\@@typescriptone \edef\@@typescriptone {\truetypescript{#1}}% \pushmacro\@@typescripttwo \edef\@@typescripttwo {\truetypescript{#2}}% \pushmacro\@@typescriptthree\edef\@@typescriptthree{\truetypescript{#3}}% - \pushmacro\typescriptone - \pushmacro\typescripttwo + \pushmacro\typescriptone + \pushmacro\typescripttwo \pushmacro\typescriptthree \pushmacro\stoptypescript \typescriptfoundfalse - \writestatus\m!fonts + \writestatus\m!fonts {[\@@typescriptone] [\@@typescripttwo] [\@@typescriptthree]}% \processcommacommand[\typescriptfiles]\dododousetypescript \firsttypescriptpassfalse % testen @@ -84,12 +84,12 @@ \def\dousetypescriptonce[#1][#2][#3]% {\doifelseflagged{ts:#1:#2:#3}% {\writestatus\m!fonts{once (#1) (#2) (#3)}} - {\setflag{ts:#1:#2:#3}% - \expanded{\dodousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]}}} + {\setflag{ts:#1:#2:#3}% + \expanded{\dodousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]}}} % \definetypescriptsynonym[lbr][cmr] -\def\definetypescriptsynonym% +\def\definetypescriptsynonym {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetypescriptsynonym} \def\dodefinetypescriptsynonym[#1][#2]% @@ -127,22 +127,22 @@ \prependtoks\firsttypescriptpasstrue\to\everyjob -% \def\dochecktypescript#1#2#3% script use value +% \def\dochecktypescript#1#2#3% script use value % {\donefalse % \doifelsenothing{#1}\donetrue % {\doifelse{#2}{all}\donetrue % {\doifelse{#1}{all}\donetrue % {\fullexpandtwoargsafter\doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}\donetrue\donefalse % \ifdone\let#3\commalistelement\fi}}}} -% +% % \def\starttypescript% % {\dotripleempty\dostarttypescript} % % \long\def\dostarttypescript[#1][#2][#3]#4\stoptypescript % {\iffirstargument -% \let\typescriptone \@@typescriptone -% \let\typescripttwo \@@typescripttwo -% \let\typescriptthree\@@typescriptthree +% \let\typescriptone \@@typescriptone +% \let\typescripttwo \@@typescripttwo +% \let\typescriptthree\@@typescriptthree % \dochecktypescript{#1}\@@typescriptone \typescriptone \ifdone % \dochecktypescript{#2}\@@typescripttwo \typescripttwo \ifdone % \dochecktypescript{#3}\@@typescriptthree\typescriptthree \ifdone @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ % [\@@typescripttwo =#2 (\typescripttwo)] % [\@@typescriptthree=#3 (\typescriptthree)]}% % #4\typescriptfoundtrue -% \fi\fi\fi +% \fi\fi\fi % \else\iffirsttypescriptpass % \pushmacro\fontclass % #4% @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ \else \let\next\dostarttypescriptC \fi - \iftracetypescripts + \iftracetypescripts \writestatus\m!fonts{\ifdone match\else pass\fi ed}% \fi \else\iffirsttypescriptpass @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ % 2 reported % 3 preloaded -% flags ipv \c!status, more flag values +% flags ipv \c!status, more flag values % \def\preloadmapfile[#1]% % {\def\docommando##1% @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ % \doglobal\removefromcommalist{##1}\allfontmapsfiles} % {\expanded{\docommando{##1.\f!fontmapextension}}}}% % \expanded{\processcommalist[#1]}\docommando} -% +% % \def\loadmapfile[#1]% last add first % {\def\docommando##1% % {\doifinstringelse{.}{##1} @@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ \def\loadallfontmapfiles {%\message{[\allfontmapsfiles]}% \ifx\allfontmapsfiles\empty \else - \ifautoloadmapfiles + \ifautoloadmapfiles \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \ifx\pdfmapfile\undefined \else \processcommacommand[\allfontmapsfiles]\doloadfontmapfile \forgetmapfiles - \fi \fi + \fi \fi \else \processcommacommand[\allfontmapsfiles]\doreportfontmapfile \forgetmapfiles @@ -358,6 +358,11 @@ \forgetmapfiles +\def\disablemapfiles + {\ifcase\pdfoutput \else \ifx\pdfmapfile\undefined \else + \pdfmapfile{}% this will (kind of reset) the map file loading + \fi \fi} + % \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm] % \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm] [#3:...] % \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm] [#3:serif] [#4:lucida] [#5:size] [#6:...] @@ -380,7 +385,7 @@ {\dododefinetypeface[#1][#2] \iffifthargument % sixth is optional % \getparameters[\??ts][rscale=1,\s!encoding=\defaultencoding,#6] - % we need to expand since in #6 there can be a \typescripttwo + % we need to expand since in #6 there can be a \typescripttwo \expanded{\getparameters[\??ts][\s!rscale=1,\s!encoding=\defaultencoding,#6]}% % toch niet \expanded{\getparameters[\??ts][\s!rscale=1,\s!encoding=\s!default,#6]}% \pushmacro\relativefontsize @@ -389,7 +394,7 @@ \let\relativefontsize\@@tsrscale \let\typefaceencoding\@@tsencoding \setcurrentfontclass{#1} - \saverelativefontsize{#2}{\relativefontsize}% fall back + \saverelativefontsize{#2}{\relativefontsize}% fall back %\writestatus{typeface}{[#1] [#2] [#3] [#4]} \writestatus\m!fonts{[#1] [#2] [#3] [#4]} \usetypescript[map][\typefaceencoding] @@ -429,9 +434,9 @@ {#1[\getvalue{\??tf\fontclass\s!default}]} {#1[\c!rm]}% \fi \fi - \ifmmode\mr\else\tf\fi} % needed ? + \ifmmode\mr\else\tf\fi} % needed ? -\def\usetypefile[#1]% recurses on path ! +\def\usetypefile[#1]% recurses on path ! {\readfile{\f!typeprefix#1}{}{}}% \relax\relax} %D For backward compatibility we reimplement the font file @@ -468,4 +473,4 @@ % \usetypescript [berry] [ec] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-map.tex b/tex/context/base/type-map.tex index e6c3320f5..ca23fc788 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-map.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-map.tex @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ \loadmapfile[8r-urw-palatino.map] \loadmapfile[8r-urw-times.map] \loadmapfile[8r-urw-zapfchan.map] + \loadmapfile[8r-urw-ncntrsbk.map] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [map] [ec] @@ -66,6 +67,7 @@ \loadmapfile[ec-urw-palatino.map] \loadmapfile[ec-urw-times.map] \loadmapfile[ec-urw-zapfchan.map] + \loadmapfile[ec-urw-ncntrsbk.map] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [map] [texnansi] @@ -79,6 +81,7 @@ \loadmapfile[texnansi-urw-palatino.map] \loadmapfile[texnansi-urw-times.map] \loadmapfile[texnansi-urw-zapfchan.map] + \loadmapfile[texnansi-urw-ncntrsbk.map] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [map] [ec,texnansi,8r] diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-pre.tex b/tex/context/base/type-pre.tex index 3a4ad7af4..7f903f972 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-pre.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-pre.tex @@ -84,6 +84,8 @@ \usemathcollection[default] +\stoptypescript + \starttypescript [lh-t2b] \usetypescript [serif,sans,mono,math] [computer-modern] [default,name,size,t2b] diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-siz.tex b/tex/context/base/type-siz.tex index 4a69acc2a..9dff7caba 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-siz.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-siz.tex @@ -668,4 +668,4 @@ \stoptypescript -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-spe.tex b/tex/context/base/type-spe.tex index df663d8ae..51fc51b4a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-spe.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-spe.tex @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ \stoptypescript \starttypescript [math] [ams] [special] - \usemathcollection[ams] + \usemathcollection[default] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [math] [times] [special] - \usemathcollection[ams] + \usemathcollection[default] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [math] [palatino] [special] - \usemathcollection[ams] + \usemathcollection[default] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [math] [fourier] [special] diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-syn.tex b/tex/context/base/type-syn.tex index dcbf912d0..ca05e6827 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/type-syn.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/type-syn.tex @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ % Computer Modern Roman : Donald Knuth -\starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern] [name] +\starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern,latin-modern] [name] \definefontsynonym [Serif] [ComputerModern] \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [ComputerModern-Bold] \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [ComputerModern-Italic] @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [ComputerModern-Caps] \stoptypescript -\starttypescript [sans] [computer-modern] [name] +\starttypescript [sans] [computer-modern,latin-modern] [name] \definefontsynonym [Sans] [ComputerModernSans] \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [ComputerModernSans-Bold] \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [ComputerModernSans-Italic] @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [SansCaps] [ComputerModernSans-Caps] \stoptypescript -\starttypescript [mono] [computer-modern] [name] +\starttypescript [mono] [computer-modern,latin-modern] [name] \definefontsynonym [Mono] [ComputerModernMono] \definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [ComputerModernMono-Bold] \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [ComputerModernMono-Italic] @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [ComputerModernMono-Caps] \stoptypescript -\starttypescript [math] [computer-modern] [name] +\starttypescript [math] [computer-modern,latin-modern] [name] \definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [ComputerModernMath-Roman] \definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [ComputerModernMath-Extension] \definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [ComputerModernMath-Italic] \definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [ComputerModernMath-Symbol] \stoptypescript -\starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern-vari] [name] +\starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern-vari,latin-modern-vari] [name] \definefontsynonym [Serif] [ComputerModernMono-Variable] \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [Serif] \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [Serif] @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ % This will change some day. -\starttypescript [math] [computer-modern] [name] +\starttypescript [math] [computer-modern,latin-modern] [name] \definefontsynonym [OldStyle] [MathItalic] \definefontsynonym [Fraktur] [eufm10] \definefontsynonym [Blackboard] [msbm10] @@ -153,12 +153,20 @@ \definefontsynonym [MathBeta] [LucidaNewMath-Roman] \stoptypescript + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-AltDemiItalic] [lbmdo] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Arrows-Demi] [lbmad] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Extension] [lbme] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Demibold] [lbmd] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-DemiItalic] [lbmdi] + \definefontsynonym [LucidaNewMath-Symbol-Demi] [lbmsd] + \starttypescript [boldmath] [lucida] [name] - \definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [LucidaNewMath-Demibold] + \definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [LucidaBright-Demi] \definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [LucidaNewMath-Extension] \definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [LucidaNewMath-AltDemiItalic] \definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [LucidaNewMath-Symbol-Demi] \definefontsynonym [MathAlpha] [LucidaNewMath-Arrows-Demi] + \definefontsynonym [MathBeta] [LucidaNewMath-DemiBold] \stoptypescript \starttypescript [bfmath] [lucida] [name] @@ -167,6 +175,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [MathItalicBold] [LucidaNewMath-AltDemiItalic] \definefontsynonym [MathSymbolBold] [LucidaNewMath-Symbol-Demi] \definefontsynonym [MathAlphaBold] [LucidaNewMath-Arrows-Demi] + \definefontsynonym [MathBetaBold] [LucidaNewMath-DemiBold] % ?? \stoptypescript \starttypescript [handwriting] [lucida] [name] @@ -260,6 +269,18 @@ \definefontsynonym [Calligraphy] [Chancery] \stoptypescript +% schoolbook : + +\starttypescript [serif] [schoolbook] [name] + \definefontsynonym [Serif] [Schoolbook-Roman] + \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [Schoolbook-Italic] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [Schoolbook-Bold] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [Schoolbook-BoldItalic] + \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [Schoolbook-RomanSlanted] + \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [Schoolbook-BoldSlanted] + \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [Schoolbook-Roman-Caps] +\stoptypescript + % Utopia : Adobe \starttypescript [serif] [utopia] [name] diff --git a/tex/context/base/unic-000.tex b/tex/context/base/unic-000.tex index eba4a33c1..329dc4e6c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/unic-000.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/unic-000.tex @@ -8,47 +8,47 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect -\startunicodevector 0 +\startunicodevector 0 \ifcase\numexpr(#1-159) - \@@unknownchar\or + \@@unknownchar\or \@@unknownchar\or % NO-BREAK SPACE - exclamdown\or - textcent\or - textsterling\or - textcurrency\or - textyen\or - textbrokenbar\or - sectionmark\or - textdiaeresis\or - copyright\or - \@@unknownchar\or % FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR + exclamdown\or + textcent\or + textsterling\or + textcurrency\or + textyen\or + textbrokenbar\or + sectionmark\or + textdiaeresis\or + copyright\or + ordfeminine\or % FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR \@@unknownchar\or % LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK - textlognot\or - softhyphen\or - registered\or - textmacron\or + textlognot\or + softhyphen\or + registered\or + textmacron\or textdegree\or - textpm\or + textpm\or \@@unknownchar\or % SUPERSCRIPT TWO \@@unknownchar\or % SUPERSCRIPT THREE - textacute\or + textacute\or \@@unknownchar\or % MICRO SIGN \@@unknownchar\or % PILCROW SIGN \@@unknownchar\or % MIDDLE DOT - textcedilla\or + textcedilla\or \@@unknownchar\or % SUPERSCRIPT ONE - \@@unknownchar\or % MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR + ordmasculine\or % MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR \@@unknownchar\or % RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK \@@unknownchar\or % VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER \@@unknownchar\or % VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF \@@unknownchar\or % VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS questiondown\or - Agrave\or + Agrave\or Aacute\or Acircumflex\or Atilde\or @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Iacute\or Icircumflex\or Idiaeresis\or - \@@unknownchar\or % Eth\or + \@@unknownchar\or % Eth\or Ntilde\or Ograve\or Oacute\or @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ iacute\or icircumflex\or idiaeresis\or - \@@unknownchar\or % eth\or + \@@unknownchar\or % eth\or ntilde\or ograve\or oacute\or @@ -112,48 +112,48 @@ yacute\or thorn\or ydiaeresis\else - \@@unknownchar + \@@unknownchar \fi \stopunicodevector -% 20\% faster: +% 20\% faster: -\startunicodevector 0 +\startunicodevector 0 \expandafter\strippedcsname - \ifcase\numexpr(#1-159)!\@@unknownchar\or + \ifcase\numexpr(#1-159)!\@@unknownchar\or \unknownchar \or % NO-BREAK SPACE - \exclamdown \or - \textcent \or - \textsterling \or - \textcurrency \or - \textyen \or - \textbrokenbar \or - \sectionmark \or - \textdiaeresis \or - \copyright \or - \unknownchar \or % FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR + \exclamdown \or + \textcent \or + \textsterling \or + \textcurrency \or + \textyen \or + \textbrokenbar \or + \sectionmark \or + \textdiaeresis \or + \copyright \or + \ordfeminine \or % FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR \unknownchar \or % LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK - \textlognot \or - \softhyphen \or - \registered \or - \textmacron \or + \textlognot \or + \softhyphen \or + \registered \or + \textmacron \or \textdegree \or - \textpm \or + \textpm \or \unknownchar \or % SUPERSCRIPT TWO \unknownchar \or % SUPERSCRIPT THREE - \textacute \or + \textacute \or \unknownchar \or % MICRO SIGN \unknownchar \or % PILCROW SIGN \unknownchar \or % MIDDLE DOT - \textcedilla \or + \textcedilla \or \unknownchar \or % SUPERSCRIPT ONE - \unknownchar \or % MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR + \ordmasculine \or % MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR \unknownchar \or % RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK \unknownchar \or % VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER \unknownchar \or % VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF \unknownchar \or % VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS \questiondown \or - \Agrave \or + \Agrave \or \Aacute \or \Acircumflex \or \Atilde \or @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ \Iacute \or \Icircumflex \or \Idiaeresis \or - \unknownchar \or % \Eth \or + \unknownchar \or % \Eth \or \Ntilde \or \Ograve \or \Oacute \or @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ \iacute \or \icircumflex \or \idiaeresis \or - \unknownchar \or % \eth \or + \unknownchar \or % \eth \or \ntilde \or \ograve \or \oacute \or @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ \yacute \or \thorn \or \ydiaeresis \else - \unknownchar + \unknownchar \fi \stopunicodevector -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/unic-001.tex b/tex/context/base/unic-001.tex index 189e57f21..d91dfe673 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/unic-001.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/unic-001.tex @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ \fi \stopunicodevector -%D Faster, watch how we avoid zero and \TEX's -%D automatically added \type {\relax}. +%D Faster, watch how we avoid zero and \TEX's +%D automatically added \type {\relax}. \startunicodevector 1 \expandafter\strippedcsname @@ -284,4 +284,4 @@ \fi \stopunicodevector -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/unic-002.tex b/tex/context/base/unic-002.tex index 1f9065ec6..5790fa76a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/unic-002.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/unic-002.tex @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -\unprotect +\unprotect \startunicodevector 2 \ifcase\numexpr(#1-198) @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ \fi\fi \stopunicodevector -% ugly but faster +% ugly but faster \startunicodevector 2 \ifcase\numexpr(#1-198) @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ \fi\fi \stopunicodevector -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/unic-exp.tex b/tex/context/base/unic-exp.tex index 0c5451ca1..1f60cb99c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/unic-exp.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/unic-exp.tex @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context UNICODE Macros (expansion)} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {expandunivector} -%D -%D The \type {\expandunivector} macro can be used to expand -%D vectors, which leads to a faster run in case of documents -%D with lots of \UTF-8 code. +%D +%D The \type {\expandunivector} macro can be used to expand +%D vectors, which leads to a faster run in case of documents +%D with lots of \UTF-8 code. -\unprotect +\unprotect \def\expandunivector[#1]% {\processcommalist[#1]\doexpandunivector} @@ -33,9 +33,11 @@ \dorecurse{255} {\@EA\ifx\csname\csname\@@univector#1\endcsname\recurselevel\endcsname \unknownchar - % skip + % skip \else - \@EAEAEA\let\@EA\@EA\csname\@@univector\@@univector#1:\recurselevel\endcsname + % \@EAEAEA\let\@EA\@EA\csname\@@univector\@@univector#1:\recurselevel\endcsname + % \csname\csname\@@univector#1\endcsname\recurselevel\endcsname + \@EA\let\csname\@@univector\@@univector#1:\recurselevel\@EA\endcsname \csname\csname\@@univector#1\endcsname\recurselevel\endcsname \fi}% \letbeundefined{\@@univector#1}% @@ -49,7 +51,7 @@ \@@unknownchar \fi} -%D For this purpose, we need to redefine the resolver. +%D For this purpose, we need to redefine the resolver. \def\doutfunihash#1#2% {\ifcsname\@@univector\@@univector\number#1\endcsname @@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ \else\ifcsname\@@univector\number#1\endcsname \csname\@@univector#1\endcsname{\utfmod{#2}}% \else - \@@unknownchar + \@@unknownchar \fi\fi} \let\utfunihash\utfunihashglyph @@ -66,4 +68,4 @@ \expandunivector[0,1,2,32,33] -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/unic-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/unic-ini.tex index 77e8fb5c1..a12ab1590 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/unic-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/unic-ini.tex @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ %D \NC262144(b_1-240)\NC+\NC4096(b_2-128)\NC+\NC64(b_3-128)\NC+\NC(b_4-128)\NC if 240<=b1<=247\NC \NR %D \stoptabulatie %D -%D A lot of information abou tunicode can be found on the -%D web (search for Markus Kuhn and unicode and you'll -%D probably end up at the right place). +%D A lot of information abou tunicode can be found on the +%D web (search for Markus Kuhn and unicode and you'll +%D probably end up at the right place). %D In \ETEX\ vocabulary such a conversion looks as follows. %D We need the \type {`} in order to turn a character into a @@ -222,50 +222,50 @@ %D {utfunicodetracer} %D %D By default, the converter produces a character representation, -%D but for tracing purposes, you can set a trace option. +%D but for tracing purposes, you can set a trace option. \chardef\utfunicodetracer=0 %D \def\TraceUnic#1% -%D {\chardef\utfunicodetracer#1\relax\enableregime[utf]Ű} -%D +%D {\chardef\utfunicodetracer#1\relax\enableregime[utf]Ű} +%D %D \starttabulatie[|c|c|c|c|c|c|] %D \NC option \NC number\NC mapping\NC glyph\NC string\NC example \NC \NR %D \NC 0 \NC \NC \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic0\NC \NR -%D \NC 1 \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic1\NC \NR -%D \NC 2 \NC \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic2\NC \NR -%D \NC 3 \NC \star \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic3\NC \NR -%D \NC 4 \NC \star \NC \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic4\NC \NR +%D \NC 1 \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic1\NC \NR +%D \NC 2 \NC \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic2\NC \NR +%D \NC 3 \NC \star \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic3\NC \NR +%D \NC 4 \NC \star \NC \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic4\NC \NR %D \NC 5 \NC \NC \star \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic5\NC \NR -%D \NC 6 \NC \star \NC \star \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic6\NC \NR -%D \NC 7 \NC \NC \NC \NC \star \NC \TraceUnic7\NC \NR -%D \NC 8 \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic8\NC \NR +%D \NC 6 \NC \star \NC \star \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic6\NC \NR +%D \NC 7 \NC \NC \NC \NC \star \NC \TraceUnic7\NC \NR +%D \NC 8 \NC \star \NC \NC \NC \NC \TraceUnic8\NC \NR %D \NC otherwise\NC \NC \NC \star\NC \NC \TraceUnic9\NC \NR %D \stoptabulatie %D \macros %D {unicodechar} %D -%D Next we implement the character handler: +%D Next we implement the character handler: \def\unicodechar - {\ifcase\utfunicodetracer - \expandafter\utfunihash \or - \expandafter\utfunichar \or - \expandafter\utfunisplit \or - \expandafter\utfuniboth \or - \expandafter\utfunihashchar \or - \expandafter\utfunihashsplit \or - \expandafter\utfunihashboth \or + {\ifcase\utfunicodetracer + \expandafter\utfunihash \or + \expandafter\utfunichar \or + \expandafter\utfunisplit \or + \expandafter\utfuniboth \or + \expandafter\utfunihashchar \or + \expandafter\utfunihashsplit \or + \expandafter\utfunihashboth \or \@EA\string\@EA\unicodechar \or \expandafter\utfunientity \else - \expandafter\utfunihash + \expandafter\utfunihash \fi} %D \macros %D {unicodehexnumber} %D -%D A few auxiliary macros, producing the range||char pair: +%D A few auxiliary macros, producing the range||char pair: \def\unicodepair#1% {\utfdiv{#1}:\utfmod{#1}} @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ % \expanded{\uchexnumbers{\utfmod{#1}}}} \def\unicodehexnumber#1% - {\ifnum#1>\maxcard + {\ifnum#1>\maxcard \expanded{\uchexnumbers{\utfvid{#1}}}% \expanded{\uchexnumbers{\utfdiv{\utfdiv{#1}}}}% \else @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ %D The following macros visualize the unicode character. The %D \type {\relax} in front of the \type {-} prevents lookahead %D problems; somehow \type {\numexpr} cannot look beyond this -%D sign, and expects a number. +%D sign, and expects a number. \def\utfunichar #1% {{\tttf U\low{\unicodenumber{#1}}}} @@ -303,62 +303,62 @@ \def\utfunientity #1% {{\tttf\&\#\unicodehexnumber{#1};}} -%D The character itself is accessed and typeset by: +%D The character itself is accessed and typeset by: %D -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\utfunihash#1% %D {\executeifdefined{\@@univector\utfdiv{#1}}% %D \gobbleoneargument{\utfmod{#1}}} -%D \stoptypen -%D +%D \stoptypen +%D %D Again, we can provide a faster alternative, because inside %D the conditional executer, the argument is expanded twice, -%D and therefore the calculation done once more than needed. -%D So, we make sure that the argument is expansion on -%D forehand. Just to remind you: \type {#1} is the \UNICODE\ -%D number. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D and therefore the calculation done once more than needed. +%D So, we make sure that the argument is expansion on +%D forehand. Just to remind you: \type {#1} is the \UNICODE\ +%D number. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\utfunihash#1% %D {\@EA\executeifdefined\@EA{\@EA\@@univector\number\utfdiv{#1}}% %D {\unknownchar\gobbleoneargument}{\utfmod{#1}}} -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D In order to save calculation time, I decided to change -%D this definition into: +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In order to save calculation time, I decided to change +%D this definition into: -%D \starttypen +%D \starttypen %D \def\utfunihash#1% %D {\@EA\doutfunihash\@EA{\number\utfdiv{#1}}{#1}} -%D +%D %D \def\doutfunihash#1#2% %D {\ifcsname\@@univector\number#1\endcsname %D \csname\csname\@@univector#1\endcsname{\utfmod{#2}}\endcsname %D \else -%D \unknownchar +%D \unknownchar %D \fi} -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen %D -%D Or leaner and meaner: -%D -%D \starttypen +%D Or leaner and meaner: +%D +%D \starttypen %D \def\doutfunihash#1#2% %D {\csname %D \ifcsname\@@univector\number#1\endcsname %D \csname\@@univector#1\endcsname{\utfmod{#2}}% %D \else -%D \@@unknownchar +%D \@@unknownchar %D \fi %D \endcsname} -%D \stoptypen -%D +%D \stoptypen +%D %D And finaly it became: \def\doutfunihash#1#2% {\ifcsname\@@univector\number#1\endcsname \csname\@@univector#1\endcsname{\utfmod{#2}}% \else - \@@unknownchar + \@@unknownchar \fi} \def\utfunihashglyph#1% @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ \def\utfunihashcommand {\@EAEAEA\string\utfunihashglyph} -%D For practical purposes, we handle the normal \ASCII\ +%D For practical purposes, we handle the normal \ASCII\ %D characters here: \def\utfunihashglyph#1% @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ \let\unicodeasciicharacter\rawcharacter -%D Now we can say: +%D Now we can say: \let\utfunihash\utfunihashglyph @@ -397,17 +397,17 @@ \def\utfunihashboth #1% {\utfunihash{#1}\low{\infofont\unicodenumber{#1\relax}->\unicodepair{#1}}} -%D Unknown characters get a placeholder. +%D Unknown characters get a placeholder. -\unexpanded\def\unknownchar % {} prevents problems with arguments +\unexpanded\def\unknownchar % {} prevents problems with arguments {{\hbox{\vrule\!!width.5em\!!height1ex\!!depth\zeropoint}}} -%D So far for the conversion macros. The optimizations we -%D did, brought down the runtime some 50\%, which, given that -%D the majority of characters will be normal \ASCII\ -%D characters, the penalty of conversion is not that large. +%D So far for the conversion macros. The optimizations we +%D did, brought down the runtime some 50\%, which, given that +%D the majority of characters will be normal \ASCII\ +%D characters, the penalty of conversion is not that large. -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {useunicodevector} %D %D Since we end up with many encodings, it starts making @@ -426,33 +426,43 @@ %D \macros %D {startunicodevector} -%D +%D %D A vector roughly looks as follows. By putting the text %D inside the name constructor, we prevent problems with -%D partial expansion in macros and special cases. -%D -%D \starttypen +%D partial expansion in macros and special cases. +%D +%D \starttypen %D \startunicodevector 0 -%D \ifcase\numexpr(#1-159)\or +%D \ifcase\numexpr(#1-159)\or %D \@@unknownchar\or % NO-BREAK SPACE -%D exclamdown\or -%D textcent\or +%D exclamdown\or +%D textcent\or %D ....\else %D \@@unknowncharacter %D \fi %D \stopunicodevector -%D \stoptypen -%D +%D \stoptypen +%D %D In vector \type {unix-000} you will find another %D optimizations. By using as less tokens as possible, we limit %D the time skipping branches in the test, and save upto 20\% -%D runtime. +%D runtime. \def\startunicodevector #1 #2\stopunicodevector {\setgvalue{\@@univector#1}##1{#2}} -%D Here we provide another auxiliary macro: -%D +%D We define (as a practical example) the utf signal FEFF: + +\ifx\zwnbsp\undefined + \let\zwnbsp\relax % zerowidthnonbreakablespace +\fi + +\startunicodevector 254 + \expandafter\strippedcsname\ifnum#1<255\unknownchar\else\zwnbsp\fi +\stopunicodevector + +%D Here we provide another auxiliary macro: +%D %D \startbuffer %D \unicodeinfoline{196}{Ä}{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS} %D \unicodeinfoline{197}{Å}{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE} @@ -461,9 +471,9 @@ %D \unicodeinfoline{200}{È}{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE} %D \unicodeinfoline{201}{É}{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE} %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \start \enableregime[utf]\getbuffer \stop \def\unicodeinfoline#1#2#3% @@ -472,19 +482,19 @@ {\hbox to 4em{\tttf\unicodehexnumber{#1}\hss}\quad \hbox to 1em{#2\hss}\quad \hbox to 9em{\tttf\unicodenumber{#1\relax}->\unicodepair{#1}\hss}\quad - \hbox to 9em{\tttf\let\utfunihash\utfunihashcommand#2\hss}\quad % tricky + \hbox to 9em{\tttf\let\utfunihash\utfunihashcommand#2\hss}\quad % tricky \lowercase {\tttf#3}}\par \fi} -%D The next code permits utf code in hyperlinks: +%D The next code permits utf code in hyperlinks: \def\cleanunicodechar#1{.#1.} \appendtoks \let\unicodechar\cleanunicodechar \to \everycleanupfeatures -%D We will now hook this mechanism in the existing font -%D handler. More documentation will follow. Probably, some -%D features in \type {font-uni.tex} will be generalized +%D We will now hook this mechanism in the existing font +%D handler. More documentation will follow. Probably, some +%D features in \type {font-uni.tex} will be generalized %D and moved here. \def\unidiv{0} \def\unimod{0} @@ -498,11 +508,11 @@ \char\unimod % \unicodeascii\unimod \else\ifcsname\@@univector\unidiv\endcsname \csname\doutfunihash{\unidiv}{#1}\endcsname - \else % so, these can be different fonts ! - \unicodeglyph\unidiv\unimod % no \uchar (yet) + \else % so, these can be different fonts ! + \unicodeglyph\unidiv\unimod % no \uchar (yet) \fi\fi} -\chardef\utfunicommandmode=0 % 1 = hex +\chardef\utfunicommandmode=0 % 1 = hex \def\unicodecommandchar#1#2% {\string\char @@ -517,14 +527,14 @@ \unicodecommandchar\unidiv\unimod \else\ifcsname\@@univector\unidiv\endcsname \@EA\string\csname\doutfunihash{\unidiv}{#1}\endcsname - \else + \else \unicodecommandchar\unidiv\unimod \fi\fi} \def\utfunihash {\ifcase\utfunihashmode - \@EA\utfunihashglyph - \else + \@EA\utfunihashglyph + \else \@EA\utfunifontglyph \fi} @@ -535,7 +545,7 @@ {\ifcase\utfunihashmode % \@EA\@EAEAEA\@EA\string\@EA\utfunihashglyph \@EA\utfunihushcommand - \else + \else \@EA\utfunifontcommand \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/x-contml.tex b/tex/context/base/x-contml.tex index a9adae2bd..328e1a4f0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/x-contml.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/x-contml.tex @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -% interface=en +% interface=en %M \usemodule [contml] \autoXMLnamespace [context] %M \definefilesynonym [context] [x-contml.xsd] %D \module %D [ file=x-contml, -%D version=mid 2001, +%D version=mid 2001, %D title=\CONTEXT\ XML Support, -%D subtitle=Basic \CONTEXT\ commands, +%D subtitle=Basic \CONTEXT\ commands, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -% This module provides some basic \XML\ elements. These definitions -% are highly experimental and serve as a playground for interface +% This module provides some basic \XML\ elements. These definitions +% are highly experimental and serve as a playground for interface % development. \unprotect %D \elements {include} -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D You can include another file in the current document with the %D <element>include</element> element. When including the file, &context; @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ %D %D \showelements [context] [compound] -\let\normalcompound=| +\ifx\normalcompound\undefined \let\normalcompound=| \fi % \defineXMLsingular [context:compound] [token=] % {\expanded{\normalcompound\XMLop{token}}|} @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ %D \elements {pageref,textref,lineref} %D %D \startbuffer -%D You can ask for a page (<pageref label="lastpage">the last pagenumber +%D You can ask for a page (<pageref label="lastpage">the last pagenumber %D is</pageref> aka page <pageref label="lastpage"/>), text or line reference -%D with the following three elements. The label may be any valid &context; -%D reference label. +%D with the following three elements. The label may be any valid &context; +%D reference label. %D \stopbuffer %D %D \showelements [context] [references] @@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ %D \elements {verbatim,typing,line,verb,type} %D %D \startbuffer -%D Although the following method can be used to typeset a piece of code +%D Although the following method can be used to typeset a piece of code %D verbatim -%D +%D %D <![CDATA[ %D Dit \is nogal verbatim ! %D Dit is {nogal} verbatim ! @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ %D \stopbuffer %D %D The element to tag in<compound/>line verbatim is <type><verb></type>. -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [verbatim] \defineXMLenvironment [context:verbatim] @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ %D \elements {itemize,item} %D %D \startbuffer -%D Itemized lists are quite common in documents, al least in the ones that -%D we produce. For the moment we only provide a few options, later we will -%D hook it into the &context; attribute handler. -%D +%D Itemized lists are quite common in documents, al least in the ones that +%D we produce. For the moment we only provide a few options, later we will +%D hook it into the &context; attribute handler. +%D %D <itemize type="a"> %D <item label="bla"> test </item> %D <item> test </item> @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ %D <item> test <em>what?</em></item> %D </itemize> %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [itemize] \defineXMLenvironment [context:itemize] [type=,packed=] @@ -215,21 +215,21 @@ %D \elements {fixed} %D %D \startbuffer -%D Something fixed will end up at the place where it defined in the input -%D stream. The main idea behind this element is that it gives you control -%D over the placement. -%D +%D Something fixed will end up at the place where it defined in the input +%D stream. The main idea behind this element is that it gives you control +%D over the placement. +%D %D <itemize> -%D <item> +%D <item> %D <fixed align="high"> %D <content> %D <externalfigure file="koe" frame="on" height="1cm" /> %D </content> %D </fixed> -%D </item> +%D </item> %D </itemize> %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [fixed] \defineXMLenvironment [context:fixed] [type=figure,location=,label=] @@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ %D \elements {float} %D %D \startbuffer -%D A floating body will be placed at the first location available, unless -%D a location is specified. As with the <element>fixed</element> element, +%D A floating body will be placed at the first location available, unless +%D a location is specified. As with the <element>fixed</element> element, %D you can prvide a caption. -%D +%D %D <float type="figure"> %D <content> %D <externalfigure file="koe" frame="on" height="3cm" /> @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ %D <caption>This is a cow!</caption> %D </float> %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [float] \defineXMLenvironment [context:float] [type=figure,location=here,label=] @@ -276,17 +276,17 @@ %D %D \startbuffer %D The previous examples already demonstrated how we can include a graphic: -%D +%D %D <verbatim> %D <line><externalfigure file="koe" width="5cm" /></line> %D </verbatim> %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [externalfigure] \defineXMLsingular [context:externalfigure] [\??ef] [base=,label=,file=] {\bgroup % \getXMLta \expandXMLta \expandXMLtp{file}% - \expandXMLta \getXMLta % expand entities first + \expandXMLta \getXMLta % expand entities first \doifelsenothing{\XMLtp{label}} {\expanded{\externalfigure[\XMLtp{file}][\XMLta]}} {\doifsomething{\XMLtp{base}}{\usefigurebase[\XMLtp{base}]}% @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ %D \elements {quotation,quote} %D %D \startbuffer -%D There is a (not so) subtle difference between a display +%D There is a (not so) subtle difference between a display %D <quotation>quotation</quotation> and an <quote>in<compound/>line</quote> -%D one. +%D one. %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [table] \defineXMLgrouped [context:quote] \quote @@ -402,10 +402,10 @@ %D \elements {hide} %D -%D \startbuffer -%D This is the way to [<hide>this is gone</hide>] something for the -%D typesetting engine. Normally this element is only used for testing -%D purposes. +%D \startbuffer +%D This is the way to [<hide>this is gone</hide>] something for the +%D typesetting engine. Normally this element is only used for testing +%D purposes. %D \stopbuffer %D %D \showelements [context] [tabulate] @@ -415,22 +415,22 @@ %D \elements {unknown} %D %D \startbuffer -%D We can go on and on and <unknown/> with defining elements that map onto +%D We can go on and on and <unknown/> with defining elements that map onto %D &context; commands, but why not just use &tex; input syntax then? %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \showelements [context] [unknown] \defineXMLsingular [context:unknown] \unknown -%D A (for the moment) private one. +%D A (for the moment) private one. \defineXMLargument [context:element] \type -%D The following common schema definitions apply: +%D The following common schema definitions apply: %D %D {\setupcolors[state=stop]\showXSDcomponent[context][definitions]} - + \defineXMLargument [context:chapter] [label=] {\chapter[\XMLop{label}]} \defineXMLargument [context:section] [label=] {\section[\XMLop{label}]} \defineXMLargument [context:subsection] [label=] {\subsection[\XMLop{label}]} @@ -448,19 +448,19 @@ \defineXMLenvironment [context:backmatter] \startbackmatter \stopbackmatter \defineXMLenvironment [context:appendices] \startappendices \stopappendices -\defineXMLargument [context:index] [key=] +\defineXMLargument [context:index] [key=] {\doifelsenothingXMLop{key}{\index}{\expanded{\index[\XMLop{key}]}}} % \enableXMLfiledata -% Needed for example (stickers and so): +% Needed for example (stickers and so): -\defineXMLenvironment [context:makeup] +\defineXMLenvironment [context:makeup] \startstandardmakeup \stopstandardmakeup \protect \endinput -% TO DO +% TO DO \defineXMLenvironment [combination] [columns=2,rows=1] {\scratchtoks\emptytoks diff --git a/tex/context/base/x-corres.tex b/tex/context/base/x-corres.tex index ba39dd157..259c07e95 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/x-corres.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/x-corres.tex @@ -1,50 +1,50 @@ %D \module %D [ file=x-corres, -%D version=2003.12.15, % replaces keep-02a cum suis +%D version=2003.12.15, % replaces keep-02a cum suis %D title=\CONTEXT\ XML Modules, -%D subtitle=Handling Correspondence Base, +%D subtitle=Handling Correspondence Base, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA ADE / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D The selection spec: +%D The selection spec: \setvariables [contacts] [selection=, - file=] + file=x-corres.xml] % fall back -%D First we define the group expansion pass: +%D First we define the group expansion pass: \startsetups[contacts:collect] \defineXMLprocess [contacts] - \defineXMLignore [contact] + \defineXMLignore [contact] - \defineXMLargument [contactfile] + \defineXMLargument [contactfile] \processfile - \defineXMLenvironmentsave [contactgroup] [label=] + \defineXMLenvironmentsave [contactgroup] [label=] {\startXMLmappinggroup[contacts]} {\XMLaddcontactgrouptoselection \stopXMLmappinggroup} \stopsetups -%D Next we define the main processing pass: +%D Next we define the main processing pass: \startsetups[contacts:process] \defineXMLprocess[contacts] - \defineXMLignore [contactgroup] + \defineXMLignore [contactgroup] - \defineXMLargument [contactfile] + \defineXMLargument [contactfile] \processfile \defineXMLenvironmentsave[contact] [label=] @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ \defineXMLsave [initials] \defineXMLsave [formalname] - \defineXMLsave [informalname] + \defineXMLsave [informalname] \defineXMLsave [title] \defineXMLsave [prefix] \defineXMLsave [suffix] @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ \defineXMLsave [mobiletelephone] \defineXMLsave [telefax] \defineXMLsave [email] - \defineXMLsave [address] + \defineXMLsave [address] \defineXMLsave [information] \defineXMLenvironment [p] \endgraf \endgraf @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ \stopXMLmapping -%D The selection macros: we expand groups and replace them -%D by contact labels in the selection spec. +%D The selection macros: we expand groups and replace them +%D by contact labels in the selection spec. \def\XMLaddcontactgrouptoselection {\edef\XMLcontactlist{\getvariable{contacts}{selection}}% @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ \def\XMLaddcontacttoselection#1% {\addtocommalist{#1}\XMLgrouplist} -%D The main selector: +%D The main selector: \def\XMLselectcontact {\edef\XMLcontactlist {\getvariable{contacts}{selection}}% @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ {\expanded{\doifinsetelse{\XMLcontactlabel}{\XMLcontactlist}} {\donetrue} {\donefalse}}% - \ifdone - \XMLflush{contact}% - \setups[contact:handle]% - \fi} + \ifdone + \XMLflush{contact}% + \setups[contact:handle]% + \fi} %D The default: @@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ \def\XMLprocesscontacts[#1]% {\bgroup \doifelsenothing{#1} - {\XMLprocesscontacts[\getvariable{contacts}{file}]} + {\XMLprocesscontacts[\getvariable{contacts}{file}]} {\setups[contacts:collect]% \processcommacommand[#1]\processXMLfile \setups[contacts:process]% \processcommacommand[#1]\processXMLfile}% \egroup} -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/x-dir-01.tex b/tex/context/base/x-dir-01.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc3f7983 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/x-dir-01.tex @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +% interface=en + +\setuppapersize + [S6][S6] + +\setuplayout + [width=middle, + height=middle, + backspace=12pt, + topspace=12pt, + bottomspace=32pt, + header=0pt, + footer=0pt, + bottomdistance=9pt, + bottom=18pt] + +\setupinteractionmenu + [bottom] + [state=start, + frame=off, + rightoffset=-3pt, + background=color, + backgroundcolor=TextColor, + middle=\hskip4pt, + left=\hfill] + +\startinteractionmenu[bottom] + \but [PreviousJump] Previous Jump \\ + \but [previouspage] Previous Page \\ + \but [nextpage] Next Page \\ +\stopinteractionmenu + +\setupbackgrounds + [page] + [backgroundoffset=3pt, + background=color, + backgroundcolor=PageColor] + +\setupbackgrounds + [text] + [background=color, + backgroundcolor=TextColor] + +\definecolor [PageColor] [r=.6,g=.7,b=.8] +\definecolor [TextColor] [r=.7,g=.8,b=.9] +\definecolor [DoneColor] [s=.5] + +\startmode[colorscheme-red] + + \definecolor [PageColor] [r=.9,g=.7,b=.6] + \definecolor [TextColor] [r=.9,g=.8,b=.7] + +\stopmode + +\startmode[colorscheme-green] + + \definecolor [PageColor] [r=.6,g=.8,b=.7] + \definecolor [TextColor] [r=.7,g=.9,b=.8] + +\stopmode + +\setupcolors + [state=start] + +\setupinteraction + [state=start, + menu=on, + color=, + display=new, + contrastcolor=DoneColor, + style=] + +\definehead + [directory] + [subject] + +\setuphead + [directory] + [style=\tfc] + +\setupbodyfont + [tt] + +\defineXMLenvironment [files] [url=] + {\doifelsenothing{\XMLop{url}} + {\xdef\XMLDIRurl{}} + {\xdef\XMLDIRurl{\XMLop{url}/}} + \startXMLignore} + {\stopXMLignore} + +\newcounter\NOfEntries + +\startsetups[xmldir:file] + + \doglobal\increment\NOfEntries + + \goto {\hbox to \hsize \bgroup + + \XMLflush{base} + \hss + \hbox to 2em{\XMLflush{type}\hss} + \quad + \quad + \hbox to 5em{\hss\XMLflush{size}} + \quad + \quad + \XMLflush{date} + + \egroup} [url(\XMLDIRurl\XMLop{name})]% [program(\XMLDIRurl\XMLop{name})] + +\stopsetups + +\defineXMLenvironment [directory] [name=] + {\directory{Path \XMLop{name}}} + {} + +\defineXMLenvironment [file] [name=] + {\bgroup} + {\setups[xmldir:file] + \endgraf + \egroup} + +\defineXMLsave[base] +\defineXMLsave[type] +\defineXMLsave[size] +\defineXMLsave[date] + +\starttext + + \processXMLfilegrouped{\inputfilename} + + \ifnum\NOfEntries=0 There are no files found that match the pattern. \fi + +\stoptext
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-ent.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-ent.tex index 1d9706b80..ef98e7eb1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-ent.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-ent.tex @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -% Here we also define fallbacks +% Here we also define fallbacks \defineXMLentities [tex] {tex} {\TeX} \defineXMLentities [latex] {latex} {\LaTeX} @@ -20,19 +20,19 @@ \defineXMLentities [Omega] {Omega} {\Omega} -% We need this for French and Hungarian. +% We need this for French and Hungarian. \defineXMLentity [colon] {\directdiscretionary{:}} \defineXMLentity [semicolon] {\directdiscretionary{;}} \defineXMLentity [questionmark] {\directdiscretionary{?}} \defineXMLentity [exclamationmark] {\directdiscretionary{!}} -% These will fall back to the raw encoding vector +% These will fall back to the raw encoding vector \defineXMLentity [Aacute] {\Aacute} \defineXMLentity [aacute] {\aacute} -\defineXMLentity [Cacute] {\Cacute} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [cacute] {\cacute} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [Cacute] {\Cacute} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [cacute] {\cacute} % unofficial \defineXMLentity [Eacute] {\Eacute} \defineXMLentity [eacute] {\eacute} \defineXMLentity [Iacute] {\Iacute} @@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ \defineXMLentity [Aring] {\Aring} \defineXMLentity [aring] {\aring} -\defineXMLentity [Oslash] {\Oslash} % stroke +\defineXMLentity [Oslash] {\Oslash} % stroke \defineXMLentity [oslash] {\oslash} -\defineXMLentity [Lslash] {\Lslash} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [lslash] {\lslash} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [Lslash] {\Lslash} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [lslash] {\lslash} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [eth] {\eth} % ? -\defineXMLentity [ETH] {\Eth} % ? +\defineXMLentity [eth] {\eth} % ? +\defineXMLentity [ETH] {\Eth} % ? \defineXMLentity [Atilde] {\Atilde} \defineXMLentity [atilde] {\atilde} @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ \defineXMLentity [Ucirc] {\Ucircumflex} \defineXMLentity [ucirc] {\ucircumflex} -\defineXMLentity [ccaron] {\ccaron} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [rcaron] {\rcaron} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [scaron] {\scaron} % unofficial -\defineXMLentity [zcaron] {\zcaron} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [ccaron] {\ccaron} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [rcaron] {\rcaron} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [scaron] {\scaron} % unofficial +\defineXMLentity [zcaron] {\zcaron} % unofficial \defineXMLentity [dots] {\unknown} -\defineXMLentity [amp] {\&} +\defineXMLentity [amp] {\&}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-hyp.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-hyp.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5328899c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-hyp.tex @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=xtag-hyp, +%D version=2003.11.24, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ XML Support, +%D subtitle=hyphenation support, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context XML Macros (hyphenation)} + +%D This filter is kind of obsolete, since \UTF\ is not +%D limited to \XML. So, here we only enable \UTF\ support. + +\defineXMLenvironment [hyphenations] [language=\currentlanguage,regime=utf,encoding=\defaultencoding] + {\startnointerference + \defineXMLargument [hyphenation] \hyphenation + \language[\XMLop{language}]% + \enableregime[\XMLop{regime}]% + \enableencoding[\XMLop{encoding}]} + {\stopnointerference} + +\endinput + +% \mainlanguage[nl] \setupbodyfont[pos] \useXMLfilter[utf,hyp] +% +% \starttext +% +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis nten} +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis ntenorganisatie} +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis ntenplatform} +% +% \startXMLdata +% <hyphenations language='nl' regime='utf'> +% <hyphenation>pa-tiën-ten</hyphenation> +% <hyphenation>pa-tiën-ten-or-ga-ni-sa-tie</hyphenation> +% <hyphenation>pa-tiën-ten-plat-form</hyphenation> +% </hyphenations> +% \stopXMLdata +% +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis nten} +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis ntenorganisatie} +% \hyphenatedword{pati\ediaeresis ntenplatform} +% +% \stoptext
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex index 282aea035..9ea384ad7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex @@ -155,23 +155,45 @@ \unprotect -\def\@@XML {XML:} -\def\@@XMLentity {\@@XML ent} % &crap; -\def\@@XMLelement {\@@XML ele} % <this> </this> <that/> -\def\@@XMLvariable {\@@XML var} % key="val" -\def\@@XMLvalue {\@@XML val} % key="val" -\def\@@XMLpars {\@@XML par} % -\def\@@XMLdata {\@@XML dat} % mem buffer -\def\@@XMLcode {\@@XML cod} % named mem buffers -\def\@@XMLinstruction {\@@XML ins} % <? -\def\@@XMLmap {\@@XML map} % mapping on context attr -\def\@@XMLlist {\@@XML lst} % -\def\@@XMLnamespace {\@@XML nam} % namespace:element -\def\@@XMLurlspace {\@@XML url} % -\def\@@XMLescape {\@@XML esc} % <! -\def\@@XMLdepth {\@@XML dep} % used to track nesting -\def\@@XMLdopth {\@@XML dop} % used to track nesting -\def\@@XMLsave {\@@XML sav} % namespace for saved elements +\def \@@XML {XML:} +\edef\@@XMLentity {\@@XML ent} % &crap; +\edef\@@XMLelement {\@@XML ele} % <this> </this> <that/> +\edef\@@XMLvariable {\@@XML var} % key="val" +\edef\@@XMLvalue {\@@XML val} % key="val" +\edef\@@XMLpars {\@@XML par} % +\edef\@@XMLdata {\@@XML dat} % mem buffer +\edef\@@XMLcode {\@@XML cod} % named mem buffers +\edef\@@XMLinstruction {\@@XML ins} % <? +\edef\@@XMLmap {\@@XML map} % mapping on context attr +\edef\@@XMLlist {\@@XML lst} % +\edef\@@XMLnamespace {\@@XML nam} % namespace:element +\edef\@@XMLurlspace {\@@XML url} % +\edef\@@XMLescape {\@@XML esc} % <! +\edef\@@XMLdepth {\@@XML dep} % used to track nesting +\edef\@@XMLdopth {\@@XML dop} % used to track nesting +\edef\@@XMLsave {\@@XML sav} % namespace for saved elements + +\iffalse % slightly faster + +\edef\@@XML {*} +\edef\@@XMLentity {\@@XML a} % &crap; +\edef\@@XMLelement {\@@XML b} % <this> </this> <that/> +\edef\@@XMLvariable {\@@XML c} % key="val" +\edef\@@XMLvalue {\@@XML d} % key="val" +\edef\@@XMLpars {\@@XML e} % +\edef\@@XMLdata {\@@XML f} % mem buffer +\edef\@@XMLcode {\@@XML g} % named mem buffers +\edef\@@XMLinstruction {\@@XML h} % <? +\edef\@@XMLmap {\@@XML i} % mapping on context attr +\edef\@@XMLlist {\@@XML j} % +\edef\@@XMLnamespace {\@@XML k} % namespace:element +\edef\@@XMLurlspace {\@@XML l} % +\edef\@@XMLescape {\@@XML m} % <! +\edef\@@XMLdepth {\@@XML n} % used to track nesting +\edef\@@XMLdopth {\@@XML o} % used to track nesting +\edef\@@XMLsave {\@@XML p} % namespace for saved elements + +\fi \newtoks\XMLtoks \newtoks\XMLresetlist @@ -1243,7 +1265,7 @@ % \@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass:\@@XMLspac:\@@XMLname\endcsname{#1}% % \fi} -\def\dosetXMLattributeC% +\def\dosetXMLattributeC {\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass\ifx\@@XMLspac \originalXMLnamespace\else:\@@XMLspac\fi:\@@XMLname\endcsname} @@ -1360,21 +1382,25 @@ \def\dodoparseXMLargumentsD#1"{\dosetXMLargument{#1}} \def\dodoparseXMLargumentsS#1'{\dosetXMLargument{#1}} -\def\dosetXMLargument#1% - {\ifXMLnamespace - \ifx\@@XMLspac\@@XMLns - \checkXMLnamespaceattr{#1}% xmlns:\@@XMLname="#1" - \else - \dosetXMLattribute{#1}% some:\@@XMLname="#1" - \fi - \XMLnamespacefalse - \else\ifx\@@XMLname\@@XMLns - \checkXMLnamespaceattr{#1}% xmlns="#1" - \else - \dodosetXMLargument{#1}% - \fi\fi - \let\dodoparseXMLarguments\doparseXMLarguments - \dodoparseXMLarguments} +% the readable version +% +% \def\dosetXMLargument#1% +% {\ifXMLnamespace +% \ifx\@@XMLspac\@@XMLns +% \checkXMLnamespaceattr{#1}% xmlns:\@@XMLname="#1" +% \else +% \dosetXMLattribute{#1}% some:\@@XMLname="#1" +% \fi +% \XMLnamespacefalse +% \else\ifx\@@XMLname\@@XMLns +% \checkXMLnamespaceattr{#1}% xmlns="#1" +% \else +% \dodosetXMLargument{#1}% +% \fi\fi +% \let\dodoparseXMLarguments\doparseXMLarguments +% \dodoparseXMLarguments} +% +% the ugly alternative \def\dosetXMLargument#1% ugly alternative {\ifXMLnamespace @@ -1491,112 +1517,171 @@ \bgroup \catcode`<=\@@active +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsingular#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2}} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsingular#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLcommand#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{#2}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLcommand#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{#2}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgrouped#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\groupedcommand{#2}{}\bgroup}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}{\egroup}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgrouped#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\groupedcommand{#2}{}\bgroup}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}{\egroup}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\groupedcommand{#2}\donothing\bgroup}% + \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname\egroup} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLargument#1#2% watch the {} around ##1 +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2{##1}}} -%\long\gdef\dododefineXMLargument#1#2% watch the {} around ##1 -% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2{}}% -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2{##1}}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLargument#1#2% watch the {} around ##1 +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLargument{#1}{#2}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLargument#1#2% watch the {} around ##1 - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2{}}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLargument{#1}{#2}}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2{}}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLargument{#1}{#2}}} -\long\gdef\redoXMLargument#1#2% - {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>{#2{##1}}% +\long\gdef\redoXMLargument#1#2% potential optimization: globalnext + {\long\@EA\gdef\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>{#2{##1}}% \next} %\long\gdef\dododefineXMLignore#1% % {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% % \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLignore#1% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLignore{#1}}} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLignore#1% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLignore{#1}}} + {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname\donothing + \@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLignore{#1}}} \long\gdef\redoXMLignore#1% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>{}% \next} -%\long\gdef\dododefineXMLpickup#1#2#3% -% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2##1#3}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLpickup#1#2#3% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2##1#3}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLpickup#1#2#3% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLpickup{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLpickup#1#2#3% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLpickup{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2#3}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLpickup{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \long\gdef\redoXMLpickup#1#2#3% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>{#2##1#3}% \next} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironment#1#2#3% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{#2}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}{#3}} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironment#1#2#3% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2#3}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{#2}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}{#3}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2#3}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{#2}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname{#3}} -%\long\gdef\dododefineXMLsave#1% -% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{##1}}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsave#1% +% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{##1}}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsave#1% +% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLsave{#1}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsave#1% - {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLsave{#1}}} + {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname {\redoXMLsave{#1}}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsavecontent#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{#2}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLsave{#1}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLsavecontent#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{#2}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLsave{#1}}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname\donothing + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLsave{#1}}} \gdef\redoXMLsave#1% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>% {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{##1}}% \next} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgsave#1% +% {\letgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgsave#1% - {\letgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} + {\global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{\global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgsavecontent#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{#2}% +% %\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{\long\setgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLgsavecontent#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{#2}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} + {\long\@EA\gdef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{#2}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{\global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLgsave{#1}}} \gdef\redoXMLgsave#1% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>% {\long\@EA\gdef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{##1}}% \next} -%\long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentsave#1#2#3% -% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% -% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{##1}#3}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentsave#1#2#3% +% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}##1</#1>{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{##1}#3}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentsave#1#2#3% +% {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLenvironmentsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentsave#1#2#3% - {\letvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLenvironmentsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty#3}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLenvironmentsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \gdef\redoXMLenvironmentsave#1#2#3% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>% {#2\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{##1}#3}% \next} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentgsave#1#2#3% +% {\letgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% +% \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLenvironmentgsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLenvironmentgsave#1#2#3% - {\letgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}\longempty - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}{#2\long\setgvalue{\@@XMLdata:#1}{}#3}% - \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\redoXMLenvironmentgsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname{#2\global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty#3}% + \long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\redoXMLenvironmentgsave{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \gdef\redoXMLenvironmentgsave#1#2#3% {\long\@EA\def\@EA\next\@EA##\@EA1\@EA<\@EA/\currentXMLelement>% @@ -1608,16 +1693,27 @@ % \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{}% % \long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}{}} +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLprocess#1% +% {\letvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}\donothing +% \letvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}\donothing +% \letvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}\donothing} + \long\gdef\dododefineXMLprocess#1% - {\letvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1/}\donothing - \letvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}\donothing - \letvalue{\@@XMLelement:/#1}\donothing} + {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname\donothing + \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname\donothing + \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname\donothing} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLnestedenvironment#1#2#3% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\getXMLgroupedenvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLnestedenvironment#1#2#3% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\getXMLgroupedenvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\getXMLgroupedenvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + +% \long\gdef\dododefineXMLnestedargument#1#2% +% {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\getXMLgroupedargument{#1}{#2}}} \long\gdef\dododefineXMLnestedargument#1#2% - {\long\setvalue{\@@XMLelement:#1}{\getXMLgroupedargument{#1}{#2}}} + {\long\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname{\getXMLgroupedargument{#1}{#2}}} \egroup @@ -1818,12 +1914,10 @@ \let\XMLpopdata\XMLflushdata \def\XMLappend#1#2% let to empty expands to nothing -) - {\long\@EA\edef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname - {\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname#2}} + {\long\@EA\edef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname#2}} \def\XMLprepend#1#2% let to empty expands to nothing -) - {\long\@EA\edef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname - {#2\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname}} + {\long\@EA\edef\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname{#2\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname}} \def\XMLerase#1% {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdata:#1\endcsname\longempty} @@ -2266,7 +2360,8 @@ \def\XMLifequalelse#1#2% {\ifcsname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\endcsname - \@EAEAEA\doXMLifequalelse\@EA\@EA\csname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\endcsname + % \@EAEAEA\doXMLifequalelse\@EA\@EA\csname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\endcsname + \@EA\doXMLifequalelse\csname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\@EA\endcsname \else \@EA\secondoftwoarguments \fi} @@ -2290,4 +2385,4 @@ \def\XMLyes#1{\XMLownifequalelse{#1}{yes}{#1}{}} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-mmc.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-mmc.tex index 5dcba788f..9da718b27 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-mmc.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-mmc.tex @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context XML Macros (content math ml)} % this is the first, experimental, shabby implementation, as -% always, the third will do -) +% always, the third will do -) % okay, now this is the second one, with a more kid based -% approach, which we needed for proper nesting, but the -% code is still too ugly +% approach, which we needed for proper nesting, but the +% code is still too ugly \startXMLmapping[mml] @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ \def\MMLcfloat#1% {\doifelse\@@MMLfloatsymbool\v!nee - {{\rm#1}} % make sure that e shows up ok - {% we should ignore \entities ! + {{\rm#1}} % make sure that e shows up ok + {% we should ignore \entities ! \beforesplitstring#1\at e\to\first \aftersplitstring #1\at e\to\last \ifx\first\empty #1\else @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ 10^{\last}% \fi\fi}} -% we now have: +% we now have: \setupMMLappearance[enotation][\c!symbool=\v!nee] % \v!ja|dot \def\MMLcenotation#1% {\doifelse\@@MMLenotationsymbool\v!nee - {\def\MMLcsep% + {\def\MMLcsep% {\unskip{\rm e}\ignorespaces}} {\def\MMLcsep##1\empty {\doifelse\@@MMLenotationsymbool{dot}\cdot\times10^{##1}}}% #1\empty} -\def\MMLcCI#1% #2% can be sped up with \doifundefined ... +\def\MMLcCI#1% #2% can be sped up with \doifundefined ... {\getXMLarguments{ci}{type="" #1}% \doifXMLparelse{ci}{type} {\processaction @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, complex-polar=>\let\next\MMLcpolar, polar=>\let\next\MMLcpolar, fn=>\let\next\MMLcCIfunction, - unknown=>\let\next\firstofoneargument]} % integer constant real float - {\let\next\firstofoneargument}% + unknown=>\let\next\firstofoneargument]} % integer constant real float + {\let\next\firstofoneargument}% \next} \def\MMLcCIset#1% @@ -126,18 +126,18 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {{\bi#1}} \def\MMLcCIfunction#1% - {\doifMMLoperatorelse{#1} + {\doifMMLoperatorelse{#1} {\let\next\MMLcCIdefault} {\let\next\MMLcFNdefault}% \next{}{#1}} -\def\MMLcCIdefault#1#2% #1=dummy - {#2%\!% \getXMLentity{NegThinSpace}% looks bad in A(x) +\def\MMLcCIdefault#1#2% #1=dummy + {#2%\!% \getXMLentity{NegThinSpace}% looks bad in A(x) \doifnextcharelse\xmlr {\encapsulatenextXMLRelements{\left(}{\MMLccomma}{\right)}} {}} -\def\MMLcCN#1% #2% can be sped up with \doifundefined ... +\def\MMLcCN#1% #2% can be sped up with \doifundefined ... {\getXMLarguments{cn}{type="" #1}% \doifXMLparelse{cn}{type} {\processaction @@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, complex=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, complex-polar=>\let\next\MMLcpolar, polar=>\let\next\MMLcpolar, - e-notation=>\let\next\MMLcenotation, % new - float=>\let\next\MMLcfloat, % obsolete - real=>\let\next\MMLcfloat, % ? + e-notation=>\let\next\MMLcenotation, % new + float=>\let\next\MMLcfloat, % obsolete + real=>\let\next\MMLcfloat, % ? unknown=>\let\next\firstofoneargument]} {\let\next\firstofoneargument} \next} @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\MMLcCNinteger#1% {\doifXMLparelse{cn}{base} - {\def\MMLcCNbase{\XMLpar{cn}{base}{}}% + {\def\MMLcCNbase{\XMLpar{cn}{base}{}}% \doifelse\@@MMLbasesymbool\v!nee {\MMLcCNbasedata{#1}} {\MMLcCNbasedata{#1}_{\hbox{$\rm\scriptscriptstyle @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \let\MMLctempresetlist\empty \def\setMMLcreset{\edef\MMLctempresetlist} \def\MMLcmainresetlist% - {times/,divide/,power/,% + {times/,divide/,power/,% lt/,gt/,eq/,leq/,geq/,% in/,inverse/,% fn,% @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, sec/,arcsec/,sech/,arcsech/,% ln/,exp/,log/,% abs/,int/,limit/,sum/,product/,% - fn} % ? + fn} % ? \def\MMLcconstructlist - {diff/,partialdiff/,root/} % apply goes wrong on 1/2 * (a_2 + b_3) + {diff/,partialdiff/,root/} % apply goes wrong on 1/2 * (a_2 + b_3) % better: no () here but explicitly when needed, which is in % less cases @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \advance\@MMLlevel-1 \doifXMLparelse{apply}{close}{\right\XMLpar{apply}{close}{}}{}% \popmacro\xmlr - \endgroup}} + \endgroup}} \remapXMLsequence [reln] [CPA] \MMLcRELN @@ -262,37 +262,37 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \remapXMLsequence [fn] [CPA] \MMLcFN -\def\MMLcFN#1#2% neg space needed because of \left +\def\MMLcFN#1#2% neg space needed because of \left {\doifXMLRchildelse{ci}{#2} {\collectXMLRchild{ci}{#2}% - \@EA\doifMMLoperatorelse\@EA{\the\XMLRtoks} + \@EA\doifMMLoperatorelse\@EA{\the\XMLRtoks} {\let\next\MMLcFNoperator} {\let\next\MMLcFNdefault}} {\let\next\MMLcFNdefault}% - \next{#1}{#2}} + \next{#1}{#2}} -\def\MMLcFNdefault#1#2% neg space needed because of \left +\def\MMLcFNdefault#1#2% neg space needed because of \left {#2\!% \getXMLentity{NegThinSpace}% \MMLcreset\encapsulatenextXMLRelements{\left(}{\MMLccomma}{\right)}} -% special function handlers +% special function handlers \def\MMLcFNoperator {\getvalue{doMMLcFN\mmloperator}} % \def\doMMLcFNplusminus#1#2#3\empty -% {\countXMLRchildren{#3}% +% {\countXMLRchildren{#3}% % \ifcase\nofXMLRchildren\or % #2#3% -% \else % suboptimal for instance under root +% \else % suboptimal for instance under root % \encapsulateXMLR{\left(}{#2}{\right)}{\MMLcreset#3}% % \fi} \def\doMMLcFNplusminus#1#2#3\empty - {\countXMLRchildren{#3}% + {\countXMLRchildren{#3}% \ifcase\nofXMLRchildren\or \def\next{#2#3}% - \else + \else \def\next {\doifnextcharelse\xmlr {\encapsulateXMLR{\left(}{#2}{\right)}{\MMLcreset#3}}% @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\doMMLcFNcontinued#1#2#3\empty {#3\getXMLentity{continued}} -% so far for the special handlers +% so far for the special handlers \remapXMLsequence [interval] [CPA] \MMLcINTERVAL @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {\withnextXMLRelement {\getXMLentity{declare}\nextXMLRelement \countXMLRchildren{#2}% - \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren>1 + \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren>1 \;% \getXMLentity{ThickSpace}% \getXMLentity{as}% \;% \getXMLentity{ThickSpace}% @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \remapXMLsequence [piece] [CPA] \MMLcPIECE \remapXMLsequence [otherwise] [CPA] \MMLcOTHERWISE -\setupMMLappearance[piece][\c!scheider=] +\setupMMLappearance[piece][\c!scheider=] \def\MMLcPIECEWISE#1#2% {\cases{#2}} @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\MMLcPIECEseparator{\doif\@@MMLpiecescheider\v!ja,} -\def\MMLcPIECE#1#2% +\def\MMLcPIECE#1#2% {\withnexttwoXMLRelements {\@EA\XMLRtoks\@EA{\firstXMLRelement\MMLcPIECEseparator\@col@amp@}% \@EA\appendtoks\@EA\mathematics\@EA{\secondXMLRelement}\to\XMLRtoks @@ -481,11 +481,11 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \setupMMLappearance[sign][\c!reductie=\v!ja] -\def\MMLcMINUS % expandafter needed ? +\def\MMLcMINUS % expandafter needed ? {\doifelse\@@MMLsignreductie\v!ja {\expandafter\MMLcMINUSyes}{\expandafter\MMLcMINUSno}} -\def\MMLcPLUS % expandafter needed ? +\def\MMLcPLUS % expandafter needed ? {\doifelse\@@MMLsignreductie\v!ja {\expandafter\MMLcPLUSyes}{\expandafter\MMLcPLUSno}} @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {\countXMLRchildren{#3}% \encapsulateXMLR{\ifcase\nofXMLRchildren\or+\fi}{+}{}{#3}} -\def\MMLcMINUSyes#1#2#3\empty +\def\MMLcMINUSyes#1#2#3\empty {\setMMLcreset{\MMLcfunctionlist}% \countXMLRchildren{#3}% \encapsulateXMLR{\ifcase\nofXMLRchildren\or-\fi}{-}{}{#3}} @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\MMLcROOT#1#2#3\empty {\doifXMLRchildelse{degree}{#3}\donetrue\donefalse \doif\@@MMLrootsymbool\v!nee\donefalse - \ifdone + \ifdone \root\processXMLRchild{degree}{#3}\of {\let\MMLcDEGREE\ignoreXMLRelement \MMLcreset\processXMLRchildren{#3}}% @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {\countXMLRchild{apply,reln,ci,cn}{#3}% \ifcase\nofXMLRchildren\or % == snelle volgende \encapsulateXMLRchildren{apply,reln,ci,cn} - {\left\vert}% + {\left\vert}% {} {\right.} {#3\empty}% @@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\lastMMLcrelation#1#2% {\countXMLRchildren{#2}% \rawcollectbetweenXMLR - {\advance\nofXMLRchildren -1 - \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren>1 + {\advance\nofXMLRchildren -1 + \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren>1 \appendtoks\@col@amp@#1\crcr\to\XMLRtoks \else \appendtoks\@col@amp@#1\to\XMLRtoks @@ -698,8 +698,8 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\firstMMLcrelation#1#2% {\nofXMLRchildren=0 \rawcollectbetweenXMLR - {\advance\nofXMLRchildren 1 - \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren=1 + {\advance\nofXMLRchildren 1 + \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren=1 \appendtoks\@col@amp@#1\to\XMLRtoks \else \appendtoks\crcr\@col@amp@#1\to\XMLRtoks @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \v!eerste=>\let\next\firstMMLcrelation, \v!ja=>\let\next\leftMMLcrelation , \v!links=>\let\next\leftMMLcrelation , - \v!rechts=>\let\next\rightMMLcrelation, + \v!rechts=>\let\next\rightMMLcrelation, \s!default=>\let\next\noMMLcrelation , \s!unknown=>\let\next\noMMLcrelation ] \next{#1}{#2}} @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\MMLcBECOMES#1#2{\MMLcrelation{:=}} -\addtocommalist{becomes/}\MMLcmainresetlist +\addtocommalist{becomes/}\MMLcmainresetlist %%% calculus and vector calculus @@ -770,11 +770,11 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {\int}}}% \doifXMLRchildelse{apply}{#3} {\doifMMLfunctionelse{#3}% - {\MMLcreset % TEST + {\MMLcreset % TEST \processXMLRchild{apply}{#3}} - {\left(\MMLcreset % TEST + {\left(\MMLcreset % TEST \processXMLRchild{apply}{#3}\right)}} - {\MMLcreset % TEST + {\MMLcreset % TEST \processXMLRchild{ci}{#3}}% \doifXMLRchild{bvar}{#3} {\,% \getXMLentity{ThinSpace}% @@ -843,13 +843,13 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\doifMMLfunctionelse#1#2#3% {\collectXMLRchild{apply}{#1}% - \doifXMLRchildelse{fn}{\the\XMLRtoks#1} + \doifXMLRchildelse{fn}{\the\XMLRtoks#1} {#2} - {\doifXMLRchildelse{ci}{\the\XMLRtoks#1} + {\doifXMLRchildelse{ci}{\the\XMLRtoks#1} {\pushmacro\xmlr \getXMLarguments{dummy}{type=""}% \def\xmlr{\getmmlarguments{dummy}{}}% - \the\XMLRtoks % what if more than one ? + \the\XMLRtoks % what if more than one ? \popmacro\xmlr \doif{\XMLpar{dummy}{type}{}}{fn}{#2}{#3}} {#2}}} @@ -933,13 +933,13 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\stackMMLsubscripts#1% {\vbox - {\baselineskip\!!zeropoint % hack, taco vragen + {\baselineskip\zeropoint % hack, taco vragen \halign{$\scriptstyle\hss##\hss$\cr#1\crcr}}} \def\MMLcSUMandPRODUCT#1#2#3#4\empty {\pushmacro\xmlr \doifXMLRchildelse{condition,bvar,lowlimit}{#4} - {\def\MMLcSUMlow + {\def\MMLcSUMlow {_{\doifXMLRchildelse{condition}{#4} {\collectXMLRchild{condition}{#4}% \expanded{\collectbetweenXMLR{\crcr}{\the\XMLRtoks}}% @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, {\getXMLentity{log}_{\processXMLRchild{logbase}{#3}}}} {\getXMLentity{log}}% \let\MMLcLOGBASE\ignoreXMLRelement - \nodoMMLcfunction#3\empty + \nodoMMLcfunction#3\empty \popmacro\MMLcLOGBASE} \remapXMLsequence [logbase] [CPA] \MMLcLOGBASE @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \setupMMLappearance[vector][\c!richting=\v!horizontaal] % \v!vertikaal \def\MMLcVECTOR#1#2% - {\countXMLRchildren{#2}% + {\countXMLRchildren{#2}% \ifnum\nofXMLRchildren>1 \doifelse\@@MMLvectorrichting\v!horizontaal {\encapsulateXMLR{\left(}{\MMLccomma}{\right)}{#2}} @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \def\MMLcSELECTOR#1#2#3\empty {\pushmacro\xmlr \withnextXMLRelement - {\mathinner{\nextXMLRelement}% hm, assumes a matrix or so + {\mathinner{\nextXMLRelement}% hm, assumes a matrix or so \doMMLcSELECTOR}% #3\empty \popmacro\xmlr} @@ -1207,13 +1207,13 @@ complex-cartesian=>\let\next\MMLccartesian, \remapXMLsequence [annotation] [CPA] \MMLcANNOTATION -\def\MMLcANNOTATION#1#2% we need a better unmapper +\def\MMLcANNOTATION#1#2% we need a better unmapper {\getXMLarguments{annotation}{encoding="" #1}% \doif{\XMLpar{annotation}{encoding}{}}{TeX}% {\begingroup - \setnormalXMLentities % better: \simplifyXMLentities ; test first - \let\xmlrent\expandedXMLentity - \edef\mmlascii{#2}% + \setnormalXMLentities % better: \simplifyXMLentities ; test first + \let\xmlrent\expandedXMLentity + \edef\mmlascii{#2}% \setnormalcatcodes \ifx\mmlascii\empty \donefalse diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex index cf3479073..cacdaf4e3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex @@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ %\enablemathpunctuation -% First some general formula element definitions. +% First some general formula element definitions. -\defineXMLenvironment [formula] [label=,sublabel=] +\defineXMLenvironment [formula] [label=,sublabel=] {\dostartXMLformula\placeformula} {\dostopXMLformula} -\defineXMLenvironment [subformula] [label=,sublabel=] +\defineXMLenvironment [subformula] [label=,sublabel=] {\dostartXMLformula\placesubformula} {\dostopXMLformula} @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ \def\setupMMLappearance[#1]{\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@MML#1]} -\defineXMLdirective [mathml] \setupMMLappearance +\defineXMLdirective [mathml] \setupMMLappearance \defineXMLargument [math] \doXMLmath \defineXMLargument [imath] \doXMLimath @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ \def\mathopnolimits#1{\mathop{\rm#1}\nolimits} -% Auxiliary macros +% Auxiliary macros \bgroup \obeylines @@ -100,21 +100,21 @@ {\bgroup\obeylines\xdefineMMLentity} \gdef\xdefineMMLentity #1 #2 #3 #4 - {\egroup\dodefineMMLentity{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} + {\egroup\dodefineMMLentity{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} \global\let\dodefineMMLentity\gobblefourarguments \gdef\defineMMLsynonym {\bgroup\obeylines\xdefineMMLsynonym} -\gdef\xdefineMMLsynonym #1 #2 - {\egroup\dodefineMMLsynonym{#1}{#2}} +\gdef\xdefineMMLsynonym #1 #2 + {\egroup\dodefineMMLsynonym{#1}{#2}} \global\let\dodefineMMLsynonym\gobbletwoarguments -\egroup +\egroup -% some more +% some more \def\showMMLentity#1% {\bgroup @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ \def\blackboard{\ifx\Bbb\undefined\else\expandafter\Bbb\fi} \fi -% basic entities, greek +% basic entities, greek \defineXMLentity [alpha] {\mathematics \alpha} \defineXMLentity [beta] {\mathematics \beta} @@ -309,9 +309,9 @@ \defineXMLentity [product] {\prod} \defineXMLentity [lim] {\lim} -\defineXMLentity [exp] {\exp} -\defineXMLentity [ln] {\ln} -\defineXMLentity [log] {\log} +\defineXMLentity [exp] {\mathopnolimits{exp}} % {\exp} +\defineXMLentity [ln] {\mathopnolimits{ln}} % {\ln} +\defineXMLentity [log] {\mathopnolimits{log}} % {\log} \defineXMLentity [sin] {\mathopnolimits{sin}} \defineXMLentity [arcsin] {\mathopnolimits{arcsin}} @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ \def\somespaceentity#1#2% {\mathortext {\mskip#1mu} - {\unskip\hskip#2em\strut\hskip\!!zeropoint\ignorespaces}\relax} + {\unskip\hskip#2em\strut\hskip\zeropoint\ignorespaces}\relax} \defineXMLentity [VeryThinSpace] {\somespaceentity {2}{.125}} \defineXMLentity [ThinSpace] {\somespaceentity {3}{.25}} @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ \defineXMLentity [medsp] {\getXMLentity{MediumSpace}} \defineXMLentity [thicksp] {\getXMLentity{ThickSpace}} -\defineXMLentity [larr] {\getXMLentity{LeftArrow}} -\defineXMLentity [rarr] {\getXMLentity{RightArrow}} +\defineXMLentity [larr] {\getXMLentity{LeftArrow}} +\defineXMLentity [rarr] {\getXMLentity{RightArrow}} \defineXMLentity [lbrace] {\normalordelimiter{\{}{\left \{}} \defineXMLentity [rbrace] {\normalordelimiter{\}}{\right\}}} @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ \defineXMLentity [lparent] {\getXMLentity{lparenthesis}} \defineXMLentity [rparent] {\getXMLentity{rparenthesis}} -\bgroup +\bgroup \catcode`\{=12 \doglobal\convertargument{\to\mmllbrace \catcode`\}=12 \doglobal\convertargument}\to\mmlrbrace \egroup diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-mmp.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-mmp.tex index 8a9380f96..13d488e5e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-mmp.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-mmp.tex @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ {\convertargument#2\to\asciiafter \@EA#1\@EA{\asciiafter}} -% +% \def\checkMMLoperator#1#2% temp hack {\unspaceargument#1\to\ascii @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ \def\MMLpmath#1#2% {\begingroup \getXMLarguments{mstyle}{#1}\setMMLpmathstyle{mstyle}#2% - \endgroup} + \endgroup} \def\MMLpMI#1#2% {\MMLpmath{#1}{\checkMMLoperator{#2}{#2}}} @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ \def\MMLpMN#1#2% {\begingroup\rm\MMLpmath{#1}{#2}\endgroup} -\def\MMLpMO#1#2% yes or no +\def\MMLpMO#1#2% yes or no {\checkMMLoperator {#2} {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifinstringelse{\xmlrent}{#2} - {#2}{\hbox{\MMLpmath{#1}{\ignorespaces#2\unskip}}}}} % \hbox ? + {#2}{\hbox{\MMLpmath{#1}{\ignorespaces#2\unskip}}}}} % \hbox ? \remapXMLsequence [mfenced] [CPA] \MMLpFENCED @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ \edef\MMLpopen {\XMLpar{mfenced}{open}{}}% \edef\MMLpclose{\XMLpar{mfenced}{close}{}}% \ifx\MMLpopen\empty\else\doMMLleft\MMLpopen\fi - \pushmacro\MMLpopen + \pushmacro\MMLpopen \pushmacro\MMLpclose \doifXMLparelse{mfenced}{separators} {\resetMMLseparator \encapsulateXMLR {}% - {\pushmacro\myspecialvert % hack + {\pushmacro\myspecialvert % hack \def\myspecialvert{\;\vrule\;}% \grabMMLseparator{\XMLpar{mfenced}{separators}{}}% \popmacro\myspecialvert} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ \def\grabMMLseparator#1% {\increment\MMLxxcounter - \newcounter\MMLyycounter + \newcounter\MMLyycounter \expanded{\dograbMMLseparator#1\noexpand\relax}} \def\dograbMMLseparator% @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ \def\MMLpENCLOSE#1#2% {\getXMLarguments{menclose}{notation="" #1}% - \doifelse{\XMLpar{menclose}{notation}{}}{longdiv} + \doifelse{\XMLpar{menclose}{notation}{}}{longdiv} {\overline{)#2}} {#2}} @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ {\edef\theXMLpar{\XMLpar{mfrac}{linethickness}{1}}% \processaction [\theXMLpar] - [ thin=>\scratchdimen=.2pt, - medium=>\scratchdimen=.4pt, + [ thin=>\scratchdimen=.2pt, + medium=>\scratchdimen=.4pt, thick=>\scratchdimen=.8pt, unknown=>\setdimensionwithunit\scratchdimen{\theXMLpar}{}]% {{\firstXMLRelement}\above\scratchdimen{\secondXMLRelement}}} @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ {\setMMLptextstyle{mstyle}% \ignorespaces#2\unskip\unskip}}}} -\def\setMMLpstyle#1% +\def\setMMLpstyle#1% {\doifdefined{MMLpstyle:#1}{\getvalue{MMLpstyle:#1}}} \def\defineMMLstyle[#1]#2% @@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ \defineMMLstyle[normal] {\tf} \defineMMLstyle[double-stuck] {\bf} \defineMMLstyle[bolditalic] {\bi} \defineMMLstyle[bold-italic] {\bi} -\defineMMLstyle[boldslanted]{\bs} \defineMMLstyle[bold-slanted] {\bs} +\defineMMLstyle[boldslanted]{\bs} \defineMMLstyle[bold-slanted] {\bs} \defineMMLstyle[boldnormal] {\bf} \defineMMLstyle[bold] {\bf} \defineMMLstyle[slanted] {\sl} \defineMMLstyle[normalslanted]{\sl} \defineMMLstyle[italic] {\it} \defineMMLstyle[normalitalic] {\it} \defineMMLstyle[fraktur] {\bf} \defineMMLstyle[bold-fraktur] {\bf} \defineMMLstyle[script] {\tf} \defineMMLstyle[bold-script] {\bf} -% and all kind of other crappy names +% and all kind of other crappy names -\def\setMMLptextstyle#1% +\def\setMMLptextstyle#1% {\setMMLpstyle{\XMLpar{#1}{fontweight}{}\XMLpar{#1}{fontstyle}{}}} -\def\setMMLpmathstyle#1% +\def\setMMLpmathstyle#1% {\setMMLpstyle{\XMLpar{#1}{mathvariant}{}}} \def\doMMPpcolor#1#2% @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ {#2}} \def\MMLpERROR #1#2{\hbox{$\displaystyle#2$}} -\def\MMLpPHANTOM#1#2{\phantom{\ignorespaces{}#2\unskip}} % watch spacing {} hack +\def\MMLpPHANTOM#1#2{\phantom{\ignorespaces{}#2\unskip}} % watch spacing {} hack \def\MMLpPADDED #1#2{#2} \remapXMLsequence [mrow] [CPA] \MMLpROW @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ \def\MMLpSUBP#1#2% {\withnexttwoXMLRelements {\doifelse\@@MMLscriptsvariant\v!a - {{\firstXMLRelement}#1{\secondXMLRelement}} % both {} essential + {{\firstXMLRelement}#1{\secondXMLRelement}} % both {} essential {\firstXMLRelement#1{\secondXMLRelement}}}% #2} @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ {\pushmacro\doMMLfiller \let\doMMLfiller\gobbleoneargument \gdef\dodoMMLfiller{\disablefiller\mathematics{#1}}% - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox {\def\normalorfiller##1##2% {\gdef\dodoMMLfiller{\enablefiller#1}% \let\normalorfiller\gobbletwoarguments}% @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ {\edef\MMLsetting{\XMLpar{mtbl}{#1}{}}#3% remap list \edef\theMMLpTABLEmap{#2=\MMLsetting,\theMMLpTABLEmap}} {}} - + \def\doMMLpREMAP#1#2% {\doif{\MMLsetting}{#1} {\def\MMLsetting{#2}% @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ \def\doMMLpTABLE#1#2% {\begingroup \getXMLarguments{mtable} - {columnalign="" columnspacing=".25ex" rowspacing=".25ex" + {columnalign="" columnspacing=".25ex" rowspacing=".25ex" frame="" color="" background="" #1}% \setupTABLE[\c!kader=\v!uit]% \MMLpTABLEmapper{background}{\c!achtergrondkleur}{}% @@ -343,10 +343,10 @@ {\doifXMLRchildelse{mtd}{#2} {\bTR\ignorespaces#2\unskip\eTR} {\bTR\doMMLpTD{#1}{#2}\eTR}} - + \def\doMMLpTD#1#2% {\getXMLarguments{mtbl} - {columnalign="" columnspacing="" rowspacing="" + {columnalign="" columnspacing="" rowspacing="" frame="" color="" background="" #1}% \let\theMMLpTABLEmap\empty \MMLpTABLEmap{background}{\c!achtergrondkleur}{}% @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ {\expandafter\MMLpTABLEa} {\expandafter\MMLpTABLEb}} -\def\MMLpTABLEa#1#2% +\def\MMLpTABLEa#1#2% {\begingroup \doifelsenothing{#1} {\global\setfalse\mmlTABLEargs} @@ -376,10 +376,10 @@ {\ifconditional\mmlTABLEargs \else \doifelsenothing{##1}{##2}{\global\settrue\mmlTABLEargs}% \fi}% - \let\MMLpTR\MMLpTABLE - \let\MMLpTD\MMLpTABLE + \let\MMLpTR\MMLpTABLE + \let\MMLpTD\MMLpTABLE #2$}% - \fi + \fi \ifconditional\mmlTABLEargs \let\MMLpTABLE\doMMLpTABLE \def\next{\MMLpTABLE{#1}}% @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ \@EA\aftersplitstring\ascii\at.\to\ascii \scratchcounter=\ifx\ascii\empty#1\else\ascii\fi \unskip\unskip}% - \ifdim\wd\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint + \ifdim\wd\scratchbox=\zeropoint \edef\MMLpunit{#1em}% \else \edef\ascii{#1}\convertcommand\ascii\to\ascii @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ \remapXMLsingular [mglyph] [CPA] \MMLpGLYPH -\def\MMLpGLYPH#1#2% we assume \definefont usage +\def\MMLpGLYPH#1#2% we assume \definefont usage {\getXMLarguments{mglyph}{fontfamily="" index="1" alt="" #1}% \def\MMLpglyph{\XMLpar{mglyph}{fontfamily}{}}% \doifelsenothing{\MMLpglyph} @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ \def\MMLpMULTISCRIPTS#1#2% {\pushmacro\xmlr \let\xmlr\pMULTISCRIPTmmlPRE - \donefalse \scratchcounter=0 #2\empty + \donefalse \scratchcounter=0 #2\empty \let\xmlr\pMULTISCRIPTmmlPOST \donetrue \scratchcounter=0 #2\empty \popmacro\xmlr} diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-utf.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-utf.tex index 172f7b303..e1faa04d2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-utf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-utf.tex @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context XML Macros (UTF-8)} -%D This filter is kind of obsolete, since \UTF\ is not -%D limited to \XML. So, here we only enable \UTF\ support. +%D This filter is kind of obsolete, since \UTF\ is not +%D limited to \XML. So, here we only enable \UTF\ support. \enableregime[utf] -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex index eaab96693..22b8a63f5 100644 --- a/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex +++ b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex @@ -8,25 +8,26 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. - -%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns -%D they want to load into the format file. Normally, when -%D using the \type {cont-..} files, this file can best be -%D left unchanged. The default language and font settings -%D done in the \type {cont-.} files take precedence! This file +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns +%D they want to load into the format file. Normally, when +%D using the \type {cont-..} files, this file can best be +%D left unchanged. The default language and font settings +%D done in the \type {cont-.} files take precedence! This file %D is subject to changes. \unprotect %D Hyphenation patterns are normally sought in filed named -%D \type {lang-xx.pat}. When present on the system, those -%D patterns take precedence. (The next list is inspired on -%D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be +%D \type {lang-xx.pat}. When present on the system, those +%D patterns take precedence. (The next list is inspired on +%D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be %D adapted to the actual situation. -\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] +%definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] % is bound to latex (tl 8+) +\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyphen.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-da.pat] [dkhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-de.pat] [dehyphn.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-en.pat] [ushyph1.tex] @@ -43,7 +44,8 @@ \definefilesynonym [lang-pt.pat] [pthyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ro.pat] [rohyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ru.pat] [ruenhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] +%definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] % is bound to latex (tl 8+) +\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyphen.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-sv.pat] [sehyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ua.pat] [ukrenhyp.tex] @@ -56,7 +58,7 @@ %D replaced by \type {nehyph96.tex}. Typical something that %D you have to find out by accident. The names of hyphenation %D files as well as their coding is one of the dark areas of -%D \TEX\ distributions. +%D \TEX\ distributions. \doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} @@ -65,54 +67,54 @@ {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} %D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all -%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the -%D moment) we specify encodings here. +%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the +%D moment) we specify encodings here. -\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -%installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] -\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping={pl0,ec},\s!encoding={pl0,ec}] -\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] +%installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] +\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping={pl0,ec},\s!encoding={pl0,ec}] +\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping={il2,ec},\s!encoding={il2,ec}] -%D Sometimes these are not wanted: +%D Sometimes these are not wanted: %\definefilesynonym [lang-deo.pat] [dehypht.tex] % old patterns -%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns +%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns -%D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of -%D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the -%D \type {cont-en.tex}, \type {cont-nl.tex}, enz.\ files -%D first. Normally you don't have to change a byte. +%D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of +%D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the +%D \type {cont-en.tex}, \type {cont-nl.tex}, enz.\ files +%D first. Normally you don't have to change a byte. -% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans +% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans % \installlanguage [\s!cz] [\c!status=\v!start] % czech -% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish -% \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german -% \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english us -% \installlanguage [\s!es] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish +% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish +% \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german +% \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english us +% \installlanguage [\s!es] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish % \installlanguage [\s!fi] [\c!status=\v!start] % finnish -% \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french +% \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french % \installlanguage [\s!hr] [\c!status=\v!start] % croatian -% \installlanguage [\s!hu] [\c!status=\v!start] % hungarian -% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian -% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin -% \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch -% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian +% \installlanguage [\s!hu] [\c!status=\v!start] % hungarian +% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian +% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin +% \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch +% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian % \installlanguage [\s!pl] [\c!status=\v!start] % polish -% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese -% \installlanguage [\s!ro] [\c!status=\v!start] % romanian -% \installlanguage [\s!ru] [\c!status=\v!start] % russian +% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese +% \installlanguage [\s!ro] [\c!status=\v!start] % romanian +% \installlanguage [\s!ru] [\c!status=\v!start] % russian % \installlanguage [\s!sk] [\c!status=\v!start] % slovak -% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish -% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish +% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish +% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish % \installlanguage [\s!ua] [\c!status=\v!start] % ukrainian -% \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk +% \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk % \installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] % old german -% \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit +% \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit -%D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be -%D used at startup time. +%D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be +%D used at startup time. % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!af] % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!cz] @@ -137,23 +139,23 @@ % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!tr] % \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!ua] -%D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable -%D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the -%D Computer Modern Roman typefaces or some derivate. So, the -%D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the -%D format related files first. +%D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable +%D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the +%D Computer Modern Roman typefaces or some derivate. So, the +%D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the +%D format related files first. -% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] % czech & slovak -% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] % polish +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] % czech & slovak +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] % polish -%D In some languages, compound characters, like \type {"e} -%D are used to get accented and non latin characters. +%D In some languages, compound characters, like \type {"e} +%D are used to get accented and non latin characters. - \useencoding[fde] % german -% \useencoding[ffr] % french + \useencoding[fde] % german +% \useencoding[ffr] % french % \useencoding[fro] % romanian -% \useencoding[fpl] % polish +% \useencoding[fpl] % polish -%D Don't remove the next few lines. +%D Don't remove the next few lines. -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/sample/bryson.tex b/tex/context/sample/bryson.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecda71c58 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/sample/bryson.tex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Imagine trying to live in a world dominated by dihydrogen oxide, a +compound that has no taste or smell and is so viable in its properties +that it is generally benign but at other times swiftly lethal. +Depending on its state, it can scald you or freeze you. In the +presence of certain organic molecules it can form carbonic acids so +nasty that they can strip the leaves from trees and eat the faces off +statuary. In bulk, when agitated, it can strike with a fury that no +human edifice could withstand. Even for those who have learned to live +with it, it is often murderous substance. We call it water.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/sample/davis.tex b/tex/context/sample/davis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d45c9849 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/sample/davis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +This nation, turning 100 years old, had no {\em Odyssey}, no +St.~George slaying the dragon, no Prometheus. The emerging American +genius for making a lot of money was a poor substitute for King +Arthur and his knights (although the Horatio Alger myth of rags to +riches was good for a lot of mileage). Without a mythology and set +of ancient heroes to call its own, America had to manufacture its +heroes. So the mythmaking machinery of nineteenth|-|century American +media created a suitable heroic archetype in the cowboys of the Wild +West. The image was of the undaunted cattle drivers living a life of +reckless individualism, braving the elements, staving off brutal +Indian attacks. Or of heroic lawmen dueling with six|-|guns in the +streets at high noon. This artificial Wild West became America's +Iliad.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/sample/dawkins.tex b/tex/context/sample/dawkins.tex index acb47b967..3490b79b0 100644 --- a/tex/context/sample/dawkins.tex +++ b/tex/context/sample/dawkins.tex @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ tails. Obviously one side had to lose, and they were asked to sit down. Then those who remained were divided into two, with half \quote {willing} heads and the other half tails. Again the losers sat down. And so on by successive halvings -until, inevitably. after seven or eight tosses, one +until, inevitably, after seven or eight tosses, one individual was left standing. \quotation {A big round of applause for our psychic.} He must be psychic, mustn't he, because he successfully influenced the coin eight times in -a row? +a row?
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/sample/sample.tex b/tex/context/sample/sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e18f08d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/sample/sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +\starttext + +The sample directory contains a few files with quotes that can be used +while testing styles. I'll complete this file when I've reorganized my +books and audio cd's. + +\starttabulate[|l|l|p|] +\NC \bf file \NC \bf author \NC \bf source \NC \NR +\HL +%NC stork.tex \NC David F. Stork \NC \NC \NR +\NC knuth.tex \NC Donald E. Knuth \NC \NC \NR +\NC tufte.tex \NC Edward R. Tufte \NC \NC \NR +\NC reich.tex \NC Steve Reich \NC \NC \NR +\NC materie.tex \NC Louis Andriessen \NC De Materie \NC \NR +\NC douglas.tex \NC Douglas R. Hofstadter \NC \NC \NR +\NC dawkins.tex \NC Dawkins \NC \NC \NR +\NC ward.tex \NC Peter D. Ward \NC The Life and Death of Planet Earth \NC \NR +\NC zapf.tex \NC Hermann Zapf \NC About micro-typography and the hz-program, \endgraf + Electronic Publishing, vol. 6(3), \endgraf + 283-–288 (September 1993) \NC \NR +\NC bryson.tex \NC Bill Bryson \NC A Short History of Nearly Everything, \endgraf + Random House, 2003 \NC \NR +\NC davis.tex \NC Kenneth C. Davis \NC Don't Know Much About History, \endgraf + Everything You Need to Know About American + History but Never Learned, \endgraf + HarperCollins, 2003 \NC \NR +\stoptabulate + +\stoptext
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/sample/ward.tex b/tex/context/sample/ward.tex index 7d5c0196b..9922beb6e 100644 --- a/tex/context/sample/ward.tex +++ b/tex/context/sample/ward.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -The Earth, as a habitat for animal life, is in old age and +The Earth, as a habitat for animal life, is in old age and has a fatal illness. Several, in fact. It would be happening -whether humans has ever evolved or not. But our presence is +whether humans has ever evolved or not. But our presence is like the effect of an old|-|age patient who smokes many packs -of cigarettes per day |.| and we humans are the cigarettes. +of cigarettes per day |.| and we humans are the cigarettes.
\ No newline at end of file |